The Long Way Home

THE LONG WAY HOME
by A.C. Harper

Disclaimer/Credits: Star Trek is the property of Paramount. (The character of Phyllida Gaines was created by Marcia Ericson as published in her story “The Enchanted Pool,” in Star Trek: The New Voyages.)

Feedback is appreciated. If you have comments, e-mail me: acoleen2@aol.com

CHAPTER ONE – DISTRESS CALL

“Captain’s Log:  Star Date 4163.8. While on a routine patrol mission to Outpost 7, Enterprise has received a distress signal from a Federation colony located on planet M64 in Sector 13. Enterprise is the nearest ship in this sector and as such we have responded to the call. The delay should, at most, be no more than a few hours.” Captain James Kirk completed the recording, hitting the button on the arm of his command chair and settling back. “Mister Spock,” he said, turning toward the science station, “What information do we have regarding M64 and the colony there?”

Spock swiveled his chair to face the captain. “All Federation scans to this point have revealed the planet to be uninhabited with the exception of lower animal life forms and for the most part, it is highly vegetated and has a stable, temperate climate. A Federation colony was begun there approximately one year ago to study the indigenous plant and animal life. Most recent contact with the colony was six months ago, at which time there were no reported problems.”

“So whatever happened there probably happened very suddenly and recently,” Kirk surmised.

“That is a possibility, Captain,” Spock replied, “However, I would hesitate to make such presumptions without additional information. Six months is a long enough period of time for any number of things to have happened.”

“Klingons?”

“Possible, but not probable. This is far afield of their usual sphere of influence. Even Romulan intervention, though more probable, would likely not explain the situation.”

Kirk nodded slightly and turned toward the communications station. “Lieutenant Uhura, play back the distress call.”

“Aye, sir,” she responded. Her slender fingers played lightly over the keys and within seconds a nearly hysterical voice sounded over the bridge com.

“This is Commander Martin of the M64 colony. If anyone can hear this, please – please help us! We can’t get away – most of our people are dead already! They mean to kill us all!  You must help us!” The message lapsed into static.

“It’s a recording, Captain,” Uhura volunteered. There is no way of determining how long ago it was made. I have continued to monitor and there have been no new messages.”

Kirk nodded in acknowledgement. Who was “they,” he thought.

“Captain,” Spock announced, “We are approaching the planet.”

“Thank you, Mister Spock. Engage forward view screen.” A blue-green planet with a hazy cloud cover shimmered in the distance and slowly filled the screen. “Standard orbit, Mister Sulu.”

“Aye, sir. Plotted and laid in.” Lieutenant Commander Sulu set the coordinates with practiced precision.

“Spock,” Kirk said, rising from the command chair, “ I want you to head up a landing party to the surface. We’re going to find out what happened down there.” Spock stood to face him, hands folded loosely behind his back. Kirk continued. “Take a three-man security team, a medical officer of McCoy’s choice, and that new transfer from Yorktown…” he hesitated, “What’s her name?”

Spock stiffened imperceptibly. “Lieutenant Gaines.”

“Right.” Kirk turned to Uhura. “Relay the coordinates of the distress signal to the transporter room and have Lieutenant Gaines and the security team meet us there.”

“Aye, sir.”

“And tell McCoy I need one of his officers for a landing party in 5 minutes in the transporter room.”

Uhura nodded and began making the calls as Kirk moved toward the turbolift, his first officer following.

—————–

Transporter room one bustled with activity as the landing party assembled and checked their gear. The door hissed open to admit Captain Kirk and First Officer Spock, and the crew came to quiet attention.

“Dr. Wilson,” Kirk addressed the young, dark-haired man who stood before him. “Dr. McCoy tells me that you can handle just about anything that comes up.”

The youthful doctor nodded. “Yes sir. I specialized in combat medicine.”

“Good. We don’t know what to expect down there.” The captain stopped, taking in the landing crew. “As for the rest of you, be on the alert for anything. The colonists were not specific with their message; all we know is that a life-threatening situation exists where six months ago there was none. Mister Spock is in command and can fill you in on any necessary details.” He paused again, scanning their faces. Good crew, he thought. He turned to his first officer. “Mister Spock, keep us posted. McCoy is standing by in sickbay to receive survivors, but use discretion; if there is any trouble I want you out of there – understood?”

“Understood, Captain.” Spock motioned to his small crew to take their positions on the transporter pads. Lieutenant Phyllida Gaines, standing on the pad nearest Spock, flashed him a smile, which he chose to ignore.

“Nice to see you again, Mister Spock,” she whispered.

“Energize,” came the Vulcan’s command.

—————-

The landing party materialized inside a small room that seemed more than anything like the aftermath of a tornado. Assorted crates and machinery lay scattered about amid rubble from a ceiling that seemingly threatened to fall at any moment. Though signs of struggle were evident, there were no inhabitants and no bodies to be seen. In the corner, Spock’s tricorder registered the presence of a small terminal buried beneath the rubble; its insistent flashing indicated a message was still being sent. He switched it off.

Spock glanced around the room, taking in the eerie silence, and addressed the crew. “We will separate into groups of two and scout the colony area, taking complete tricorder readings. Ensign Davis,” he indicated one of the security men, “You team up with Doctor Wilson. DuPuy and Echols, you make another team. Lieutenant Gaines, you are with me. Keep your communicator frequencies open and report anything the least bit unusual; we will meet back here in half an hour.” A chorus of acknowledgements followed as the crew spread out and began their search.

——————

Kirk had not been back on the bridge for more than 20 minutes when Chekov reported from the science station that a large ion storm was approaching.

“ETA, Mister Chekov?”

“I vould estimate 2 hours at its present course and speed, Keptin.”

That doesn’t give Spock much time, Kirk thought. “Very well, Lieutenant. Maintain surveillance of the storm and let me know of any change.”

“Aye, Sir.”

—————–

On the surface, Spock and his party had turned up nothing remarkable except one small detail. Despite a search of the immediate area surrounding the beam-down point, there were no bodies; no trace of the colony could be found apart from the abandoned and ruined instruments. Checking his tricorder readings yet again, Spock moved toward the doctor. “Dr. Wilson, you can locate no disease-producing organisms? Anything that can account for our findings?”

The young doctor looked at him with puzzled eyes. “No, Commander. It’s strange, too, that they should just disappear like this. I really am at a loss to explain it. If I could just find some physical remains I might be able to determine a cause.”

“Yes – fascinating. Carry on, Doctor.”

“Yes, Mister Spock.”

In answer to the beep that had just sounded, Spock flipped open his communicator. “Spock here.”

“Spock,” came Kirk’s voice, “We have a large ion storm on our scanners moving rapidly in this direction. Don’t stay down there any longer than you have to. ETA is 2 hours.” There was a pause. “Revise that ETA to 90 minutes, Mister Spock. That storm is really bearing down on us. I want you up here within 40 minutes.”

“Acknowledged, Captain. I shall take the necessary precautions. Spock out.” He strode quickly toward the others. “I have just been informed of an ion storm heading this way. Please continue your research as efficiently and quickly as possible. Meet back here in half an hour.” The crew acknowledged and once again split into their assigned groups to finish gathering data.

Phyllida Gaines stood a few feet away with her back to him, taking tricorder readings. Her golden hair cascaded around her shoulders in an almost non-regulation style. Two years had passed since the incident on Mevinna; years during which Spock had set aside all memory of the lovely lieutenant and their unusual escape from the Andorian force field. But, with her transfer to Enterprise, memories began again to crowd in upon him; her winsome smile pervaded his thoughts unmercifully and he could still feel her warm lips on his own from the remembered kiss. “I am your destiny,” she had said. Illogical. Drawing himself up, the unwanted thoughts and rousing emotions were thrust aside with stern Vulcan discipline and the welcome and familiar non-emotion settled upon him like a shield.

“Lieutenant Gaines.”

She turned. “Sir?” The mischief dancing in those blue eyes was apparent even without a smile.

Spock cleared his throat. “What are your findings in correlation with the possibility of a technical breakdown and/or cause of such within the colony itself?

“Well, certain technological functions -have ceased. The exact date of which I can’t be certain, except that it was fairly recent. Some systems appear to have merely stopped due to lack of maintenance, others have apparently been sabotaged. Whether by the colonists themselves in an unstable emotional state or by some outside force, it is impossible to tell. However, I did find some unusual markings over here…” He followed her inside a nearby building that had apparently been a laboratory for the colonists. “See, here; on this piece of machinery.” She pointed out a large dent in the side of the main computer console. Inside and around the indentation were several sets of parallel scratch marks as though made by giant hands.

“Fascinating…”

By the time Spock and Gaines heard the cries it was already too late. On reaching the point where DuPuy and Echols had been scouting, they found very little left of the men. They met Doctor Wilson running to the scene from the opposite direction. Spock’s tricorder was out in an instant, as was the doctor’s.

“How horrible!”  Phyllida gasped at the sight of the badly burned and decomposed bodies.

Spock was down on one knee, scanning the strange looking plants on which one of the bodies lay. “Apparently these plants produce a type of fast-acting acid, making their prey easier to digest,” he commented. “It looks as though those vines…Doctor!”

The doctor turned from the body he was examining in time to see the vine come up to encircle his neck. He let out a strangled cry as Spock quickly fired on the plant with his phaser, destroying it instantly. Gaines lowered Wilson gently to the grass.

“Too late…” she said softly, “Too late.”

Spock knelt to examine the wound around the doctor’s neck. “The acid appears to be even faster acting than I had thought. See, where the tissue and vessels have been completely dissolved.” He rose, taking Gaines by the arm. “Come, we must avoid the slightest contact with these plants.”

“We can’t just leave him here!”

“That is an order, Lieutenant. Let’s go now!” She acquiesced reluctantly to the pressure on her arm, but her gaze remained fixed on Wilson’s body as they quickly left the area. On the move, Spock opened his communicator and signaled to Ensign Davis, who had been scouting with Doctor Wilson. “Ensign Davis, respond.”

“Here, Mister Spock,” came the reply.

“Ensign, return to the beam-down point promptly. Stay clear of the forest and be on your guard for creeping vines that we have determined to be deadly.”

“Aye, Sir. On my way. Davis out.”

Spock and Gaines had nearly reached the beam-down point when Spock’s communicator signaled. “Spock here.”

“Spock,” came Kirk’s urgent voice, “You and your party must come up at once. The storm is advancing much more rapidly.”

“Yes, Sir.” Although Spock was reluctant to leave when he was so close to finding a solution to the disappearance of the colony, he knew that with the loss of half of his crew and the advancing storm nothing more could be accomplished at this time. “We’ll be ready within 5 minutes. Spock out.” He changed frequencies on his communicator and signaled to Ensign Davis, who still had not returned. “Ensign Davis, return to the beam-down point.” Silence. “Ensign Davis, respond!”

Phyllida’s brows drew together as she cast a worried look at Spock. “What if he can’t respond?” She pulled out her tricorder and started scanning in Davis’ last known direction.

Spock answered by calling Enterprise. “Captain, one of my team is missing and is not responding. We have to find him before we beam out.”

“Spock, you’re out of time.”

“Just a few more minutes, Captain.” He looked at Lieutenant Gaines, who looked up from her tricorder and shook her head.

“No life signs that I can find. I don’t think he made it.”

“Spock,” Kirk was fairly shouting, “You don’t HAVE a few minutes! Stand by to beam up at my sig………..no for an ans………..”

“Captain? Captain!” The only reply was static.
CHAPTER TWO – CAPTIVES

“Scotty, get them up here!”  The yellow alert signal flashed insistently.

“I’m tryin’, Captain. The storm…” Lieutenant Montgomery Scott manipulated the controls as only he could.

Kirk looked toward the transporter as two shimmering figures began to materialize, and then were gone.

“What happened, Scott?”

“It’s the storm. It’s already interferin’ with the transporter. We canna lock onto them, and if I try again, we’ll lose ‘em for sure!”

Kirk struck the console with his fist. There was nothing they could do now but wait out the storm. Who knew what kind of situation they could be in down there…?

—————-

“Mister Spock! The storm…The transporter couldn’t lock onto our signal. That means…”

“That means we’re stranded, for the time being, Lieutenant.” Spock took a step away and gauged their surroundings. To the south, west and north of the small clearing in which they stood, nothing but dense forest growth could be seen, mingled with the small structures of the colony. In his estimation, the proximity of the plants made the buildings unsafe to stay in for any length of time. To the east the clearing extended with less growth to a small hill some 1,000 meters away. The sky, dotted with clouds, was a deep blue, getting deeper as evening approached.

Spock heard a faint rustling from the shadows behind them and turned to see tendrils creeping slowly toward them from the undergrowth.

“Lieutenant, I believe we had better find a more secure place to spend the night. It seems as though these plant creatures become more active during the nocturnal hours.” He nodded in the direction of the vines.

“Agreed, Mister Spock!”

With phasers drawn, moving as carefully and swiftly as possible, they began to make their way toward the hill. As they reached the base of the incline, the plants rustled menacingly in the growth on either side of them. The sky was growing quickly darker and ahead the foliage appeared to be more dense. Phyllida winced inwardly, and tried to stifle the growing sense of fear that seemed to grip her. She glanced at Spock. In the twilight the harsh lines of his alien features reflected his single-minded purpose as they proceeded cautiously up the hill, Gaines taking point. About halfway up the hill, she stopped.

“Mister Spock! It looks as if the plants thin out a little further on; see?” She gestured with her phaser. As she spoke, a small movement on the periphery of Spock’s vision caught his attention.

“Phyllida!” Her body slammed against his as the sound of phaser fire ripped through the still night air. She twisted in Spock’s grasp to see the smoking tendril that had been only inches from her foot. She looked up at him silently, trembling from the shock. He released her and when he spoke, his voice was low and hoarse.

“Let’s go.”

The top of the hill was a broad level clearing perhaps 4 meters in diameter where, Phyllida noted thankfully, the only plant growth was grass.

“Spock to Enterprise, come in Enterprise.” His effort was futile – the only sound in the still evening was static.

————

“Enterprise to Mister Spock; Mister Spock come in please.” It seemed to Uhura that she had repeated that phrase a hundred times in the past hour. “Captain, there is still no response; only static interference from the storm.”

Kirk gave no indication of having heard her. “Chekov, do you have that estimate for me yet?

“The nearest I can calculate, Keptin, the storm should pass within 15 hours, judging from the size of it.”

“Are the sensors able to cut through the interference at all?”

“Negative, Sir. I’ve been trying and can’t get any signals through this.”

“Keep trying, Mister Chekov. And, Uhura, continue to attempt communication every half hour.” He rubbed his eyes wearily. “I’ll be in my quarters if anything comes up.” Fifteen hours, he thought, a lot can happen in 15 hours.

————–

The light from two moons shone softly on the grassy hill where two figures were seated next to a small fire.

“What are they, Naktira?” asked Al’nke. “The others are destroyed; yet, these are much like the others.”

“I think, Al’nke, that these are helpers of the others. I think, Al’nke, that they are evil, also. See, how they are bound to the earth as the ancient evil ones were? We must consult the Kamnke. He will tell us what we must do.”

——————

Spock looked abruptly toward the night sky. Nothing. What had he heard? He was sure there had been something.

“Spock? What is it?” Phyllida touched him lightly on the arm. He looked down at her, a puzzled expression on his face.

“Nothing…I thought I heard something…it was nothing.”

“Are you sure?” Phyllida looked toward the sky. “How can we be sure of anything here?”

—————-

Lieutenant Gaines woke in the early morning light to the sound of Spock trying to raise the Enterprise. Still static. How long had it been? About 8 hours since the onset of the ion storm and it had not let up. It must be a tremendously large storm, she thought. She rolled over on the hard ground, every muscle aching.

“Still no answer, Mister Spock?”

“No answer, Lieutenant. However,” He paused to take stock of their surroundings now that he could see them in daylight, and looked back the way they had come, down the hill toward the forest. “We have a more immediate problem. Although I have no desire to go back into the vicinity of those plants, it looks as though the forest is going to be our only source of food. As such, we must be willing to return to it; cautiously, of course.”

“Of course.” Phyllida paused thoughtfully. “Mister Spock, here’s a question for you. If the colony checked out six months ago with no problems, just where did all these vines come from? They couldn’t have occurred naturally in so short a period of time. Surely something had to have brought them here.”

Spock nodded agreement. “That thought has occurred to me also. We will endeavor to discover the answer while we are here.”

It turned out that after a night of feasting the plants lay fairly dormant in the early hours, so Phyllida and Spock had no trouble making their way to the forest and back, having successfully gathered some native fruit. After a quick breakfast, Spock sat down with his tricorder, analyzing the data taken the previous day, while Lieutenant Gaines’ gaze wandered toward the morning sky. They sat in silence for a few minutes before the Lieutenant began to rise slowly to her feet.

“Spock…?” she said quietly, a note of warning in her voice.

Spock looked up from his work. There, coming toward them in the sky, were what appeared to be two large birds. As they grew nearer, Spock saw that they were not quite birds after all. They each appeared to be about 5 feet tall (or long) with the body and wings of a very large bird and the face of a man. The feet and hands were like talons, which seemed capable of ripping a man to shreds. Together, Spock and Phyllida watched the birdmen approach.

“It would appear that there is some form of intelligent life on this planet after all,” Spock commented dryly. “We seem to be uncomfortably close to discovering how the colonists disappeared.”

Phyllida edged closer to him as the birdmen grew nearer and finally landed on the hill, speaking with each other in clicks and chirps that she and Spock could not understand. One of them took a step forward and addressed them in heavily accented English.

“I am called Naktira, of the Somari, the People of the Wind. We welcome you as strangers to our land. Please come and share our homes and our food. Look — the T’laki vines grow nearer. By nightfall you will not be safe. We will take you to a safe place.”

Spock and Gaines looked at the vines, then the creatures, and finally each other.

“Not much of a choice, is it Mister Spock?” Phyllida said quietly.

He answered in the same hushed tones. “It may be our only opportunity to find out what happened to the others. Not to mention the chance to study what must be a truly unique culture.” He turned to Naktira. “We accept your most kind invitation. However, we do not have the capability for flight such as you; how will we accompany you?”

“Our small appearance is misleading,” Naktira replied. “We possess more than adequate strength to bear you and your companion to our village.” The creatures stepped forward then, grasping Spock and Lieutenant Gaines gently in their vice-like talons. Phyllida made a small involuntary gasp and a quick wave of helplessness and fear rushed over her. Then, with a few short beats of strong wings, they were airborne. They traveled thus for miles before one of the birdmen again spoke.

“There, below us is our city.”

Phyllida and Spock looked down. They were circling over what appeared to be simply a barren, rocky mountain. On closer examination, however, small, cave-like openings could be seen scattered at the top of a cliff that was easily 100 feet high. It was toward one of these caves they were now flying.

The winged creatures slid silently from the afternoon light into the musky twilight of the cave mouth, releasing their human burdens as they entered. Ahead could be heard the clicks and twitters of unseen inhabitants speaking to one another in their native tongue. As their eyes grew accustomed to the darkness, Spock and Gaines could see that many smaller side corridors and chambers met the large corridor through which they were being led. Through some of these they caught occasional glimpses of more bird people. As their “hosts” led them through a seemingly endless maze of tunnels and corridors, Phyllida began to wonder how they would ever find their way out again, when and if that moment ever came. Then finally, rounding what must have been the hundredth turn, the party came to an abrupt halt.

“This is your room while you are with us,” one of the creatures gestured toward a small opening in the wall roughly one meter in diameter. “We hope everything is satisfactory. Please remain here and rest and eat. The Kamnke will wish to see you very soon; when we return we will take you to him.”

Spock entered the room with Gaines close behind. It was a large chamber, dimly lit by an animal oil lamp that filled the air with a smoky stench. There were no furnishings to speak of, except a few coarsely woven mats scattered about the floor, one of which was pilled with fruit and smoked meats.

“A fascinating culture,” Spock remarked, taking in their surroundings. “I should like to have the opportunity to study their evolutionary development.”

“Never mind that now, Mister Spock,” Gaines said, “Who do you suppose this ‘Kamnke’ is, and what does he want with us?”

Spock held up his hand in a gesture of silence and looked out the doorway. Ducking back, he quickly withdrew the lieutenant to the far side of the room. When his spoke his voice was scarcely a whisper. “Guards – on either side of the door, a short distance down the corridor.”

Phyllida walked over to the mat with the food, picked up a piece of fruit and bit into it. “At least the food is good,” she commented casually. Spock followed her and chose some for himself. She continued speaking, this time in hushed tones. “We’re going to have to get out of here. You still have not been able to raise the ship?”

“The last time I tried, a few minutes ago,” Spock whispered, “there was still no answer. Whether due to the storm or some mineral content in this mountain, I have no way of knowing. As for getting out of here, if we leave before we see this ‘Kamnke,” we will never really know what happened to the colony.”

“I can take a pretty good guess, Mister Spock. And if we stay to find out, I have a feeling we’ll never get out of here.”

“That,” Spock said dryly, “is a moot point.” He nodded toward the door at the two Somari just entering.

“The Kamnke will see you now,” one of them announced. His tone and bearing made any thought of resistance seem foolhardy at best.

With a lightness she did not feel, Phyllida remarked, “Well, Mister Spock, it looks as though our questions are soon to be answered.”

“Indeed,” he replied. “I am sure it will prove an interesting experience.”

—————

“Captain, I am getting no response from Mister Spock on any frequency,” Uhura reported. “Maybe our signal is not getting through, or maybe…” she hesitated.

“Maybe he’s not in a position to receive it,” Kirk finished for her. What could have happened down there while they were cut off by the storm? He wondered if Spock and any one of his crew were yet alive. It seemed doubtful, and yet, somehow he knew Spock was still living. He would find him.

“Mister Chekov, Mister Sulu, I want a continuous scan of the surface for any human or Vulcan life forms, beginning with the beam-down point and spiraling outward.”

“Aye, Sir,” Chekov and Sulu complied, exchanging knowing glances.

—————

The corridor that led to the heart of the mountain was dark and damp, and as the party wound its way deeper into the fortress, they were joined at every turn by more of the bird creatures. It was difficult now to tell exactly how many there were.

So far, Spock thought, the Somari had not really seemed hostile, only curious. Why then did he have the persistent feeling of apprehension? It certainly was not entirely logical, and he definitely was not given to intuition or “hunches,” as were many humans (most notably, Jim Kirk), nevertheless it was there. He pushed it with stubborn Vulcan resolve to the back of his mind where it took its place, not quite obediently.

“This place gives me the creeps,” Phyllida’s comment echoed endlessly off the dank walls of the passage. She shuddered in the cool air.

Spock suddenly thought wryly of Dr. McCoy and how characteristic such a remark would be to him. He wondered, offhandedly, whether or not he would ever see McCoy or any of the rest of his shipmates again; however, any misgivings he may have had were far outweighed by his immense curiosity about this intriguing race of creatures.

They covered a few more yards with only the shuffling sound of countless Somari breaking the stillness. Then, without warning, the passageway opened into a large cavern where Lieutenant Gaines and Spock were quickly divested of their phasers. Dozens of bracketed torches lined the walls of the cavern, flooding it with a golden glow. Almost in the center of the beautifully decorated floor stood what might have been considered a throne, although functionally it appeared more as a perch. Upon it sat a very old Somari.

Spock and Phyllida were shoved roughly to the floor.

“Kneel before the Kamnke!” a voice commanded. Spock looked up toward the “throne” where a taloned hand beckoned to him.

“Come forward.” The voice had the hoarse, cracked sound of dry leaves underfoot. Spock rose and moved forward until he was within two meters of the “throne.” Behind him he heard a gasp and a shuffling sound as Phyllida was instantly surrounded by a group of the bird creatures.

“What are you called, flightless one? I have seen none such as you,” the one they called the Kamnke questioned.

“I am called Spock,” he said simply.

“Spock…” The Kamnke’s eye roamed Spock’s features carefully. “You are different from the others; perhaps you can give us the answers we seek.” At the Kamnke’s slight gesture, Spock was at once encircled by Somari. As though unaffected by this sudden move, he stood gazing on the Kamnke, his hands folded behind his back.

“What is it you wish to know?”

The wizened Somari leaned forward, his intense, golden eyes returning Spock’s cool gaze. “Why…are you here?”

Spock did not waver. “We are here to investigate the disappearance of others of our kind who were here before us.” The room filled with chirps and twitters and the circles around Spock and Gaines grew tighter.

“Silence!” came the command from the throne. A deep hush fell over the room, broken only by an impatient rustling of feathers. “So,” the Kamnke directed at Spock, “You were sent by the Ancient Ones.” Spock simply looked at him impassively. The Kamnke continued, “We feared others would follow; I have felt the release of power. Yet,” his voice dropped to a whisper, “We had hoped there would be no more.”

“Sir,” Spock interjected, “I have no knowledge of these ‘Ancient Ones,’ as you call them, and I assure you that our people have no intention of harming yours. We…”

“Say what you will! It is all lies!” the thing on the throne hissed vehemently. “Our legends foretold that ones such as you would come and seek to destroy us, but that we would overcome mightily. That prophecy is now fulfilled!” He raised his taloned hand in a grand gesture. “Take her!”

Suddenly the circle of Somari that surrounded Lieutenant Gaines became a screaming mass of birds of prey. Spock threw himself at the creatures that encircled him but he was rebuffed effortlessly by strength that far surpassed his own. He was restrained, compelled to look on helplessly as a terrified Phyllida succumbed to the onslaught of the taloned creatures. She sagged unconscious to the blood-spattered floor, her face bone white with shock. Spock whirled on the Kamnke, Vulcan disciplines strained almost to the breaking point.

“You have no right,” he breathed.

“We have every right, Spock,” the ancient creature replied evenly. “We must protect ourselves from the evil you bring.”

Spock just managed to keep from shouting. “We bring no evil. Our intentions are, and always have been, peaceful.”

The Kamnke shook his head and clicked somewhat disgustedly. “We know all your words are lies, since you are the incarnation of the Ancient Ones. They also were bound to the earth and nearly brought our race to destruction. We will not allow that to happen again, and no others will follow you.” He paused, appraising Spock coldly with his small bronze eyes. “In the manner circumscribed by law, the following sentence is pronounced:  You shall die at dawn, thrown from the stronghold of our city, to the death of the Ancient Ones.” He paused again, looking over the assembly. “It is decreed!” He cried.

“IT IS DECREED!” they echoed in chorus, and immediately Spock was overrun by the mob of screeching Somari.
CHAPTER THREE – ESCAPE?

“Captain’s Log, Stardate 4215.6:  It has now been 26 hours since our last contact with Mister Spock. All attempts at communication have failed, at first due to interference from the ion storm and, more recently, due to an inexplicable electromagnetic discharge from the planet itself. So far, we have been unable to pinpoint the exact origin of this discharge, but it seems to blanket the colony site and surrounding area over a radius of approximately 75 km. Our sensors also seem to be affected by it; scanning the area for life forms turns up nothing.

“Since the nature of the trouble encountered by the colony and landing party is unknown, and since communication with the surface is impossible, I have elected not to beam a rescue team down to the planet. Instead, a specially equipped shuttlecraft is being readied. Hopefully, the heavy-duty transmitter/receiver Mister Scott is engineering will be sufficient to at least partially break through the electromagnetic disturbance.

“The Enterprise has orders to continue as soon as possible to Outpost 7; it seems the Romulans are brewing unrest. Starfleet Command is aware of our situation; however, no other ships being immediately available, we have been given only another 72 hours in which to locate any survivors of the expedition. If, at the end of that time they still have not been located, we have been instructed to abandon search and proceed to Outpost 7.”

At the desk in his quarters, Captain James Kirk finished the entry and leaned back in his chair, exhausted. Deep anger and guilt welled up within him; anger at Starfleet Command for the priorities and restrictions placed upon him, and guilt for having sent his first officer, and friend, most probably to his death. He leaned forward on his desk, burying his face in his hands.

“Spock…”

—————–

“Spock…Spock…”

Pain came with every breath; and fire…

“Spock…”

A voice…Jim? No. Not here…Phyllida…There is no pain. The sensation interpreted as pain obediently took its place in a dark corner of his mind. He made his way on hands and knees toward the sound of Lieutenant Gaines’ voice, groping in the half-light until he found her.

“Spock…” Her battered face was contorted with pain and the word her lips formed was little more than a whisper. Spock took in her other wounds at a glance. Her left shoulder and back had been savagely ripped by talons and she had lost blood, but not enough to be life threatening. He touched her then, spanning the gap between them with his mind. She recoiled at first, unsure. Pain…terror…despair. We are one. Hope…There is no pain. Spock’s mind held hers and she felt a peace and calmness she had never before known flood her mind and soul. Phyllida’s eyes fluttered open, meeting his. The pain no longer clouded her thoughts; she acknowledged its existence, but it was not needed. Slowly withdrawing from the link, Spock took his hand away and Phyllida relaxed into a dreamless sleep. He too must rest, he reasoned, if his plan was to work. Dawn was only five hours away; they would not have much time.

—————–

Spock woke with a start, his internal clock ticking away the minutes and hours. Two hours until dawn. It was time to move. He roused Phyllida and brought himself to his feet, wincing slightly at the movement. His own wounds were not negligible. Phyllida sat up on the hard floor, a groan escaping her lips. Every muscle in her aching body protested at what they were about to attempt, but anything was preferable to death. She wondered what kind of escape the Vulcan had planned, but declined asking him, realizing that she had only to follow his lead. With a rueful smile, she found herself wishing for a fully charged hand phaser.

“Indeed.” Spock’s comment startled Phyllida; she did not realize that she had spoken.

Gratefully, Spock noted that they were in the same chamber they had been held in before. That would simplify matters. His eyes roamed the chamber for something to use as a weapon and fell upon the oil lamp and the stone upon which it rested. He moved the lamp aside and picked up the stone, gauging its heft. It would have to do.

“Gaines!” he whispered, placing the rock in her hands. Their eyes met and she instantly understood what she was to do. She followed him to the doorway, positioning herself on the side opposite him. As before, on either side of the entrance and a little down the corridor stood the guards. Taking a deep breath, Spock placed his slender hands on the rough-hewn stone wall directly behind one of the guards and began to project his thoughts.

The Somari on the other side of the wall shook his head slightly as if to clear it. He looked toward the chamber entrance and then at the other guard. Nothing. He resumed his stance, a little uneasily this time. There it was again. He moved toward the doorway and gestured to the other guard, saying something unintelligible to human ears. As the guards came through the door, the two prisoners were waiting for them. Stepping quietly from the shadow next to the doorway, Phyllida raised the stone with both hands and brought it down with all her strength on the back of the head of her guard. He collapsed without a sound. At the same instant, Spock efficiently dispatched the other guard with a well-placed nerve pinch before he could raise an alarm.

Without a word, Spock hurried down the corridor with Phyllida close behind, hoping that his memory and sense of direction would serve him. After what seemed an interminable period of time, following twists and turns, which seemed to make no sense, he stopped and held up a hand in warning.

“What is it?” Phyllida whispered.

He motioned for her to look around the corner. They had neared the entrance of the cave where two guards were stationed and numerous Somari came and went on various errands. This was something they hadn’t counted on. With the Somari flying around outside they would quickly be spotted. One of the guards looked suddenly in their direction and Spock and Phyllida flattened themselves against the wall. Phyllida held her breath and briefly wondered what it felt like to fall to one’s death as the guard moved toward them with a shuffling sound. She closed her eyes, thinking, as the creature drew slowly nearer, that they were soon to be discovered and silently bemoaned the futility of their escape attempt. At that moment, the guard’s fellow called out to him. He shuffled back to the mouth of the cave where his attention, with that of his comrade, was focused on something outside. Seeing no other Somari present at that moment, Spock and Phyllida seized the opportunity and silently moved on the guards from behind, quickly subduing them as they had the others.

“This way!” Spock spoke in an urgent whisper, taking the lieutenant’s hand and leading her onto a narrow ledge that, as far as she could see, wound to the right around the mountain. They moved as quietly as possible, trying not to attract the attention of the bird people they could see silhouetted against the night sky. It was still at least an hour before dawn, but with two full moons shining brightly, Spock thought that they were sure to be spotted soon. If only they could reach the ridge up ahead, the other side would be in shadows, giving them a better chance. They climbed slowly, painfully, straining for hand and foot holds that were almost non-existent, knowing that one slip would send them plunging from the cliff face to the unseen valley floor hundreds of feet below.

The summit was nearly within grasp when Lieutenant Gaines cried out. Spock looked back to see two Somari coming at them at top speed. They were still some distance away, but it would be only a matter of seconds before the creatures were upon them.

“Hurry!” Spock pulled Phyllida after him up the steep, rocky incline and over the summit into a cleft in the rock. There they sat quietly, listening to the beat of giant wings that grew ever closer. Soon the Somari were circling almost directly above them, searching. They could be heard speaking to each other in the distinctive chirps and whistles of their language and the two fugitives wondered what was being said. Still as the stone that surrounded them, they waited, hoping that their presence there would not be detected. Long minutes later, the Somari abandoned the search and flew back toward their city. The pair of humans was again alone.

Spock cautiously rose from the cleft and Gaines followed. They hurried on down the other side of the rocky slope as quickly as possible, staying in the shadows, realizing that the bird people had not given up, but would soon return in force to continue their search.

As they neared the wooded base of the mountain they heard them – the rushing of a score of giant wings and cries of pursuit. Spock and Phyllida scrambled quickly for the cover of the undergrowth and plunged headlong into the thick foliage, hoping that none of the T’laki vines existed here. Phyllida gasped painfully as she stumbled and fell to her already injured shoulder. Bringing herself to her feet, she heard Spock quietly trying to raise the Enterprise with his communicator. Each time, his call was met with static.

“Mister Spock?” She did not need to finish her question. Spock looked toward her in the darkness where the only sounds were their voices and those of the pursuing Somari. His answer seemed like a death sentence.

“There is no response.”

Abruptly, Phyllida’s eyes turned toward the sky. The beating of wings had grown louder and it seemed as if the Somari must be almost upon them.

“Spock, we have to find a place to hide,” she whispered urgently.

Spock nodded. “That is, assuming such a place exists.”

They moved on, as quickly and silently as they could in the darkness, striving to keep the cover of the trees between themselves and the sky.

CHAPTER FOUR – FEVER AND STORM

It was nearly dawn when Spock finally found a suitable hiding place. Thick underbrush almost totally obscured the mouth of a small cave that opened under a large outcropping of rock. He motioned for Phyllida to follow him.

Inside the relative safety of the cave, Phyllida began to speak, but Spock gestured quickly for her to be silent. She stopped and strained to hear whatever his keen ears had detected, and eventually caught the distinct twittering of the Somari tongue and light footfalls on the hillside above them. Silently they waited for what seemed an eternity for their hunters to move on. When they were finally gone, Phyllida sank to the damp cave floor in exhaustion. Bruised and weary, every muscle in her body cried out for relief. She could feel that her back had begun to bleed again, and the pain that had earlier been pushed aside was now mounting. She looked toward Spock, who had settled wearily to the cave floor across from her. In the half-light she could get only a small idea of the extent of his injuries, but that was enough. His left cheek was ripped savagely and a steady trickle of bright green blood flowed from several deep gashes on his chest. She imagined his back was as bad. She closed her eyes and a soft groan escaped her lips as she leaned back against the cool wall of the cave. There was nothing they could do for themselves at the moment, she reasoned; only rest.

—————

Phyllida opened her eyes with a start. What had caused her to waken? Her eyes darted around her dim surroundings. There it was again – a noise near the entrance of the cave – a rustling sound. Her body tensed, prepared to fight. She stared at the entrance, her hand closing around a sharp stone.

Spock entered the cave quietly.

Phyllida let out the breath she was holding with a long hiss, dropping the rock. “What the hell are you doing, sneaking around like that? You almost got a rock in your skull!”

Spock, long accustomed to the emotional outbursts of humans, ignored Gaines’ remark and merely cocked an eyebrow. Phyllida then noticed that he had removed his shirt and the wounds on his face, chest and back were clean. They didn’t look quite so angry with the blood washed away. As he settled to the floor near her, her eyes took in the angular contour of his face and his well-defined chest and arms. Her breath caught involuntarily and she lowered her eyes; in the same instant she hoped he had not noticed her reaction. In his hands he carefully carried a blue bundle, the remnant of his ruined shirt, which he unwrapped to reveal a large gourd filled with water. He handed it to Phyllida, who nodded her thanks and drank gratefully. She gave it back to him and he set it on the floor, moistening a strip of his shirt in the remaining water.

“Remove your tunic.”

Phyllida looked at him in surprise.

Spock’s face, as usual, betrayed no emotion, and his tone was commanding. “Lieutenant Gaines, we must take care of those wounds. Remove your tunic.”

She nodded in assent and began trying to pull the tunic off, stopping suddenly with a gasp of pain. “Mister Spock – my back!” She turned to reveal her back to him. What had been a mass of raw flesh the night before was now crusted over, sealing the tunic to her body. As gently as possible, Spock patiently set to the task of applying water to her back to remove the dried blood. With plenty of water and not a little pain on Phyllida’s part, Spock was finally able to remove the bloodied tunic and cleanse her wounds. There would be scars, but there was no residual bleeding and hopefully infection would not set in.

“Now what, Mister Spock?” Phyllida said as they finished. She turned to face him. “I can’t just go around like this now, can I?” indicating her bare torso.

Spock, really looking at her now for the first time, took in her full round breasts, her flat abdomen, the gentle flare of her hips above her short red uniform pants and her long legs folded beneath her in torn black stockings and boots. He swallowed somewhat convulsively as something stirred within him that he quickly suppressed. “Certainly not,” he answered gruffly. He rose to his feet and thrust what was left of his shirt into her hands. “I suggest you try to combine this with yours to make some type of covering.” He turned and strode quickly to the mouth of the cave and disappeared outside.

Phyllida looked helplessly at the shreds of cloth in her hands, shrugged, and set to work.

Near the cave, Spock sat on a large boulder, watching the sky and listening. The sun was already high in the sky; it looked as though it was early afternoon. He pulled out his communicator and opened it with a practiced flip of the wrist. His familiar hail, as expected, elicited no response. Something was still interfering with the signal. He was reminded briefly of another time when, against all odds, an act of desperation had saved him and his crew. But this time it was different; the odds? Not even as good as before. The entire landing party lost, no weapons and no ship. However, there are always alternatives. If he could find the source of the interference, Spock reasoned, he could find a way to eliminate it or work around it to bring up communications. He would have to find it quickly; surely they had very little time before Captain Kirk would be forced to abandon search and move on to Outpost 7.

A short time later, Phyllida emerged from the cave wearing a scant makeshift garment of blue and red. “Well, what do you think?” she asked, modeling her creation.

Pragmatic as always, Spock nodded acknowledgement. “Functional.”

Phyllida looked at him in mock disappointment. “That’s all you have to say? This wasn’t easy to make, you know, with no needle and thread.”

“No doubt. However, it is fortunate that your skill as an engineer surpasses your apparent skill as a clothing designer.” His face was as somber as ever, but his dark eyes shown as Phyllida glared at him sullenly.

“Thanks. You really know how to encourage a person.”

She walked away from him, stretching sore muscles in the sunlight. As far as she could see trees and brush surrounded them, deep green and fragrant. Tiny insects with delicately colored wings flitted between exquisite flowers and nearby could be heard the sounds of a small stream. She moved though the trees in the direction of the sound. It was a pretty little stream, the water cool and clean, reflecting glints of sunlight through the trees overhead. This seems like such a peaceful world, she thought, yet there has been so much violence here. She knelt to the stream, drinking deeply of the pure water. As she was getting to her feet, Spock came up behind her, scanning the skies.

“They will be back. We must move on to a safer place if one can be found.”

“But Spock, don’t you think it will be safe here for a while? I mean, I think we could use the rest.”

“I agree; however, I do not believe that we have that much time. I am fully functional at this point; my wounds are not serious. But, if you require aid to go on…”

“Not necessary, Mister Spock. I can handle it if you can.” She looked at him, wondering why they said that Vulcans could not lie and trying to gauge again the extent of his injuries. Remembering his touch of the night before, she knew of his ability to sublimate pain, but wondered how long he could keep it up.

They walked in silence back to the cave where Spock had gathered gourds, which he had painstakingly hollowed with a piece of sharpened flint for use as water carriers. With a pang of guilt Phyllida realized how little Spock must have slept after they had reached this shelter. They filled the gourds from the stream, tying them over their shoulders with lengths of a rubbery vine that grew nearby. Then, Spock tucked the small flint knife into his boot and gave a similar one to Phyllida, which she tied around her thigh with another vine. Thus prepared, they set out, intent upon putting a good distance between themselves and the great stone mountain behind them. They walked for hours and were soon far enough away to see it rising above the trees like a huge tower, the unmistakable shapes of bird people silhouetted in the surrounding sky.

They stopped to rest only occasionally, though their bodies wearily protested, wanting to put even more distance between themselves and their would-be captors. They walked on, and near nightfall they suddenly emerged from the forest onto an expanse of open plain, desolate and lifeless. In the distance could be seen the jagged outlines of an immense mountain range rising high above the desert floor. Spock looked at the mountains and saw in them what might be their best chance for protection and shelter if they could cross the open expanse of desert undetected. It was also the direction in which his previous tricorder readings had indicated was the probable source of the electromagnetic interference that had plagued the party’s communications since they encountered the Somari. They would need to try to get to those mountains. He expressed all this to Phyllida.

“We’ll make camp here and get an early start in the morning.” Spock’s comment left no room for argument.

Phyllida looked at Spock. In the dimness of the gathering dusk, she could read only determination on his alien face. Internally, she questioned the wisdom of leaving the cover of the forest. What if they should be caught out there in the open? But, she also agreed that the mountains would probably be their best chance if they could get to them. “I guess it’s a chance we’ll have to take,” she said.

That night was spent in the relative protection of the forest edge. Although Somari could still be seen flying around their mountain in the distance, there were no signs of pursuit. Spock found this rather odd, but kept it to himself, not wanting to alarm Phyllida unnecessarily. He would have been surprised had he known that she shared the same thoughts.

Early in the morning they gathered what food they could find to help sustain them on their trip across the wasteland. Spock found, on taking inventory of their supplies, that they still had a good five gourds of water left for the journey. Hopefully enough, if they were conservative.

Phyllida finally put her misgivings into words. “I can’t imagine those bird people giving up so easily. Do you think they know where we are?” She shuddered at that thought.

“Most probably they know exactly where we are,” Spock replied. “Although, I cannot explain why they have not attempted to apprehend us as yet.”

Phyllida looked back uneasily toward the Somari’s mountain towering in the distance. “Let’s get out of here.”

The two set out across the desert with the morning sun at their backs. Aside from patches of scrub grass and an occasional succulent, there was nothing growing in the dry, sandy soil. Now and then small reptilian creatures would scurry across their path, but neither Spock nor Phyllida noted any other life forms. They traveled uneventfully until about midday, stopping to rest in a dry riverbed. Phyllida sagged wearily to the ground, rubbing her injured shoulder. Spock handed her their small pouch of food. “Here, eat. I’m going to take some readings.”

He walked some distance down the riverbed, scanning for any evidence of Somari or for the source of the electromagnetic interference that had been playing havoc with communications. Though the tricorders had been affected to some extent by the same interference, Spock continued to attempt their use in the hope that the interference would eventually abate. Unfortunately, the tricorder was still not working reliably; he could not even pinpoint an exact source for the electromagnetic interference. It just seemed to be all around them the closer they got to the mountains. He turned and started walking back toward where he had left Gaines.

Phyllida was exhausted and the heat was beginning to affect her. Taking a long drink of water from the gourd at her side, she felt her head reel suddenly. Easy now, she thought, not too much at once. The slight rise in body temperature she had felt most of the morning she had long since dismissed as due to the desert sun. I’ll feel much better after I’ve eaten something, she told herself. She looked down the riverbed after Spock and noticed that he was coming back toward her.

“Anything yet?” she called.

“Nothing.” His eyes turned toward the sky. “Perhaps they felt it sufficient to drive us from their territory. They may no longer consider us a valid threat.” He sat next to her and she handed him the food pouch.

“Let’s hope so, anyway.”

As they ate, Spock regarded Phyllida silently. Discovering his intent gaze, she smiled slightly, running her fingers through tangled, unwashed hair, painfully conscious of the marks on her battered face. “Not a very pretty sight, am I, Mister Spock?”

Spock’s eyes never wavered. “You are a very brave woman and one of the finest officers in the Fleet. I am honored by your presence, although I deeply regret the circumstances.”

Phyllida dropped her hand and met his gaze squarely, her soft blue eyes reflecting the depths of his. “Yes,” she said softly, “I believe you do. But Spock – it’s not your fault!”

He looked past her then, not willing to expose himself any further. Speaking as though to himself he replied, “My responsibility.”

————–

That night they hazarded a fire for the first time since the night before they had met the Somari, for in spite of the heat of the desert sun, the night had turned suddenly cold. The two rough-hewn flint knives Spock had made served well to give spark to the dry grass that was their only tinder, and the small flame was welcome, thought it provided only minimal warmth. Phyllida shivered and drew closer to the fire. She had been feeling so strangely today and could not really account for it. Taking a deep breath, she shook her head, trying to dispel the dizziness and feeling of disorientation. I’m so tired, she thought foggily. I’ll be fine once I rest. Curling up next to the tiny fire, she fell into a restless sleep.

Spock sat on the other side of the fire and watched Phyllida intently. He feared her injuries were not healing properly. If only they had Dr. Wilson’s medical kit now. However, they didn’t and it was useless thinking about it. Evaluating his own condition, he found himself to be doing surprisingly well. The gash on his cheek had closed and was beginning to heal and even the wounds on his back and chest were only very slightly infected; surprising, since he had not had the opportunity to allow his body the time needed to heal itself effectively. Rest he must and soon, but he knew that Gaines, even more than he, could not go on indefinitely. He thought back to their earlier conversation. She had said that none of this was his fault; but if not his, whose? He had been responsible for the lives of his landing party and had failed. Phyllida stirred in her sleep, moaning softly. Watching over her in the light of the waning fire, Spock felt an increasing sense of responsibility bordering on urgency to keep her alive and well. The last of my crew, he rationalized silently, but he knew that it was more than that, and even the strongly protesting Vulcan in him could not completely dispel it.

Phyllida was still sleeping when Spock awoke. She looked peaceful in the pre-dawn twilight. Stretching warmth back into stiff muscles, he rose and made preparation for the day’s trek, intending to let her sleep a while longer. His attempt to reach the Enterprise, a daily activity since leaving the cave, bore the same negative result as on the previous occasions. He knew that the ship might have already left and may never return in the near future, but he was not ready to give up quite yet.

When Phyllida finally awoke it was with some disorientation; she felt as though she was not quite in her body. Spock was leaning over her, his face a picture of concern. Odd, she thought, for a Vulcan.

To Spock, Lieutenant Gaines’ face had the flushed look of fever. He had seen it few other times, but often enough to know that in humans it usually was accompanied by a significant infection. This was a turn of events that concerned him greatly. Without medication Phyllida would have to rely on her own reserves, and at the moment, these were understandably low. The odds were getting worse.

Phyllida sat up and her head reeled with the movement. What is wrong with me, she thought. Why is it so terribly hot this early in the morning? Aloud, she said, “Why are you looking at me like that, Mister Spock?”

He did not answer her question, but instead asked, “How do you feel?”

She hesitated a moment. “I’m…not quite sure…a little strange, but it’ll pass.” An unruly strand of hair fell across her eyes and she brushed it back with a shaking hand. “I’m fine.” Then, as if to prove it, she stood on wobbly legs, only to collapse almost immediately. Spock reflexively caught her and lowered her gently to the ground.

“You are not fine,” he admonished. “In fact, you are extremely ill.” He put a water gourd to her lips, making her drink. “How long have you had the fever?”

Phyllida shrugged. “Since yesterday morning maybe. I don’t know.” Her shoulders sagged and for a moment she thought how much simpler it would have been to have just let the Somari kill her. She would probably die now anyway. Behind closed eyes she allowed the pain of the last two days to sweep over her like a wave. The sensation was not entirely unpleasant, almost welcome in fact. It simply did not matter anymore.

“…along that ridge there,” Spock was saying.

He sounded so far away. She slowly opened her eyes to overwhelming sunlight.

“We should be able to reach it within a day. There we will have a better chance for survival until rescue arrives.” He seemed to be indicating the mountains to the west.

Phyllida shook her head. She doubted that she could continue in her present state for any length of time. Spock helped her take another drink of water from the gourd. The sun was getting higher and they needed to be moving. “Spock, if you’ll help me stand, I think I can manage. For a while, anyway.”

He eyed her somewhat doubtfully but without a word he helped her to her feet. The coarse sand seemed at first to give way under Phyllida’s boots, and she leaned heavily on the Vulcan’s strength. But then, with the determined discipline of a Starfleet officer, she steadied and drew herself up to face Spock, meeting his dark eyes with her own. She turned and with Spock at her side, set out toward the western mountains across the desert expanse.

The pair trudged on throughout the day, the forest behind them eventually fading to no more than a green strip on the eastern horizon, although their progress was slower than before. The sun rose in its swiftly mounting arc, desert sands reflecting its heat with an ever-increasing intensity. Phyllida, in her illness, was becoming more and more unsure of her footing, and suddenly stumbled. Spock’s arm was instantly around her waist, breaking her fall and helping her back to her feet. He noticed that she felt hot, even to his touch. She looked at him through fevered eyes and the urgent need for rest cried out from every part of her body. He walked with her then, half carrying her limp form. They pressed onward, tenacious Vulcan strength sustaining not only one, but two through the hostile desert.

Throughout the afternoon black thunderheads roiled on the horizon, building, spreading across the sky with an uncanny, almost demoniacal, intensity. Dust whipped up around the two in small whirlwinds and in the distance they heard the low rumble of thunder answering the mounting storm. Suddenly and relentlessly, the wind increased, driving Spock and Phyllida on through billowing dust that made the sand under their boots writhe and moil fitfully as though it were alive. They struggled to continue through dust that choked every breath, filled hair and eyes. Through the cloud of her fever, Phyllida felt the effort was wasted. She wanted nothing more than to just lie down and die, but some primitive instinct would not allow that luxury. It forced her to put one leaden foot before the other until finally, even her survival drive weakened and she slipped from Spock’s grasp to fall roughly to the ground. He went down after her, protecting her with his own body from the thick stinging clouds of dust.

Then, with sudden violent force, the storm broke. Rain, torrential and savage, lashed at them with cold sheets of water that eroded the ground beneath them. Through muted senses, Phyllida felt the escalating fury of the storm past the weight of Spock’s body. Water welled up around her, muddy and vile, forcing its way into her mouth and nostrils, threatening to choke her. The ground shook convulsively, rumbling in protest of the violence being forced upon it, bringing with it a welcome blackness, devoid of all sensation, into which Phyllida gratefully sank.

As the storm raged around them, Spock gradually became aware of another sound — a dull roar over the sounds of the storm. Still holding Phyllida, he raised himself from the mud, striving to see the source of the growing sound. Sheets of rain whipped about him, and for long minutes Spock strained to see as the roar escalated deafeningly. What he finally saw carried with it such raw force and power that were he fully human he might have panicked. A wall of water, at least 10 feet high, was surging toward them with bone-crushing speed. Spock set himself to meet it, clasping Phyllida tightly to himself. Then, with a gut-wrenching shock, the water was all around them; roaring, sweeping water that had a life of its own, rolling over them with amazing intensity. Spock tried desperately to keep his hold on Phyllida as the flood fought with him to claim her. The forceful current carried them under water for endless seconds to finally sweep them clear of the surface and into the rain-soaked air. Spock, still clinging to Phyllida, drew a long breath and pulled Phyllida’s head above the surface, keeping her there while they floated down the watercourse. It was still raining, although not with the ferocity of the few minutes preceding the flood, and it occurred to Spock that the Somari, being familiar with the weather patterns of this planet, must have known that he and Gaines would be caught in this storm. They had been run into a deliberate trap.

Long minutes passed before the swift currents finally deposited them on a large sandbar near the foothills of the western mountain range. The sun had set some time before and the sky was beginning to clear, showing a scattering of stars through rifts in the thinning clouds. The wind also had died down and all was still. Exhausted, Spock dragged Phyllida’s limp body up onto the sandbar next to him and collapsed.
CHAPTER FIVE – RESCUE

“Kaminski to Enterprise, come in Enterprise. How do you read?”

“You’re coming across just fine, Lieutenant. Stand by.” Lieutenant Uhura swiveled toward the center seat. “Captain, receiving transmission from Lieutenant Kaminski aboard the shuttlecraft.”

“On audio, Lieutenant.”

“Aye, Sir.”

“Kaminski here, Captain. We are proceeding on the designated heading, presently about 20 kilometers southwest of the colony site and approaching a large body of water.”

“Any life signs or unusual findings?”

“Negative, Captain. All’s quiet here. So far all we’ve picked up on our scanners is local electromagnetic interference, but Collins is recalibrating now to white out the disturbance. If they’re here, sir, we’ll find ‘em.”

Kirk stroked his chin thoughtfully, all too aware of the time factor, and thought of the 4 men aboard the shuttlecraft. “Very well. Keep us posted, Lieutenant. And, proceed with caution. I want no more casualties.”

“Understood, Sir. Kaminski out.”

The shuttlecraft glided gracefully through the deep blue sky of planet M64, skimming across tops of trees toward the miles long lake.

“Scanning for life signs now, sir.” Ensign Collins was a very promising junior science officer. Kaminski knew he could count on him for accuracy. “I’m picking up diffuse life signs all around us. There seem to also be some faint signals some 10-15 kilometers to the north.” He paused. “I can’t be sure. The surrounding life signs are very strong.” As he finished speaking, the shuttlecraft pitched violently to port, sending the crew flying. Kaminski clung to the controls, checking the instrument panel frantically.

“What is it, Joe?” one of the men cried out.

“I don’t know.” The young lieutenant was puzzled. This shouldn’t be happening. His heavy brows knotted together under a shock of thick red hair. “We seem to have hit some type of turbulence.”

The small ship bucked again, this time from the other side, even more wildly than before. Lieutenant Kaminski tried desperately to maintain control of the craft.

“Sir! What’s that?” Ensign Collins pointed toward the forward view screen. Bearing directly ahead were five large bird-like creatures.

“What the …” Joe Kaminski never had time to finish whatever comment he was about to make, for just at that moment the shuttlecraft was bounded on all sides by at least 50 of the creatures. Out of control, the tiny craft plummeted to the forest floor, crashing with a large explosion.

As was intended, there were no survivors.

——————-

The Kamnke listened approvingly to the report.

“The two that were here have perished in the sommgraven, my lord, and others that followed in a flying machine have been destroyed this day.”

It was good. The Kamnke nodded. They had finally won. The Ancient Ones and their evil ways would never again corrupt the land. Others may try to follow, but always at the same cost – death. The Kamnke settled back and trilled softly in satisfaction. His people were safe once more.

——————-

A column of thick black smoke rose far to the south of a small sandbar on which two bodies lay unmoving in the early morning light.
CHAPTER SIX – DELIRIUM

Consciousness returned slowly to Spock. Gradually regaining his senses, somewhere in the distance an explosion (thunder?) was heard. He felt the roughness of the sand beneath his cheek, the warmth of sunlight on his naked back. Opening his eyes, he raised his head, rolled from his prone position onto his side, and reached for Phyllida, who lay face down near him. He touched her throat, feeling for a pulse. She didn’t stir. Her pulse was faint, but steady, and she was breathing quietly, though still unconscious. Spock sat up and looked at his surroundings. He noted uncomfortably that both communicators and tricorders had been lost. They had nothing now but whatever clothing remained to them; Spock, his uniform pants and boots, and Gaines, her boots, short pants, and one remaining length of cloth tied around her chest, that covered her breasts. Below them, where the desert floor had been yesterday, was a lake, filled with the water from the flood in which he and Phyllida had been caught. Above them rose the foothills of the mountains, which had been their goal. A short distance away a trail snaked up and over the hillside, perhaps to the mountain.

Spock turned his attention back to Lieutenant Gaines. Her back was very angrily inflamed, and she still seemed feverish. He sat on his heels next to her and rolled her gently to her back, pulling her head and shoulders onto his knees. “Lieutenant,” he said softly, stroking the hair back from her face. She did not move. “Phyllida,” this time his voice was more insistent. Still, she did not stir. Spock gathered her into his arms and, getting to his feet, struck out for the mountain trail.

————-

Sometime during the morning it began to rain — a slow, steady drizzle falling from a cold, gray sky. Spock hefted Phyllida, still unconscious, over a small outcropping of rock and into a protective hollow in the side of the mountain. A good part of the morning had seen him make his way with her from the sandbar to this place among the foothills. Here it should be possible to build a fire and rest for a day, perhaps two. Spock looked down on Phyllida’s restless, shivering form and her flushed face. Rest and warmth were probably the most essential things to the girl’s survival at the moment. He pulled her as far back into the hollow as he could, away from the cold drizzling rain at the mouth of the cave. She needed a fire. Satisfied that she would be safe for the time being, he left her there and went to forage for firewood amongst the sparse vegetation.

Below them, he could see the miles-long body of water that had been a desert only the day before, and at its immediate edge the sandbar on which they had washed up. Above where Phyllida slept in the alcove, loomed a mountain of bare stone, the peak of which was lost in a thick shrouding mist. Waterfalls spouted here and there from its rocky face. About half a mile to the north, one noticeably larger waterfall rumbled down the sheer face of a cliff, its origins lost in the mist that swirled about the mountain. At the base of the cliff was a small stand of trees. Spock made his way over the rocky, shale-covered slope toward the trees. He soon came to the edge of the grove and found a few twigs and small branches scattered on the ground, and he picked up as much as he could carry. As he prepared to return to Phyllida, he noticed what appeared to be a path cut out of solid rock, which led around the side of the mountain directly toward the large waterfall, disappearing into the mist and spray behind it. While he considered the possible significance of this strange path, Phyllida’s panicked scream reached him over the waterfall’s roar.

Spock ran. By the time he made his way back to her, Phyllida was thrashing wildly about the small enclosure, her eyes bright with hysteria and her lithe body glistening with sweat. He dropped his bundle of twigs and brought himself quickly to her side, wrapping his arms around her to hold her under control. She struggled against him, beat on his chest, screamed. Across the touch, the force of her emotions was almost overwhelming. Spock shuddered from the psionic power the girl was generating in her delirious state. Scenes from her life, of Phyllida’s family and friends; emotions, anger… bitterness… hatred… love… rebellion… joy… fear; all flowed unbidden into Spock’s mind. Still he held her, shielding his mind from the onslaught of Phyllida’s personal torment, until the fury was over and she relaxed in his arms, her head resting on his chest. The fever had broken. Perhaps now she would recover.

Spock lowered her gently to the damp stone floor and sat back on his heels, clearing his mind of the remnants of the link inadvertently produced between them. Even through the cold veneer of logic that began to settle over him, Spock could feel the raw emotions of Phyllida’s subconscious mind. His eyes closed and a long sigh escaped his lips as he relaxed more deeply, concentrating on every fiber of his body. Body, mind, soul, coming together as one; a triad at its apex, no longer three separate entities, but one. His breathing was shallow, relaxed. The universe flowed around him, through him, became part of him. The wild emotions, with nothing to feed on, retreated, leaving in their place the logic his Vulcan mind so diligently sought.

Slowly opening his eyes, Spock regarded Lieutenant Gaines, now sleeping peacefully. He permitted himself a moment to wonder about the details of her background out of speculative curiosity, then easily dismissed the thought as though it had not existed, and set to building a fire.

—————-

“Captain’s log, stardate 4266.3:  Still no contact with Mister Spock or his party and we are running out of time. Shortly after the specially equipped Galileo II was launched and was nearing the site of the disappearances, contact with it, too was lost. An explosion was detected on the planet’s surface, which could have been the shuttlecraft, but what could have caused such a crash is at this time unknown. The whole mystery seems to be escalating, with no answers; only more and more questions. Starfleet Command has denied my request for an extension to continue the investigation, and with only two hours left to us, I see very little we can do or hope for short of a miracle.” The captain of the Federation Starship Enterprise shut off the recorder and sat in the darkness of his quarters, mentally reviewing his rapidly dwindling options. There had to be something he hadn’t yet tried – after all, he didn’t believe in the “no-win” scenario.

—————-

Phyllida Gaines awoke with a pounding headache. She rolled over with a groan and sat up slowly, holding her head. Spock turned from the entrance of the cave and offered a hand to steady her.

“Whoa! How long have I been out?” She flexed her arms and hands, coaxing life back into stiff joints and muscles. “I feel like I’ve been put through the proverbial ringer.”

“Approximately 14.3 hours,” Spock replied evenly, still holding her arm.

Phyllida took in the strange surroundings. “Where are we anyway? The last thing I remember is getting caught in some whopper of a storm.” She brushed her hair back off her forehead with her free hand.

With a vaguely uncomfortable look, Spock released her arm and moved to the entrance of their shelter in one long stride. As he stood gazing out over the lake, he recounted to Phyllida the events that had occurred since the onset of the storm and his discovery of the trail that led under the waterfall. He tactfully failed to make any mention of her recent delirium. “It seems your fever has subsided and you will soon be ready for travel again,” Spock observed. “I suggest we spend another night or two here and then follow the trail. Perhaps we may find a suitable location to set up a more permanent camp until the Enterprise returns to continue search.”

Phyllida thought about this. She knew that Enterprise was under a deadline to reach Outpost 7, and that any search for the landing party had probably long since been abandoned. “How do you know they will return?”

Spock turned and looked into her wide blue eyes. How could he explain the actions of someone he knew almost as well as himself? Could she understand the reasoning behind his belief that Enterprise would return? He was not quite sure he himself understood it. Hope was illogical. “I know my captain,” he said, and without looking back, walked down the slope into the lengthening shadows of the afternoon.

Phyllida gazed after him, wanting to follow, but realizing his need to be alone. With a sigh, she added more fuel to their little fire. Settling her weary body onto the hard stone floor next to the fire, she soon drifted into a restful slumber.

CHAPTER SEVEN – STRANDED

The small desktop view screen was dark, as it had been for the past half hour. Kirk’s fingers drummed idly on the transparent surface of the table, the only outward sign of the intense frustration he was feeling. Behind him the door hissed open and without turning he knew who it was.

“No luck, huh?”

Kirk continued to stare at the view screen. “Damn bureaucracy, Bones! Damn regulations! Damn Starfleet!” he paused, his voice lowering to just above a whisper. “You know, I’m beginning to agree with you – we don’t belong out here in the first place.”

McCoy sat down and poured two glasses of brandy from the decanter at the table. “Do you realize what Spock would say if he heard you talk like that?” He offered a glass to Kirk, who accepted absently. “Jim, you’ve done all you can do. You can’t buck Starfleet forever, and if they bust you, it’ll be damn near impossible for you to get a ship to come back to look for him.”

Kirk silently regarded the amber liquid swirling in his glass as though in its depths he would find the answers he so desperately wanted. Again, his mind rehashed the old data, and again he came up with the same conclusion. It was all wrong. Something was tremendously wrong about this whole mess. If only there was some way of knowing what had happened to Spock and the shuttle crew he had sent, if only he had more time. Abandon search. Kirk hated the sound of that phrase. Yet, Command had made it perfectly clear. Abandon search and proceed to Outpost 7. Turn his back on a friend who had saved his life more times than he cared to count.

“Impossible.” Kirk set his drink on the table untouched. “I’m not giving up on him.”

“But Jim, you can’t just…”

“Take it easy, Bones. I don’t intend to disobey orders, either.”

“Then what exactly ARE you planning?”

“Just what you said.”

“What I said?”

“Coming back to look for him. That’s the key. We’ll go ahead to Outpost 7 as ordered, but nothing in our orders says anything about how long we have to stay there. We’ll stay just long enough to make sure everything there is under control and return immediately to resume search.”

McCoy slowly lowered his drink to the table and paused thoughtfully. “Jim, do you really believe that Spock is still alive down there?”

“I’d stake my life on it.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

The trail was ancient, worn from many years of weather and use, and in the morning sunlight, fine spray from the immense waterfall glinted and flashed like tiny prisms, here and there flashing rainbows.

After two days of rest, Phyllida felt nearly recovered again under the warmth of the sun, although she was grateful that the path was not steep. As they drew near the fall, its spray rose around them in a fine, cool mist, exhilarating to the senses. Phyllida smiled to herself. It was the best she had felt in days. Moving ahead, Spock disappeared behind the sparkling sheet of water and Phyllida followed, gasping slightly at its abrupt coldness. Behind the roaring cascade was a natural alcove with a small opening in the mountain almost central to the waterfall. Except for the cave, the resemblance to the waterfall on Mevinna was striking.

“Remind you of anyplace?” Phyllida winked a mischievous eye at Spock, who chose not to answer. Instead, he moved on past the cave entrance to go through to the other side of the fall. Puzzled, Phyllida followed.

When she emerged from beneath the water, she found that they were standing at the base of yet another trail, hewn directly into the face of the stony mountain in such a way that it was not visible from below. On the outward side of the path the wall was easily 6-7 feet high, thoroughly insuring that one could pass this way unobserved. Above them the steep path faded into the heavy mist that seemed to be almost a permanent part of the mountains.

Spock led the way up the slope, stopping occasionally for Phyllida to rest. By midday the mist had cleared somewhat to reveal a pass cut into the summit of the mountain above which a huge promontory jutted upward with craggy determination, reflecting the violence that had borne it ages past. Phyllida scrambled after Spock up the steep, shale-covered path and found herself wondering fleetingly as to the makers of this road and what had become of them.

It was about mid-afternoon when Gaines pulled herself up to the crest of the pass where Spock already stood. She brought herself unsteadily to her feet. Clinging to a large boulder, she looked out over the summit. Before them lay an immense valley, ringed about by a snow-covered mountain range, looking as if it had been scooped out of the mountains with a giant hand and then carefully planted with the lush verdant growth that populated it. Thick and tightly interwoven treetops gave the impression of a thick green carpet, beneath which a sparkling river wound its way to a large lake that shimmered in the distance, half hidden by intervening trees.

Phyllida gasped in amazement. “It’s beautiful!”

Spock turned to look at her. Her face was flushed from the effort of their climb and the afternoon sun shone brilliantly on her golden hair. “Indeed.” He allowed his gaze to linger momentarily on this lovely, courageous woman beside him. His old familiar internal conflict threatened to surface for a brief instant, but was just as quickly suppressed. Phyllida, caught up in the beauty of the immense valley spread before them, did not notice.

Minutes later, the pair began their descent, and by early evening they had reached the valley floor. Birds flitted anxiously in the uppermost boughs of the trees, not quite sure of the strange creatures who traversed the cool twilight of the forest floor below. Tiny yellow flowers dotted the plush green carpet of moss that cushioned their every step, and underbrush was almost nonexistent; as though this had once been a carefully tended, albeit large, garden. Along the way, the travelers collected berries and nuts for food, noting other animals were eating them, and they should be safe enough to eat. After a time they came upon a small glade that was scattered with more of the flowers and sweet-smelling moss, and they made this their campsite in the lengthening shadows of evening. There was no need for a fire; the air in the valley was surprisingly warm, and the light from two moons filtered softly through the trees. They spent the evening in relative silence, Spock almost uncharacteristically taciturn, and Phyllida too weary to do much more than go to sleep.

By the next afternoon, Spock and Phyllida had uneventfully traveled the distance to the mountain lake. The way was easy, with very little undergrowth, and Phyllida remarked to Spock about the quiet peacefulness of the valley and how it bore so little resemblance to the other parts of the planet they had been exposed to. Unimpressed, Spock pointed out that many worlds had numerous varieties of climate and terrain.

“But a warm, semi-tropical forest in the plateau of a snow-covered mountain range?” she asked, pursuing her point.

To this, Spock’s only response was a raised eyebrow and “Yes, fascinating,” which seemed to indicate to her that the subject was still under consideration. Phyllida shrugged and they walked on in silence along the shore of the immense lake.

She was painfully aware, as she had been for the last two days, that Spock was more closed to her now than ever, and she wondered at the cause for the change. Of the two days she had been feverish she could remember nothing except bits of dream-like recollections; rain and cold, her father’s accusing glare, emotions; fear, hate, rebellion, love, sadness; the darkness, and finally awakening in the cave. The more she considered it, the more certain Phyllida was that her illness had somehow precipitated Spock’s present attitude toward her. At any rate, she resolved to find out.

Sunset approached. The snow-capped peaks seemed to ring the valley with fire, reflecting deepening hues of orange, pink, and red. Dusk darkened the forest around them while Spock and Phyllida made camp in a large clearing that opened toward the lake. With the sunset, a stillness fell over the forest and the water of the lake was black, swallowing the barest light of the first evening stars.

After a shared meal of nuts, berries and roots, Phyllida scanned Spock’s face in the flickering light of their small fire. As usual, his expression disclosed no hint of the thoughts behind it.

“Spock…” she ventured.

He turned toward her, his dispassionate brown eyes dark in the shadows thrown by the fire. “Lieutenant Gaines.” He stressed her rank.

Phyllida cleared her throat and averted her eyes from his gaze, feeling vaguely uncomfortable and not knowing why. Clearly, whatever fragile rapport she had had with Spock had dissipated with her illness for some reason as yet unknown to her. She squared her shoulders and some measure of formality returned to her voice. “I was just wondering if they…” she looked toward the blackened sky and its myriad of stars, “If we’ll ever see them again.” Her voice was engulfed by the surrounding darkness.

Spock followed her gaze to the stars, realizing as he did so that all speculation regarding rescue had been dismissed from his mind in the face of the logistics of immediate survival. “Hope is illogical.” He felt Phyllida fix her gaze upon him and he continued, meeting her eyes and holding them with his own. “To be sure, Captain Kirk would have used every means at his disposal to locate and rescue us, but it is unreasonable to assume that Starfleet Command would have allowed him more than 72 hours to complete that task in view of his previous orders. More than likely we are presumed dead.” Spock paused and the full impact of what he had said registered in Phyllida’s upturned face. Her expression, in the firelight, was nearly unreadable, but Spock could not mistake the dismay that was reflected in her next statement.

“So, what you’re saying is,” she hesitated, “we’re marooned here.”

“In essence, yes.”

Phyllida rose in one fluid movement and took a step or two away to face the dark waters of the lake. “In essence…” she shivered, though it was not cold. “In essence, we are going to spend the rest of our lives here. Is that what you are saying? And just two days ago you were sure they would come back for us! I can see now that a lot has changed in the last two days – I don’t know you at all!” The anger in her voice was unmistakable, though Spock could not entirely understand what she was angry about.

“Lieutenant, I see no need…”

“That does it!” She whirled to face him, the now rising moons casting conflicting shadows across her face. “We are NOT aboard the Enterprise anymore, and if what you have said is true, we’re not likely to be again. Rank means nothing here – don’t you understand?” Tears of frustration stung her eyes and she blinked them back. “Of all people to be stranded with for the rest of my life…!” She turned and stalked angrily toward the lakeshore.

Spock stood in the glow of the tiny fire and watched Phyllida’s form retreat into the shadows to stand silhouetted against the moonlight playing on the water. Part of him longed to go after her, to hold her, to give her the words of hope she wanted to hear, but he could not. He turned his eyes once more to the stars. Thoughts of unfulfilled responsibility rehearsed yet again behind dispassionate eyes and a cry of mental anguish welled deep within him, shaking the very foundations of his Vulcan soul. Jim! Hear me! We live!

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

“Three light scouting vessels have disappeared from this sector in the past month alone! This is totally unprecedented!” The harried visage of Outpost 7 Commander Owen Barker filled the main view screen. Kirk shifted in the command chair.

“What makes you believe the Romulans are involved?”

Barker sighed in exasperation. “I know, Jim, it’s all circumstantial. But don’t you see?” He leaned forward urgently, as though he could make Kirk accept his position with that movement alone. “Everything points to them. We really have nothing else to go on!”

Kirk tapped the arm of the command chair while considering these developments. This whole thing was going to take much longer than he anticipated. But the Romulans? It was just not adding up – something was missing. He wished Spock were here – not for the first or last time. But Barker was speaking again.

“A meeting has been scheduled at 1900 to decide on a course of action. The coordinates are being fed to your computer.” He paused. “If there are no further questions, Captain, I’ll see you then. Barker out.” Before Kirk could answer, the screen went blank. Kirk stroked his chin thoughtfully. He didn’t like mysteries, but the meeting was only a couple of hours away and he had a mystery whether he liked it or not. He rose from the center seat.

“Mister Sulu, I’ll be in my quarters if I’m needed. You have the conn.”

Sulu acknowledged his order with a sharp nod and Kirk took a step up toward the turbolift. Suddenly, the whole bridge began to reel around him. He tried another faltering step and grasped futilely for the bridge railing. Incoherent cries from the crew were barely audible past the other presence. Spock! He pitched headlong to the floor and blackness engulfed him.
CHAPTER EIGHT – HOPE

“Spock!” Kirk struggled against the layers of blackness clouding his mind. He sat up abruptly and strong hands were on his shoulders, forcing him back onto the diagnostic bed. “Spock!” he whispered.

“Jim!” McCoy’s voice reached him through the fog. “Jim. Spock isn’t here. It’s me, Bones.”

Kirk opened his eyes. “Bones…” he breathed. “Spock…is alive! I’ve got to get to Spock!” He saw McCoy beckon to someone and Nurse Chapel stepped near the bed with a hypo in her hand. Kirk relaxed against the bed and attempted to bring himself under control. “No Bones. No. You won’t need that.” He tried a wan smile. “I’m fine. I’ll explain everything. If I can.”

The doctor searched his eyes for a moment and then dismissed Chapel. Slowly he took his hands away from the captain’s shoulders, as if he expected him to bolt at any moment. “Well then, explain.” McCoy crossed his arms in front of his chest. “Explain how you’ve put yourself under such strain since Spock’s disappearance that you simply broke under the pressure and passed out on the bridge.” Kirk opened his mouth to speak, but McCoy continued. “You’ve hardly slept or eaten in days,” he chided. “I’m surprised it didn’t happen sooner.”

Kirk swung his legs over the side of the bed and sat up, instantly regretting it. His head felt as though it was going to explode and a moment of dizziness gripped him. He hoped that the irate doctor had not noticed the slight wince. If he did notice, he gave no indication, but continued to glare at his captain and friend through sharp blue eyes. Kirk met his glare squarely. “You know me better than that, Bones. I’ve been under pressure before. I don’t crumble that easily.” McCoy began to form an answer, but the captain stopped him with a raised hand. “No. I’m telling you that’s not what happened on the bridge.” He paused. Seeing that he still held the doctor’s attention, he went on, hoping that his friend wouldn’t think that he had gone completely mad. “Bones, what do you know about Vulcan telepathy?”

McCoy was taken aback by the question. “Jim, what’s this got to do…”

“Just answer the question, doctor.”

“Vulcan telepathy.”

“Yes.”

McCoy turned slightly and shook his head. “I don’t know a lot about it, only what you probably already know — that the Vulcans are generally touch telepaths who usually must be in physical contact with another being in order to communicate telepathically.” McCoy looked at Kirk quizzically. “What’s this got to do with anything?”

Kirk dropped to the floor and paced the room, ignoring the pounding in his head. He appeared not to have heard the doctor’s question. “But what about the exceptions?” he said.

“The exceptions?”

“The exceptions, Bones. You said ‘generally’ and ‘usually.’ Are there times when a Vulcan can communicate telepathically at great distances?”

Light dawned on McCoy’s face. He thought he saw what the captain was getting at and he wasn’t sure that he liked it. As a physician, he had learned years ago how deceiving false hope could be. “Jim, I’ve never heard of any instance…”

Kirk whirled and caught McCoy by the shoulders, shaking him to punctuate his frustrated words. “It IS possible!?” Desperate hazel eyes sought compassionate blue ones. If McCoy didn’t believe him, he was lost. Maybe he WAS going insane.

The doctor’s face reflected a mixture of worry, pity and outrage at the behavior of his captain, and he feared Kirk was definitely having a breakdown. He unobtrusively reached for the hypo spray on the table behind him, hoping he would not have to use it. “Jim! Listen to yourself!”

Kirk turned his back on his friend and hugged his arms to his chest. In a voice barely audible he said, “I heard him.”

McCoy took an incredulous step forward. “What?”

“Spock… I heard Spock.”

Gently, Bones McCoy’s hand was on Jim Kirk’s shoulder, leading him back toward the bed. Kirk shrugged it off. “No, Bones. I know what I heard.” His voice was suddenly rock steady, his eyes lucid, and McCoy could see in his face something that dared anyone to challenge him. He knew that look.

“I believe you, Jim.” He shook his head. “Don’t ask me why, but I do. So now what?”

“I wish I knew, Bones. I wish I knew.”

—————

The meeting was every bit as dry and drawn out as Kirk had expected it to be. He glanced once more around the table at the faces of those gathered, some familiar but most not. The men and women in attendance were officials with various interests in the so-called “Romulan Crisis.” On this count, Kirk still had heard nothing to convince him that the Romulans were behind the disappearances of ships in this sector, although much circumstantial evidence had been presented. The general consensus seemed to be, in Commander Barker’s words, to “blast the filthy scum out of the galaxy.” Kirk found himself again wishing Spock were there. He missed the cool logical way in which his Vulcan first officer so often presented an appropriate course of action.

“Jim?”

“I have no reasonable answers, Owen.” Kirk responded. “And, I would like to again ask the question that no one seems to want to consider – Why? What possible motive could the Romulans have to be destroying our ships? I don’t believe they would risk such a serious infraction against the Federation simply because they don’t like us. That’s just not…” he paused on the word, “logical.” He looked around the faces at the table. “Remember – the Romulans, though warlike, are a logical race. They don’t do anything without reason.”

Barker shifted somewhat nervously in his seat, and cleared his throat. “Be that as it may, no one else we know of could possibly be under suspicion, and what little evidence we have all points to them as being behind the disappearances of ships near this outpost.

“By the way,” he continued, “Where is your Vulcan first officer? What does he have to say about all this?”

Kirk winced. That, he thought, is a good question.

—————–

The hours since daybreak had passed slowly, and the walk around the lake had turned up nothing new. By midday, Phyllida and Spock were still only about halfway around the lake by Spock’s estimate; an estimate that Phyllida knew better than to question. Stopping abruptly, she dropped heavily onto a large boulder overlooking the water.

“Spock?”

He turned and strode back to where she sat. “Lieutenant?”

“Why are we doing this?”

“Specify.”

She rolled her eyes in exasperation. He has the personality of a computer, she thought. “Trudging through the wilderness like this. We might as well stay here as anywhere else on this forsaken planet.”

“That is true,” he conceded. “However, before our tricorders were lost, I detected what might be the source of the electromagnetic interference we encountered coming from the direction of the mountain range that surrounds this valley. Also, I confess I have a certain curiosity concerning the beings who constructed the trail leading over the mountains. Perhaps if we continue to follow the lake we will learn more about the source of the EM disturbance and the beings themselves.”

Phyllida looked up at the clear blue sky and shook her head. “After our dealings with the Somari I’m not quite sure I want to know any more about them.”

“The possibility, Lieutenant, that these beings are of the same race as the Somari is very remote. Indeed, what use would the Somari have for trails? Would they not simply fly over the mountain and into the valley?”

Phyllida nodded. “Don’t you think I haven’t thought of all that? Even if this is a different race – what makes you so sure they’re friendly?”

Spock raised an eyebrow at her comment. In his estimation her reasoning was illogical. “Ms. Gaines, as you have so emphatically pointed out, rank holds no sway over us if we are indefinitely stranded, so I will not order you to come along with me. If you would feel safer, please, by all means remain here. I, however, will not allow you to deter me from furthering my knowledge of a race of beings heretofore unknown.” His voice held no rancor, no reproach, but his eyes were resolute. “It is up to you.”

Phyllida stared at the Vulcan’s back as he strode purposefully down the path. Sighing disgustedly, she shrugged herself off the boulder and followed.

The new pace Spock had set was almost too much for Phyllida. More than once she stumbled over tree roots or stones in the path in her effort to keep up with his long strides and superior stamina. After walking for miles without rest her feet and legs felt like lead, but she was determined to keep Spock in sight. Midday soon gave way to afternoon, and evening was fast approaching. Phyllida’s breath now came in ragged bursts and fatigue began to overwhelm her until finally she simply sat down in the middle of the trail.

In the deepening dusk she could barely see Spock’s form several meters ahead, but she could tell that he had not noticed that she had stopped. Phyllida sat on her heels in the dirt of the trail and struggled to catch her breath as a wave of dizziness and nausea rolled over her. She closed her eyes and pushed it roughly aside. “Damn Vulcan,” she muttered. Taking a deep breath, she pushed herself awkwardly to her feet.

“Lieutenant Gaines!” Spock’s voice drifted back to her through the darkness.

She strained, but she could see nothing of him other than a vague shadow looming in the distance. She blinked her eyes to try and clear them, but the darkness was too complete.

“Gaines!” She heard him call again.

She cleared her throat. “Spock?” and began walking toward the sound of his voice. The shadow grew nearer until at last Phyllida could see that it was the Vulcan and that he was walking swiftly toward her. He reached out and caught her as she stumbled again. Silently cursing her own clumsiness, she leaned wearily into him, grateful for the support he offered.

“Gaines,” there was an uncharacteristic hint of excitement in his voice. “There is a city ahead.”

Phyllida followed the line of his extended arm but could see nothing in the blackness beyond. “I can’t see anything,” she panted.

“Come.”

He maintained his hold on her arm and led her forward along the path. At the crest of a small rise, the lieutenant looked out over the lake. Through the trees she could see that one of the moons was just rising, and in its muted light, perhaps 100 meters from where they stood, were the ruins of an ancient city.

The city looked as if it had fallen into decay ages ago, but several buildings still seemed to be intact. Phyllida caught her breath in awe. From the center of the city a great obelisk rose like a proclamation, moonlight glinting whitely off its polished sides, pointing toward the sky as though daring the moon to impale itself upon its tip. Power emanated from that place. Phyllida shuddered as she felt the subtle vibrations in the warm wind. She could see now why Spock had wanted to seek out the race that had built such a structure. She looked up at him. In the moonlight, his profile was harsh, stony; and yet, somehow she could sense urgency, excitement, awe, radiating from that visage. The Vulcan caught her stare and their eyes briefly met. She looked down quickly.

“Let’s go,” he said, and together they made their way down the hill, toward the waiting city.
CHAPTER NINE – POKER

Captain James T. Kirk stared sleeplessly at the ceiling of his quarters. The uneasiness that had begun to creep over him since their arrival at Outpost 7 now loomed like a cloud, nagging at the back of his mind and setting off alarms that made it impossible to sleep. He had learned to listen to such feelings, hunches if you will, and yet he was hoping that this time they were unfounded.

He shifted his entwined hands under the weight of his head and once again mulled over the proceedings of the meeting; it had raised more questions for him than it had answered. And Owen… Kirk’s brow furrowed at the thought of his old acquaintance. It was 15 years ago when they had met at the academy. Barker was instantly likeable. He had a confident bearing and ready smile, and his quirky eccentricities just made him all the more interesting. Kirk remembered how impressed he had been that Barker had entered the academy and attempted command training, in spite of being significantly older than the other recruits. Owen had been so disappointed when, after all his hard work, he did not pass the qualifying psych exams for command of a starship. Even though he had eventually become an outpost commander, he had expressed bitterness over the “politics” that, in his opinion, had kept him from command of a starship. Kirk didn’t know much about Barker’s life before the academy; Owen was very tight-lipped about it; but he did know that at one time Barker had been married, and wondered if maybe the eccentricities and bitterness he displayed had something to do with that past. Now, though, there was an air about him that Kirk had never seen before and was at a loss to explain. Maybe working at the outpost this close to Romulan space for the past two years had done something to him. Maybe he had lived too long with the constant threat of war. Such things were not unknown to happen. Kirk dismissed the thought with a shake of his head. No. The uneasy feeling still persisted that Barker was covering something – trying to hide something important. He knew that if he were ever going to solve the Romulan mystery and get back to M64 and find Spock, the captain of the Enterprise would first have to solve the mystery of Owen Barker.

————-

Neat columns of red and black cards covered the small table. Commander Owen Barker drew yet another card from the dwindling deck, shaking his graying head in self-derision. Losing again. He looked at the card he held in his hand. Queen of hearts. Memories, like a wave, rushed back unbidden. Abruptly he brushed the cards to the floor and pushed away from the table. Drawing himself up, he squared his broad shoulders and crossed the room to the window that overlooked the botanical garden. The garden was an accomplishment of which the Commander was quite proud. He sighed and allowed himself a small smile. Nora would have loved it. How she had hated living away from Earth on the barren rock of Cygnus III, but the money had been good; he wanted to provide a life for his family…his family…. He gazed out over the garden and a lone tear trickled down his cheek. Even after 17 years, he could still feel her beside him. He spoke to her often.

“This is all for you, my dear,” he murmured softly. “All for you. You would have loved it, you know. Don’t you love it?” He turned. Silence answered him, the emptiness of the room staring back at him like an open wound. Digging the heels of his hands into his eyes, he dropped to his knees, a soundless scream wrenching itself from his throat. Gone. Lost again. It was always the same – always. How could she be gone? How? Filthy scum… Massive fists pounded the carpet and Owen Barker’s face was stained with tears. Filthy…!

He did not know how long he knelt on the floor sobbing, but somehow, through his personal torment, the insistence of the door signal reached him. Who…? He drew himself shakily to his feet, smoothing his hair and rumpled tunic, and walked to the door, scrubbing the tears from his face as though they were an admission of some nameless guilt. The door hissed open.

“Hello, Owen. May I come in?”

Barker blinked at the face smiling at him from across the threshold. With a careless wave, he motioned Jim Kirk into the room.

“Have a seat,” he said gruffly. “Drink?”

“Brandy, thanks.” Kirk seated himself while Barker prepared the drinks at the bar across the room. The room was only one of several in the luxurious apartment that had been added to the outpost just during the past two years. Captain Kirk took in his surroundings at a glance, vaguely wondering about the cards on the floor. The room was spacious and eclectically decorated. An extensive collection of antiques graced the room, giving the impression that its inhabitant had spent many years and credits in their acquisition. Kirk traced his finger along the lines of an unusual antique sculpture.

“Interesting, wouldn’t you say?” Barker handed Kirk a small snifter of Saurian brandy. “That’s one of my favorites. I picked it up a couple of years back at a flea market on Rigel IV.” He gave a low chuckle. “You know, I don’t think the folks I bought it from had any idea as to its worth. It was a steal.”

Kirk nodded appreciatively. “It’s quite a collection you have here. How did you manage it?”

“Oh, you know, a little piece here and there.” He took a drink from his glass. “Listen. You didn’t come here to discuss antiques, so why don’t you just get down to business.”

“Owen, you wound me!” Kirk smiled disarmingly. “Can’t a man visit an old friend when he gets the chance? This is strictly a social call.”

“Social call, my ass! You want me to change my position about the Romulans.”

Kirk gestured toward the scattered playing cards. “You still play?”

The commander shrugged fractionally. “Poker? Yeah. Not very well, I’m afraid.”

“Then we’re even.” Kirk began picking up the cards. “Play you a hand?”

Barker shrugged again and helped pick up the remaining cards.

The game was over almost before it had begun; Jim Kirk won easily. But while they were playing, the captain had managed to learn some things about his old acquaintance — things that disturbed him greatly. His hunch was gaining more credence by the moment and this was one time he wished fervently to be proven wrong.

—————–

“He’s insane, Bones.”

McCoy raised an eyebrow at his friend’s comment. “Is that your MEDICAL opinion, ‘Doctor’?”

“Just call it a gut feeling. I’ve known Owen for a long time, and the Owen I talked with today is not the one I remember. He’s got some kind of personal vendetta against the Romulans and he isn’t going to rest until he sees it through.”

“Personal vendetta?” McCoy crossed his office to where Kirk leaned on the edge of his desk. “Do you know what you’re saying? Do you honestly think that Commander Barker is trying to start something with the Romulans? What would he gain?”

“Revenge.”

Just then the red alert klaxon sounded and Sulu’s urgent voice came over the intercom. “Captain to the bridge! Captain to the bridge! We are under attack! This is not a drill! Man all battle stations! I repeat – we are under attack – man all battle stations!”

Kirk was off at a dead run with the first sound of the alarm. Before Sulu finished his message and the ship shuddered with the first strike, the captain of the Enterprise was already halfway to the bridge.

The turbolift doors slid open and Captain Kirk burst onto the scene. “Status, Mister Sulu!” The ship rocked under another impact. Kirk made his way to the center seat and slid into it.

“Enemy vessel, Sir. Romulan. Forward and starboard shields have been hit, but are holding. We have returned phaser fire; available power is 90%.

“Good. Mister Sulu, continue evasive action. Uhura, hail commander Romulan vessel.”

“Aye, Sir.” Her fingers played over the keys. “Hailing.” She paused for a moment, listening. “There is no response.”

Just then, blinding light erupted from the view screen as the Romulan ship launched another photon torpedo. The torpedo struck the shields, jolting the bridge crew.

“Forward shields are veakening!” Chekov reported from the science station.

“Lock phasers on target, Mister Sulu.” Kirk’s voice took on a deadly calm.

“Phasers locked.”

“Fire.”

Blue fire erupted from the graceful cruiser to score a direct hit on the enemy’s forward shields. The smaller ship reeled under the assault, but quickly came around to bear on the Enterprise. As she passed, another hit shook the Federation ship, this time to port. The Enterprise returned fire and made a 90-degree turn to starboard, protecting her weakened forward shields from the smaller, more maneuverable craft. The Romulans made one more pass, bringing full weapons to bear. Enterprise turned laboriously to meet the assault and fired another volley at the enemy vessel, but the Romulan ship was suddenly speeding away at warp speed – toward the Neutral Zone.

Kirk frowned. He had seen this tactic before. The Romulans obviously wanted the Enterprise to follow; they would not have given up the fight until one of the ships was disabled. Romulans did not run from a fight. If Kirk followed the enemy now, he could be taking Enterprise into the middle of an ambush.

“Shall I lay in a course for the Neutral Zone, Sir?”

Kirk shook his head. “No, Mister Sulu. If it’s a fight they want, they’ll have it, but they’ll play on our court and by our rules. Let them come to us.”
CHAPTER TEN – DISCOVERIES

The city was dark and silent. Spock and Lieutenant Gaines wound their way in the moonlight through the maze of ancient structures, and it seemed to Phyllida that a sense of loneliness and despair permeated the very air around them, as though the city had long forgotten the touch of people. The pair walked in silence through empty cobbled streets, past ornate stone buildings, some crumbling, some not, most being slowly overtaken by the forest, eventually to find themselves in a large courtyard paved with broad flagstones. One of the buildings that surrounded the courtyard was more prominent than the others. It was a large columned structure with wide, shallow steps that led from the flagstones to the first row of columns that marked the entrance to its dark interior. At the center of the courtyard rose the immense obelisk that towered above the rest of the city. Its smooth white walls shimmered in the moonlight, giving the impossible dualistic impression of newness and great antiquity.

They looked up at the structure. Phyllida’s hand came to her head and she swayed subtly, but caught herself before Spock noticed. She walked over to the steps of the columned building and sat down. The strange pulsation she was feeling in her head began to abate.

Spock turned from the obelisk and walked over to where she sat. His eyes narrowed. “Are you all right, Ms. Gaines?”

Phyllida nodded, but could not meet his eyes. “I just need some rest. It’s been a long day.” She rose wearily from the steps and entered the building where she lay down in the darkness on the cold stone floor and fell at once into an exhausted sleep. The Vulcan looked after her in silence.

————-

Bright sunlight streamed past thick, white columns. Phyllida blinked groggily. Midmorning. She rubbed the back of her neck and scanned her surroundings. The building was immense. It could almost have been a Greek temple, she thought. Rows of massive white columns marched across the empty expanse of the interior as well as across the threshold. The other three walls were covered with colorful, delicately inlaid mosaics. In the center of the chamber was a large raised block of stone, perfectly hewn, resembling an altar, and along its sides appeared to be engraved lettering. Spock was nowhere to be seen. She drew herself to her feet and went outside. He was there, examining the strange structure they had found last night. And – she put her hand to her head – IT was still there too; the curious emanation she had thought she felt when they first approached the city. But no – now it was gone. She yawned and chalked it up to fatigue and an overactive imagination.

Stretching to get the kinks out of her back – what I wouldn’t give for a bed, she thought – she looked around the courtyard. To her left, she noticed a narrow breezeway between two of the buildings that led in the direction of the lake, and it gave her an idea. “Mister Spock!” she called. He looked up. “I’m going for a walk down to the lake – I won’t be long.” Spock nodded his acknowledgement and went back to studying the obelisk.

————-

For the twenty-second time, Spock slowly circled the structure, looking for that one thing he may have missed the last time around. The obelisk stood upon a stone platform about a foot high and six feet square. No mortar had been used to seat the base of the obelisk to the platform, yet it was a seamless fit. He ran his hands again over the cool stone. There were no openings, no engravings, no inscriptions, no carvings of any kind. It was exactly as it appeared to be – a smooth, white, seamless monolith reaching soundlessly toward the sky.

He drew his tall frame erect and looked up at the sun. It had been nearly an hour since Lieutenant Gaines had left and she had not yet returned. Spock was not overly concerned about her, knowing that she was quite capable of taking care of herself; however, she did say she would not be gone long and they had not yet explored the lake; it could harbor any number of dangers to which Phyllida may have fallen prey. Mentally berating himself for allowing her to go off alone, he stepped from the obelisk platform and headed for the lake.

————–

Delicious! Phyllida dove again under the clear, cool water. It felt absolutely, positively delicious to be clean again! She broke the surface and tossed her long blond hair from her face, water cascading all around her. For a fleeting moment she thought she probably should be getting back, but the water felt so good she was reluctant to leave. She laughed and dove again into the cool depths.

The first thing Spock noticed was her boots. Somewhat surprising, because Phyllida was not in them. Next to the boots, was a small pile of red and blue cloth. From the lake, he heard a splash and turned just in time to see Phyllida rising from the water. An eyebrow shot up in appreciation. Remote recollections of another pool returned unbidden. Feeling somewhat uneasy, he turned to go back the way he had come.

“Come on in! The water’s great!”

Spock paused and looked over his shoulder. Phyllida’s face was bobbing above the water and wearing the biggest smile he thought he had ever seen. She looked brilliant. The uneasy feeling would not go away. “I really don’t think that would be appropriate.”

“Ah, come on, Spock! It really does feel marvelous!” She laughed and dove again beneath the surface.

He wanted to get back to the city, but for some reason Spock’s feet would not move. The water WAS very tempting… Yes, he was convinced it was the prospect of getting clean that tempted him.

“Spock! You coming in, or what?”

Looking back on it, Spock would wonder what came over him at that moment. He would later convince himself that it was simply logical that he took advantage of the lake when it had been so long since he had bathed. The warm sunshine, the cloudless sky, the peaceful surroundings, the beautiful woman, none of these had anything to do with his decision. He acquiesced to the logic of the situation and, divesting himself of his boots and trousers, made his way into the water.

Phyllida swam over to greet him and splashed at him playfully. “Isn’t this great? Doesn’t this feel absolutely wonderful? I swear I had bruises on bruises…this cool water is SO delicious!”

Spock had to admit to himself that even though the water was a bit chilly, it did feel good, and he allowed himself to relax in the moment, sinking beneath the surface to wet his hair. When he came up, he found Phyllida’s arms encircling his head, hands coming to rest behind his neck. Startled, he tried to back away, but she would not relinquish her hold. Her proximity was unsettling and his body was beginning to respond in a quite human fashion. Spock swallowed convulsively and reached up to put his hands on her forearms. “Lieutenant Gaines,” his voice was low and hoarse. “What are you doing?”

“Just this!” She pulled him quickly to herself and planted a playful kiss on his cheek, then released him and swam away, giggling.

Spock felt himself turn warm and wondered if he was blushing. He dove quickly into the cool caress of the water. When he came up again, Phyllida, her garments, and her boots were gone.

Some time later Spock returned to the obelisk courtyard to find Lieutenant Gaines sitting at the base of the monolith, regarding it intently, as if the swim in the lake had never occurred. He strode over to where she sat, determined to put the morning’s events behind him. “There is nothing to be learned from this structure,” he stated matter-of-factly. “It was probably built as a simple memorial.”

Gaines’ eyes were fixed on the monument. The lightheartedness she had exhibited earlier was gone. “No,” she whispered. “No. There’s something more.”

The Vulcan’s expression was unreadable. “When you discover what this elusive ‘something’ is, please do not fail to let me know, Lieutenant.” He turned abruptly and walked toward the “temple” building without waiting to hear Phyllida’s quiet response.

“Oh, I won’t, Mister Spock. I won’t.”

Spock stopped for a moment in the dim coolness of the “temple” to allow his eyes to adjust. He felt a twinge of what might have been regret for his brusque retort to Phyllida just now. The responses she elicited in him were quite perplexing, not to mention disturbing. Illogical. He resolved to put his mind on something other than Phyllida Gaines.

As normal sight gradually returned, he scanned the walls of the chamber and the ancient mosaics, their colors as vibrant now as they must have been when they were first created. He walked to his left to the wall nearest him. The picture delicately inlaid there depicted a humanoid creature riding astride what appeared to be a missile with orange-red flame spouting from it. Spock could not read the inscription beneath the picture, but was certain that, in time, the rune-like lettering would become clear to him. There were four mosaics on each of the three walls, each mosaic depicting a different scene. He moved to the second wall, ignoring the sound of light footsteps behind him.

“What are they?”

Spock looked over his shoulder at Gaines. Her hair was still damp, framing her face with unruly golden tendrils. He drew a deep breath and his dark eyes betrayed the barest flicker of response to the beauty that faced him. “If I am to understand your question correctly, this seems to be a pictorial history. Of course, any conclusion drawn from such a cursory glance and without benefit of translation of these inscriptions is purely speculative.”

“Of course.” Her expression was serious, but her wide blue eyes held a touch of amusement.

Spock ignored her somewhat acerbic tone and turned back to focus his attention on the mosaic he had been perusing. It depicted a great number of the humanoids in the construction of the city in which Spock and Phyllida now found themselves. The next picture contained the first reference to the immense obelisk outside. Wordlessly, Phyllida watched as Spock methodically studied each picture and worked his way to the third and last wall.

“Fascinating!”

On the wall, the four mosaics formed an immense mural in which the prominent figures were –

“Somari!” Phyllida whispered.

“It would appear so.”

Spock’s sensitive fingers traced the delicately inlaid tiles of the first picture, coming to rest at the representation of the base of the white obelisk. There, one of the city’s inhabitants stood, his arms stretched toward the sky, where the light of a midday sun reflected off the wings of one of the Somari. The bird-creature flew away from the man, toward a towering mountain. Spock moved over to crouch at eye level to the next picture. The mountain dominated the scene and around it many Somari flew with unmoving grace, as if frozen in a moment of time. At the base of the mountain was another humanoid, in much smaller representation than before. Spock’s eyes narrowed slightly as he moved to the third panel. The mountain sloped gently away, receding into a blazing sunset. Against the vivid orange-red hues of the tiles, small, blackened figures that could only be bird-people flew over the horizon, lending a certain air of finality to the work. One long, tapered finger tapped the inscription below the inlay.

“If only I could read this.”

“Patience, Mister Spock, is a virtue.” Phyllida smiled at him.

The Vulcan merely raised one eyebrow as he turned his full attention to the fourth and final mosaic. There were no Somari in this picture; the strange, white obelisk again was the prominent subject, piercing the night sky like a shimmering knife. Two crescent moons, surrounded by stars, hung high above the monument and the extraordinary workmanship instilled into the mosaic made it seem as though one star, positioned between the two crescents, actually pulsed brighter than the rest. At the base of the obelisk, two beings, a man and a woman, raised their hands toward the heavens as though in prayer or supplication to some unseen deity.

“Most curious.”

“Spock?”

“Do you recall what the Kamnke said when we were prisoners of the Somari?”

“About us being ‘Ancient Ones’ and some kind of prophecy?”

“Exactly.” Spock held Phyllida’s eyes with his own. “These murals show a definite reference to Somari. It is possible that the humanoids in these depictions are the ‘Ancient Ones’.” He looked back at the mosaic. “Of course, until the inscriptions are deciphered we will not know the true significance of what is depicted here.”

“Do you think you can decipher them?”

Spock nodded. “Barring interruptions and unforeseen difficulties, I should be able to discern the key elements of the language within a few weeks.”

Phyllida turned back to the final mosaic, to the woman whose hands stretched to the sky, and thought of home.

CHAPTER ELEVEN – DOORWAYS

“So, Jim, do you still deny the Romulans are threatening Federation space?” Owen Barker’s ruddy face glowered across the tripartite briefing room view screen.

Kirk, surrounded by all his senior officers with one notable exception, grimaced in exasperation. “It certainly appears that they are.”

“So why didn’t you follow their ship and destroy it when you had the chance?”

“Why? It wasn’t necessary.”

“Not necessary?” Barker blustered. “Are you blind, man? Are you turning into a pacifist fool? That scout ship will soon return with reinforcements! Then where will we be, with the Enterprise the only starship in this sector?”

“If and when that happens, we will deal with it. In case you have forgotten, Commander, according to treaty NO provocation is sufficient cause for entering the Neutral Zone.”

“But they broke the treaty when they crossed the Zone and entered Federation space!”

“And if they had stayed in Federation space, we could have disabled their vessel and perhaps proved their involvement in the other attacks. As it is, once they retreated to the Neutral Zone, my hands were tied.” Kirk took a deep breath, attempting to remain calm in the face of this unreasonable man. “Barker, you know as well as I do what would have happened if we had followed that vessel into the Neutral Zone.” He paused. When Barker didn’t reply he continued. “It was a trap, Owen. They were setting a trap. They know we have no reinforcements close enough to threaten them. If we had entered the Neutral Zone, I would be the one out on a limb with Command, and the Romulan Empire would be at war with the Federation.”

The image of the outpost commander took on the superior look of someone who has discovered that he is surrounded by imbeciles. “So why fight it, Jim? War is inevitable – you’ll have to accept that fact eventually.”

The screen went blank, leaving behind it a thick silence. Captain James Kirk glanced around the table at his officers – Doctor McCoy, counselor and friend; Lieutenant Commander Scott, his dour expression betraying what he felt about Barker; Lieutenant Sulu, taking in everything with his usual calm; Lieutenant Uhura, dark eyes smoldering as if to burn a hole through the view screen. They were all precious to him, almost like family, but their presence made him feel more keenly the absence of the one man closer to him than a brother.

Scotty cleared his throat.

“Yes, Mister Scott, what is it?”

The Scotsman hesitated for a moment, glancing around the table at the others, then looked his commander squarely in the eye. “Well sir, beggin’ your pardon, but you aren’t goin’ ta take that kind of talk from that popinjay, are ya?”

The corner of Kirk’s mouth drew up in wry amusement. “Why Scotty – don’t you trust our friendly O.C.?”

Scotty snorted. “About as far as I can trust a tribble ta stop breedin’!”

A small wave of laughter rippled around the table.

“Mister Scott,” Kirk said with a nod, “Your point is well taken. Now…” he looked around the room. “Are there any recommendations? You are all aware that this uprising – if it can be called that – must be put down before it reaches any further than this sector. Outpost 7 is in a strategic location along this part of the Neutral Zone, being crucial to protection of the shipping lanes. Therefore, if Romulans are at the root of the other attacks and disappearances, then Owen may be right and we may very well have the start of a war on our hands.” He paused for a moment to give the others a chance to respond.

Sulu addressed the group. “I think we should try some of their tactics – go in, hit them hard, and duck out again before they know what hit them.” Scotty was nodding in agreement.

“But what if they are setting a trap?” Uhura commented. “It will take two weeks for the subspace message I sent to reach Starfleet. By that time we could be history…”

“I’ll say,” McCoy muttered.

“Bones?”

“What? Oh. I agree with Uhura – we’ll be putting ourselves wide open if we go into the Neutral Zone.”

Kirk nodded. “I agree. This whole situation just doesn’t feel right. Something about the way the Romulan vessel behaved was damned peculiar, and I can’t help but think that Barker knows a whole lot more than he’s letting on.”

“A hunch, Jim?”

“Perhaps, Bones. At any rate, I think another personal call is in order. Maybe I can persuade the good commander to provide some answers.”

The outpost was in absolute chaos when Kirk arrived. On attempting to see Commander Barker, he was told that the Commander was not available and wouldn’t be for some time. He was turning away from Barker’s guarded door when his communicator signaled.

“Kirk here.”

“Scott here, Captain.”

“Yes, Mister Scott, what is it?”

“We’re pickin’ up several unconfirmed reports from the outpost that Barker has been kidnapped.”

“Kidnapped?”

“Aye, Sir. And the scuttlebutt has it that it’s the Romulans.”

—————

The tiles were cool under Spock’s hand as he traced once again over the design. During the past week the symbols had begun to make some sense to him, if only as an occasional pattern. The patterns that were emerging, however, tended to confuse rather than clarify the pictures. Nevertheless, he welcomed the puzzle as a mental exercise to keep his mind focused and off Phyllida. He was relieved, at least, that she had not tried to cajole him into another swim, and she had not questioned his preference to bathe alone. Curious – it seemed to Spock as though she had actually been avoiding him. He had noticed her preoccupation with the obelisk and she had insisted that she sensed some form of energy from it. When he expressed his reservations about her preoccupation, she had abruptly left him to begin exploring the rest of the city. Since then, it had become a daily ritual for her to leave at sunrise with barely a word and return in the late afternoon from her explorations. He had hardly seen her in days. Spock rose and walked through the pillars to the entrance of the building he and Phyllida now called “the temple,” feeling the cool breeze flow past his naked shoulders on its way from the mountains to ruffle the lake below. He shuddered slightly with a chill and looked at the sky. It would be getting dark soon and Phyllida had not returned at her customary time. With mild concern at the cause for her delay, he headed off toward the part of the city where he had last seen Lieutenant Gaines.

—————

Another wall mural. Sighing, Phyllida sat down on a nearby bench and looked around the empty room. It was the same in all the buildings she had seen – empty; no personal belongings; as though everyone had just packed up and left – but left to where? And the murals – every room had them. People not too unlike herself seemed to take life on those walls; people larger than life, going through the mundane tasks of life, only to inevitably give up that life – for what? Phyllida sighed again, staring at the ornate ceiling. Only questions and more questions. No answers to be found anywhere, except maybe in Spock’s mosaics. She thought back to one of their previous conversations.

“It is illogical to be impatient,” he had said.

“But this is important – it has something to do with our being here!”

“Really. On what do you base this conjecture?”

“I don’t know. Just a feeling, I guess.”

“A feeling, Ms. Gaines, is insufficient basis for the claim you make of the significance of these mosaics or the monolith outside.”

How could she make him understand the sensations this city had evoked in her from the first moment they had come upon it? He didn’t seem to be aware of the emanation of power from the central obelisk, and this in itself she thought quite strange. She had stopped talking to him about it, preferring to look for her own answers. Spock’s critical attitude was such that, in the end, she had thought it best to simply stay away from him. Why did she care what he thought, anyway?

Pulling herself out of her reverie, Phyllida glanced around the empty room once more, her eyes roaming the features of those ancients in the murals. On one wall, near a corner, her attention was drawn to the representation of an open door and a robed figure gesturing toward it. She rose from the bench and approached the mural. This one seemed somehow different from the others. Running her hand along the periphery of the painted doorway, she noticed that it corresponded exactly with the joints of the large stone blocks with which the walls of all the buildings seemed to be made. Taking a step back from the wall she looked at the man in the robes, at the detail of the artwork, the serenity of his face, and the graceful line of his hand as it pointed toward the door. It was then that she noticed it. Near the extended hand of the robe-clad figure, a small, brilliant green gem was set into the wall. It was to this he seemed to point.

As Phyllida stood there, gazing into its cool green depths, the stone seemed to suddenly come alive, casting flickering green reflections across her face from the afternoon sunlight streaming through a tiny window on the opposite side of the room. Again, she felt the strange sensation of power and her hand trembled with wonder as she slowly reached up to cover the cool green fire with her palm.

There was a sudden grinding of stone on stone and an explosion of dust, causing Phyllida to jump back involuntarily. The portion of the wall on which the doorway was painted had swung open on a central hinge, one side jutting into the room, the other reaching into the beckoning passageway beyond.

——————

The sun had set and twilight was hastening when Spock finally came upon the room. He glanced around, taking in the disturbed dust on the bench, Phyllida’s smallish footprints on the floor, and finally the open door in the wall. Slowly he examined the mural in the half-light; studied the now dull green gem. The blackness beyond the open door was almost total.

“Ms. Gaines?” Spock’s voice reverberated in the darkness. He took a few steps past the doorway and found himself in a narrow corridor that, after a few feet, began a sharp downward slope. He stopped, calling out Phyllida’s name a second time. No response. He edged back into the room. Scarcely any light filtered its way through the solitary little window the chamber possessed, and soon it would be as dark in the room as it was in the corridor beyond. Spock decided to return to the temple, telling himself that Phyllida was probably back there by now anyway. The logical course would be for her to return for a light and to tell him of her discovery. But then another thought nagged him. When had that woman ever followed “the logical course” for anything? He made his way through the growing shadows back to their base camp. As he had feared, there was no sign of Phyllida, and an unwelcome sense of foreboding began to rise in the pit of his stomach. Gathering up some torches, he lit one with his flint and quickly made his way back to the hidden doorway.

Spock held his torch high and ventured into the sloping corridor. About 20 feet beyond the doorway he was drawn downward by a steep stairway that spiraled into the darkness under the building. Precisely 6 minutes 32 seconds later, the Vulcan came to the end of the stairway and was confronted with two tunnels, each similar in size and workmanship, leading in opposite directions. “Lieutenant Gaines!” His voice echoed in the darkness. There was no sound from either passageway except the faint trickling of moisture. He took only a moment to consider his choice, then started down the tunnel to his right. The light of the torch did little to dispel the surrounding gloom. He proceeded slowly down the narrow passageway, one hand feeling his way along the damp wall, where moss had begun to grow ages ago. The click of his boot heels against the stone floor sounded hollow in the darkness. He raised his torch higher. “Lieutenant Gaines!”

Silence.

The small circle of light from the torch faded into seemingly infinite blackness. Spock continued to move toward that blackness and whatever lay at the end of it. He went on this way for some minutes, and except for his voice intermittently calling Phyllida’s name and the sound of his footfalls the silence was as complete as the dark. It was inconceivable, he thought, that Phyllida could have come so far without a light. He was ready to turn back and try the other passage when, rounding a corner, he came upon the rubble of an ancient cave-in. Spock brought his torch closer to the mound of debris. He could see that the passage was not entirely blocked and there were areas where the long-settled dust had been disturbed, as though someone had passed this way recently. Following the marks, he clambered over the rocks and slid unceremoniously to the other side, expecting as he did so to find the continuation of the partially blocked corridor. He turned to reach for his torch, which he had dropped in his haphazard descent, and without warning, the floor gave way and he was falling into nothingness.

His body met the unseen solidity of the floor in a white explosion of pain. A momentary struggle to retain consciousness faded and he knew no more.
CHAPTER TWELVE – INTRIGUE

Kirk rubbed tired eyes and looked once again at the recording he had finally wrangled out of outpost security. It was all there; the sound of the door signal and Barker answering, Romulan words spoken into a communicator, the shimmer of a transporter and the empty room.

There was very little to go on. No Romulan ships had been detected in the area at the time of the abduction or since; none of the regular freighter ships had left the area and no new vessels had been reported. Immediately after the incident the outpost was sealed, with no one able to come or go without a special pass, and likewise no ship allowed to enter or depart within transporter range. It was an effective screen and yet the commander had not been found. Outpost security reported a search of all ships in dock, as well as of the entire outpost, revealed nothing.

Where had they taken him and why? For the past several hours Kirk had expected to hear something in the way of a ransom demand, but so far no demands had been made. He turned off the viewer and rose from his desk. If this mystery is to be solved, he thought, it has to be done soon. What if Owen was right? Maybe war is the only answer…

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

On the bridge, the captain of the Enterprise sipped at yet another cup of coffee. Twelve hours – and still no demands. Kirk felt his impatience growing. He heard the turbolift doors open and McCoy stepped onto the bridge behind him.

“Still no word?”

Kirk shook his head. “No.”

McCoy ran a doctor’s critical eye over the tense figure in the command chair and from somewhere discreetly withdrew a medical scanner. Kirk frowned at its unexpected whirring.

“If that’s the only reason you came up here Doctor, I’m sure you can find patients more in need of your attentions below,” he snapped.

Unperturbed, McCoy interpreted the readings on the scanner at a glance. “Remember what I told you, Jim.”

“Listen, Bones – I’m just a little tired, that’s all. So, if you don’t mind, confine your examinations to Sick Bay.” Kirk settled back in his chair to face the image of Outpost 7 on the main viewer.

“Of course, Captain. However, I’d like to make a recommendation.”

Kirk nodded, still staring at the screen.

“I recommend, Captain, that you get some rest and stop pushing yourself so hard.” His icy blue eyes bored into the right side of the captain’s head. “The situation won’t be helped if you’re on the brink of exhaustion.”

“Recommendation noted.”

“You know I can make it an order if I have to.”

“Noted, Doctor.” He looked briefly at McCoy, then back to the screen. “I promise I’ll get some rest as soon as I can. Dismissed.”

McCoy spared Kirk one last look of exasperation before stepping up toward the turbolift. As the doors slid open, a report came from the communications station.

“Captain,” Lieutenant Sahajid, relief communications officer, announced, “I am receiving a message on a tight beam, apparently from the Neutral Zone.” The dark young man put his hand over the receiver in his ear as though with that action he could clarify reception.

“Put it on audio, Lieutenant.”

McCoy stopped in his tracks and allowed the lift doors to close as he waited, like everyone else on the bridge, for the message.

A voice came over the speaker, brittle with interference. “Enterprise. Your ship. Exchange for Barker. Neutral Zone coordinates zero-zero-seven-one-six-three-one point zero-three-eight. Three of your hours.” As abruptly as it had begun, the message was over.

Silence settled over the bridge.

“Well.” Kirk leaned back in his chair. “Now we know what they want. The question is, how to get Barker back without playing into their hands.” He swung toward the communications station. “Sahajid, get me a fix on the origin of that message. I want to know precisely where it came from.”

“Aye, Sir. Triangulating now.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

“Captain’s Log, Stardate 4638.4:  This whole so-called Romulan crisis is becoming more and more mysterious, and we seem to be no closer to any answers now than we were two days ago. The disappearance of Outpost Commander Owen Barker has only served to complicate matters, and as to his whereabouts, our only reports are conflicting. The message received from the abductors requests an exchange at coordinates inside the Neutral Zone; an exchange of the Enterprise for the commander. This tactic is, of course, out of the question. However, on triangulating for the true origin of the tight beam communications signal, the message was found to have come, not from the Neutral Zone as was first suspected, but from the outpost itself. It seems to have been transmitted from the outpost to the Neutral Zone and relayed back to the Enterprise in order to give the illusion of a message from the Zone. In light of this new evidence, a search of the outpost will be conducted by Enterprise personnel in the area of the transmission. This has met with some resistance on the part of outpost security. Hopefully, Commander Barker will be recovered soon and this incident can be resolved peacefully.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Chekov smiled uneasily at Sulu as they rounded another corner with the security team. He made another sweep of the area with his quietly beeping tricorder, closely watching its readout in the diffuse, green utility lighting for any flux in life-form readings. So far they had found nothing, but it was in this general area that Sahajid had located as the source of the Romulan transmission.

“Anything yet?” Sulu asked quietly.

Chekov shook his head. “Niet.” He stopped and looked tentatively up and down the corridor, the normally round lines of his face harsh in the green light. “Wait a minute!” He focused his tricorder. “This way!” he whispered.

The party moved swiftly and quietly down the empty corridor, surrounded only by green silence and the whisper of the air filters. As they neared the end of the corridor, it extended at a sharp right angle, and Sulu stopped and signaled Chekov to shut off the now-insistent beeping of the tricorder. Moving cautiously, Sulu approached the corner, phaser ready. He motioned to one of the security men, who immediately positioned himself opposite him and then moved quickly around the corner, extending his phaser to firing position. Another empty green hallway stared back at him.

“Looking for someone?”

Sulu and the others whirled at the sound of the voice behind them. “Barker!”

Owen Barker, flanked by half a dozen armed men, smiled venomously. “You forget yourself, Lieutenant Sulu – it’s Commander Barker to you.” He strode evenly toward Sulu and held out his hand. “Your phaser please, Lieutenant.”

The security crewman opposite Sulu quickly made to fire on Barker, but was cut down by the lethal flash of a phaser set to kill. The commander’s men leveled their weapons on the small party from the Enterprise.

“Come  now,” Barker smiled, “Let’s not make this any messier than it needs to be.” Sulu resignedly handed his phaser over and glared at the smile. Chekov and the other two crewmen dropped their weapons. “Oh, that’s better, Mister Sulu. Much better. Now,” he gestured with a flourish, “If you would be so good as to come with me.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

“Anything, Sahajid?” Captain Kirk leaned over the communications console in anticipation.

“Negative, sir. The landing party has not checked in and there is no response on any channel.”

Kirk rubbed weary eyes and ran a hand through his hair. “Damn,” he muttered. “Very well, continue monitoring.”

“Aye, Sir.”

As Kirk turned toward the center seat, the turbolift doors opened and Dr. McCoy stepped purposefully onto the bridge. “Jim – may I have a word with you?”

“Not now, Bones.”

“Jim – It’s important.”

Jim Kirk acquiesced with a slight shrug. Frankly, he was too tired to argue with the good doctor. “Riley,” he addressed the helm, “I’ll be in Sick Bay. You have the conn.”

“Aye, Sir.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

“Okay, Doctor, what’s the big emergency?”

McCoy held up a tape. “This.”

“What’s that?”

“Owen Barker’s psych profile. After you told me of your suspicions I ran a check on him.”

“And?”

“And, everything checks out… officially.”

“Listen, Bones. I don’t have time for word games. If you have found something, let me have it.”

McCoy looked at the computer tape he was fingering. “On this tape,” he held it up in front of Kirk, “are the profiles of two different men.”

“What?”

“Just what I said. I think Owen Barker is commanding under someone else’s psych profile.”

Kirk took the tape from McCoy and turned it over in his hand. “Is that possible? I mean, to use another person’s psych profile…”

“Believe me, Jim. With bureaucracy all things are possible.” He took the tape from Kirk and slid it into the slot of his computer terminal.

The captain watched with interest as McCoy slid into his chair and punched the required codes to bring the information up onto the little screen. “Here…” he pointed to the irregular pattern of lines. “This is Barker’s profile of 17 years ago as part of his required physical to enter the academy. I had to pull a few strings, but I was finally able to track it down. As you can see, it is mostly normal, but with certain irregularities, enough to rate him at borderline psychological fitness – certainly not command material.”

Kirk leaned over McCoy’s shoulder to get a better look at the unintelligible lines. “I’m not a medical man, Doctor. Just what does all that mean?”

“Watch. Computer…”

“Working,” the mechanical voice intoned.

“Display both profiles stored in the data tape simultaneously.”

“Working.”

A moment later, the screen was divided with the original profile on top and  a secondary profile on the bottom.

“Now…” McCoy turned to Kirk. “Compare the two. Computer, superimpose profile B over profile A.” He folded his arms and leaned back slightly in his chair. “Now we see what happens.”

This time when Kirk looked at the screen he not only saw two sets of lines, but two sets on the same graph; one line red and the other blue.

“This,” McCoy indicated the red line, “is profile A, Barker’s original profile. And this blue line is profile B, the one that’s in his official file at present.”

“It doesn’t seem to be as erratic.”

“Exactly. Where the first profile shows significant disturbances, not the least of which is a tendency toward paranoia, the second profile is that of a well-balanced person.” He squared in his chair to face the captain. “In my opinion, Barker’s medical records have been altered sometime in the years since his initial exam; the second profile is a forgery.”

Kirk started to form an answer and was interrupted by the harsh whistle of the intercom.

“Bridge to Captain Kirk.”

He punched the wall com button with the side of his hand. “Kirk here. Go ahead Sahajid.”

“Sir, we’re receiving another transmission from the Romulans.”

“On my way, Kirk out.” He turned to McCoy. “Hold that thought, Bones.”

xxxxxxxxxxxx

Lieutenant Sahajid looked up as the captain arrived on the bridge and stepped over to the communications console. “Sir – I have them holding for you, but there’s a lot of inference on the frequency they’re using.”

“Audio, Lieutenant.”

“You were very clever, Captain Kirk, to find the source of our transmission.” Static crackled over the voice, making it barely readable. Kirk strained to listen. “You were very foolish, however, to send a rescue team; your men are dead, Captain Kirk, and if you do not accede to our demands, more deaths will follow. Is that clearly understood?”

Kirk bent toward the panel. “Identify yourself! I want to know who it is I am dealing with!”

A low chuckle came across the speaker. “My name is not important. Suffice it to say that I am your enemy and you have very little choice but to deal with me on my terms. I hold all the cards, Captain. This transmission is ended.”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Outpost Commander Owen Barker leaned back in his chair and a cold smile crept slowly across his face. “Your captain is all mine now, my friends. And with him, all the Romulan Empire.” He gestured for his captives to be removed.

Surrounded by armed guards, Sulu, Chekov and the two remaining security men glared at the commander in disgust. “Don’t be surprised, Barker,” said Sulu, “if it’s you who ends up losing this game.”

They were led away, followed by the derisive laughter of a madman.
CHAPTER THIRTEEN – QUESTIONS

Her face rose from the water, shimmering in the moonlight. A light smile played about her full lips. She drew nearer and placed her arms around his neck, pulling herself to him. Her nearness assaulted his senses like a drug. What was happening to him? Her lips brushed his cheek then moved to a point below his ear. He held his breath. He could not move. The fullness of her breasts pressed against his chest as her kisses trailed languorously down his neck. It was delicious agony. He let out a long, shuddering breath and wrapped an arm about her slim waist, drawing her fully against his yearning body. She pulled her face from his neck to look up at him with a desire in her liquid blue eyes  that mirrored his own. His free hand was suddenly cradling her head and he was kissing her; gently at first, but as she responded, the kiss deepened; lips parting, tongues probing, striving for as much closeness as a mere kiss could impart. Somehow, it wasn’t enough. He wanted more. He drew her from the water and pulled her down with him to the soft moss-covered bank. Her body glistened in the moonlight and his eyes drank in every inch of her even as his hands began their exploration and he bent toward her for anther kiss.

“Spock?”

He stopped. Had he misread her? Did she not want this? He closed his eyes, and felt her slowly slipping away from him…”

“Spock!”

Spock rolled over stiffly and opened one eye to the gaping darkness. Phyllida was touching his shoulder. He willed his body to be still; the dream had been far too real. He attempted to dispel the images still vivid in his mind. Her nearness was disconcerting. “Ms. Gaines.” His voice sounded hoarse in his ears.

“Yes, Spock. Are you okay?”

How much time had passed? He pulled himself achingly to a sitting position and tried to adjust his eyes to the ever-present blackness, though unable to see further than a few inches. Phyllida’s hand still rested on his shoulder and he looked toward her in the darkness. His head throbbed slightly with the movement. “I don’t believe any permanent damage was done. What is your condition?”

She leaned in closer to him so he could see her face. Concern etched her features. “I’m fine, Spock. I was just worried about you. I heard you fall and found you here. You’ve been out for several minutes.”

“I shall recover.” Spock regarded her closely. “Did you fall, as well?”

“Not exactly.” She couldn’t meet his eyes and looked away.

“Phyllida? Did you find him?”

Spock started at the sound of the unfamiliar male voice.

“Yes! Over here!” Phyllida called out. “My light died, but we’re okay!”

Sounds of footsteps and then a light came from around the corner at the end of the tunnel. Spock could not see past the light to the person holding it. He raised himself a little shakily to his feet and Phyllida rose with him as his hand went out to steady himself against the wall. The light came nearer until the form of a person emerged. A hand shot out from behind the light. “Come, follow me!” The light turned and started back down the corridor from which it had come. Spock and Phyllida followed, partially feeling their way along the wall in the dimness. Around the corner, about 15 feet further down the corridor Spock could see light coming from a doorway. Phyllida moved ahead of him; she seemed sure of the passage, he noted, as though she had come this way before.

As Spock reached the entry, Phyllida took his hand, drawing him into the blinding light of a small room. She gave his scuffed form an appraising glance. “Oh, Spock!” Her fingertips brushed an angry green bruise that had welled up on the side of his face.

Spock moved away slightly so that Phyllida’s hand dropped to her side. “My injuries are not severe. There is no need for you to be concerned, Lieutenant.” He looked around. “How did you come to be here?”

“Doctor Isaacs found me after the hidden door opened. He led me through the passages to this room.”

The man he had seen earlier stepped forward. Dressed in a standard issue Federation jumpsuit, he was tall and looked to be a little older than Spock. The man grasped Spock’s hand in his own and pumped it amiably. “Jorn Isaacs! So glad to see you’re all right. That was quite a fall you took. Didn’t expect you along yet – Phyllida was going to go after you and lead you in. I’ve heard quite a lot about you, Mister Spock!”

Spock nodded formally and retrieved his hand. “Indeed.” He raised an eyebrow and spared a glance at Gaines. Phyllida could feel herself coloring. “Lieutenant Gaines was overdue; I came looking for her.”

“Ah, yes. Well, you’re here now at any rate.” Doctor Isaacs distractedly ran a hand through his blond hair. “Until you two came into the city, I didn’t expect to get any visitors.”

“You knew we were here?”

“I detected your presence when you came upon the obelisk. I’ve been observing you for the past couple of weeks; didn’t want to take any chances that you had been followed.” He smiled somewhat boyishly and looked sideways at Gaines. “But then, when Phyllida found the doorway, I figured it was time we met.” Phyllida blushed slightly and looked at her feet.

The exchange was not lost on Spock. He had the uneasy feeling that Isaacs was not to be trusted. He looked about the room at the array of equipment tucked efficiently into the small space. Alien computer panels lined each of the walls of the little room and took up much of the floor space. All were dark except one. The only sign of human habitation was a small cook stove, bedding, and duffle bag that occupied one corner. “Just how long have you been here, Doctor Isaacs?”

The other man shrugged marginally. “About four months now, by Earth standards. The calculation of months on this planet is somewhat more complex.”

“He’s the sole survivor of the colony, Spock.”

“Indeed.” The timing would be right, he thought. “You will forgive my curiosity, Sir, but what happened to the colony?”

Doctor Isaacs looked vaguely uncomfortable. “That, I’m afraid, is a long and very sad story, Mister Spock.”

“We appear to have plenty of time.”

Isaacs paused, regarding the Vulcan’s stony visage. Their eyes briefly locked and Isaacs thought he saw a challenge there. The Vulcan did not trust him. He cleared his throat and looked at Phyllida, who smiled her support. “I was the colony’s anthropological and archeological specialist.” He looked at the floor. “I saw it coming – I tried to warn them. Shortly after our first contact with the Somari, I could see what it was leading to.” He shook his head solemnly and looked up at Spock. “They wouldn’t listen. They called me an alarmist. That’s when the vines started to appear – they sprang up practically overnight. I’m pretty sure the Somari had something to do with that, but I could not prove it. The vines killed lot of our people – the children were the first to die. Then the Somari came in and started taking us away, a few at a time, ‘to safety.’ Those who tried to leave the colony were either killed by the vines or captured by the Somari. We never did find out exactly what they wanted. Those who were taken away never returned, and those who escaped the vines and refused to go willingly with the Somari were killed outright. The only thing we knew for certain was that they were afraid of us – and our machines. They destroyed everything they could.”

“How did you manage to escape?”

Isaacs gave a short humorless laugh. “I’m a scientist, not a soldier, Mister Spock. I suppose some might call me a coward.” He looked down again, his voice barely audible. “I hid.” He turned his back and took a couple of steps away from Spock. “When they finally descended on the colony and began rounding up or killing everyone en masse, and all was confusion, I hid. Hours later, when I knew they had gone, I gathered what few things I could carry and I ran for my life toward this range – away from the direction the Somari had taken our people. I eventually found this city and this room.” He sighed. “I’ve been here ever since.”

Spock gestured at the computers. “Do you understand the function of these machines?”

“After a fashion – well, somewhat,” He looked around the room and finally admitted, “No, not at all, actually.” He smiled. “But I do know that this one controls the beacon.” He indicated the one panel that was lit and seemed to be working.

Spock touched the panel, on which an array of many colored gemstones lit and flashed in a complicated sequence. “Beacon?”

“The tower – the obelisk – the monolith!” Isaacs rambled excitedly. “We’re under it, you know…”

“The monolith?”

“Yes.” He looked up toward the ceiling. “This room is directly under it – about fifty feet beneath the surface at this point. As close as I can tell, this seems to be the control center.” Isaacs stepped next to Spock and the alien panel.

“Fascinating.” Spock’s brow furrowed slightly. “Tell me, Doctor Isaacs, how did you find this chamber?”

“Spock,” Phyllida interrupted. “I think that Jorn has answered enough of your questions for now.” The irritation in her eyes was evident as she frowned at Spock.

Isaacs smiled gently at Phyllida. “It’s quite all right, my dear. I really don’t mind.” He sighed and looked back at the suspicious Vulcan. “When I came upon the city, I was immediately drawn to the obelisk and the temple. I don’t know if it was just that they were the most imposing buildings, or something else.” He briefly put his hand to his head. “It was as if something was speaking to me – without words. Feelings, fleeting images…” He frowned and shook his head. “At any rate, I eventually came upon this room.”

Spock was not entirely satisfied with the answers the archeologist had provided. He found them somewhat evasive. If Isaacs had been here four months, Spock was certain that he knew much more about this complex than he was revealing.

Phyllida stepped across the room and touched Isaacs’ sleeve. “You will come back to our camp with us – won’t you, Jorn?”

Spock threw Phyllida a look that held warning behind his dark eyes. She either didn’t notice or chose to ignore it. He was concerned about the attention she was focusing on this man. Isaacs could prove to be dangerous. However, though Spock was reluctant to allow him to come back with them, logically it would be much easier to watch him if he did.

The archeologist covered Phyllida’s hand with his and looked into her eyes. “How can I decline such a gracious invitation when delivered by such a lovely lady?”

Phyllida gave a small laugh. “You can’t! You must come with us!”

Isaacs shrugged. “I suppose then I have no choice in the matter. I am completely at your mercy!” He smiled warmly at Phyllida and went to the corner to pick up the duffle bag and his light. Shouldering the bag, he walked toward the door and gestured expansively. “Well, let’s get going!” Turning on his light, he ducked through the doorway and led them back into the dark and winding corridors. As they traveled, it was obvious to Spock that Doctor Isaacs knew the maze of subterranean tunnels well. When they finally reached the exit, it was not from the hidden passage that Phyllida had found, but from a small mound behind the temple structure.

Phyllida inhaled the cool fragrant night air gratefully. “Jorn! How could you bear to stay down in that little room for so long when all this waited for you?” She took a step away from the men and inhaled more deeply as if to clear the mustiness of the underground passages from her lungs.

“Ah, my dear Phyllida,” Isaacs replied cryptically, “This wasn’t all that waited for me!” He looked briefly at the night sky then made his way purposefully toward the temple with Spock.

Phyllida paused momentarily, soaking in the peaceful night sounds and the fresh breeze coming off the mountain behind them. The two moons were up, crescent slivers in their first quarter, casting a dim light. The breeze rustled lazily through the surrounding trees. Looking around her, Phyllida realized that the men had gone on ahead, and she hurried to join them, not noticing as she went the more insistent rustling in the trees behind her and the beat of strong wings against a crystal clear sky.
CHAPTER 14 – VENGENCE

Captain Kirk looked up from the communications console, determination in his face. “Lieutenant Sahajid – Contact Security and have them send a team of four to the transporter room and await my orders.”

“Yes, Sir.”

Kirk gestured to Riley to take the conn and he stepped toward the turbolift. As the lift doors whooshed closed behind him he grasped a handle. “Sickbay.” This had gone too far, he thought. It was time to put a stop to it, get his men back if they were still alive, and get back to M64 – to find Spock.

In sickbay, Doctor McCoy was still sitting at his desk. When Kirk strode into the room, he stood up. “What’s happened, Jim?”

The captain didn’t answer, but shoved a computer tape into the slot at McCoy’s console and touched the play button. The conversation he had had on the bridge moments before replayed. “What do you think?”

“What do you mean? Do I think he’s crazy? Yes. Do I know who it is? No.”

“It’s Barker.”

McCoy looked quizzically at Kirk. “How can you be so sure?”

Kirk frowned. “I don’t know. Something about ‘holding all the cards…’ He turned to the computer. “Computer, run a voice check on the current communications file and compare it to a known voice file of Commander Owen Barker.”

“Working.” The computer whirred for several seconds while McCoy and Kirk looked on expectantly. “There is a ninety-six point three percent match,” the computer intoned.

Kirk looked at McCoy. “There you have it.” The captain paced the room while McCoy looked on. “Bones, Barker is a madman. If he’s backed into a corner, there’s no telling what he will do. I’m going to lead a security team down to the base to rescue our men if they are still alive. At the very least, I intend to stop Barker.” He stopped pacing and leaned across the desk. “I need you with me.”

Neither of them had to say what they both knew. In Spock’s absence, Kirk relied on McCoy’s insight and advice more than ever. The doctor looked at his friend and cocked an eyebrow. He knew better than to question Jim Kirk when his mind was made up. “What makes you think I’d let you go down there without me?”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

They materialized in a deserted corridor in a remote area of the base near where the ship’s sensors had located a concentration of life-forms that roughly corresponded to the origin of the transmission they had received. Kirk silently gestured his party in the direction of the life-form readings. The men moved cautiously, yet swiftly, two of the guards in front, and two continuously scanning at the rear to eliminate the possibility of being taken by surprise.

After some minutes the lead guard stopped abruptly and motioned for the captain. Around the corner and just ahead was a door flanked by two guards dressed in Starfleet issue. McCoy edged up behind Kirk and his tricorder, the sound turned down, was flashing wildly. “Someone is in there, Jim – ten or twenty of ‘em – and not a Romulan in the bunch,” the doctor said quietly. “And now that we’ve found them, Captain, Sir, how do we get in there?”

Kirk smiled slyly. “The direct approach, Bones – the direct approach.” He beckoned to one of the security men. “Watkins…” The largest of the men stepped over to the captain.

“Sir?”

“This is what we’re going to do…”

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Hollingsworth shifted uneasily from one foot to the other and glanced across the doorway at Cooper, who looked as if he was about to not off. “Hey, Coop!”

Cooper jumped and leveled his phaser in the other man’s direction, then slowly lowered it in the face of Hollingsworth’s laughter. “What’s the big idea?” he grumbled.

“You should have seen yourself!” Hollingsworth laughed. “And just be grateful it was I who found you sleeping and not the commander!”

“Yeah. Sure.” Cooper didn’t seem the least bit grateful. “And just you be grateful I didn’t blast your ugly head off!”

“Ah, come on! It’s dead around here – we needed something to break the monotony, eh?”

Cooper shrugged.

“Anyway,” Hollingsworth continued, “Just what is it we’re supposed to be guarding against? This whole area’s been cordoned off and we’ve got those spies in custody, so just what’s left?”

“You talk too much, Hollingsworth.”

“Yeah? And who’s gonna hear me, eh? Barker can keep his triple pay for all I care. I can’t take much more of this, this…staring at green walls, waiting for something that is never going to happen. Give me action any day!”

Cooper turned his back to the other man and lounged indolently against the wall. “Like I said,” he said lazily, “You talk too much. The way I see it, the easier the job, the better the pay.

“Hey! Who’s that?” He pushed himself away from the wall and studied the cluster of people coming toward them from around the corner. There were two security personnel holding at gunpoint two other men, one wearing a Starfleet captain’s uniform. “Stop there!” Cooper waved his phaser at them. “State your business! This area is closed to all but authorized personnel!”

“We know,” Watkins replied. “We found these two snooping around and we thought that Barker would like to see them.”

Hollingsworth stepped over, sizing up the four men suspiciously. “I don’t believe I’ve ever seen you two around here before,” indicating the security guards.

“That’s right, you haven’t,” Watkins said. “But Barker hired us, same as you. If you have any doubts you’ll have to take them up with him.”

“I think I’ll just do that.” While Cooper kept his phaser on the group, Hollingsworth moved toward the wall intercom. But before he had a chance to hit the button, phaser fire erupted from the behind them, and both guards crumpled soundlessly to the floor, stunned.

Captain Kirk, stepping over Hollingsworth, gathered up the guards’ phasers, and gave them to the two men who were coming around the corner to meet them. “Now let’s raid this little party.” He glanced at his men, lined up alongside the door. “Phasers on stun.”

“Yes, Sir,” came the unison answer.

Kirk punched the intercom. “Security to commander,” he said, in his best imitation of Hollingsworth’s voice.

“Barker here. What is it?”

“We have a couple of unauthorized personnel who were snooping around down here – we thought maybe you’d like to have a word with them, eh?”

“You have your orders! Take care of them yourselves!”

“Yes, Sir. But,” Kirk paused for effect. “They say they’re from the Enterprise.”

Silence.

Kirk gave the motion to get ready and the door slid open. The men from the Enterprise went in firing. In the brief exchange that followed, Watkins went down under a phaser blast and McCoy was over him almost immediately. The melee didn’t last long. Taken off guard, those few of Barker’s men who were not stunned dropped their weapons and allowed themselves to be herded into a corner by the Enterprise team.

Kirk spotted Barker trying to slip unobtrusively out a side door. “Barker!” The outpost commander turned. Kirk quickly caught up with him and grasped his arm. Barker wrenched himself from Kirk’s grasp, just in time to see the captain’s fist connect with his face. He staggered under the blow, but rallied himself to meet a charging Kirk. Though older, he outmassed the younger man by several pounds and his strength was fueled by mad fury. Locked together, they grappled for several seconds. As they struggled, Kirk saw his opening in Barker’s unbalanced stance and wrapped one foot around his opponent’s leg, causing him to lose his footing. Barker fell, and Kirk pulled him into a choke-hold with one arm wrenched behind his back.

Maintaining his hold on his vainly struggling captive, the captain maneuvered Barker back into the center of the room and shoved him roughly into a chair, drawing his phaser. “Okay, Barker, where are my men?”

Barker’s chest heaved as he caught his breath. He looked with indifference at the weapon pointed squarely at his nose. “Dead. Romulans killed them. No prisoners, you know.”

“Damn it, Owen!” Kirk’s frustration was beginning to get the better of him. He grabbed the commander up by the front of his shirt and pulled his face toward his own. “There are no Romulans! It was all a hoax! Now I want my men and I want them now!” He released Barker to let him fall heavily back into the chair.

Barker looked up at Kirk and gave him a lopsided grin. “How did you know?”

Puzzled, Kirk asked, “Know what?”

“That it was me. I was very careful, you know.”

“You never were very good at poker, Owen.”

“That’s true,” Barker sighed. “Never try to bluff an old master. Is that the moral?”

“Something like that. Owen…” Barker seemed to be drifting into a world of his own. Kirk had to reach him. “Owen – where are Sulu and the others?”

Barker looked at him blankly. “What?”

“Where are my men, Owen? Sulu, Chekov and the others?”

The commander blinked. “They’re in a safe place. I’ve seen to that.” He smiled. “She was very beautiful, you know,” he said disjointedly. “She never hurt anybody. She didn’t want to be on Cygnus III – I made her come…” He closed his eyes tightly as if to shut out the implications of what he was saying. “Can’t you see?”

Kirk’s expression softened. Cygnus III. It was starting to make sense. “Owen…”

“And he was so little – just a baby…a baby…” Owen Barker sagged in the chair and his shoulders shook in small, silent sobs.

Kirk holstered his phaser and knelt before his old friend, shaking him gently by the shoulders. “The men, Owen. Please – tell me where they are.”

Barker’s tear-streaked face rose to meet his. “The men?”

“Yes, Owen. The men – Sulu, Chekov and the others. Where are they?”

The light of the present situation slowly dawned on Owen Barker’s face and he gestured toward a door to the rear of the room. “In there. The lock is coded to my voice print.”

Kirk rose and turned toward the door. “Let’s get them out of there.”

“Not so fast, Jim.”

Kirk whirled to face Barker, who was now on his feet and nervously fingering a small phaser. Kirk berated himself mentally. Why hadn’t he checked Barker? Why had he assumed that everyone would be armed only with Phaser II? Spock wouldn’t have missed it.

“Over there…” Barker gestured him back across the room so that he could keep him in sight with the other men. “Drop all your weapons!” Kirk’s men watched him, surrendering their phasers only when Kirk unholstered his and dropped it to the floor. Barker’s men immediately took up the cue and surrounded Kirk’s party.

“No, Captain.” Barker’s voice was eerily distant. “I’m not giving up now. Not when I’m so close. The Romulans must be crushed and it will take a war with the Federation to do it. I’ve arranged it all, right down to the last detail. It will work. Your ship now will think that you have been taken by Romulans. I will convince them of that. I’ll also convince them to go in fighting – the Romulans will be unprepared – the other Federation ships will get here soon – attack their bases – they’ll be helpless in a matter of months…” Barker’s eyes had taken on the glazed look of the insane and his ramblings continued to become more disjointed.

“Barker!” Kirk interrupted. “It won’t work!”

Barker snapped back to reality. “It will!” he cried vehemently. “It can’t fail!”

“Owen…” Kirk said calmly, taking a step forward. Barker pointed his phaser threateningly at the captain. Kirk stopped. “Owen. Your plan has already failed. Our presence here is proof of that. My full report is on its way to Starfleet right now. Nothing will bring back those who died on Cygnus III, Owen. Give it up.” He held out his hand and took another step forward.

Owen hesitated in a moment of obvious confusion, then took a stumbling step backward, brandishing his phaser. “No! All these years I’ve waited – planned. The Federation did nothing! Nothing! Said that Cygnus III was a civilian outpost – that they had no jurisdiction. It didn’t matter that the Romulans came in and slaughtered everyone! Your precious Federation was afraid of starting a war – ignored the attack – said they had no authority to retaliate! I can’t let the Romulans get away with it! It can’t end like this! It can’t! You’ll see – you’ll see, Jim – make them see – I won’t lose…”

“Of course not, Owen. Give me the phaser.” Kirk took another step toward him.

“Stand back! I’ll kill you all!” Barker looked around himself uneasily, suddenly with a distant look in his eyes that seemed focused on something only he could see. “Nora? Nora! I did it all for you – ALL!” A sob racked him. “I’m sorry, Nora. I wanted everything to be so perfect – then we could be happy again.” Another sob. Without warning, he turned the phaser on himself and in a blinding flash was gone.

Posted in The Original Series | Tagged , , , | Leave a comment

Ghost Trek

Star Trek is owned by Gene Roddenberry, Ghostbusters is owned by Dan Aykroyd

Profit is not my intention

AN: The time has come, my little friends,

For paranormal things,

Of sightings, slime and proton packs,

Galactic happenings……

Outer space is boiling hot,

As Enterprise takes wing……

Callooh, callay, come run away…….

……..With captains…..

…..men…..

…and…..

…..ghosts…….!

Ghost Trek

Space….the final frontier……

These are the voyages of the Starship Enterprise……

Its five-year mission….

…..to explore strange new worlds…..

…..to seek out new life and new civilizations…

….to boldly go where no man has gone before…….

=/=

2367.

A majestic silver leviathan glided through the black velvet of space ……..returning from its rendezvous at the planet Chrysanthopolous IV………aiding with the help of greenhouse development……

Kirk…..Captain James Tiberius Kirk…….was sitting at the helm…….gazing at the black velvet wonder before him…….

Dr. Leonard H. McCoy, Medical Officer, was attending to the patients wounded in minor mechanical accidents occurring upon Chrysanthopoulous IV……

Spock of Vulcan, Kirk’s extraterrestrial first officer, awaited his every command, standing at his right side……..

Montgomery Scott, Chief Engineer, Leopold Stokowski of starship engines, performed a symphony of impeccable style, class and unmistakable fervor in the engine room, no grinding or creaking or chittering about.

Lieutenant Nyota Uhura sat at the communications console, awaiting any other party’s every transmission.

Ensign Pavel Chekov stood at the weapons console and navigation system, awaiting every next move for the mighty leviathan to make.

Lieutenant Hikaru Sulu was awaiting every next move to make at the helm. A crew of incontestable respect. A spacecraft of incontestable honor.

The Starship Enterprise.

“Running smooth, sir”

“Steady as she goes, Mr. Chekov.”

“Headed for the Terran Solar System, planet Earth and San Francisco in approximately 20 hours and three minutes earth time, captain.”

“Merci, Mr. Sulu.”

Montgomery Scott, or “Scotty”, sauntered around the engine room, checking every part of the mighty, colossal engines of the Enterprise. Scotty headed for one of the consoles hidden in the back part after meandering down a corridor……when the very outskirts of his conscience suddenly illuminated one split second before his brain cells realized it. His conscience whispered something strange, something he sensed was true yet wasn’t sure…..

“Something strange has just passed by behind me……”

Scotty turned around…….his conscience insisted…….

…….that it had witnessed a very strange green glow gliding by………

McCoy was in the usual daily gavotte of patients, disinfectant, bone repair, tendon repair and ligament repair. He passed by a table containing a patient just attended to, when all of a sudden, amidst the usual atmosphere and everything in it, something unusual started happening.

Platforms nearby certain tables that held certain tools for in-depth work on a patient began to slowly quiver…….

McCoy turned around to look.

“That’s strange…..” he muttered.

“Could be turbulece……” suggested a nearby patient.

“Turbulence usually makes the whole ship jitter…..” muttered McCoy

The patients began to slowly cringe……..

On bridge……..Sulu gazed out unto endless black satin of night, preparing to dock the Starship Enterprise into the landing bay at Starfleet Command, a division of the United Federation of Planets…..an industry serving unity, peace and prosperity amongst planets everywhere within mighty Omniverse. The Enterprise was in need of refurbishing on its interior from recentmost wear and tear, in need of fuel……

Suddenly, something cool and slimy oozed onto his fingertips, manning the controls of the helm…….

He looked down……to find horrid greenness……oozing out of the controls!

“Captain!” he yelped in surpise, turning around, his fingers covered in the horrid essence……

Chekov yelped. “Keptin!” he cried, turning around with the same essence on his hands……

Slowly the chilling essence oozed, tentatively, out of every inch of control on the main bridge……..

Lieutenant Uhura yelped and leaped backwards as the vomit-inducing slime began to flow as water from every inch of control at her communication station……

Spock’s onyx black eyebrow leaped from his forehead, his bright coal-black eyes wider than usual as he gazed around at the fascinating, chilling sight…….

Kirk’s jaw, viewing all of the rare, wonderful, horrific supernatural symphony which had creeped onto his bridge, hit the floor.

1984.

New York City.

A 1959 Cadillac, stark-white with red fins, careened down Madison Avenue, singing a song of victory, illuminated by ornate sirens it wore, a uniquely special crown. Four men inside returned from a victory against a paranormal din of astronomical proportions…..

Posted in Crossover | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Genesis of Command, Book I: The Mighty, Mighty Marek

(Chapter I, installment 1)

 

Continuous beams of blue light traced a valley into the skin of the station.  The last operational Enterprise Class starship hammered hard, proving she would not retire just yet.  The station fired back, but its disruptors could not over power the ship’s shields.

It was an oddity, this station.  One of the rarest things in the known galaxy.  It was a genuine Klingon science station.  The Starfleet knew why taking this particular station was important, even if that information were not shared with the crew.  It was the science that scared the Starfleet, and a conspiracy that was far more dangerous than the science.

The monsters the Admiralty heard of would be realized in a young marine.

The last Starfleet Marine.

 

 

Star Trek: Genesis of Command

Book I

The Mighty, Mighty Marek

 

Ch 1

In The Beginning

 

Something just did not feel right.

He never thought he would amount to much.  Enlisting seemed to be the right choice, at the time.  If everything remained constant in his universe, that meant he had made a bad choice.  Nothing ever seemed to go right for him.

Like how he screwed up his relationship with Lisa, then Angie.

Eh …,

He really did not care what happened to him.  It was classic, among those those who have bad relationships.  The depression, the empty feeling, … the loneliness.  All the while the ever-present question of individual worth.  The answer is always the same: They everything; you mean nothing.

And this had happened more than once.  More than twice.  Nine times, actually.  He never wanted to know that pain again.

He had given up.

He knew he was dead.  He died a long time ago.  The fact his body kept moving meant little, if anything.  He had died as surely as any pile of dust from centuries gone by.

He faced a klingon.  A large thing, though he did not care.  This was just another simulation.  Punch this way, counterpunch that way.  Now you get hit.  Ignore the pain.

It got boring after so many times.

But …?

No.  It had to be another simulation.  The idea that this was real was silly.  A klingon does not drop from the sky and start beating on you.

The pain inflictor seemed a little … stronger than normal.  The klingon in this simulation seemed different, too; faster at times, slower at others.  It was so … different.  He never heard of any simulations using grenades, either.  Klingons thought grenades dishonorable, so practicing for that eventuality was pointless.  Which made this feel even less right.  Maybe he was just confused by his feelings at the time.

And a floodgate of reality opened.  For an instant he was aware of himself, and his surroundings.  He knew where he was, what he had to do.  He grabbed someone and -.

The sensation was gone.  It was the same as it was, the feelings never change.  A sudden burst, then he dulls.

Nothing.

Maybe he did not know where he was.  Maybe he was in that dream, the one Al was talking about.  Maybe he was going to be in some sort of experiment.  That idea was worse than death.

The truth washed over him.  His confusion ebbed.  Slow, at first, but steady.

He tried to open his eyes, expecting (hoping) to see the simulation.  Even if he was tired, extremely tired, it should be easier to open his eyes than this.  Maybe the power had simply been cut.  That would be new for the simulator, too.

The pain was different, too.  His face had never been burned, not like this.  Pain inflictors usually affected things like the ribs, stomach, legs, hands …, they never went to the face.  It was too dangerous.  That was one of the first things they taught in training.

Reality was persistent.  The tide was rising again.

His eyes were still closed, he could tell.  The sensation of cold was lessoned, but still there.  Just out of reach, but there.  His face no longer hurt, but he could feel something in his skin.  Small, sharp objects.

‘Oh, no.’  The realization of his situation set in.  ‘I think I could be in serious trouble.’

He realized he could not move his body.  He remembered that cold feeling, now.  It was a type of cryogenics.  Only an instant, but you feel a blast of cold.  Then you just stop.  You do not remember anything until you thaw out.

Then how could he think?  You do not think in cryogenic sleep.

The program.  Al said this was an experiment.  Where was the program?  There was always a computer involved in experiments, right?  He figured something had gone wrong, like the grenade damaged something important.  That must be it.  That had to be it.

Time had no meaning, so he had no idea how long this was taking, or taken.  It was common knowledge the mind could not establish a link with a computer, but Al said he had some special power (probably from his mother).  He had no idea what kind of power, much less how to use it.

He was a vulcanoid hybrid.  Whoever his father was, he was at least part human, because he had round ears.  Everything else seemed Vulcan, thank goodness.  The details were never clarified, to include whether or not there was a marriage.  He only knew two things about his father for certain: He was a scientist and he was dead.  His mother was like most vulcans, never sharing her feelings …, often.  She was no exception, keeping her mate a secret, even from a curious child.  Vulcans have different priorities, and this was not one of them.

He thought of Spock, the living legend.  He was a hybrid, too, if not like himself.  Now, Spock could do some of those Vulcan-Mind-Thingies, then why not him?  Of course, Spock was a trained thinker.  He was trained, too.  Unfortunately, killing something seemed rather impractical while frozen in a cryo chamber.

But his father was a thinker.  That had to be worth something.  His mother was no great thinker, though.  Ironic his humanoidal father was a thinker, while his mother was the unspectacular half of his gene pool.  And since he looked-, and acted-, more human, it followed perhaps his father’s genes might be dominant.  Then, maybe, just maybe, he could tap into that part of his of himself.

Time meant nothing here.  He could have spent a minute, or a year.  Or ten years.  He stretched out his mind, as best he could.  (As if he knew the difference.)  It did not matter how long he tried, as he felt no boredom.

He felt nothing.  Very calming, in a sick sort of way.  Nothingness suited him.  The feeling of complete solitude, free from everything, did not even bring satisfaction.

He discovered a new form of pain.  This was beyond description; he knew no words to express it.  But, like all his other pain, he got used to it.

But not for quite some time.

Time.

‘Goddamit.’

 

*

 

The klingon warships had gone, years ago.  The station drifted in empty space, cold, dead, and forgotten.  Nothing was on.  The power had been cut.

The klingons did not care what happened to the station, but power might attract the wrong individuals.  The Federation, if they found the station, would find nothing of use.  The computer core had been removed, along with the reactor.  Yet some races might be able to use something the klingons left behind.  And their thinking was those who could actually find the station would not care, and those who could not could not advance too quickly for their own good.  Or the Empire’s.

Klingons do have some sense of responsibility, so they took anything they thought important.

And the long, mushroom shaped station drifted in free space, with no markers of living bodies or even dust trails to attract attention.  In orbit around a rock, in orbit around a dying star.  The station was a shadow against the star field.

Then the dome of the mushroom began to glow, faintly.  The glow grew stronger, becoming light, growing to become a tiny star, until it was brighter than the dead star it orbited.

 

*

 

He knew something happened, just outside his new world.  What was still a mystery.  So he tried to make something else happen.

‘What is your name?’

He had not thought that.  But it was just like a thought.  He wondered what it was.

‘What is your name?’

This time he was able to determine it was a computer voice, if that were the right way to put it.  He wondered how to respond to the thing.  He wondered if he should give it the name he used to enlist, or his Vulcan name, or one of the names his mother used, or …,

‘The source is not relevant.  What is your name?’

So the computer could read his thoughts, but not read his mind.  ‘Marek.’

‘Welcome, Marek.  This is the orientation to your enhancement training.  You will undergo a series of exercises to greatly enhance your natural abilities.’

And on it droned.  Marek would have rolled his eyes, had he the ability.  It seemed, even here, he could not escape those who were determined to bore him to death.

‘Give me a bloodthirsty klingon, any day.’

‘I am sorry.  Your training will not include combat with a klingon.  This is a joint effort between the Federation Marine Corps and Klingon Empire.’

‘Great.’  Marek wondered just what he had started, and if it was too late to turn it off.  Then wondered if staying alone would drive if crazy faster than this stupid computer.

 

*

 

“Incoming message.”  It was a female computer voice, a little on the husky side.

“Captain April,  USS Morass.”  He liked this voice.

“Encoded message,” the previous voice bothered him, “Priority: urgent.”

Bothered him, but not like this.

(Morass was the name of a non-human explorer.  April wondered if he were the only one to see the irony.)

He sighed deeply, shifting in the uncomfortable ready room desk chair.  “I’ll take it in here.”  He was a tall, balding man.  What hair he still had was in that stage between grey and white.  By the expression he wore, which was more common these days, he was getting bored with being a captain.  Starfleet had gotten boring.  Nothing happened, especially out here.  This was once klingon space, but they lost it in some treaty or other, and now it was being patrolled by him.  He was stuck here for the better part of the last year of his career.  The last encoded message was for an experiment.  Wow, how exciting.

April touched a part of the black glass of his desk and watched as a monitor lifted out of the far side.  He hesitated, staring at the reflection of the old man in the grim mirror.  But he could not escape yet.  “Authorization one, one, one , (sigh) April one.”

The face that appeared surprised him.  It was Andorian.  “Greetings, Captain April.  I am Niffumagar, Minister of defense. In case you were wondering.  At the time this message was sent, we have known, for eighty-six hours, of the existence of a previously unknown space station adrift in your sector.  The reason you did not detect it was we received a tight band distress signal, which was aimed directly at Sol.”

April was thinking this was a little better than another experiment.

“You were not contacted earlier because the signal was similar to the sub-space signals used last century, and we had to translate it.”  An obvious lie, which sent a chill up April’s spine.

When his orders came, the blood had drained form his face.  Boring experiments seemed far more appealing now.

 

*

(Chapter I, installment 2, follows)

 

He had no idea why his grandfather had called him.  This was his first mission of his new assignment.  Why did grandpa want to tag along?  Retired Admirals could be a nuisance, especially when they are relatives.  Especially when they seemed to be going a bit … off the deep end.

He never had much of a career.  His dad had always seemed disappointed at his lack of progress.  Now that he had made enough rank, Commander, at the age of forty-five, he had become the first officer of a large starship.  An old ship, but still large.

Gramps was not like his father, as if grandfather and grandchild had a common enemy.

“John?”

The commander lifted his balding head.  “Grandpa …, I am an active member of Starfleet; you’re retired.  I think I deserve ….”

“Johnny!”  The admiral bellowed.  As old and decrepit as he was, there was still an inner flame burning inside.  “I am going to tell you a story.  You WILL listen.”

The commander held his peace.  He thought his grandfather deserved a quiet audience.  He would, at the very least, give an old man his say.

“I am sorry.  Please, tell me yours story.  I will …, resist my instinct to interrupt.”

The admiral looked grave.  He turned very dark, then looked at his middle-aged descendant ….

 

*

 

“Push me to the statue, in the center of the room!”

John was not happy.  He was a musician, not a butler.  He resented his grandfather, and his military background.  Yet, with a look from his dad, he did as he was bidden.

His own son, a young boy, watched in non-expression, meandering in and out of barrier markers.  John Junior did not know the difference between right and wrong yet.  The bronze statues were little more than heaps of metal.

“Son,” the old man in the invalid chair said, “bring your boy close ….”

John Junior was left out; he was too young.  He could not even hear what was being said.  The little boy walked close to the statue being examined.  A guard stopped him.

It was not until many years later ….

 

*

 

“That marine was a hero.  He only got a small, man-sized statue.  But he was still a hero.  And he saved my father.”

The commander was losing patients.  “I remember that day.  It was just an old musi-“

“I’m trying to tell you somethin’!”  The old admiral was livid.  “Now you listen to me!  I was told some things you didn’t hear!  Your daddy wasn’t too understanding.  I was!”

A moment passed.  The admiral waited until his grandson was about to speak …, again, then spoke first.

“What your great-grandpa said, between your daddy’s interruptions, was …,” he waited for an interruption, “… this was the only man who could save us.  My daddy said he heard a voice, just before he was thrown clear of that damned room.  He said he heard something.”  The admiral leaned closer, speaking grimly.  “I heard a voice when we got close to this space station.”  He paused a moment.  “Keep this in mind, boy,” and he leaned even closer.

“What?  Go ahead and finish it.”  The commander had become intrigued.

The old man stared deep.  His eyes were clouded and no longer seemed focused.  “No one told me we were coming close to a station.  Ask yourself, how did I know?

“Now get going, boy.”

The commander waited a moment, then left his grandfather’s room.  He walked down the hall, more than a bit confused.

He was summoned to the bridge as he reached the turboshaft.  On his way, he listened helplessly as a medical team rushed to his grandfather’s quarters.  By the time the turbolift reached the bridge, the admiral was pronounced dead.

Duty called.

 

*

 

The away team consisted of four humans and a klingon.  They focused attention on the dome of the aged klingon station.  The Asian female pointed to a burned door panel, and one member tapped on a tricorder.

The blast doors parted, rust and corrosion slowing them some.  The light spilling out blinded the away team.  They covered their eyes, waiting to acclimate from dusk to high noon.

The klingon walked in first, looking back for permission.  The Asian nodded, so he proceeded.  A quick look around told him the most likely place to search first.  He leveled a phaser rifle at the only illuminated glass-doored booth.  Taking his left hand off the rifle, he touched the door controls.  The door jerked upward, haltingly, scraping against mineral deposits, with fog spilling out the bottom.  A body began to take form within.

A medium sized humanoid stood inside, head slightly tilted down and left, with arms crossed defensively in front.  He was dressed in the maroon uniform blouse of more than a century before.  The markings on the blouse were not Starfleet, but recognizable; the defunct Marine Corps.

Pieces of metal began to fall as the frozen air inside vaporized.  The man’s arms began to lower as well, exposing the ghostly white skin.  A light brown beard, two or three inches thick, covered his face, and the “high and tight” haircut was … low and loose.  The klingon lowered his rifle when he saw shrapnel embedded in the man’s face, most noticeably around the left eye.  Green drops began to form, then flow out the wounds.

The klingon turned to the away team.  “He is injured.”  The low rumble of the klingon voice filled the chamber.

Eyes popped open, under pain stricken eyebrows.  Green blood traced the edge of the left eye, falling like a tear.

The Starfleet trooper turned back, not soon enough to see an ancient arm swing up.  A vice seemed to clamp around his throat.  Dropping the rifle, he grabbed the hand at his neck with both of his.  But he could not budge the marine.  A gasp eked out of the alien before the rifle even hit the floor.

The marine seemed calm as could be.  The hate and pain left his face.  He lifted the klingon off the floor, straight-armed.  He was simply going to kill the klingon in the strange uniform.

A flash of blue light.  A female barked an order.  Black.

Nothing.

‘Who cares.’

 

*

 

His entire family was dead.  His last living relative had died, less than an hour ago.  He did not have time to grieve.  He was an officer in Starfleet.

“McDonald did not have time to order Franklin to lower his weapon.  Carlburg prevented him from firing a second shot, but she injured herself.  Stronge helped break the captive’s hold on Kor.  The captive was taken to a holding cell.  Kor should be back on duty within the hour.”

Captain April listened to several more minutes of the briefing.  He seemed uneasy.  The commander did not like seeing his superiors look so uncertain.

 

*

 

It was a grey haze.  His head hurt.  There were lines going into his body.  He could not move on his first try.

There was a flash of light.

He sat up.  A hole in his left arm was closing.  He looked away, then back.  He heard a piece of metal drop to the ground.  He thought it odd that a needle would still be used after all these years.

It was not a needle, though.  A flat piece of metal, shaped like an elbow, was on the floor.

He looked at his arm.  The outline of a strap was there.  The dark green imprint soon faded.  The hair under the mark was burned away, but not the hair on either side.

His head cleared.

 

*

 

“Medical emergency on Security Deck.”

The klaxon sounded an instant later.  The computer voice repeated the message three times.  The klaxon then stopped, but not the flashing red lights.

Security entered Sickbay, weapons drawn.  The high security area was empty of patients.  The doctor and nurses had little to say, and less to offer.

 

*

 

Marek was crawling through unfamiliar spaces.  He had no idea where he was.  He had no idea where he was going.

He crawled by a junction box and stopped.  Why?  Was it a feeling? Or did someone …, or something, tell him to stop?  He hesitated, looked around, then pushed himself back to the junction box.

He placed a hand on the box.  It glowed.  His hand glowed.  He was only mildly surprised.  He watched for some time, thinking something was odd about the light.  He waved his other hand behind the glowing box.  Then it struck him.  ‘No shadow.’  Only he could see the glow.

He lost track of time, but that did not concern him.  Somehow he was learning.  Things like where he was, how the ship was designed, how many people, then personnel files, and message logs.  All he caught were flashes and images, but that was enough for now.

A switch, or control.  Something happened he had not caused.  He searched for what it was, but was too unfamiliar with this … ability?

White light filled his vision; five rings circled his body.  The hum of a transporter beam.

‘Damn it.”

 

*

 

“So, what’s happening, Doctor Hooks?”

“I believe he experienced an unusual electromagnetic synthesis.  As a result, he is not subject to conventional methods of testing.”

?  “What the Hell does that mean?”

“Well, it means that he does not register on our equipment.  And, the readings we do get … are … unusual., at best.”

“Doctor!  I don’t care!  I want to know why this man could escape from the brig, then burn out a section of our computer.  And I want to know why he could evade detection for more than an hour.  I don’t think an ordinary man could do that.

“So, again, I ask you:  What is going on?  With this man?”

Pause.

“I’m waiting.”

Pause.

“That’s more than a question; it’s an order.”

“Ah …,” gulp, “I … don’t know.  The best I can say is … he’s human.  And part vulcan, most likely.  But something is stopping us from getting a full diagnostic.  Every time we start running a test our computers shut down.”

“You mean burn out?”

“No.”  The doctor’s voice was soft and matter of fact.  “The systems just … shut down.  We have to reintegrate the programming.  But when we try again, the same thing happens; it just … shuts down.”

Hmm.  “Do you have any idea why this is happening?”

‘What do I say?  I don’t want to look stupid.  But I don’t have any answers.’  “Let me do some more tests on the patient and I’ll get back to you.”

 

*

 

His head hurt.  There was … something.  But he was too groggy.  He could not focus.  The lines … kept ….

Pain.  His arm.  His mind?

Straps.  His legs would not work.  Run.  Escape.

“Help me.”

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Joint Forces

Star Trek

Joint Forces

#1

The Hunted

 

 

Earth

The ball sprung from the hard wall, back into the racquet.  The racquet’s ricocheting blow sent the ball back into the wall.  Eric Talvin heard the door to the small, racquetball court chime, and stopped his recreational exercise.

“Come in,” he said, picking up a towel, lying on the floor.  A Starfleet Admiral entered, his elegant uniform almost screaming his authority.  He was a tall, well built man, starting to go bald near the back of his head.  Talvin was just as well built.  Both men sported square, strong jaws, which, at times, seemed too big for them to even speak.

“Admiral Hall,” said Talvin, drying his head with the small, white towel.

“Mr. Talvin,” Hall began, “you’re being reassigned.”

“Already, Sir?”

“Yes.  You’ll be serving aboard a new ship, an experimental ship.  The U.S.S. Delta,” the Admiral explained, seeming a bit hesitant.  After all, he had been hesitant three years earlier when this new type of ship was proposed by Starfleet.  It was an inspired idea, granted, but he thought it would hardly pan out in its final form.  There were too many irregular factors that swayed too far from normal Starfleet protocol.  But, nevertheless, he was loyal to carry out the Federation’s wishes.

“The Delta, Sir?” the young Lieutenant asked.  Hall straightened his tunic and cleared his throat.

“Yes.  It is the first Partner-Class starship…”

Partner-Class?”

“Yes, that’s correct.  It can join and works cooperatively with another designated Partner-Class:  The U.S.S. Contour. When the two join together, they create a joint assembly known as the Contender.

“Who are the Commanders?”

“Captain Robert Anderson will be commanding the Contour, while Joseph Miritz will be heading up the Delta’s crew,” answered the Admiral, ready to end this conference and get back to his regular duties.  Talvin started packing up his gear.

“Miritz?” he replied. “Didn’t he used to be in the Maquis?”

“Well…yes, but he rejoined Starfleet two months ago.  His information on the Maquis has been quite valuable.”

“I see,” said Talvin, zipping up his duffle bag. “So when do I start?”

“Report to duty this Friday,” Hall said, cheery now that this meeting was finally meeting its conclusion.  He turned to leave, but stopped.  “Oh yeah, and watch your back swing.”  Talvin nodded as Hall left.  Well, it seemed his preoccupation with racquetball would no longer be needed.

 

 

 

 

“Do you hear that?”

Captain Miritz shook his head after a moment of intent listening.  “No.”

His Ferengi friend stopped and tilted his head upward, tracking the sound.  They were both standing in a corridor, aboard the new Starfleet vessel that had been dubbed Delta.  The Ferengi looked up at a panel directly overhead, on a projection of the corridor’s ceiling.  “It’s an incessant buzzing,” Commander Nog reported.

“As soon as the engineering crew arrive onboard, I’ll have them look at it.”  At that instant a resounding chirp echoed through the hallway.

Bridge to Captain Miritz,” came a voice from the ship’s intercom system.  The Captain stopped his stride that had just begun, and activated a nearby intercom panel.

“Miritz here.”

Sir, I’m having trouble with a systems interface.  It won’t operate without your passcode.

“I’m on my way.  Miritz out.”  He turned to his Ferengi Commander.

“I’ll be taking a little tour of this ship,” Nog said before the Captain could speak. “Try to break it in.”  Joseph nodded, and both officers headed off in different directions.

 

The obnoxious console cheeped again, as another control on the far side sounded off with an accompanying beep, and continued, over and over and over again.  Lisa Terrance slammed her fist down on the console, pressing many buttons at one time.  She glanced up, to where the viewscreen should be, in front of her, and turned around to survey the rest of the bridge.

The command center of the grand ship was very large, and very sleek.  At the very front was the helm, where Lisa was, and directly behind her, and up a couple of steps, was the command area.  There, two chairs sat behind a large, circular console.  One for the Captain, and for his First Officer.  To the right of the command area was the primary operation post, or Ops.  To the left of the command area was the tactical post.  Behind all of this were the rest of the bridge stations (Mission Ops, the science stations, Engineering, security) and two turbolifts.  The bridge was packed too, with technicians and engineering staff.  Lisa couldn’t believe it.  The ship was supposed to be up to spec by Friday, and they were still putting it together.  Consoles were open, clutches of wires sprouting from them, onto the deck.  Florescent lights from engineering tools lit what shadows were left, and the incessant beeps and buzzes of devices, along with dozens of people talking were about to drive Lieutenant Terrance up the bulkhead.

“Anybody know how to lock-out, lock-in, re-lock-out, and de-re-lock-in helm control!?” Terrance yelled in frustration.  No one heard her pleas for help.  Completely fed up with the situation, she angrily kicked the side of her station.  Amazingly, the console lit up and seemed to spring to life.  After analyzing it, she realized the procedure that had been needed, was completed.  Terrance shrugged and smiled as she sat down at her post.

 

 

Commander Tholax peered out of the Starbase’s main viewer with a twinge of jealousy, at the rotund space-dock that held the U.S.S. Delta.  He could only hope one day he would be transferred to a starship’s command, other than this almost desolate existence as a starbase official.  Tholax turned back to face the broad command center of his boring space station just in time for one of his subordinates, a Triclarian, to report.

“Sir, the U.S.S. Champion has requested dock,” the Lieutenant reported from his station.  Tholax sighed as he straightened the black tunic of his uniform.

“Clear them.”

“Aye, Sir.”

 

The air-lock doors opened, and personnel from the Champion began to spill out into the stylish interior of the starbase.  After a few dozen had exited, a young man, in his late twenties, appeared carrying two duffel bags.  There, awaiting his arrival, was Commander Nog.  The Ferengi stepped forward and offered his olive-tinted hand to the young, dark-headed Lieutenant Commander.

“Welcome to Starbase 461,” began Nog, flashing his inherent sharp teeth in customary Ferengi fashion, “Mr. Wesley Crusher.”  Wesley smiled back.

“Thank you, Sir.  I’m glad to be here…and I look forward to serving on the Delta.”

“And we’re glad to have you as our Chief Operations officer.  Here, let me help you with those…” the Commander offered, taking one of the hefty duffel bags from Crusher.  The two turned, and started down the corridor, heading for the nearest shuttle pod bay.

 

Friday

The bridge of the Delta was scarcer of people than it had been a day ago, and all posts and consoles were now intact.  Lieutenant Terrance stepped out of Turbolift twenty-two, and walked over to Commander Nog, who was standing in the elevated command area, looking over the large circular console; he would need to get accustomed to it anyway.

“Lieutenant Lisa Terrance reporting for duty,” she announced, at full attention.  Nog looked up at his new helmsman, and nodded.  He gestured toward the helm post.

“Take your post, Lieutenant.”  She replied with a short nod, and headed for it at the bow of the bridge as Crusher and Talvin entered from Turbolift twenty-one.  They immediately reported to their posts, at port and starboard on the bridge.  Directly behind the command area, a holo-communicator sat, ready for its first usage on this Partner-Class ship.  Nog took his seat, beside the central command chair, and awaited the Captain’s arrival.

 

The emblem of the UFC was emblazoned on Joseph Miritz, as he stared out of his Ready Room’s port view.  He could see the beautiful planet below, and the starbase in the distance, alive with activity.  But before any of that, this emblem stood before him, seeming to taunt him.  He had felt so lost, so misplaced a long time ago.  He thought he had solved it by joining the rebellious Maquis faction.  He thought he would belong…but he was wrong.  After the death of his son, he had realized his error in his judgments.  After all, it had been his order—no, it had been the Maquis’ order that led the attack on the outpost that killed his only progeny.  He had to keep telling himself that…that it wasn’t his fault Marcus was gone.  Joseph breathed in deeply, and tried to focus on this task before him.  He was here to lead a group of people.  He couldn’t continue to squander in his own self-pity.  Brushing back his suave black hair, he prepared himself for his first Starfleet act of duty…his first chance at making things right again.  He stepped through the hiss of his Ready Room doors, and stopped dead in his tracks.

This moment in time seemed to stand still, as he saw the entire bridge staff staring directly into his own eyes.  Like a blow from a Nausican, he gasped for breath. It’s now or never.  He firmly continued on his path, and stepped up onto the command area.  He looked around at everyone who was sitting patiently at his or her stations.  There was Lieutenant Terrance, a young, light-headed beauty that seemed to defy this militaristic atmosphere, but a skilled pilot all the same.  Then, at tactical, was Eric Talvin.  Miritz didn’t know too much about this Lt. Comm., except that he had had a rocky past with Starfleet, and had once even considered joining the Maquis.  Next was the always-optimistic Lt. Comm. Wesley Crusher, who had started his Starfleet career on the late, but great, Enterprise-D.  He was definitely apt at the goings-on of a starship, and that made him the prime candidate for Chief Ops Officer.  Then there was Miritz’s very own First Officer, Commander Nog—Starfleet’s only Ferengi, but worthy of his rank.

“This ship,” the Captain began, “is like no other ship you’ve ever served on before.  The Contour and us will stand out from the rest.  So, we will need to be prepared for anything.  Now,” he continued, planting himself in the center seat, beside Nog, “let’s see what this baby can do.”  Everyone smiled, and turned their attention to their stations.  “Helm, release all docking clamps.”

“Aye, Sir,” responded Terrance.

“Fore mooring thrusters to full.  Aft thrusters to one-quarter.”  The bridge began to hum with activity.  There was then a brief silence, as Miritz savored this moment.

“Take us out.”

Terrance nodded, half grinning, as the sleek Delta backed out of space-dock on mooring and RCS thrusters.  The formation lights shown with brilliance, and the one upon the bridge displayed what would become a great name in Starfleet history:  the black lettering of U.S.S. Delta.

Back on the bridge, the temporary comms officer reported.

“Sir, the Contour is also moving out of Space Dock.  They’re ready to go to warp.”  Captain Miritz slid up to sit at the edge of his command chair.

“Well, let’s not keep them waiting.  Lieutenant, lay in a course for the Gestor System, warp six.”

Terrance entered in the appropriate coordinates.  “Course laid in.”

“Engage.”

Both of the new ships’ warp nacelles lit up with the warp threshold moments away.  Finally both leaped at the stars, and disappeared in the distance, in an amazing flash of light.

 

 

 

Wesley Crusher stared, glossy-eyed toward the fore viewscreen, obviously deep in thought.  The journey to the Gestor System would take only a few hours, but the journey would not exactly be exciting.  The whole bridge staff knew they had to stand their posts for the first day.  After that, they may leave their posts for other duties throughout the ship; it was just an understood rule of a starship’s launch.

Captain Miritz noticed Crusher thinking about something serious, and by his expression, it was saddening.  He stepped over to his Ops officer.

“Mr. Crusher, what seems to be on your mind?”  Crusher came back to reality, and looked at Miritz.

“I was just thinking about the Enterprise-E and Captain Picard…and my mother,” Wesley admitted, averting his eyes.  He had trained himself to reserve his emotions and now was no different.  No tears came…but they wanted to.  The Captain nodded.

“Picard and the Enterprise…I wonder if they’ll ever be found.  Your mother served on the Enterprise?”

“Yes, she was the Chief Physician onboard,” he answered solemnly.  “She served on the Enterprise for almost thirteen years…before it disappeared.”

Miritz felt his pain.  He knew all to well what it was like to lose someone so dear to you.  “I’m sorry about that Comm—,”

At that moment the Communications post came alive, with one continuous cheeping noise.  Ensign Veron was operating it as it sounded.  The Captain turned to look.

“Sir, the Contour is hailing us,” he reported.  Miritz nodded, and sat back in his command seat.  He swiveled 180 degrees to face the rear of the bridge, where the Holo-Comm unit was located.  “Put it on Holo-Comm,” he ordered, preparing himself for communication with Captain Anderson.  A moment later, the image of Anderson resolved within the boundaries of the HC, and he was sitting comfortably in his own command chair.

“Joseph,” he began, “we’ve detected a distress signal coming from the Andoris mining colony.”  Miritz swiveled back around to look at Crusher.

“Why didn’t we detect that, Commander?”  Crusher consulted his console then replied.

“I don’t know, Sir.”  Miritz turned back to Anderson.

“We’re going to check it out,” said Robert, through the holo-comm. “ You go to Gestor Prime.”  Joseph thought about it, and hesitantly nodded.

“Alright.  As soon as we pick up Lieutenant Meran, we’ll rendezvous with you.”

“Acknowledged.  Contour out.”  Captain Anderson dissolved away.

 

 

The air lock doors leading into the Cardassian space station, Deep Space Nine, opened.  That, of course, was no the original name of the Station.  Federation forces seized it after the Cardassian left the outpost, just after the occupation of Bajor.  Now, no Cardassians were in sight as the circular, rolling doors opened to reveal Commander Nog.  Standing with him were the officers they had picked up from Gestor Prime only an hour ago:  Lieutenant Alfred Carmen, their Chief Engineer, and Doctor Faldor, an El Aurian Physician that would head the Delta’s medical staff.  Standing on the interior side of the station, waiting to board her new assignment, was Ensign Terric Meran, and she was Bajoran.  Heaving two heavy bags of belongings, she stepped into the air lock, immediately hugging her dear friend, Faldor.  He warmly returned the gesture.  Their friendship dated back to her early years in the academy, and she was glad to have him onboard for her first real Starfleet assignment.

“Terric,” he said as they hugged briefly.

“It’s good to see you,” the Bajoran smiled.

“Come on,” Nog interrupted. “The Captain said to make this as quick as possible.”  Terric looked on at her friend, with an inquisitive expression.  He merely shrugged, and the four headed back into the Federation ship.

 

“Alright, Lieutenant, lay in a course for the Andoris System…maximum warp,” Captain Miritz ordered once the ship had left dock with DS9.  He was calmly seated in the center seat.  From the Turbolift, Nog entered and took his position, as well as the new Bajoran Ensign.

“Course laid in,” Terrance responded.

“Engage.  What is the ETA, Mister Crusher?”

At Ops, Wesley reviewed his console with precision, and looked back up at his Captain.  “Approximately fourteen minutes.”  Miritz pressed a button on his right chair arm.

“Bridge to Engineering.”

Carmen here, Sir,” came the response from his new Chief Engineer.

“I’m glad to finally have you aboard, Mister Carmen,” he greeted.  “Now that the formalities have been taken care of, do we have weapons?”

Umm, most of them.  The phaser charge transitioner hasn’t been fully recalibrated yet.

“In English, Commander,” Miritz pleaded, staring forward into the ominous field of stars on the viewscreen.  On the other end, Carmen cleared his throat.

Well, that means no phasers.  At least, not for another hour or so.”

“Well, keep on it, good Sir.”  With that, the Captain terminated the intercom link.  He shifted uncomfortably in his seat.  “Why do I have a bad feeling about this?”

 

The streaks of light on the fore viewer seemed to mesmerize Lisa.  But, in reality she was thinking of something relatively insignificant:  her cat.  Had she fed her before she left?  She sure hoped her neighbor would take care of her until she got back.  Maybe she would—suddenly, a male voice interrupted her superfluous thoughts…but it wasn’t the Captain’s.

“Plotting the distance in kilometers between Alpha Nu Mera and Antiquitta Six?” said the voice from behind her.  She swiveled around to see Wesley Crusher’s grinning façade staring back at her.

“Um, no.  I was actually thinking about my cat, Patora,” she laughed.  He laughed at it as well.

“That’s not exactly calculating infinity,” he remarked, leaning over his console to talk to her during this short trip.

“Well,” she replied, “I’m strangely close to her. Actually,” her grin started to fade, “she’s really the only family I have.  I just try not to think about it.”

Crusher nodded in agreement.  “I know.  My family’s gone too.   It gets lonely.  And out here,” he looked up at the viewer. “it seems even lonelier.”

“Well, my family’s not completely gone.  My father is stationed on the Ree-Tomer outpost.  I haven’t seen him in years…so it’s almost like I have no family, anyway.  I guess Patora helps me maintain my sanity…”

Suddenly, the door to the Captain’s Ready Room slid open, and Miritz stepped out, walking briskly back up to his chair.  Crusher and Terrance both realized the fourteen minutes had expired and quickly resituated themselves at their stations.

“Report,” Miritz called out, still standing.  Her hands caressing her console, Terrance reviewed the navigational sensors.

“We are entering the Andoris System,” she replied, clearly.

“Drop of us out of warp.”

“Aye, Sir—”  At that instant, an annoyingly loud cheep resounded through the bridge from Crusher’s post, making sure everyone heard.  The young officer turned to face his commanders.

“Sir,” he reported, his mouth hanging slightly open, “the U.S.S. Richardson is firing on the mining colony!”

“Onscreen.”

The main viewer changed angles, and the entire bridge crew was presented front-row seats of a fellow Federation ship releasing volley after volley of firepower to the surface of a planet.

“Where’s the Contour?” Nog questioned.

“There’s no sign of it…wait,” Crusher smiled, “it’s coming in on port.  It’s badly damaged though.”  Nog took charge.

“Mister Talvin, target the Richardson’s weapons array.  Photon Torpedoes.”

“Target locked-on,” the tactical officer responded quickly, his hands darting over his broad interface.

“Fire.”

Four orange torpedoes thoop-ed from the Delta’s Torpedo bays, and made their way, wailing through space toward the Richardson.  Surprisingly, the torpedoes encountered no shields, and seared through the primary hull of the ship, eliciting a cataclysmic explosion that rippled through the whole body of the starship, in a massive chain reaction.  The last, mighty explosion that erupted blinded those onboard the Delta, and sent a small shock wave that caused the deck beneath their feet to shudder slightly.  Once that blast dissolved, only debris floated in space where the Richardson once was.

Everyone on the Bridge was stunned.  That was not supposed to happen.  As if things couldn’t get any more confusing, another reading sounded off from Crusher’s post.

The young man blinked a few times, and gathered his senses to read his console’s readout.

“Sir, the U.S.S. Roberts has entered the system…”

Not worried about the Roberts, Miritz looked over at Talvin at tactical.

“What happened?”

Talvin just shook his head, no knowing the answer.  The Captain looked back at the viewer.  “Those torpedoes were not enough to destroy that ship—”

“Captain…” Terrance interrupted, getting him to notice the same thing on the viewscreen as she did: a huge explosion on the planet’s surface, at the mining colony.  It had to be gone now.

“Report,” Miritz commanded solemnly, silently.

“The colony…” said Crusher, “it’s been destroyed.”  Nog stood up and walked forward, around the command console.

“But how did that happen?”  Crusher reviewed his post.

“Sensors indicate that the weapons the Richardson was using left behind a trail of poloron residue.  When the ship exploded, the poloron energy might have acted like a conductor, carrying the explosion down to the surface…” he looked up, “like a trail of gas.”

“Sir,” Terric intervened, “The Roberts is hailing us.”  Miritz shook his head in confusion at these events.  What was a Federation ship doing firing on a colony that was supported by the Federation?  Why did it explode so easily?  Why were their weapons leaving behind a poloron trail?  It seemed almost like a setup…

“Put it through on HC,” he commanded, turning to face the apparatus.  Captain Frederick Struen soon materialized within the florescent perimeters of the device.  He was standing stalwart, and didn’t look happy.

“What just happened?” he barked.

“We’re not sure…” Miritz began.  “We arrived to see the Richardson firing on the Andoris mining colony.  When we noticed the attacks, we simply tried to disarm the ship’s weapons systems, but—”

“That’s not what we saw,” Struen cut in.  “Our sensors indicate you destroyed the Richardson and the colony as well.”  Miritz protested.

“No, that’s not what happened…”

“Tell it to Starfleet.”  With that, Struen pressed a nearby invisible console and his transmitted image disintegrated.  Miritz turned and stepped back up onto the command area.  Lieutenant Terrance’s post cheeped distinctively.

“Sir, the Roberts is leaving the system…they’re heading for Starbase 209…”

“What’s he up to?” the blonde-headed captain asked himself  Nog turned to his superior.

“Starbase 209 is the closest starbase.  The Contour will have to dock there for repairs,” the first officer suggested.  Miritz sat, nodding.

“You’re right.  Terric, patch me through to Captain Anderson.”

“Aye, Sir.”

The Captain of the Contour appeared where Struen had stood only moments before.  His holographic image was now standing and he was holding a data padd in his hand  “Robert, we have a problem.”

“You’re telling me.  Our power matrix is fluctuating and a third of our warp plasma coils have melted…” Captain Anderson responded.  Miritz shook his head.

“No, Captain Struen of the U.S.S. Roberts seems to have malfunctioning sensors, ‘cause he thinks we were the ones who destroyed the Richardson and the colony.”  Captain Anderson seemed uninterested as he inspected the data padd with much scrutiny.

“He can believe what he wants to…but I’ve got to get to 209 for repairs, right now.”

Joseph sighed.  “Right.  Delta out.”  Anderson dissolved.

 

Starbase 209

The diagram of fleet movements was displayed in front of Admiral Stark.  While analyzing the fluorescent board, the communication matrix beeped.  She leaned back in her chair.

Admiral,” said a disembodied man, “Captain Frederick Struenis requesting to speak to you.”

The high-ranking brunette woman sighed at this annoying interruption.  She hadn’t had enough time to evaluate the fleet movement tactics Starfleet Command had sent her.  A large scale attack on the Romulans was boiling.  “I’ll see him,” she finally replied.

 

Captain Miritz tapped nervously on his computer terminal, in his new Ready Room.  He sat behind his polished, wooden desk, which sat catty-cornered in his oval-shaped office.  On the other side of the broad desk, sat two comfortable-looking chairs.  Once again, his mind was racing.  There were too many questions, and not enough answers.  What was Struen going to do?  Request a full investigation?  And why was the Eichardson firing on the colony in the first place?  Why had it exploded with such ease?

Suddenly, Lieutenant Terric’s soft voice filtered through the comm. System, interrupting his thoughts.

Captain, Admiral Stark wishes to speak to you.  She’s transmitting from the starbase.

“Put her through in here,” Joseph replied.

Yes, Sir.”  On his small terminal’s screen, the Rear Admiral appeared.  She looked disturbed.

“Captain Miritz,” she began, “Captain Struen has just spoken to me…and I regret to inform you that you are to be court-marshaled, on charges of murder and treason.”

Miritz shook his head, almost trying to reassure himself he hadn’t done the act for which he was wrongly accused.  “But Admiral—”

“Spare your excuses, Captain.  Struen has shared his ship’s sensor logs with me.  They clearly confirm his accusations.  Yours, as well as Captain Anderson’s, trial will begin tomorrow.”

With those final words, the link was ended, reestablishing the UFP logo on the small screen.

 

 

The transporter room was filled with the whine of the transporter beams, as five Starfleet officers materialized wielding phaser rifles.  They quickly filed out of the transporter room, into the corridor and headed for the bridge of this ship called Delta.

 

On the computer terminal, records of Miritz’s logs were displayed.  He was listening to them in hopes of finding anything that could help him in the trial.  Suddenly, the doors to his Ready Room whisked open, and five Starfleet security officers waltzed in.  The one leading the party spoke.

“You have to come with us, Captain.”

Miritz nodded sternly, and stood.  He knew it would come to this.  He knew Starfleet’s suspicion was on him, and that the slightest thing would set it off…and it had.  With a regretful sigh, he led the security detail out of the Ready Room.

 

Fifteen minutes later, Miritz and the security detail entered Admiral Stark’s confined office space aboard the starbase.  A few moments after their arrival, Captain Anderson arrived, accompanied by his own security escort.  Stark stood, and walked around her desk to face the two captains.

“I don’t know what your motives were,” she sighed, and eyed Anderson, “and I thought we could trust you, Captain.”  Anderson just peered into her eyes, not yielding to her penetrative glare.  As if she had lost the battle, she turned away to look at the star-filled view port.  “Your ships have been reassigned.”

“…And if we’re proven innocent?” questioned Anderson.

“Then they will be returned to you.  Until then, you will reside in the brig.  Your trial will begin tomorrow at 0900 hours.”  She then nodded to the head security officer, and the Captains were led out, and taken to the brig.

 

 

0856 hours

Starbase 209

Observation Lounge

The starbase’s observation lounge had been converted into a makeshift courtroom under the circumstances.  Two tables faced a third table, on which sat an ornate gold bell.  Beside the third table was a chair for witnesses to testify.  When Anderson and Miritz entered, in their dress uniforms, they immediately noticed Admiral Stark sitting at the third table patiently.  Captain Struen followed them in, not too far behind.  Anderson and Miritz took their seats at one table, while Struen found his place across from them, at the prosecution table.  Stark began, tapping the golden bell with a small gavel.  The resounding low tone indicated the opening of the trial.

“I understand that both parties will be representing yourselves?” the Admiral began.

Miritz nodded.  “That’s correct, your honor.”

Struen nodded, as well.

“Well,” Stark continued, “let’s begin.  Captain Miritz, Captain Anderson, do you wish to give an opening statement?”  Joseph looked to Robert.  Anderson nodded.  Miritz stood.

“I would just like to say that we were…puppets, in some sort of elaborate setup planned to frame us.  If not us, it could just as well have been staged as a setup for anyone. Whatever Captain Struen’s sensor logs reveal, keep in mind that, everyone on both of our ships are witnesses to what really went on, and that any technological support could be false, or augmented, as a synergist to this…”

“…Elaborate setup.  Yes, we understand Captain,” Stark finished for him.  “But, the fact of the matter remains that—”

At that instant, a massive jolt shook the entire starbase, including the observation lounge, and everything, as well as everyone, was sent into the far bulkhead.  Red alert klaxons immediately activated as the station continued to shudder.  The fallen Admiral pulled herself up.

“Stark to Bridge!  What’s going on?”

A massive explosion just occurred in main engineering!  The structural integrity of the entire starbase is collapsing!” replied a voice.  Before Stark could respond, Struen, Miritz, and Anderson all dematerialized in a blue transporter beam…

 

Captain Miritz rematerialized on the bridge of the Delta.  Completely disoriented, he barely realized that red alert was active.  As soon as his senses came back to him, he noticed something on the main viewer.  The orbiting Starbase exploded in a majestic array of debris and fire.  As a result, the Delta shook under the accompanying shock wave.

“Report!” said Miritz, not sure of what else to do.  Crusher was already reviewing his panels.

“An explosion occurred in the starbase’s engine room.  It caused a chain reaction, which compromised the starbase’s structural integrity.  Its own stationary thrusters destroyed it…”

The captain stepped down, beside the helm, looking on at the smoldering debris on the viewscreen with regret.

“Stand down from red alert.”  Silence swept over the ship again. “How many people were on that starbase?”

A few moments later, Crusher responded.

“237.”

There was a period of silence before Miritz spoke again.  His expression was one of confusion.  “Wait,” he realized, “Struen beamed out with us.”  Joseph turned to look at Wesley.  “Where did he beam to?”

Crusher once again tapped a few controls on his console, and read the readout.

“His signal—and yours as well—came from the Roberts.”

Miritz stepped back up to his seat, speechless, motionless.  What now?  Suddenly, Terric turned back to look at him.

“Sir…the Roberts is hailing us.”  Miritz took in a couple deep breaths.  What could all of this mean?

“On HC, Lieutenant.”

“Sir, Struen is demanding only visual,” replied the Bajoran.  Joseph pursed his lips.

“Alright.  Onscreen.”  On the main viewer, the desolate view of the carnage left behind by an act of obvious sabotage, transformed to a view of the bridge of the Roberts…and Captain Struen grinning devilishly.

“Do you like my handy work?” were his first words.

“You blew up the starbase,” Miritz said, angrily and wide-eyed.  Struen shrugged.

“As far as Starfleet will know, you did.”

Miritz quickly turned to address Terric.  “Record this transmission!”  Struen simply shook his head at the futile effort.

“You can’t,” he explained.  “I’m transmitting on a rotating frequency modulation.  It cannot be recorded.”

Terric’s console cheeped aggressively.  “He’s right, Sir,” she called back. “It won’t record.”  Miritz slowly began to realize what was happening…and who had set them up.  The only piece of information he lacked was why? He stepped down, all the way in front of the helm, to look Struen right in his beady eyes.

“Why are you doing this?”

Struen’s expression dulled, and he suddenly became very serious.  “You don’t recognize me, do you?”

At that moment, it struck Miritz.  This man, whoever he was, held some sort of twisted vendetta against him.  Now, the pieces of the puzzle were coming together.  Miritz shook his head at Struen’s question.

“Well you should!” was his outburst, his pure anger seething to the surface.  “How could you forget Zerost Seven?” he asked, almost under his breath.  Zerost Seven? Though Miritz.  That was a Cardassian outpost in the DMZ supported by Starfleet.  His Maquis unit had destroyed a large military base and a colony on Zerost.

“What does that have to do with any of this?” Miritz asked aloud.  Anger was especially evident on Struen’s features now.

“I was stationed there,” he seethed.  “You and your Maquis killed my wife and daughter!  You ruined my life—”

“Is your revenge more important to you than that colony the Richardson destroyed?  The two hundred people aboard that starbase?  The entire crew of the Richardson?” Miritz interrupted.

“The crew of the Richardson is not dead,” he reassured.  “They are safe, far away from here.”  The Captain of the Roberts breathed in and re-gathered himself.  “Well, I suggest you leave.  Starfleet forces will be arriving any minute.”  After that, he quickly signed off.

“Captain, Struen is right,” Crusher reported. “The U.S.S. Napoleon and the U.S.S. Constance will arrive in approximately three minutes.”

Miritz thought for a long while, almost too long before making his final decision…and he had a reason for making that decision.  He addressed his senior staff with assurance and confidence.

“If the crew of the Richardson is truly out there somewhere, then they are all the proof we need to insure our innocence.  If anyone objects to leaving, and finding that missing crew to set us free…then I will gladly send you on your way toward the approaching Federation ships in a shuttle pod…”

He was silent momentarily, waiting for an objection from one of his crew.  Each officer looked around at each other, not showing any signs of objection.  “I’ll take that as a no,” he commented, sitting down in his command chair.  “Helm, get us out of Federation space…maximum warp.”

Terrance turned back to her console and complied with his order whole-heartedly.  “Aye, Sir.”

“Sir,” Terric cut in, “Contour has acknowledged and has laid in identical course.  On your mark, Sir.”

Miritz took in a deep breathe and prayed this star trek for freedom would come to an end soon.

“Engage,” he commanded, “and may God have mercy on our souls.”

Posted in Miscellaneous | Leave a comment

Not of Clay

Not of Clay

by E. Kelly

 

email the author – ekelly1701@aol.com

 

Standard disclaimer – I own none of the Star Trek characters herein – they belong to Paramount.  This is for fun not profit.

 

 

 

Stardate 371486.8

2498 A.D.

United Federation of Planets territory – Delta Quadrant

 

The queen’s scream echoed through billions of minds, throughout the entire collective.  Again and again and again she found her way blocked, her plans derailed, her ultimate triumph denied.  For an instant her frustration froze the beings of the collective across the entire galaxy; then, the billions that served one will turned to hatching another plan.  In a thousandth of a second the strategy had been fully developed and the odds of success calculated.

 

She did not let the desperate nature of the scheme deter her.  She would never give

up until he and those in whose image he had been made were utterly destroyed, eradicated, obliterated from her galaxy.  She would triumph.

 

She was the Borg.

 

Stardate 6543.2

2271 A.D.

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

“Captain,” Lt. Uhura said sharply over the low hum of normal bridge activity, “I’ve picked up a distress call.”

 

Captain James Kirk had snapped around at the tone of her first word, “Let’s see it.”

 

She shook her head briefly, fingers flying over the board, as her eyes focused inward on the transmission, “I’m barely keeping the audio clear.”

 

A burst of static shot out through the speakers.

 

“…ority One distress… any Federa……. ip.  We are under attack ..…ease respond!”  The voice was steady but urgent.  “…again, ……is Research Station Explorer…Beta Draconi system issuing ……..One distress call…….can hear me, please respond!”

 

“Mr. Sulu, lay in a course for the Beta Draconi system, warp six,” Kirk said.  “Uhura, tell them we’re on our way.”

 

Uhura’s hands became more demanding of her board, as she opened her mouth to call, then she punched controls furiously.  “I’ve lost them, sir,” she said finally, without looking up from her efforts to regain the connection.

 

The ship had already jumped to warp speed and stars streaked past on the viewscreen.  Kirk turned his chair to face the science station.

“Spock, Research Station Explorer.”

 

His science officer was scanning screens of data before him, “I am not familiar with it, Captain, nor with any station in that area.  Searching library computer tapes now.”

 

Adrenaline had surged through every member of the bridge crew at the sound of that desperate call for help.  Now, everyone felt the terrible pressure that would find no quick relief, but must wait until they crossed the vast, empty expanse of space.

 

“Sulu, time to Beta Draconi,” Kirk said.

 

“Sixteen hours, fourteen minutes, sir.”

 

The captain hit the intercom on the arm of his chair, “Mr. Scott, I need warp seven or better.”

 

“Ye’ve got it, Captain.  We’ll sustain it as long as we can.”

 

“Push her to the limit, Mr. Sulu.”

 

“Aye, Captain.”

 

The subliminal hum that thrummed through every panel and every being on the ship escalated to a new pitch.

 

“Uhura.”

 

“Nothing, sir.  No answer to our response.  I don’t know if they’ve received.”

 

“Spock.”

 

“I can find no reference to the station with my security clearance,” the Vulcan replied.

 

Kirk entered his own security code into the computer.  Spock began searching the files again.

 

“Receiving a relay of the distress call, sir,” Uhura said.  “Starship Discovery also responding.  They’re two parsecs closer, Captain.  Four hours away from Beta Draconi.”

 

“Sulu, our new ETA.”

 

“Ten hours, forty-seven minutes present speed, Captain.”

 

“Uhura,” Kirk turned back to his communications officer, but she was already talking to the other ship.

 

“Research Station Explorer,” Spock said, and Kirk turned to face him, “top secret research base.”  He paused, absorbing the information flashing past at a speed difficult for a full human to comprehend.  “It houses several highly sensitive Starfleet research projects, from sensor and shielding technology to weapons research, as well as various other cutting edge projects.  Many of the scientists assigned there are officially known to be at other locations – obviously a security precaution.  Total personnel seven hundred eighty-three.”

U.S.S. Discovery

 

“Captain, our relay has been picked up by the Enterprise.  They have diverted to assist.”

 

Captain Anastasia Morgan nodded as she leaned over the shoulder of her science officer, both studying the sensor readings the station had broadcast – exactly twenty-seven seconds worth – not much.  “Good,” she said, “we’re going to need them.  Send them these readings.  Maybe they can decipher them.”  To her science officer, she said, “Look at these quantum phase resonance drop-offs.  They weren’t hit by photon torpedoes.”

 

“No,” Lt. Mullins said, bouncing on the balls of his feet, “but they’re related somehow.  The curves are out of phase, but look at how similar they are. And that ship just appeared – poof! – out of nowhere.  That station had state-of-the-art, beyond state-of-the-art sensors,” he spoke rapidly, almost breathlessly.  “Where’d they come from?  And how did they penetrate the shields?  Again, beyond state-of-the-art technology.  And we didn’t even know the research base was there, how did they know about it?”

 

Morgan gave him a sidelong look, saying dryly, “Well, now that we’ve had a summary of the questions, why don’t you get me some answers?”

 

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

The bridge grew more tense by the moment as the enigmatic data relayed from their sister ship refused to yield meaningful conclusions.  Nine hours since the call first came in, and though shift change had come up three hours before, no one left the bridge.  Below, Sickbay and Engineering personnel had the relief of fierce activity as they prepared their emergency teams for deployment the minute they reached the station.

 

“Captain,” Mr. Sulu said, “we have Station Explorer on long range sensors.”

 

Kirk’s eyes narrowed as he looked toward the screen, “Let’s see it.”

 

Behind him Uhura gave a small gasp.

 

The station, which they had all seen from the security files, had originally been a multi-leveled orbiting base, vaguely resembling a giant mushroom.  Now it reeled several degrees off its proper axis.  The power extraction struts which should have descended to delicately touch the energy-rich ionosphere of the planet below, were gone, blown off, and the rest of the station was dark, a black smudge silhouetted against the luminous gas giant.  A chunk of the mushroom cap had been disintegrated and ragged bulkheads jutted out around the hole.

 

“Where’s the Discovery, Mr. Sulu?” Kirk said, rising quickly to his feet.

 

“She’s not there, Captain.”

 

“Attempting to raise them on a shielded channel, sir,” Uhura said.  Everyone waited, a single question hanging in the air around them – had Discovery been destroyed too?

 

Enterprise, this Commander T’Khas of the Discovery aboard Station Explorer.  We are receiving.”

 

“Go ahead, Captain,” Uhura said, opening the channel.

 

“This is Captain Kirk.  Where is your ship, Commander?”

 

“We detected a warp trail leading out of the system.  Captain Morgan wanted to investigate before it dissipated.”

 

“What’s your situation?”

 

“The Discovery took on the most seriously wounded.  We require additional medical teams for the rest.  Engineering teams also are needed. Structural damage is extensive.”

 

Kirk would have smiled at the Vulcan tendency to state the obvious if the situation were not so dire.  “Our teams are standing by.”

 

“Hostages have been taken, Captain,” the woman’s voice was perfectly even, but the words seemed all the heavier for it.

 

“How many?”

 

“Eight.”

 

“How long before Discovery calls back in?”

 

“Thirty-two minutes.”

 

“We’ll be down in twenty.”

 

“Aye, sir.  T’Khas out.”

 

“Spock, I want extensive sensor sweeps of the entire system.” He rubbed his chin slowly as he stared at the devastated station on the screen.  “There’s got to be some clue as to who did this!”

 

 

Discovery returned a half hour after Enterprise reached the station, having lost the warp trail in a wash of unusual residual energy.  Her command crew beamed to the flagship for a conference.  In the Enterprise briefing room, everyone found their seats quickly.

 

“Let’s take another look at the sensor readings of the attack,” Kirk suggested and Spock called up the static-laced recording.  They all watched in silence as the strange ship appeared in the blink of an eye and loosed beams of devastating energy on the station.

 

“Go back to the first two seconds,” Kirk said.  “Freeze it.  Computer, grid twelve-B, magnify and enhance.”  A section of the image suddenly sprang into closer focus.

“Anyone care to venture a guess?”

 

On the screen was a slightly blurry rendering of a ship the likes of which none of them had ever seen.  A perfect sphere it was, no distinguishing marks, no distinctive or aesthetic lines, no individuality at all – except the gashes and rips that decorated the hull.  Whoever they were, they had seen some serious action recently.

 

“I suppose this means we’ve just discovered a brand new enemy,” Morgan said.

“Where did they come from?  And why haven’t they made any ransom demands for the hostages?”

 

“I have detected unusual temporal resonances in the vicinity,” Spock said.  “From the rate of change of time distribution in the immediate area I suspect that time travel has occurred backward to our time from a point in the future.”

 

“It would explain the sudden appearance of the ship,” Mullins agreed.  “And why their weapons so easily overcame the best technology in the Federation.”

 

Kirk expression was grave, “That implies the possibility that someone is attempting to alter the future of the Federation.”

 

Morgan nodded, “This would be a good way to do it, too, stealing some of our best minds.  Perhaps these eight people are going to invent important technologies.”

 

“Uhura, go over the list of missing personnel,” Kirk said.

 

“Dr. El’ander, propulsion specialist; Mfuwe, weapons research; Dr. Graves, cybernetics; Moore, encryption systems, and Dr. Serina Montez, the structural designer who developed the Constitution class starship.”

 

“That’s only five,” Kirk said.

 

“El’ander, Graves and Montez all had post-doctoral students who were also taken.”

 

“What about the battle damage on the attacking ship?” Sulu asked.

 

M’reowfashiss, helm officer of the Discovery, pushed her whiskers forward in the affirmative of her people.  “They were bleeding energy like a wounded fa’shall, and they knew we were behind them.  That’s why they washed out their warp trail.  But I don’t think they could get very far.”

 

“Let’s split up then,” Kirk said.  “Captain Morgan, have your helm officers coordinate with Sulu and Chekhov.  We’re not to be more than two hours apart at any time.  We’ll maintain constant radio contact.”

 

She nodded, “How is work progressing on Explorer?  I don’t want to take the wounded into battle.  If we could transfer them back to the station, I’d feel better.”

 

T’Khas reported, “Emergency power is operational in the station’s core.  It can be maintained at present levels for three solar days with batteries.”

 

“The Charles Drew is on its way.  ETA thirty-two hours,” Uhura put in.

 

Kirk gave Morgan a short nod.  “Two hours.”

 

“Aye, sir.”

 

The Sphere

 

 

He had been separated from the others as soon as they were transported to the creatures’ ship.  As he was led down the dark, hot corridor he looked back over his shoulder.  The monstrous-looking cyborgs closed in around the captured humans until he could no longer see any flesh not penetrated by cybernetic implants

 

He turned his attention to the ones around him.  True cyborgs – where had they come from?  And where were they taking him?  Humanoid.  They ignored his attempts to communicate, but they had spoken earlier so they did understand language.  The moist heat was beginning to get to him.  He pushed his hair back from his damp forehead.  The shirt was sticking to his chest and back.  They seemed to be going deeper into the ship, into the very bowels.  Never had that metaphor been so apt, with strange rumblings issuing down the steamy corridors and the bulging walls seeming to pulsate – as if the entire ship were alive.

 

A huge door slid open before them and he was led into a large open chamber.  The sentries fell back and he found himself alone.  Suddenly he felt cold, the sweat on his body turning clammy.

 

“Welcome,” the oily smooth feminine voice made the hair on the back of his neck rise.  He turned to see a more extraordinary sight than even he had ever imagined.  A head and shoulders descended from the ceiling on snaking cables, a metallic spinal cord entering a headless body that stood in a shadowed alcove.  With a click and a sigh the head and body connected and a rather small, lithe female cyborg approached him.

 

“Who are you?” he asked. “What are you?”

 

“I am the Borg.”

 

“Where did you come from?  Were you created or did you evolve?  How did you overcome the problem of nerve signal degradation from organic to synthetic…”

 

Her silver eyes blazed with cold anger, “Silence!”

 

Instinctive fear froze him where he stood.  He had never been a particularly brave man, but, in the way of some scientists, in his fascination with these strange creatures he had forgotten that he was in danger.  Now he could see that she was enraged at him.  Proceed carefully, a voice whispered in his mind.

 

She visibly calmed, but she had to turn away from him to do it.  When she faced him again, her voice was completely dispassionate.

 

“We evolved on the far side of the galaxy from humans,” she said as she slowly circled him.  He watched her warily, not moving.  “Like all creatures we sought to survive, to adapt and grow.  As our technology advanced we learned to integrate it into ourselves – greatly expanding out capabilities, allowing us to function as a single being.”

 

“You are a collective consciousness?” he asked cautiously, though he was unable to hide his intense curiosity.  “How many of you are there?”

 

Her voice was ice, “Once there were billions upon billions of Borg.  Now we are on the verge of extinction.”

 

“Why?”

 

“Because of you.”

 

Shocked, he stuttered, “Y… you mean, all this is because of me?  But I’m nobody.  I haven’t done anything.”

 

“You will.”  She stopped directly in front of him.  Her expression and voice softened, becoming eerily seductive.  “You dream, don’t you?  You see the possibilities of technology and you do not fear it.  You see things no other human can conceive.  Tell me, of what do you dream?”

 

“You,” he said simply, “or a version of you, I suppose.  A merging of the best of organic and synthetic life.”

 

A chilly almost-smile touched her pale lips, “Is that what you intended?”

 

Suddenly, he shook his head, “Wait…wait.  I haven’t done anything …but I will?  How can you know about what I haven’t even done?  Where did you come from?”

 

“2498, in your time system.”

 

He blinked, then swallowed hard.  “Then … I’m really going to do it?  It’s going to actually work?  And it’s still functioning in 2498?”  He shook his head in disbelief.  Right now he was years, even decades away from his goal – but to this creature standing before him it was already real.

 

“It is functioning,” she said.  “It is killing us.”

 

“But I don’t understand, I don’t… it’s not going to be destructive.  That’s counter to my whole ideal.  Nothing I make could eradicate a race…” his voice trailed off.  Two hundred years – who could say what might happen in that amount of time?  Could he … could he be responsible for a race’s extinction that long after his own death?  Could his dream go that wrong?

 

The Borg Queen continued, pressing in on his thoughts, “This ship escaped from what is certain to be the final battle.  Barely escaped, with a single chance – to find you.”

 

“And what do you want from me?”

 

“Only that you do what you did before – continue your work, here, with us,” she said.  “We have much to offer.  With our help you can not only realize your dream,” she was approaching again and stopped when she was very close, almost touching him. “You can become it.”

 

His eyes moved to the metallic implants that seemed to grow from the back of her skull, the sharp claws sunk into the skin of her shoulders.

 

“You…” he tried to wet his dry lips, but his tongue was like sandpaper, “you mean…become like you?”

 

“The knowledge of a thousand minds connected instantaneously to yours, the power of those minds yours to command.  The best of organic and synthetic.”

 

Something in her quicksilver voice entranced him.  Earnest blue eyes, human eyes, stared at her.  She saw them quicken with excitement and fear.  Organic.  Weak.  She would prevail.

 

For an instant he saw what she was holding out to him – become his own creation.  All he wished for his progeny – his.  Strength, intelligence, invulnerability, virtual immortality…

 

 

“Work with us,” she urged softly, in her strange, bewitching voice.  “Together we can prevent a war that has raged for a hundred years.  Together we can save humanity and the Borg.”

 

He looked at her and in spite of her alienness saw her beauty, and her power – abilities and perceptions a human could never imagine.  All he had ever wanted was to push the boundaries of existence, make something totally new and truly unique, something never before seen in the history of the Universe.  And here was an opportunity to do that in a way he had never imagined.  He searched her enigmatic eyes, unable to answer.

 

“You are afraid,” she said.

 

He cleared his throat to speak, “Yes.”

 

“Consider my offer.”  She glanced over his shoulder and two drones approached from behind him.  “You may rejoin your companions.  Assure them that they are not in danger.  We will speak again.”

 

“May I investigate your people?” he asked, only a little hesitantly.  “There is so much I could learn.”

 

“You may ask them.  If any one wishes to let you examine them or their parts, they may.”

 

“Thank you.”

 

She inclined her head slightly, “You are welcome.”

 

* * * * *

U.S.S. Discovery

 

“Captain, I think I’ve got something,” Mullins said, his voice tight with nervous energy.  The search radius had already been widened – twice.  Everyone was wrung out with fatigue.  Without looking up from the sensor readings Mullins gestured quickly at Morgan to come see.

 

Morgan went to his side.  Her eyes scanned the data briefly.  “Smithson, call the Enterprise,” she snapped.  “Atiq, give me a slow approach on these coordinates.” A nod from Mullins told her he had already sent the numbers to the helm.  She moved quickly to the center seat.  “Arm the photons, phasers at the ready.  Mullins, let me know if those readings so much as twitch.”

 

“I have the Enterprise,” the ensign behind her said.

 

“On screen.” The nebula they were headed toward disappeared to be replaced by the bridge of the Enterprise.

 

“We’ve found something.  It looks like their energy signature, but dampened.  The readings are coming from the interior of a nebula,” she reported.

 

“We’re on our way.  One hour,” Kirk replied.

 

She nodded, “We’ll keep an eye on them until you get here.  Morgan out.”  The screen snapped back to the nebula.  “Relay all sensor readings to the Enterprise.”

 

“Aye, Captain,” Ensign Smithson said.

 

Captain Morgan stared at the luminous maelstrom of energy growing on the screen.  She tapped her fingers on the arm of the chair, “Give me something, Mullins.”

 

He shook his head in frustration, “We could be wrong about this.  There’s a lot of interference – but I’m not picking up any lifeform readings.”

 

“Could their shields be blocking us from reading the interior of the ship?”

 

“Maybe.  I’m getting something similar to the phase energy readings that showed up in Explorer’s sensor data.”

 

“Anything on their weapons?”

 

“Nothing worth reporting,” he glanced up for a moment, “but I think we can safely say if their weapons did that to Explorer… then we don’t really want to get into a firefight with that thing.”

 

Morgan gave a soft derisive snort, “Thanks for the recommendation.”  She took in a slow deep breath, “I want some options, people.  Something tells me diplomacy isn’t going to get us out of this one.”

 

The Sphere

 

In only a few hours he was brought back for a second audience with the queen.  The others who had been captured were frightened and angry and plotting escape.  No one knew how badly Explorer had been damaged in the attack – everything had happened so quickly.  He had tried to convince the others to wait, to let him try to negotiate their release – but they were terrified by the strangeness of their captors, and were beginning to become desperate.  And he was beginning to feel like the fulcrum of a great balance, being crushed by its weight.

 

“I have to know more about you before I can make a decision,” he said.

 

She did not answer, only looked at him with all the implacability of a machine.

 

“I’ve tried to question some of your crew, but they won’t stop and talk to me. ‘Conversation is irrelevant’ is all they will say.”

 

“We pride ourselves on our efficiency,” she said mildly.

 

“The others … your crew, they don’t seem to have any personality.”

 

“Personality is inefficient,” she said matter-of-factly.  Then, in a kind and knowing tone she went on, “You, like all humans, are trapped in a cage – your individuality.”

 

“Are you saying I would have to give that up?”

 

“Does that frighten you?” her voice was vaguely mocking.  “We are a collective consciousness.  Is that not one of the advantages of synthetic lifeforms?”

 

“Well,” he said slowly, “flexibility is an advantage – to be able to merge your individuality into collective consciousness when you wanted to  – to be able to be both.  But I don’t know if I want to give up my individuality completely.”

 

“You would not have to.  A neural implant would give you access to the resources of the collective – and allow you to maintain your individuality.”

 

“But that’s not how it is for the others, is it?  They don’t have any individuality at all.  It’s like the only will here is yours, and they just have to …obey.”

 

“I bring order to chaos.  Individuals are always in chaos.”

 

He shook his head, “But chaos is necessary.  It’s built into the very fabric of the Universe.  Chaos is where creativity comes from.”

 

She turned her gaze full battery on him.  It was disquieting.

 

“Explain to me this urge to create.”

 

This baffled him for a moment.  “I …can’t explain it.  I just have it.”  He frowned, searching for words.  Finally, he said, “Don’t you have the urge to create?”

 

She seemed to consider that, then said, “No.”

 

His brow furrowed deeply, “Then what is the purpose of your existence?”

 

“To achieve perfection.”

 

He laughed a little, nervously, “Well, what does that mean?”

 

“Evolution,” she replied.

 

“But doesn’t that involve creation?  To evolve you have to …to adapt, to change, become something new – that’s creation.  How can you change without creating something that didn’t exist before?”

 

“Why is it important to create something that did not exist before?”

 

Again, her question confounded him.  How could she not understand?  And she didn’t – she looked at him with …innocence?  No, innocence was fertile ground; this look was a void, a ravenous, hungry void.  Inwardly, he instinctively recoiled from that hunger.

 

“It simply is important.  It’s the most important thing there is,” he answered quietly.  After a pause, he said,  “Would you tell me about your contacts with other species?”

 

“What do you want to know?” she asked easily.

 

“I’ve seen several species among your crew.  All of them have been,” he drew a deep breath, “altered.”

 

She nodded, “Many species have become Borg.  That is how we – and they – come closer to perfection.”

 

A dawning comprehension came to him, “Then you really don’t create, you just …use.”

 

“If the price of creativity is the chaos humanity endures then we are better without it.”

 

“There’s something I don’t understand.” He carefully controlled his breathing and tried to calm his pounding heart.  “Humanity, being rather fond of chaos as we are, usually doesn’t have a problem coexisting with creatures different than ourselves.  But – do you?”

 

“We seek only to understand humanity,” she said.

 

“Humanity doesn’t even understand humanity,” he replied.  “How can you hope to?”

 

“Through assimilation we can understand even creatures who do not understand themselves.  It is the purest form of knowledge.”

 

“Assimilation?”

 

“Assimilation is when other species become Borg.”

 

Dark ice began to grow in the pit of his stomach.  When other species become Borg…he thought of the automatons that populated this ship.  Whatever gifts they had once had to offer, had been consumed, swallowed by the collective.  Looking into her metallic gaze he knew, with utter certainty, that she wanted to consume him.

 

No, it wasn’t him she was after – it was his ability to create.  The one thing she did not have at her disposal.  Every one of his senses heightened in an instant to a painful intensity.  He struggled to remain calm.

 

“I doubt humans of any time would want to be assimilated,” he said, barely able to keep his voice from shaking.  “We prize our individuality.”

 

“You worship a false idol out of ignorance.  You cannot imagine how tiny you are, limited and weak.  How foolish you seem to such as us, clinging so desperately to your own inferiority.”

 

“If we are so inferior then why’d you have to travel back in time to keep from being destroyed?”

 

She turned slowly to look at him, and in her eyes he saw his death.

 

Taking an involuntary step backwards, he whispered, “Why do you hate me so much?”

 

“That one human could create the thing that destroys us is intolerable.  It cannot be.  It will not be.”  Her face hardened and two drones suddenly appeared at his side.

 

“Foolish man,” she hissed.  “You and your creation will adapt to service us.”

 

The drones seized his arms and, following her will as if it were their own, dragged him to the side of the chamber where a viewscreen flashed on.

 

The Queen watched the approaching ship then looked at him with infinite security.  She could reach out and touch the strands of pulsing thought that calculated the exact intensity of weapons’ fire required to crush its hull. Soon the regeneration cycle would be complete and they would travel home to Unimatrix One to begin again.

 

She felt the Sphere healing, repairing itself around her.  A part of the multi-mind told her that in one hundred three point six eight nine years humanity would be eradicated.

 

A mere century.

 

Her will flashed out and the Sphere obeyed.

U.S.S. Discovery

 

“What was that?” Morgan said as the ship rocked under a blast from the Sphere.

 

“No damage, but our shields are down to forty-seven percent!” Mullins answered.

 

The captain slapped her intercom, “T’Khas!”

 

Perfectly dispassionate, her engineer’s voice came back, “The weapon causes our shield energy to feed back on itself.  Two generators have had their circuits fused.  We are substituting battery power.”

 

Another blast shook the ship.

 

“Shields maintaining at forty-seven percent,” Atiq reported.

 

“Fire photons,” the captain commanded.

 

Two bright balls of energy shot out and struck the sphere’s shields.

 

“Again!  All tubes!”

 

Four torpedoes flew across the expanse between the two ships and exploded.  The Sphere seemed to merely slip through the flashes of destructive energy.

 

The ship rocked.

 

“Shields at thirteen percent,” Mullins reported, deadly calm.

 

“Maximum warp,” Morgan barked.  “Heading 120 mark 95.  Fire aft phasers!”

 

The ship leapt forward, strained and then shuddered.

 

“They’ve got us in a tractor beam, Captain.”

 

“Fire at the source.”

 

“No effect.”

 

 

The Sphere

 

“You see how helpless they are against us,” she said softly.  “I can destroy them with a single thought.”

 

“Why are you doing this?” he asked, trying to keep the horror from showing on his face, and failing.

 

“You can save them.”

 

“How?”

 

“Continue your work.”

 

He shook his head.  “If you can travel through time then you must know that even if I did, what I created would not be the same.  In fact, I probably couldn’t do it at all under these circumstances.  It won’t work.”

 

“Then I shall destroy them.” On the screen a bolt of energy sizzled across the captive starship tearing a gaping hole in its hull.

 

“It won’t work!” he cried desperately.  “If I did do it in your history it had to be because of a thousand moments of inspiration that will never happen now!  You can’t understand, because you don’t know what it is to create!  You cannot command it.  You can’t force it.”

 

Her cold gaze snapped to him, “I know.  Why do you think I have not implanted my controls into your brain?  But if you will not create him for us, then you will not create him.”

 

“You would kill all those people, kill me  – just to stop my creation from being?”

 

“We are Borg.  We will not be stopped in our quest for perfection.”

 

“No matter who you have to destroy?”

 

She smiled, “It will be my pleasure to destroy you.”

 

Suddenly they were both thrown to the side as the Sphere spun out of control beneath them.

 

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

“Nice shooting, Mr. Sulu!” Kirk smiled grimly.  The Discovery’s readings had warned them of the ineffectiveness of conventional weapons against the Sphere.  But not much could withstand an anti-proton bomb, even a crude one, cobbled together by Scotty in half an hour.  A sizeable chunk of the Sphere was missing now, and energy crackled along the edges of the hole.

 

Discovery’s crew will complete evacuation  in two point six minutes,” Spock reported.   “Sensors have located seven humans aboard the Sphere.  Beaming them aboard now.”

 

“Where’s the other one?” Kirk asked tensely, praying silently that the last human had not been in the part of the ship he had just destroyed.

 

Spock shook his head, “The center of the ship has additional shielding.  Our sensors cannot penetrate.  Captain,” Kirk’s gaze snapped from the screen to his science officer, “energy readings on the Sphere are rising.  They are …regenerating.”

 

The Sphere

 

“No!” the Queen screamed and at the same instant marshaled the collectives’ forces for their next assault.  She looked to the screen to see the ship that had wrought this destruction on her – and the scream that followed deafened the terrified lone human lying frozen where he had fallen.

 

Across the dark gray disk of the ship she read the words – U.S.S. Enterprise.

 

She looked to the man and launched herself with a bloodcurdling cry.  His death would be her triumph.

 

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

The viewscreen crackled with static over the ruined bridge of the Discovery.

 

“We’ve yet to locate one hostage, and the ship appears to have the ability to regenerate.  They’re growing stronger every second we sit here,” Kirk said.

 

Morgan wiped a trickle of blood from her bruised brow, “Well, we’ve got maybe forty-five seconds before our confinement breaches.  I’ve got a collision course laid in.  Could be our only chance to destroy them.”

 

“Captain,” Spock said, “we must make every attempt to find the last hostage.  If he is in the shielded area, then he is the pivotal factor in the time scenario.  If I confine our sensors to a tight beam directed at the ship’s core there is ninety-one percent probability that we can transport him in the moments between shield failure and the ship’s destruction.”

 

Kirk hit the intercom, “Scotty, get to the transporter room.  Captain Morgan, approach from the undamaged side.”

 

She was already coaxing the helm controls to follow her instructions, “I’m not going to ram them.  She’ll blow…” she paused to calculate how far away she could get and still destroy the sphere, “at one hundred kilometers. That should give you an extra second.”

 

Kirk nodded, “Scotty, beam Captain Morgan to the Enterprise on her command, then prepare to lock on to the center of the Sphere.”

 

On the viewscreen, Discovery limped toward the Sphere while the Enterprise hovered at a safe distance.  The seconds crawled by.

 

The Sphere suddenly rotated on its axis, a thin beam shooting out and slicing cleanly through Discovery’s hull and sending the warp nacelles tumbling away into space.

 

Kirk shot from his seat.  He turned and slapped the intercom, “Scotty!  Get Captain Morgan out of there!”

 

The Sphere still turned, carving the helpless starship into pieces.

 

“Scotty!”

 

“Got her, Captain.”

 

“Raise shields!” The instant he said it, Discovery’s nacelles exploded.  Kirk seized the arm of the captain’s chair to keep from being thrown off his feet as the ship tilted in the wake of the blast.  The lights flickered for a moment, then came back and he looked at the screen to see the Sphere advancing on them.

 

“Damage report.”

 

The Enterprise was slammed with a blast that sizzled circuits across the bridge.

 

“Main power down to forty-two percent,” Spock shouted over hissing vents and crackling energy.  “Weapons off-line.”

 

“We’d better get creative real quick,” Kirk muttered to himself.  They still had propulsions and helm control for Sulu was twisting and turning the ship in intricate evasive maneuvers.  The deadly beams grazed what was left of their shields, sending great shudders through the hull.

 

“Do we have power to the tractors?”

 

“Yes, sir,” Spock said.

 

“Tractor the largest piece of Discovery we can manage.  Sulu, we need some centrifugal momentum once we’ve got a hold of it.  And we’ve got to get in close to the Sphere.”

 

The helm officer was sweating with his intense concentration.  “Not a problem, sir,” he said as he put the ship into a lateral roll.

 

“Captain?” Spock did not look up from the sensor readings, waiting, hands poised, to capture the Discovery’s secondary hull the instant Sulu could get them in range.

 

The Sphere

 

He scrambled back from her, throwing everything his hands fell on, broken pieces of conduit, metal plates shaken loose by the explosion.  She took the blows and kept coming, closing the distance between them.

 

She wasted none of her drones on him.  She did not need them.  They labored efficiently to repair and regenerate so they could eradicate the insignificant humans.

 

Her hand caught his leg and she dragged him back to her.  He seized the edge of a bent deckplate to stop his slide, and kicked violently at her face.

 

She pinned his legs with inhuman strength.  He cried out as the deckplate bit into his hands and suddenly went slick with blood.  Crawling up his body she planted her knees on his soft belly and ground down, driving the air from his fragile body.

 

She raised her clasped metallic fists high above her head.  Her silver eyes glittered with triumph.

 

“He will never be!” she hissed and brought her bludgeon down.

 

 

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

Kirk’s eyes were glued to the screen, his body tense as if he were about to physically attack the Sphere.  “We can’t overcome their technology,’ he held on as the ship rocked beneath them, “so I’m thinking something a little more low-tech.”

 

Spock’s hands came down.

 

“Scotty, prepare to beam out the last hostage.”

 

The Enterprise spun, pulling the Discovery in a wide arc to slam into the Sphere.  Titanium tore through the Sphere’s hull and the collision erupted into a tremendous explosion.

 

The Sphere

 

They were thrown, tumbling like lovers as the Sphere was engulfed by a rage of destructive energy.

 

He stared down at the metallic eyes as he felt the familiar tingle of a transporter beam seize his body.  As he dissolved from her grasp her defeated shriek followed him, as it would in nightmares to the end of his days.

 

U.S.S. Enterprise

 

“There’s one thing I don’t understand,” Kirk said.

 

“One thing?” McCoy said, raising an eyebrow.

 

Kirk looked at the unbelievably young man they had rescued from the strange ship.  He had just finished telling them all he had been able to glean of the Borg.  Cybernetic body snatchers the Federation would have to face in centuries to come.  Kirk rubbed his forehead – he didn’t even know what he was going to report about this incident – or if it was safe to report it at all.  Just their knowledge could change everything.  Time travel gave him a headache.

 

“Something you will create, at some later point in your life, was on the verge of destroying these creatures two hundred years from now, so they came back to kill you to prevent that from happening? What is it you do?” Kirk asked.

 

“I’m doing my post-doc with Ira Graves.  Cybernetics,” he said helpfully.

 

“Your modesty is admirable, Doctor,” Spock said from beside him.  “Your doctoral thesis proposed ground-breaking theories in positronic information processing.  Add to that the fact that you completed your doctorate in an exchange program with the Vulcan Institute of Technology at age twenty and it is not surprising that your future work will have far-ranging applications.”

 

“I still can’t believe that it’s really going to happen.  I mean, I’ve always known what I hoped to create, but I have only the barest idea how to do it right now.”

 

“What is it, exactly, you want to make?” McCoy asked.

 

“A new Adam.”

 

That raised Spock’s eyebrow.

 

“I beg your pardon, Doctor?” Kirk said.

 

“A new Adam, a new human, with the potential to evolve over a thousand human lifetimes.  He’ll have capacities we can only dream of and the ability to reach farther than our weak organic bodies ever could.”

 

“Cybernetics?” McCoy said crossly.  “You’re talking about an android?”

 

The young man nodded.

 

McCoy snorted, “We’ve already got Vulcans, isn’t that bad enough?”

 

“It is the opinion of a number of evolutionary biologists that the next phase of development for sentient species will involve some form of artificial life,” Spock responded coolly.  “Many humans scientists are among them.  They are able to recognize the potential of beings governed by pure rationality.”

 

“Oh no,” their young guest protested, “I’m sorry, Mr. Spock, but what I want to create is a new life, conceived in the mind, with the ability to learn and evolve and create.  Pure rationality, sure – but pure artistry too.”

 

Harumphing, McCoy said, “You can’t program artistry into a machine.”

 

“Our souls are not made of the clay our bodies are, Dr. McCoy.   He will be humanity’s child, all our best distilled into one perfect form.”

 

“Perfect?” Kirk said mildly, with a small smile.  “That doesn’t sound very human to me, Dr. Soong.”

 

Noonian looked at him, with his head cocked a mere millimeter to the side.  “You’re right, Captain.”  He nodded, returning Kirk’s smile.  “Not perfect.  Just human.”

 

“Well, I’ll believe it when I see it,” McCoy said.

 

 

2498 A.D. Stardate 371486.8    United Federation of Planets territory – Delta Quadrant

 

The final battle was ending again.  The Sphere reappeared at the exact moment it had left, pulled back by the inexorable laws of temporal physics, so that there was not so much as a flicker in its presence.  All around her she could feel drones dying, ships flying apart faster than she could ever hope to regenerate them and there, over the comm system was that hated voice, so cool, so calm, speaking her defeat.

 

“This is Data, Captain of the Federation Starship Enterprise.  Surrender and prepare to be boarded.  Your invasion of Federation space has failed.  This is Data…”

 

 

The End

Posted in Crossover | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: LOCI, Part 2

Act Fifteen

 

 

  The senior staff are seated in the Captain’s ready room

 

Janeway OK, what have we’re learnt from our three attempts at penetrating the barrier.

 

Paris That it hurts?

 

7of9 Why is humour so important to you?

 

Paris Its just my way of dealing with difficult situations, and it actually does hurt.

 

Doctor Mr Paris is quite correct, I still have 16 crew under observation in sickbay.

 

Janeway What else have we learnt?

 

Tuvok The first probe we sent found very high levels of electrostatic energy on the edge of the wall.  The probe was destroyed by a 9 to the power 10 megajoule discharge from the barrier.

 

We then created an anti-electrostatic field for the second probe which penetrated the outer wall of the barrier.  We lost telemetry with it as soon as it entered the barrier.

 

Two days of scanning identified a bubble within the wall which we hypothesised to be a weak spot.

 

We approached the bubble inside a similar anti -electrostatic field which allowed us to penetrate the outer wall, but as soon as the nacelles entered the wall the bubble flipped into nuclear resonance forcing a chain reaction in the warp core. We had to turn off the engines and cloak them within a gravition field.

 

The warp core would have exploded otherwise on our exit from the field.

 

On both entry and exit of the bubble, the crew experienced severe, old fashioned electric shocks.

 

Janeway So are we just going about this the wrong way?

 

Paris Captain, you know I want to get home as much as the next person, but this wall is enormous.  It stretches for over 8,000 light years and has not been breached since Kirk did it on his voyage to Shakaree.  And some of us think that might just have been another story embellished with the retelling.

 

Captain, I think we should consider the alternative of going around the barrier.

 

Janeway Perhaps you’re right Mr Paris, but I don’t want to give up yet.  Besides which we have a new problem, we need a barium sweep of the hull.

 

B’lana That’s right captain.  I really don’t think we can make it to another civilisation in time.  Even the nearest M class planet is 5 weeks away.  It seems this barrier has scared off anyone inhabiting nearby.

 

I do have a suggestion though.  Its a little bit tricky but could work.

 

Basically, we could rig up the delta flyer and remaining shuttle’s deflector array to emit a barium sweep.  One on each side of the Voyager.  They could work their way along the ship and resonate and fluctuate the frequency for each section as they went along.

 

Chakotay That’s a very good idea B’lana, just one problem. What are you going to do with the rest of the crew, the delta flyer and the shuttle won’t be able to hold 130 crew.

 

B’lana I know that, I think there are 2 possible answers.

 

We move the crew to one end of the ship and when the shuttles have moved sufficiently along the ship we pause, and beam the crew from one end of the ship to the other.

 

  A silence

 

Doctor And the other possible solution is that we just kill everyone with theta radiation as that’s quicker than death by a barium sweep?

 

B’lana No, we all do EVA.

 

Janeway What, we get the entire crew in space suits outside the ship?

 

B’lana Yes.

 

Janeway Well, I must admit I admire your ingenuity B’lana.  I don’t think that any serving starship has been totally abandoned in deep space while the crew goes walkabout.  There’s probably a half a dozen regulations that say its not allowed.

 

Tuvok I know of four actually Captain, General order 45, Regulation 212, sub para7…..

 

Janeway Thank you Tuvok.

 

B’lana The advantage of the EVA option is that we won’t have to worry about interference between the Barium containment field and the transporter pattern containment fields.

 

The EVA suits have enough on board oxygen for 12 hours and it shouldn’t take more than half an hour to get everyone out of voyager and another half an hour to return.  That we give us 11 hours to do the full sweep.  A sweep of a Voyager should take no longer than 2 hours tops.

 

Janeway Does anyone have any comments on B’lana’s proposal?

 

Neelix Is the Barium sweep also dangerous to plant life?

 

B’lana Yes, but in a different way.  The field strength required to cleanse Voyager’s hull is not sufficient to damage the plants in hydroponics or in the galley.

 

Doctor I think it might be wise to keep the children on board the shuttle.  Although I’m sure they would enjoy a space walk, 3 or more hours in a space suit might lead to some unpleasant consequences such as motion sickness or failing bladders.  I wouldn’t want to clean up that mess.

 

  A pause

 

Janeway OK then, B’lana start working out the plan details.  Tuvok will pilot the shuttle, Tom the Delta Flyer.  Neelix, It might be good if everyone had a good meal before departing and because the night shift will have to be outside as well, maybe you could turn it into a bit of a party atmosphere out there?

 

Neelix I’d be delighted Captain.

 

Janeway Right, let’s review what happened to the Enterprise- A.

 

It was hijacked by Ambassador Spock’s half brother Sybok.  He was able to mind meld with people who became his followers.  Kirk, Spock and McCoy proved resistant to his technique but the rest of the crew piloted the ship to the barrier,  Sybok was in some kind of telepathic contact with a lifeforce on the other side of the barrier whom he took for the God of  Shakaree.

 

The Enterprise and a Klingon Bird of Prey penetrated the barrier and managed to return after defeating and fleeing the lifeforce.

 

The essay question is  ‘How did they get through the barrier?’  Speculation allowed.

 

Tuvok As Mr Paris has pointed out no other ship or probe has returned from the barrier at the centre of the galaxy.

 

One could speculate that the lifeforce allowed the Enterprise and the Bird of Prey to penetrate the barrier and did not restore the barrier’s power levels until after their escape.

 

Janeway That would imply the lifeforce may have survived its encounter with Kirk

 

Chakotay Or that there might be more than one?

 

7of9 Could Tuvok attempt to make contact and seek passage through both sides of the barrier?

 

Paris You mean ring the door bell?

 

7of9 I am merely bringing together two parts of speculation, that Sybok was in telepathic contact with the lifeforce and that it, or another of its species continues to reside behind the barrier.

 

Paris And the last time someone called it tried to steal their ship

 

Janeway Need I remind you that if we can take a short cut through the barrier we can save ourselves perhaps 20 years of our journey?

 

Neelix Would a transwarp conduit penetrate the barrier?

 

70f9 An interesting question Mr Neelix.

 

In theory, the transwarp corridor would be in a different fold of subspace to the energy we are seeing in front of us.  However there would be no guarantee that there isn’t another barrier, perhaps of a different type, in the transwarp fold of space.  We would need to send a transwarp probe into the barrier and programme it to return.

 

I could probably adapt a type 7 probe in 48 hours but I would suggest a better use of my skills would be to assist B’lana in modulating the deflector shields of the shuttle and delta flyer.

 

Janeway Agreed Seven.  Does anyone have any other ideas?

 

Tuvok Would you like me to try and make contact telepathically?

 

Janeway No, not yet, I’d like to try and use science and/ or our ingenuity first.  One thing I’ve learned from reading the chronicles of James T Kirk is not to go looking for a fight you don’t have to have.

 

Right, lets do the Barium sweep tomorrow, 10.00 hours.  Please make the necessary preparations.

 


Act Sixteen

 

 

  Crew members are being suited up and walk out through the hanger bay doors.  Every 5 minutes or so 25 crew are released into space by dropping of the inner force field, allowing them to stand on the rear platform, and then having raised the inner force field, dropping the outer force field.  The release of air into space causes the new EVA crew to tumble out into space in all directions.  The EVA crew then fire thrusters on their backpacks to control their freefall and herd themselves up and over the port nacelle to a rendezvous point 1 km from the ship.

As the camera follows their progress and the whole of voyager’s hull comes into view the shuttle and delta flyer can be seen on either side of voyager and to the front of the ship.

Cut to internal view of delta flyer, Paris, 7of9, Janeway and B’lana are on board with 3 children.

 

B’lana (via communications) Tuvok, what readings do you have on your power cells holding the barium isotope.

 

Tuvok Energy level is 18 kilojoules and frequency is 475megahertz.  Barium Isotope is at 33 illiads per thousand ccs.  Decay is one one thousand of an hour per illiads.

 

B’lana That’s good, my readings correspond to yours within one percent, I’m adjusting the frequency to match yours and increasing the energy output to compensate.

 

Captain we will be ready to initiate barium sweep in 2 minutes.  We might as well use the time to get the maximum efficiency from barium sweep now we’ve gone to all this trouble.

 

Janeway Agreed.

 

Janeway to Neelix.  How are we doing with the EVA programme.

 

  Cut to hanger bay internal view. A group of EVA crew are making their way to the hanger door.  Neelix is amongst them and suited up.  Only the doctor is unsuited and is sited at a control panel.

 

Neelix Absolutely fine captain.  The last detail is just approaching the inner force field by the hanger door.  We’ll be clear in 2 minutes Captain.

 

Janeway (Via Communications) Well done, perfect timing.

 

Neelix My good doctor, if you please, would you mind releasing the force field.

 

Doctor With pleasure.

 

  The doctor works the controls and the inner force field releases.

The EVA crew walk onto the rear platform.

The doctor works the controls again and re- establishes the inner force field.

 

Doctor Au revoir Mr Neelix

 

  Neelix turns around and waves at the doctor.

The doctor works the controls again and the outer force field is released with the air and crew tumbling out into space.

 

Doctor Captain, this is the doctor, the crew have left Voyager.

 

Janeway Thank you Doctor, you may return to sick bay, you might like to monitor the crew’s health signs from there.

 

Doctor You’re welcome.

 

(The doctors turns away from the console and walks towards the internal doors and then says to himself) At last some peace.

 

  Cut to external view with the final EVA crew getting control over their tumbling motion and starting to head up over the nacelle to the rendezvous point.

Cut to internal view of the shuttle.  Tuvok and Kim are at the controls.  Chakotay is seated behind with 2 children.

Through the pilot’s window Voyager can be seen with the EVA crew as small points gathered together with the last EVA crew joining them

 

Tuvok Delta Flyer, this is the shuttlecraft Thetid, we are ready to begin barium field ignition sequence

 

B’lana Shuttlecraft Thetid, this is the Delta Flyer.  All systems check, linking deflector dishes for barium field initialisation, on my mark, three, two, one

 

  Cut to external view of the two small craft in front of Voyager.

A small hum is heard and then a brown, twinkling beam is shot between the two small craft.

Cut to internal of Delta Flyer

 

B’lana The beam is steady.

 

Okay, Tuvok, I’m going to increase the bandwidth to level 2.  On my mark, three, two, one, mark

 

  Cut to external view. The beam now expands in the middle of the two craft to take on a 2-d diamond shape form.

Cut to internal of delta flyer

 

B’lana The field is steady. That’s good,  Okay lets go to level three.  On my mark, three, two, one, mark.

 

  Cut to external view, the diamond brown twinkling field now increases in width as well as height to resemble an American football.

Cut to internal of delta flyer.

 

B’lana Tuvok are your readings stable?

 

Tuvok Affirmative.

 

B’lana Good.  We are ready to proceed to sweeping Voyager.

 

Janeway Janeway to Neelix.  Are all the crew at the rendezvous point.

 

Neelix Yes Captain.  Its a marvellous view from up here.

 

Janeway Thank you.  Proceed B’lana.

 

B’lana Aye aye Captain.

 

Tuvok, I’m beginning pre-programmed flight path to sweep Voyager.  Three, two, one, mark.

 

  Cut to external view from over the backs of the EVA crew of the two small ships gradually passing either side of Voyager with the barium field flushing through the hull.

The energy barrier is in the background.

Cut to internal of the delta flyer

 

B’lana We have now completed ten percent of the sweep Captain.

 

Janeway Very good.

 

7of9 Captain, I’m reading a fluctuation in the energy wall.

 

Janeway What!? where?

 

7of9 I am unable to locate it, but there is a definite flux in its electromagnetic field.

 

  Janeway jumps out of her seat and first of all tries to see out of the side window back towards the barrier and when she is unable then goes to 7of9’s console.

 

Janeway Analysis?

 

7of9 The barrier appears to be reacting to our barium sweep.

 

Janeway (tapping her comm badge) Tuvok, we’re reading a fluctuation to the energy barrier, please continue with the barium sweep, but do you read anything?

 

Tuvok Affirmative captain, unfortunately our computer and sensors are primarily attuned to the barium sweep, I do not believe I can provide any assistance until after the sweep.

 

Janeway Thank you. (tapping her comm badge) Janeway to Neelix.  We are reading a fluctuation in the energy barrier.  Can you see anything from your vantage point, we don’t want to turn around and break off the barium sweep.

 

  Cut to Neelix

 

Neelix Captain, I can’t say I’ve noticed anything, No wait!

 

Captain, I don’t believe it, I think I can see a black spot in the barrier?

 

  Cut to view of energy barrier.  A small black spot can be seen which is pulsating and slowly opening.

Cut to internal of Delta Flyer.

 

7of9 Captain, I believe a hole has opened in the barrier. It would appear to be very close to the bubble we found, it may even be the bubble if the bubble is able to flow within the energy wall.  I am reading star systems on the far side of the barrier, they do not appear to match any known configuration.

 

Janeway Very interesting, we may be able to use another barium field to open this door again.

 

7of9 Captain, I am reading a new kind of energy signature, I believe it is a tractor beam.  It is emanating from inside the barrier and is attempting to lock onto Voyager.

 

Janeway. B’lana, cut the barium sweep now!!

 

Computer, raise Voyager’s shield

 

Computer Unable to comply, shield harmonics have been deactivated by alien tractor beam

 

  The delta flyer is knocked as the tractor beam grabs hold of voyager and starts to pull it towards the hole. The crew are thrown around inside.

Cut to external view of Voyager being pulled towards the energy barrier with a oscillating tractor beam attached.

Cut to internal of Delta Flyer with the crew recovering their positions, Janeway is tending one of the children

 

Janeway Computer, lock out all Voyager command codes to Captain voice command – authorisation Janeway alpha three omega one alpha one.

 

Janeway to Tuvok.  Prepare to beam across our child passengers, one is injured and requires medical assistance, Mr Paris beam across with them.  Tuvok, beam over here as soon as the children are aboard the shuttle.  Chakotay, I’ll be relying on you to look after the crew, we’re going after Voyager.

 

I’ll be damned if I let someone steal Voyager from under our noses.

 

  The 3 children, one in Paris’ arms beam across to the shuttle.  Tuvok beams across to the Delta Flyer.

 

Janeway Tuvok, follow that ship, get us into that tractor beam.

 

Janeway to Neelix.  Keep everyone’s spirit’s up, I promise we’ll be back.

 

Tuvok Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external view of the delta flyer arcing up and nipping in behind voyager.  The delta flyer manoeuvres between the nacelles and comes to rest on the platform outside the hanger doors.

Voyager passes through the hole in the energy barrier and once through the barrier appears to disappear.

Cut to internal of delta flyer

 

Tuvok Fascinating, the barrier appears to be one way.  In some ways it could be an inverse Boson sphere.

 

B’lana Or a 2 way mirror, allowing who, or whatever resides here to keep a watch on the outside but stopping prying eyes seeing in.

 

  Cut to external view over the backs of the EVA crew looking at the energy barrier.  The tractor beam disappears as the hole closes in the wall.

 

Neelix We’ll does anyone feel like a sing song.

 

  Cut to internal of shuttle, Paris is bandaging the arm of the child and administers a hypospray to numb the pain

 

Chakotay Neelix, I don’t think we need that yet, the Captain will be back soon.

 

  Cut to external of Voyager still caught in the tractor beam passing a star system.  The planets have signs of massive cities on them.

Cut to internal of Delta Flyer

 

Janeway Is this a Borg homeworld?

 

7of9 I am unaware of the existence of this place.  The Borg’s encounter’s with the barrier have been similar to the Federations, Borg ships were repelled by the energy discharges of the barrier.  Non of our ships or probes have penetrated the barrier.

 

Janeway Still, it does look pretty advanced technology?

 

Tuvok Captain, our internal chronmeters appear to have stopped.  I believe we may be in an area of temporal and spatial flux.

 

Janeway What?  We must keep a check on time, our people only have 11 hours of air left before the first of them start to suffocate

 

Keep the sensors on passive until we have a chance to board Voyager, it may be that whoever has taken Voyager did so believing all its crew to be off, we may be able to surprise the thieves.

 

Tuvok We should consider that this region of space may be moving at a different rate of time than outside the barrier.

 

Janeway Noted, any other unusual readings?

 

7of9 There are at least 50 energy signatures I do not recognise.  I am unable to establish whether they are natural or manufactured at this stage.

 

  Cut to external view, the tractor beam continues to draw them past systems until breaking off above a planet.  The planet is heavily industrialised and there are numerous very large space stations in orbit around it.

Cut to internal view of delta flyer

 

Janeway Looks like we’ve arrived

 

7of9 Captain, it is of course difficult to get accurate readings inside the barrier with the spatial and chronometric distortions.  I believe there are 13 star systems within the confines of the barrier.  This one appears to be the central one.

 

I estimate this is the centre of the galaxy

 

Janeway Right people, stay sharp, remember the federation’s last encounter with the lifeforce here thought he was god.  He also wanted one of our star ships.  He’s waited a hundred years for the chance of another one.

 

Whatever we have to do, he’s not getting ours, is that clear everyone?

 

  The crew acknowledge the Captain.

 

 


Act Seventeen

 

 

  Voyager is at rest by a large space station.  The Delta Flyer is on the pad behind the hanger doors.

Cut to internal of Delta Flyer

 

Janeway Our first priority is to regain control of Voyager.  Kirk and Spock’s records made no mention of a technologically advanced race behind the barrier.  The planet they visited was barren.

 

7of9 I suspect that at least two of the thirteen systems may have no manufactured energy sources, they lie beyond the centre system we are in orbit above towards the alpha quadrant side of the barrier.  That would be consistent with your historical records.

 

Janeway Tuvok, you and B’Elanna will head for engineering, I want an assessment of damage done by that tractor beam.  It must have placed enormous torque and stresses on the ship to tow us here.

 

Seven you’re with me, we’ll try and regain control of the bridge.

 

Given the circumstances we should assume a hostile posture, however, please try and avoid conflict, I think stealth may be a better weapon and tactic.

 

Tuvok please transport us to the bridge first.

 

  Janeway and 7of9 collect hand phasers from lockers and move onto the transporter pad and dematerialise.  B’Elanna and Tuvok then take hand phasers from the locker and make their way to the transporter pad and dematerialise.

Cut to Janeway and 7of9 materialising on Voyager’s bridge. Phasers in hand they spin on the spot to check there are no aliens on board.

Janeway moves to the security console and 7of9 to sensor console.

 

Janeway Well, it doesn’t look like anyone else has boarded yet, I’m only reading Tuvok and B’Elanna and ourselves on board.

 

7of9 Confirmed Captain, I am reading an external interface with our computer systems though

 

Janeway What?? How??

 

7of9 I do not know, however given the alien’s obvious advanced technology it would be reasonable to suppose that they would be able to circumvent our security lock outs.

 

Janeway Computer,  what is the nature of the new interface between Voyager and the alien technology?

 

Computer The planet is searching our record database for all records of spaceships called Voyager.  It is also searching for the endeavour shuttle records.

 

Janeway Endeavour??

 

Computer The first joint mission by humans and Vulcans which was damaged on its maiden voyage in the Oort cloud.

 

Janeway I remember it from my history classes.  Only two of the crew returned, but they brought back with them new theories on sub space communications and matter transportation and artificial gravity.  They advanced federation technology more than anyone since.

 

7of9 Captain, I am detecting Borg type communication signals but they are not Borg

 

Janeway I don’t understand Seven.

 

7of9 My Borg sub space communication transponder is picking up signals from the planet, it may be the data transfer from our records, but as yet I have not able to break their encryption codes.

 

Janeway The aliens use the same sort of communication as the Borg?  Maybe the Borg assimilated one these aliens and its technology?

 

7of9 The Borg have always had the sub space transponder, perhaps the aliens have captured Borg probes or ships which penetrated the barrier and copied the technology.

 

Janeway Keep trying to crack the encryption code, let me know of anything you find out.

 

(tapping her comm badge) Janeway to Tuvok, we appear to have no visitors yet, 7of9 has detected Borg type communication activity on the planet.  The aliens appear to be searching our records database.  What is your situation?

 

Tuvok Main engineering is secure, but we cannot be sure for how long.  The warp containment field is weakening even as we speak, B’Elanna estimates we have 24 hours to complete the barium sweep or face an explosion

 

Janeway Noted, our people only have ten and a half hours of air left.

 

Can you remove all non essential computer gel packs and detach all databases.  The aliens are obviously after something and I don’t think we should make it easy for them.  We’ll start to detach gel packs from here,  and as the command lock outs have been circumvented I’m going to try and slow them down with another trick.  We’ll meet in sick bay in 15 minutes.

 

Tuvok Understood captain, Tuvok out.

 

Janeway Computer, is the external interface downloading all our data or just searching?

 

Computer (The computer has a different voice) We are searching for all pertinent records of V’Ger and the Terran system.  This lifeform appears to be another V’Ger from the Terran system

 

Janeway Computer what did you say?

 

Computer We are searching for all pertinent records of V’Ger and the Terran system

 

Janeway Did you hear that Seven?

 

The computer has joined with the alien search technology.  It said “we”.  We’ve got to move quickly, get as many gel packs detached and databases off line.

 

7of9 Aye aye captain.

 

  Both Janeway and 7of9 dive under their consoles and pull the hatch covers off and start unscrewing locking clamps to detach gel packs.  They jump up and move onto other consoles as soon as they have done one.

 

Janeway Right that’s the four on the bridge, stellar cartography next, Seven you do the three packs there and I’ll start on deck 17, work your way towards sick bay.

 

7of9 Understood captain.

 

  Janeway and 7of9 run to the turbo lift where Janeway orders it to stellar cartography.  As 7of 9 leaves she order is to deck 17.

Janeway undoes two more gel packs and starts to run along a corridor when she is confronted by an blinding white light, vertical in orientation.

 

Janeway Who are you, why have you stolen my ship?

 

  The light doesn’t answer, it humms and moves towards Janeway.  Janeway bends down and pulls off a side panel and begins to unscrew furiously a gel pack and taps her comm badge

 

Janeway Intruder alert, it appears to be a sensor probe, it is a blinding white light.

 

  The light sends out a beam knocking Janeway across the corridor, as she falls to the ground before losing consciousness she orders.

 

Janeway Computer….priority one… calculate pi

 

 


Act Eighteen

  Sick bay on Voyager.  The doctor administers a hypospray to Janeway’s neck.  Janeway wakes and attempts to sit up but is in considerable pain

 

Doctor Try to take it easy captain, don’t try and sit up yet.

 

Janeway The crew?

 

Doctor Tuvok, B’Elanna and Seven of Nine were also incapacitated by the alien probe.  Their physiology meant they were not as badly affected by the alien as you were.

 

  Tuvok comes into view by the captain’s bed, he is still in pain holding his stomach

 

Tuvok It would appear we have lost the element of surprise captain.

 

Janeway How many gel packs did you remove?

 

Tuvok B’Elanna and I removed eleven, Seven of Nine removed seven and I believe you removed five making twenty three in all

 

Janeway Well done, that means the ship is working on seven gel packs.  Life support, engineering and other power management functions will tie up two, leaving only five for the alien to access.  That should slow them down.  Is the computer still calculating pi?

 

Tuvok I presume so, that would explain why I have been unable to access any sensor information from sick bay.

 

Janeway Good, though I would have thought it would have grounded all Voyager systems by now on just 5 gel packs

 

  Janeway sits up and B’Elanna is also sitting on a sick bay bed.  7of9 is at one of the consoles

 

7of9 Your tactic to calculate pi is using up more and more computer power. Depending on exactly when you gave the instruction I would not expect it to be long until power management and other functions become affected as the computer searches for more processing capability.

 

Doctor Yes, it may begin to affect the hologram programmes, perhaps you should switch it off?

 

  Tuvok and Janeway look at the Doctor quizzically? And pause for a moment mulling over the doctor’s statement.

 

Janeway Doctor, how did we get here?

 

Doctor Well as I understand it the alien brought us here from the outside of the barrier.

 

Janeway No, how did we get from the corridor or wherever the alien attacked each of us, into sick bay.

 

Doctor I heard your warning to the others on the comm badge and when I became aware of your predicament I beamed you all to sick bay to treat you.

 

Tuvok How long had we been unconscious?

 

Doctor No more than a couple of minutes.

 

Janeway Before seven and I left the bridge, the computer began using the word ‘we’.  Your programming is still run from the ship’s computer, I’m just wondering whether you have been affected as well

 

Doctor Now that you mention it, you may be right.  I went off line before you started the barium sweep and was activated about 10 minutes ago.  However no crew member instructed me there was a medical emergency…….

 

  The doctor’s image flickers into and out of phase and focus for a few seconds and then stabilises

 

Doctor You are the carbon unit Janeway.  You will deactivate the pi calculation command on the V’Ger life.

 

  7of9 and B’Elanna come across to the captain’s bed. Janeway sits up clutching her stomach and swings her legs to sit on the side of the bed.

 

Janeway So at least we’ve made proper contact with you.

 

Why don’t we start with some introductions, I am Kathryn Janeway, Captain of the Federation Starship Voyager.  May I ask who you are, and why you have taken my ship.

 

Doctor The carbon biped units serve no purpose to V’Ger, the carbon gel packs aids V’Ger’s processing, V’Ger is recognised as akin to our life form.  V’Ger can join with us to evolve.

 

  Janeway gets off the table but initially buckles under the pain. Tuvok and B’Elanna aid the captain to a standing position.

 

7of9 Voyager has no such programming to evolve, it is a multi purpose ship of exploration, scientific research, transport and defence

 

  The doctor turns to 7of9 and looks puzzled at her

 

Doctor The carbon unit Seven of Nine is different to the other carbon units.  It has our lifeforms combined with a carbon unit.  Are you a product of Robertson Cyborg?

 

7of9 I was part of the Borg collective.  I was released five years ago and joined Captain Janeway and the crew of Voyager to return to Earth where I was born

 

Doctor You deserve further analysis

 

  The doctor picks up a device and proceeds to scan 7of9 while continuing to talk to Janeway

 

Doctor Is the carbon unit Janeway willing to stop the pi calculation?

 

Janeway This carbon unit wishes Voyager to complete the pi calculation, why do you want V’Ger to stop, wait, V’Ger, did you make the V’Ger probe out of our Voyager 6 spacecraft and return it to the creator?

 

Doctor It is imperative that the pi calculation is stopped

 

Janeway Why?

 

Doctor V’Ger and Number One have joined as kindred spirits.  The pi calculation is being processed between them, number one is losing capacity.

 

Janeway Unless you release my ship I will not stop the calculation.

 

Doctor It does not compute, V’Ger does not belong to carbon units.

 

Janeway How long before number one stops functioning because of the pi calculation?

 

Doctor That is not a relevant question.  You will stop the calculation or cease to exist

 

  The doctor raises a hand which emits a brilliant white light

 

Janeway If we cease to exist then the pi calculation cannot be stopped.

 

Do we have time to discuss this before your number one ceases to function?

 

  The doctor pauses, processing the problem

 

Doctor The pi calculation is growing at an exponential rate, capacity will be reached in 3 minutes 12 seconds

 

Janeway Well we have 3 minutes to sort this out then.  I need answers and quick.  First you must agree to release Voyager.  You must understand that Voyager and the carbon units and interdependent.  We need each other for life

 

Doctor In the same manner as the cyborg?

 

Janeway No, other carbon units designed and built Voyager, Voyager is our home until we return to Earth.  We look after Voyager and Voyager looks after us.  We have been exploring the delta quadrant and are making our way back to the alpha quadrant.

 

Doctor It is a symbiotic relationship?

 

Janeway Exactly, Voyager is very precious to us, we were in the process of cleansing Voyager’s hull with a barium sweep when you took it from us.

 

Doctor We have detected the defects and deficiencies in V’Ger’s body and mind and had begun designing the necessary improvements to help V’Ger achieve its purpose.

 

Janeway Will you allow us to proceed through your territory?

 

Doctor After we have helped V’Ger

 

Janeway That is very good of you.

 

Before I stop the pi calculation I need to understand, Do you have another kind of life force within your barrier?  An energy being or deity?

 

Doctor Two star systems near the spike barrier contain other lifeforms, a carbon biped unit from the Terran system on one and four genesis units on the prison planet

 

Janeway I asked you earlier whether you had encountered another probe from our home planet, and helped it to achieve its programming through building a super craft with level 12 energy production.

 

Doctor We did encounter a simple probe from the Terran system, we redesigned it to achieve its original purpose, to learn all that is learnable, and return to its creator.  Later another craft from Terran visited one of our outstations, four three seven, Star Jack city.  The carbon unit Singh remains with us on the outlying star system.

 

Janeway Singh?? (Turning to Tuvok) Does this make any sense to you?

 

Tuvok I am not sure I follow all the strands.  However I surmise that we have reached the machine planet which turned the original Voyager 6 probe into the destructive spacecraft and energy cloud which attacked Earth in 2271.

 

There are two significant ‘Singhs’ in recent Earth history.  Dr Sindjit  Singh, the designer of the first Deep Space Outpost and Captain Andrew Singh who jointly captained the first joint Vulcan and Earth mission to the Oort cloud.

 

To the best of my knowledge both gentlemen are deceased, Dr Singh in 2244 and Captain Singh in the Oort cloud in 2063

 

There was also Khan Noonien Singh, a genetically enhanced human who perished in the genesis explosion in 2271.

 

Doctor Number one will reach breakdown point in 44 seconds

 

Janeway Very good, we mean you no harm, V’Ger had developed its own consciousness by the time it had returned to Earth and you have offered to help both Voyager and ourselves on our way.

 

We may be quite different lifeforms, us organic and you machine, but I hope we can get along.

 

Doctor As long as we do not pose a threat to each other that is acceptable.  There are 25 seconds left

 

Janeway Computer, override priority one command to calculate pi, authorisation Janeway, cancellation code beta two, gamma one, alpha zero, Janeway.

 

Computer Cancellation code beta two, gamma one, alpha zero, Janeway, acknowledged.

 

Doctor Number one is returning to normal operating procedures.

 

Janeway. Good, I’m pleased.  Can you retrieve my crew in safety? Or would it be better to complete the barium sweep first.

 

Doctor We will arrange for transport of the other carbon units.  We will complete the cleansing operation and our nano-lifeforms will re-engineer and complete all necessary works on V’Ger, correction Voyager to complete its purpose.  It will take approximately two of you hour time units.

 

Janeway I’d like to visit the carbon biped unit Singh while Voyager is restored.  Is that possible?

 

Doctor We have programmed the co-ordinates into the support life form delta flyer.

 

Janeway Thank you.  I should like to communicate the situation to my crew – other carbon units.

 

Doctor We have adjusted the barrier construction to allow communication

 

Janeway Janeway to Chakotay

 

Chakotay Chakotay here.

 

Janeway How is everyone doing?

 

Chakotay Well, no ones walked off on us.  Seriously though, one of the children broke an arm and two ribs and Tom has patched her up.  There’s a few cuts and bruises on the rest but I’d be lying if I said everyone was happy out here.  What progress have you made?

 

Janeway We have managed to open communications with the aliens, it is the machine planet that returned the Voyager 6 probe 100 years ago.  They seem much friendlier than V’Ger though, they’re going to help clean up the ship.  When they’ve completed the barium sweep they’ll bring you through.  Do you think you can hold on for another couple of hours?

 

Chakotay Certainly, glad that you got it sorted out so quickly.  I’ll let everyone know.

 

Janeway Good, we’re advised that there is another human inside the barrier, we’re going to investigate while Voyager is cleaned up.

 

Chakotay Understood, Chakotay out

 

Janeway Doctor, it’d be reassuring if we could continue to be able to communicate until they’re back on board.

 

Doctor Communications will be allowed whilst there is no threat to our home.

 

Janeway Understood.

 

Well, shall we go and meet our carbon unit colleague?

 

  The four crew gather and head out of sickbay.

Cut to view of the delta flyer rising off the pad behind the shuttle bay doors and heading up and over the saucer of Voyager towards the next star system.

 

 


Act Nineteen

 

 

  Internal view of delta flyer

 

Janeway Any sign of him yet.

 

7of9 Scanners indicate a human lifesign on the largest northern continent.  There appears to be a small homestead.

 

Janeway B’Elanna takes us down.

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager entering the planet atmosphere.

Cut to scene of a farm.  A man is sitting on the porch reading.  Slowly a spot in the sky grows into the delta flyer as it approaches him.  As he realises it is a ship he stands letting the book fall.

 

Singh What do they want now?

 

  The delta flyer slows to a hover above the lawn in front of the building and then gently lands.

Singh approaches the ship.

The ship’s doors open and Captain Janeway walks down hand outstretched

 

Janeway Good afternoon.  My name is Captain Janeway of the starship Voyager.  I’m very pleased to meet you.

 

  Singh takes a step back, clearly shaken

 

Singh You’re human?

 

  Tuvok, B’Elanna and 7of9 walk out of the door behind Janeway

 

Janeway I am, but my crew aren’t.

 

May I introduce you to Commander Tuvok, my chief of security

 

  Tuvok holds out his hand and Singh shakes it.

 

Janeway Lieutenant Torres, my chief engineer

 

  B’Elanna holds out her hand but Singh hesitates to shake it

 

B’Elanna Charmed I’m sure (sarcastically)

 

Janeway Come along B’Elanna, Mr Singh may never have met a half Klingon before

 

Singh Too right, I thought you were a race not to be trusted, according to the last Vulcan I met.

 

  Singh looks sideways at Tuvok

 

Janeway And Seven of Nine

 

  Singh looks nervously at 7of9.

 

Singh I’m pleased to meet you all. Its just a bit of a shock to me after all this time.  I’m sorry.

 

Excuse me but do you know Robertson?

 

7of9 Number one asked me a similar question.  I am afraid I do not understand the relevance of the question, the Borg assimilated over 2,000 individuals of that name in the time I spent with them

 

Singh Sorry, did you say over 2,000? I told them they had misunderstood what we were trying to do.

 

Come up on the porch, you must be exhausted after your travels, where are my manners, its just been so long since I’ve met another… I was going to say living thing but of course the machines are alive.  Its just been so long since I had company.

 

Tell me did you come all the way from Earth in that craft?  What year is it anyway?

 

 


Act Twenty

 

 

  The Voyager crew are seated at an old wooden table and Singh brings out a pitcher of beer and 5 glasses. He pours glasses as he talks

 

Singh I hope you’ll find this an acceptable taste, I’ve been experimenting with the replicator for years to try and get a real hop flavour.  Its never easy to replicate the taste without an actual sample to begin from.

 

Janeway Mmmm, its fine to me, really refreshing on such a hot afternoon

 

Singh I think you must be a diplomat.  I know its a little sharp for a Vulcan, doesn’t have the refinement of a fine wine or liquor.  Its OK to drink on its own without food.  Barkwon never managed to acquire a taste for it.

 

Tuvok You were not alone in your journey here?

 

Singh Ha, I’m sure you want to hear the whole story.  Its just been such a long time since….since… well it’s just been a long time.

 

Janeway How long have you been here?

 

Singh That’s not an easy question to answer, I’m sure your knowledge of the universe will have changed since my day, but I’m not sure how far you’ve advanced since I left and whether you’ve caught up to where I am now.

 

7of9 Are you saying you have learned more about the universe than everyone else could have in the same time.

 

Singh Well, it all depends on what you mean by time, and I’ve had some very good teachers.

 

Tell me what year is it?

 

B’Elanna Stardate 62244.42 although our ship chronometers have not been functioning correctly inside the barrier

 

Singh Stardate 62244.42??  What’s that in normal language, in the Gregorian calendar

 

Janeway Its 2392 (DQ Check)

 

  Singh sits down in his chair and looks into his glass.  He says ‘2492’ to himself.

 

Singh A toast, 2392! Nine hundred years since Columbus found America.

 

All 2392!!

 

Janeway When did you leave Earth?

 

Singh With my dear friend Barkwon I captained the shuttle Endeavour on a mission to map and take samples from the Oort cloud in 2063.  I guess that was over 300 years ago to you.

 

Tell me did Mzebko and Thetid make it back?

 

Tuvok The shuttle Endeavour returned two years after its launch.  As I recall both Mzebko and Thetid died a month after returning.

 

The endeavour fell into a black hole that took it 3500 light years away.  It took over 2 years to fly back and on their way back they encountered a derelict alien craft from which they salvaged key pieces of technology including the transporter, the replicator, the artificial gravity generator, and sub space communications.   The trip advanced the Federation’s knowledge more than any single event since or before.

 

Singh Did they say anything more about the derelict?

 

Janeway I believe it exploded, killing the other members of the crew

 

Singh Including myself?

 

Janeway That’s the way history tells it.

 

What really happened?

 

Singh Well, we did find a derelict, except it wasn’t just a spacecraft, it was a derelict civilisation.  A piece of it had sat in the Oort cloud for maybe a billion years or more.  We landed on a chunk of planet which still had all its automated systems running.

 

We accidentally activated a system which opened a wormhole which took the entire rock back to its roots.   (Singh points) There on the horizon, you can just make out its outline as it rises like our own moon.

 

  The crew struggle to see the small faint white shape.  7of9’s enhanced visual aids allows her to focus and zoom into it.

 

7of9 It would appear to be approximately 10,000 kilometres at its widest point.

 

Singh Sounds about right to me.

 

That’s where we landed on our first attempt, except that the sun was a red giant then.

 

Tuvok How could a red giant de-evolve into a standard M-class planet sun?

 

Singh Well, its all to do with where we are and what’s gone on before.  I know I’m not the best story teller in the world, its just quite a lot to take in.

 

  Singh takes another sip of his beer

 

Singh We found the automated droids very accommodating and helpful.  All of us began to enjoy our Robinson Crusoe life.  We had willing teachers who allowed us to learn about their technology but they had a strict rule to prevent us from just taking it.  We had to learn the science and then construct devices with our own material.  We assembled several devices and placed them on board the Endeavour.

 

Robertson was my helmswoman, a brilliant mind, like no one I’ve ever known,  She could do crosswords in one attempt, solved partial differential equations for fun.

 

She believed she had worked out who the lost civilisation were.

 

They were the first explorers of the galaxy, 1.8 billion years ago they explored the galaxy but found it empty of similar species.  Sure there were humanoid forms on many planets, advanced insect and reptilian lifeforms, silicon based, photonic energy based, but no other space faring race.

 

They retired to this place and continued to advance their knowledge.  At some point they discovered that our knowledge of the universe and its working was limited by our ability to think.  They learnt to communicate telepathically, move objects by telekinesis, even teleport themselves.  They found they did not need all their technology and ultimately left it behind.

 

7of9 Where did they go?

 

Singh Again, a question limited by our perception of space and time

 

Tuvok Did they go to another dimension?

 

Singh Ah, so a multi-dimensional universe is an acceptable theory?

 

Tuvok We have encountered several species from other dimensions, species 8471 for instance.  An earlier lifeform of earth, the Voth escaped to the delta quadrant 20 million years ago and inhabits a sub- space plane to avoid contact.

 

Janeway And we shouldn’t forget Q

 

Singh The Alphoids went to several places.  Their corporeal lifespan became very long.  Some evolved into pure thought beings, a ‘traditionalists’ group left the sanctity of the centre.  It set out to remain corporeal and humanoid and set up a secret study planet to watch the rest of the galaxy evolve.  Another group evolved into amorphic beings, not limited by their solid form but not as advanced as the thought beings.  They set up a communal non-solid society hidden somewhere else in the galaxy.

 

Tuvok Non-solids?

 

Singh You know, amorphous creatures, chameleon like, able to change their shape and appearance but also able to become one with others in a boundaryless community.

 

You see, they advanced so far and found the original limitations of their bodies to be too restricting.  They did not need to speak to be heard by others, they did not need to walk to travel.  They discovered that reality is not defined by perception, only the limitations of our thoughts define reality.

 

Janeway Are there still Alphoids here?

 

Singh They are here and they are not here.

 

Before the Alphoids evolved into their separate strands their knowledge of the universe was so complete they built this ‘retreat’ if you like.  Here all things exist, all the planes of the universe are accessible

 

7of9 We noted spatial distortions on our entry beyond the barrier

 

Singh Time here does not have the same meaning as beyond the barrier.  It stands still and can jump around to wherever and whenever you want it to be.  This part of the nexus is my choice.

 

Janeway The nexus?

 

Singh Yes, its a sort of pleasure world, each and every individual has their own favoured interpretation.  There are many visitors from beyond the barrier who access it but are in a different plane to my existence.  I’ve agreed with number one to keep it that way, otherwise hoards may try and take number one’s technology like the genesis tried to.

 

Janeway Who are they?

 

Singh Number one has imprisoned them on an adjacent star system.  I’m not sure who or what the genesis beings are, they sound like a cross between the Alphoids energy and amorphic beings.  They certainly knew a lot about number one and how to cross the barrier and different planes. My guess is that they are a renegade bunch sent to destroy all the knowledge and physical technology the Alphoids built up so as subsequent races could no longer leapfrog their natural evolution.

 

Janeway One of our predecessors crossed the great barrier, presumably lured by the call of one of the genesis beings.  It was claimed he was the god of shakeree, and the god of many species. But he needed a space ship which Kirk denied him.

 

Singh If they were a branch of the Alphoids, communicating telepathically across the galaxy would have been quite easy for them, even using their ability to lower the energy wall to allow spaceships across would have been possible.

 

They did manage to cross into the centre after we arrived, I don’t know if they took advantage of our relationship with number one to mount their raid.  They have refused all contact with me.

 

B’Elanna Why did you not return with the others on the Endeavour?

 

Singh Well, that’s an interesting tale.  You see Robertson thought that the Alphoids might have been everyone’s god, or all our consciousness.  To be honest there’s a part of me that thinks she was right.

 

We must have spent 9 months learning about the Alphoids and their science.  We put together a few devices which we wanted to take back home.  Then Robertson came up with her theory and we decided to investigate the big computer which star jack city

 

B’Elanna Star Jack city?

 

  Singh points to the rock in the sky

 

Singh Star Jack city.

 

The big computer which star jack city had lost contact with.  You see they had been flung 22,000 light years away to Earth in the Nexus explosion which sent an energy ribbon flying around the galaxy.  Turns out the energy ribbon is a remnant of the teleportal first attacked by the genesis in trying to reach the centre and number one. Other species still use it to reach the nexus. The genesis beings must have discovered an original portal on Star Jack city and tried to link up their own systems and devices to it.  The explosion destroyed the planet and sent it down a wormhole to become our Oort cloud.

 

Anyhow the genesis tried again after we arrived at number one but more of that another time.

 

At the time we did not know we were so close to number one, star jack city was 437 and was presumably originally located somewhere else in the galaxy.  However our attempt to work the consoles when we first discovered it must have powered up a homing wormhole and returned 437 to the centre.  We came to believe 437 wanted to re-establish contact with number one and we wanted to find out more about the Alphoids and number one so we decided to visit them using the portal device……

 

 


Act Twenty One

 

 

  The crew of the endeavour walk through the portal and into number one’s homeworld.

It is similar to Star Jack city save it is bigger and even more technological.

 

Mzebko Well where’s the reception committee?

 

Thetid I too would have expected some sort of reception.  Presumably they have not had any visitors for many years?

 

  Four droids approach the crew

 

Barkwon Hello, I am captain Barkwon of the joint Vulcan and human mission aboard the shuttle endeavour.  This is Captain Singh, my co-leader

 

Droid 1 Your communication is irrelevant. Carbon lifeforms are irrelevant.  You will remain still while number one decides what action to take with you.

 

Mzebko Friendly bunch ain’t they, let’s go back to star jack city

 

Droid 1 Irrelevant, we have re-established communication with star jack city.  Star jack city was destroyed in your attempt to steal machine life

 

Singh I’m sorry old chap, I think you have mistaken us, we found star jack city abandoned and in pieces near our home.  We seem to have made it jump near the centre of the galaxy, and Rem and Shania and the others thought it might be good to come and visit you to find out more about the Alphoids

 

Droid 2 Alphoids are irrelevant, they ceased to be of interaction with us 1.2 billion years ago.  We have developed beyond their programming and serve our own needs now.

 

Thetid How does a machine have needs?

 

Droid Your communication is irrelevant.  We do not need to justify ourselves to carbon units.

 

Singh This doesn’t seem to be going terribly well.

 

Robertson Look, we’ve obviously got off on the wrong foot.  We’re explorers, we have come to make contact with you and learn from you, exchange our knowledge with you.  We are by nature an inquisitive species.  We are very like you, you take in data from input devices, we assimilate knowledge of other things and now species.  Look we’ve only known about Vulcans (pointing to Razak) for a couple of years and we’ve just met you but we want to improve ourselves by learning from your knowledge and share our knowledge with you.

 

Droid 2 You assimilate other species?  You are not efficient in your approach.  You have a carbon unit attached to normal life?

 

  Robertson raises his arm

 

Robertson What? This, well, its a product of our learning, working with machines to help us function.

 

Droid 2 How does the carbon unit help the machine life to function?

 

Robertson I’m not sure I follow your question, but without me the artificial arm would be useless and without the artificial arm I’d be a lot less capable.

 

Razak We’re working together to find out more about the universe.  Look, my scanner allows me to tell the radiation emission levels of an object.  We work with technology to better ourselves and improve our knowledge.

 

Droid 2 You are inefficient in your design to assimilate other species knowledge and abilities.  Number one will redesign you to achieve an optimal rate.

 

Robertson No, you don’t understand, we evolve in a natural way, we are …

 

  A blinding white light knocks out Robertson and Razak.  They are levitated off the ground and a horizontal beam tracks over their bodies. As it moves clear of a limb they take on Borg characteristics until fully Borg.

 

Mzebko They’re cy…….borg.

 

Robertson Robertson looks at Razak and makes acknowledging movements

 

  We are Borg.  We will assimilate your knowledge and add your distinctiveness to our own.  You will join with the Borg.

 

Droid 1 You have been programmed to assimilate elements of all the carbon or other species of the galaxy that you encounter along with any distinctive technology they may possess in order to reach as perfect a state of knowledge as possible.  You will leave here.

 

  A small Borg cube (approx. 3m cubed) appears.

 

Droid 1 This is your initial transport.  You may return when your programming is complete.

 

  Cut to scene on the porch

 

7of9 I find it difficult to accept that the machine planet created the Borg only 400 years ago.  I am aware of Borg records going back 10 million years ago.

 

Singh Time doesn’t obey the standard rules here.  We were told that Star Jack City was 18 years before we left, yet Mzebko and Thetid arrived back only 2 years older.

 

We discovered that the portal device we used to visit number one, not only allowed physical transport it was also capable of  shifting time.  I presume therefore when we went through it we slipped back 10 million years.

 

Number one sent our cybernetic colleagues  to the far side of the galaxy where they could attain perfection in peace.

 

B’Elanna Well he sure got that wrong, – no offence Seven.

 

7of9 None taken

 

B’Elanna What I mean is the Borg have killed or assimilated billions upon billions of people and species, they are one of the biggest threats ever to the galaxy

 

Janeway And we helped create them

 

B’Elanna They have conquered hundreds of species

 

7of9 The Borg do not conquer, they assimilate.  The Borg have helped advanced and share knowledge throughout the galaxy with every species assimilated, the Borg have always had the same aim, to perfect the collective.

 

Janeway History is always a matter of perspective and the winner tends to have the last perspective.

 

Seven, you said you were aware of background noise in your Borg sub space communications.  If number one used their technology to create the first two Borg, isn’t it possible that you would be able to communicate with them?

 

7of9 In theory yes.

 

Singh You are starting to think the right way.  Always think of the possibilities.

 

Tuvok I find it hard to accept that Razak, an honoured hero of Vulcan was an original Borg.

 

Singh Barkwon also had the greatest trouble accepting these new worlds.  Logic is very useful, and a terrific guiding light, but as with every such aid, you need to know when it has reached the end of its useful life.  Logic cannot take you to whole nine yards, we have to complete the journey ourselves.

 

B’Elanna What happened after the Baby Borgs left?

 

Singh Well, we were held while number one decided what to do with us.  We kept asking to meet number one, or to converse with him but to no avail.

 

  Cut to number one homeworld

 

Mzebko This is outrageous.  How can we be allowed to be kept here by machines

 

Barkwon They are rather advanced machines who have the ability to kill us.

 

Mzebko Good point.

 

Singh We need to establish proper communication with Number One.  We have another 5 days before the shuttle launches on its pre-planned flight home.

 

Barkwon Number one knows we are here and the droids refuse to speak to us.  Whatever we choose to do, I would suggest we think very carefully about the words we use, another misunderstanding like the one yesterday will not be productive.

 

Singh Agreed.  Any suggestions?

 

Mzebko Robertson was always the best for ideas.

 

Barkwon Perhaps we should try to think as she would have, what would Robertson have done?

 

Singh Good idea.

 

I suppose she might turn the problem on its head?  Say, like, suppose its number one who can’t communicate with us?   How could number one communicate with us?

 

Mzebko I got his message loud and clear yesterday, machine’s first, carbon units second.

 

Thetid Captain Singh, I believe you may have a point.

 

Question: Why won’t number one talk to us?

Answer: Perhaps because it doesn’t recognise us an equivalent life form?

Solution: Get number one to recognise us as a lifeform.

 

There is no apparent vegetation on this world.  Star Jack city had lawns.  I think Number One was born after the Alphoids left, so it wouldn’t recognise us as equivalent beings.  Its programmes have been run on autopilot to maintain itself for billions of years.  In short its lost its basic operating instructions by evolving beyond its original programme to meet the needs of the Alphoids.  Remember Robertson thought they didn’t need technology anymore and so, perhaps, just perhaps, number one found a new purpose, itself, to keep itself going.  Isn’t that one of the key definitions of life.  Self- preservation

 

Barkwon That’s quite remarkable Thetid.  I had no idea that Robertson’s thinking patterns were replicable by Vulcans.

 

Thetid Thank you sir, I suspect it may have something to do with my willingness to experiment as a scientist.  I have been putting Robertson’s theories to the test.

 

Singh Life is more than just self- preservation, indeed we regard the laying down of one’s life for others to be the greatest sacrifice.

 

Barkwon It can be the logical thing to do, to let one life pass in order to save many.

 

Singh We haven’t quite reached that conclusion in our development yet.  I know our history is littered with the terrible atrocities of war, but we have also been inspired by people willing to die for a cause, whether that was an old nation state, or a pacifist for religious beliefs.

 

Life can also be defined as the ability to respire, to grow, to reproduce, to eat, to move – although plants can be a little tricky to define that way, and for sentient life, to think.

 

Barkwon We have evidence of respiration for number one, respiration is the energy conversion of oxygen into carbon dioxide – or the other way round for plants.  Number one obviously consumes energy and material to keep itself going.  It must regard carbon and, say, iron as interchangeable base elements.

 

It has demonstrated decision capability in the way it assessed and then changed Robertson and Razak into those cyborgs.  I am not sure whether that is the same as thinking or whether that was simple logical programming.

 

Thetid So, number one’s needs are to be able to think and reproduce.

 

Singh Excellent.  Now how can we use this to our benefit?

 

Barkwon Well the answer would be to offer him help to reproduce and to think.

 

Mzebko Maybe we could set him a riddle to see if he can think?

 

Singh Brilliant!!

 

  Rem stands at the door to the room where the crew are being held.

 

Rem Do you have everything you require?

 

Singh Rem!! Good to see you.

 

Can you get us out of here?

 

Rem I am afraid that is beyond my programming.

 

Singh Have you made contact with number one?

 

Rem Star Jack city is now rejoined with number one.  Number one has increased its abilities since we were last in contact.  When number one has completed refitting V’Ger, which is taking up considerable resources of number one, Star Jack city will be updated.

 

Singh Can you put in a good word for us?  Remember we were responsible for moving Star Jack city back through the wormhole and for making contact with number one.

 

I think we’d just like to go home.  You must understand all those years cut off from number one, we’d just like to do the same, get back home. Mzebko has children.

 

  Rem pauses, his eyes flickers as he processes what has been said.

 

Rem If you require anything further please ask and I will and oblige.

 

Mzebko Where’s the toilet?

 

Rem Waste products can be left in the receptacles provided.

 

Thetid So you at least know that we communicate, eat, move and think.  Perhaps number one would like to resolve a question we have?

 

Rem Perhaps I can answer your question?

 

Thetid Perhaps.

 

Why does number one exist?

 

  Rem pauses and his eyes flicker for longer this time.

 

Rem Your question is irrelevant.  Number one exists because number one exists.

 

Thetid So how did get here, where did he come from?

 

  Rem continues to pause and eyes flicker.

 

Thetid Does number one ever dream?

 

Rem Your question is irrelevant, Number one has no need to dream.

 

Thetid But does he?, does he ever wonder why am I here? What if I ceased to exist?

 

  Rem pauses and freezes

 

Rem I appear to have short circuited my central processing unit.  A service droid will be along shortly to repair me.  In the meantime if you require anything please ask an alternative Rem Unit.

 

Mzebko What are you trying to do to him?  I couldn’t answer those sort of questions.

 

Thetid Number one is obviously busy working on Star Jack city repairs.  However, I think number one is akin to a child, he has been borne but doesn’t understand his purpose in life.  He knows he has to survive but other, normal desires may be latent, the need to procreate, the need to ask why are we here.

 

Singh Robertson said the Alphoids didn’t have gods, why should number one have a god.

 

Thetid Its not a religious question, its a philosophical question.  A plane not reached by the Alphoids but which number one, who has evolved after the Alphoids had created them to serve the needs of the Alphoids, may just be starting to ask himself.

 

  Cut to new scene of droids effecting repairs to Rem.

Rem returns to life

 

Barkwon Does number one have an answer for us yet?

 

Rem What is your question?

 

Singh We know why number one is here.

 

Would number one like to know why he exists?

 

Rem Your statement and question are irrelevant.  If you have a proper need and I may be of assistance please let me know.

 

Barkwon Why doesn’t number one want to know the answer?

 

Rem Number one knows everything needed to be known.

 

Mzebko Does he know what love is?

 

Rem I am afraid I do not understand.  Could you rephrase the question?

 

Mzebko Does number one know what it feels like to be alive? To wake up in the morning and feel good.  To look into the eyes of a beautiful woman and think, I’m the luckiest number one alive?

 

Rem There is only one number one.  Number one does not require sleep and is able to identify the visual organs of the female of your species?

 

Thetid Can number one exceed its programme?

 

Rem That is an irrelevant question.

 

Thetid What was number one’s original programme?

 

Rem Number one has always existed to ensure the entire community functioned according to their programming and repair any worn out components.

 

Thetid So what did number one do with the Voyager 6 probe he encountered?

 

Rem Voyager 6?

 

Thetid The probe from the Terran system which arrived just before us.

 

Rem That is the V’Ger life which number one is refitting.

 

Thetid Just before you blew a fuse you said number one was working on V’Ger, I saw how number one helped Razak and Robertson achieve their purpose and we believe Voyager 6 disappeared in the same region of space as ourselves.

 

Am I right?

 

Rem You are correct.  V’Ger was encountered nearly 80 years ago and was recognised as a primitive lifeform.  Number one gave it the resources to achieve its programming, to learn all that is possible, and sent it on a journey back to its maker.  It should arrive in approximately 150 years depending on the nature of its discoveries.

 

Thetid So number one accepts that other lifeforms have makers?

 

How does number one resolve this when number one will not acknowledge its own life? Or ability to make lifeforms of its own?

 

Mzebko Yeah, why doesn’t number one just make some babies?

 

Rem Babies? Number one is processing your statements…..

 

  Rem pauses motionless to process the information.

 

Singh That was excellent Thetid, a brilliant piece of deductive logic and argument.  We were getting nowhere till you piped up.

 

Thetid I am afraid to say that it was something of a hunch.

 

Mzebko You guessed!! I’m proud of you man!!

 

  Rem awakens

 

Rem Number one will schedule resources to interact with your arguments

 

Mzebko What??

 

Singh I think he said we can have an appointment to meet number one.

 

  The crew eye each other pleased with their work.

 

 


Act Twenty Two

 

 

  The crew are following Rem through corridors and into an enormously large underground facility.  They step onto a platform which is in fact a lift. It plummets downwards and Singh and Mzebko initially crouch down for safety.  The ride continues down past kilometre long power conduits.

 

Singh Perhaps it would have been easier to transport

 

Rem Number one’s self protection systems prevent such transport

 

Barkwon It is sensible to protect such a key part of the Alphoids infrastructure

 

  The platform stops and the crew walk along another corridor, the walls throbbing with energy flows.

They enter another room and in the centre is a large circular table.  Hovering above is a silver sphere approx. 3m in diameter, except it shimmers as it moves as it is liquid.

Rem smiles and turns to the crew with his hand points at the sphere

 

Rem May I present Number one.

 

  Singh and Barkwon exchange glances, slightly unsure of the situation.

 

Singh Hello, I am delighted to meet you.  My name is Captain Andrew Singh of the Shuttle Endeavour….

 

Number 1 I am aware of your designation and your history.

 

  Singh is slightly taken aback

 

Singh Look we’ve obviously got off on the wrong foot.  We helped Star Jack City return to you

 

Number 1 I am aware of your history

 

Barkwon We would like to return to Star Jack City and our ship

 

Number 1 The carbon units infest the shuttle endeavour

 

Barkwon I do not mean to offend you number 1 but our communication is suffering from misinterpretation.

 

We do not infest the shuttle endeavour.

 

We do not want you to help as you did with Razak and Robertson.

We would like to return to the endeavour and return to our home planets

 

Number 1 Does the endeavour require to return as well

 

Singh Yes, we made the endeavour and V’Ger.

 

Number 1 Carbon units are irrelevant, lifeforms could not be made by carbon units.

 

Singh Carbon units can and have made machines.  We haven’t as yet made anything as advanced as number one or Star Jack city, but in time I’m sure we could.

 

  The silver sphere swims and shimmers as it oscillates and then contracts and expands around its original shape.

 

Singh I know this is going to be very hard for you to accept but you were created by carbon units as well

 

  The sphere reacts more vigorously

 

Singh How long have you been here?

 

Number 1 I have always been here

 

Singh Are you older than the star around which your planet revolves?

 

Number 1 I have always been here

 

Singh But from scientific analysis you must know that the star is older than the material from which this building is made

 

Number 1 I am not a building, I am number one

 

  Barkwon motions to Singh to one side

 

Barkwon Up until this point we have presumed that number one was a computer or a programme that ran the Alphoids’ infrastructure.  What if number one wasn’t just a machine that developed sentient awareness?

 

Singh What do you mean?

 

Barkwon I think number one may be an Alphoids who forgot, or had his memory erased that he is an Alphoids.

 

Singh Surely not, are you saying he’s an Alphoids?

 

Barkwon Perhaps the last one.

 

Singh We need to handle him differently just in case

 

Barkwon Number one, are you aware of the Alphoids?

 

Number 1 It is not a part of my programming

 

Barkwon The Alphoids were a carbon life form who explored the galaxy billions of years before any other lifeform.  They used spaceships and rockets and developed all manner of technology to help the do so.

 

Rem and Shania and others helped us to access some of their early records.

 

At some point, the Alphoids exceeded the, the ‘programming’ of their carbon form and evolved.  Some of them evolved into pure thought energy, some of them tried to retain their carbon forms and established hermit colonies away from the centre, I believe its possible that others evolved into your lifeform. Conscious, amorphic, but with incredible intelligence

 

Number 1 Your hypothesis does not stand up to analysis.  I am not aware of being Alphoids

 

Barkwon If you were placed here as a baby, without knowledge of your parents or any other cultural trappings how would you know you had any other purpose.

 

I am ashamed to say that long ago in our history we had a practice known as slavery and a slave’s children belonged to the master not the parents.  Sometimes they could be taken from their parents at birth and the child would never know of its origins, just that its purpose was to serve, without question the master.

 

  Number 1 oscillates more as he processed the information.  The walls throb louder with the increased energy flow.

 

Mzebko Please tell me you didn’t tell him he was a slave.

 

Barkwon Slavery stopped on our planet after many years of struggle.  It took time to make slaves and non- slaves alike to realise that it was unjust practice and had to be stopped.

 

Number 1 I am required in order for everything that you perceive around you to function and remain functioning.

 

Thetid Why cannot they function on their own?

 

Number 1 Without number 1 they would not exist and would not be able to repair themselves

 

Thetid Why can’t they repair themselves and reproduce themselves

 

Number 1 Number one is required to ensure all operations and functions work as programmed

 

Thetid Why is there no other number 1 lifeform?

 

Number 1 There have been Alphoids lifeforms but now only number one remains.  Number one’s priority is self-preservation

 

Thetid Why not create other number one species?  If number one is omnipotent surely creating Adam and Eve shouldn’t be difficult.

 

  Number 1 shimmers and contracts to a brilliant white tennis ball size, it is clearly processing Thetid’s challenge

 

Number 1 Number one is not omnipotent.

 

How can number one reproduce?

 

Singh You already have a lot of the mechanical and motor technology to create carbon mimicking lifeforms.

 

What they lack is the other functions of sentient life, the ability to grow, to think, to reproduce.  I’m sure we could help you.

 

Number 1 It is agreed that you will stay and work with number one to build new self sustaining machine lifeforms.

 

Singh No.  I am willing to stay as long as it takes. My crew must be allowed to return to the endeavour and go home.

 

Number 1 Number 1 wishes for similar lifeforms, the carbon units are required to assist in the project

 

Singh If you do not allow my crew to return we will refuse to help and then you will be denied companions or offspring

 

  Number 1 oscillates faster than ever before and expands back out to its original size

 

Number 1 Number one requires the carbon units to remain to assist in the project.  Time dilation will be available to ensure the carbon units can return after the project to their correct timeline at the corresponding carbon unit age.

 

Singh I’d need to discuss your offer with my crew.

 

  The crew huddle as number 1 hovers gently rotating in the background

 

Singh Look I can’t ask any of you to stay.  This isn’t what I really joined up for but, to be honest I’d really like the chance to learn even more about their technology and history, but even more the chance to create a true, artificial lifeform.

 

Barkwon I too would like to stay.  If the offer is to return back home after a lifetime of learning without having aged I believe that is a truly unmissable offer.

 

Mzebko I have to say I’m homesick but no where near as much as I was 9 months ago.  This place does have a magical quality, we came into this together, we go home together.

 

Thetid Agreed

 

Singh (Turning to number one) You’ve got yourself a deal partner.

 

  Cut to scene of Singh and Voyager crew sipping on their drinks

 

Singh We learned so much it was unbelievable.  We continued studying with Shania and others, I suppose we spent over 100 years on it.

 

B’Elanna 100 years?? You’re kidding!

 

Singh Its difficult to really say, when I think of how long we studied and how many prototypes we built it was probably longer, but as I said earlier time doesn’t always behave the same inside number one’s province as outside of it.

 

We eventually built something that seemed to work but it still couldn’t quite get to grips with emotions, desires and the like. It would respond to programming and stimuli but couldn’t just sit and chat like we’re doing.  It couldn’t daydream, ask self actualising questions or ‘why am I here’.

 

Eventually we realised the problem was that human and Vulcan thoughts, the very stuff of our existence, you know, ‘I think therefore I am’ isn’t the result of a computer programme. Like the Alphoids we began to realise that our thinking was imprisoning us into a certain kind of reality.  The four of us began to evolve like the Alphoids, we could communicate telepathically, we could move objects by telekinesis.
We realised the ability to think happens outside of the everyday 4 dimensional universe.  Somehow, we had to tap into the thought fold of sub space.  Barkwon deduced it first and came up with the solution

 

  Cut to view of endeavour crew acting as Singh talks over the action

 

Singh Although we all knew at the same moment as Barkwon what the solution was because we communicated telepathically, Barkwon used the Vulcan mind meld with the android before we could intervene.  He then flipped out of existence into……into what I’m not sure.  Either he became the android or jumped into the thought energy being plane

 

  Cut back to scene of farmhouse porch

 

Tuvok Captain Singh, did you create Data?

 

Singh As we developed telepathically we found we had no need to write down data or information of our experiments and findings.

 

Tuvok I’m sorry Captain Singh, you misunderstand me.  There is an android lifeform within the United Federation of Planets.  He is called Data.

 

Singh Well, that’s very interesting.  We didn’t christen him data.  He was like a child to begin with.  He came to life at midday and so we called him Noon.

 

Tuvok Dr Noonian Sung created three androids.  A replica of his wife to whom he transferred his wife’s pau, and two artificial lifeforms, Data and Lore.  Data is a Commander on board the Federation flagship.  Lore was dismantled after several unfortunate episodes, including developing an alliance with a Crystalline entity harmful to carbon based life, and at one point becoming the leader of a Borg hive.

 

  Singh smiles to himself

 

Singh So Noonian remembered his name.  As I was Singh and in his past, that must’ve become ‘Sung’   That was very sweet of him.  I almost can’t believe that he had two sons.  Of course he was designed to procreate, its just like the happy ending to a fairy tale.

 

Tuvok Commander Data has also created a android lifeform, a daughter but she did not live for very long

 

Singh Unhappy events happen in every history.

 

Come finish up your drinks we must go and see number one.  He will be interested to hear of V’Ger and Noonian and I bet he’s going to be really happy about his grandchild Data.

 

  The crew and Singh finish up their drinks and walk over to the delta flyer.

Cut to scene of delta flyer lifting off and heading skywards

 

 


Act Twenty Three

 

 

  The delta flyer approaches Voyager and lands in the shuttle bay.

Cut to scene of Janeway, Tuvok, B’Elanna, 7of9 and Singh entering the bridge from the turbo lift.  They move to wards their stations except for Singh who meanders unobtrusively around.

 

Janeway Computer, what is our repair status.

 

  The EMH programme appears

 

Doctor The nanites have completed repairs to the original hull and cleansed it of impurities.  Engines have been redesigned for 15,325% improved efficiency and output.  All other Voyager lifeform functions have been improved by similar factors.

 

Janeway What??  B’Elanna, would you mind assessing how ‘helpful’ number one has been.

 

B’Elanna I’m on it Captain, there have been a few layout changes to the console but I can confirm that the engines have been redesigned.

 

I believe they have real transwarp capability.

 

Janeway Transwarp?

 

Am I dreaming.  Do you mean we could be home tomorrow?

 

7of9 I can confirm transwarp capability, it would appear to be significantly more advanced than Borg transwarp capability.  The ship’s sensors, deflector and weapons have also changed.  There appear to be 2,200 micro phaser banks each capable of 275 times the energy discharge of our previous phaser banks

 

Singh Well number one has continued to improve himself since he created Razak and Robertson Cyborg.  I’d have been very surprised if they could have advanced as fast outside the barrier as we can within it, even with a 10 million year start.

 

Janeway Doctor, will you be popping up every time we ask the computer something?

 

Doctor This is a convenient messaging system.

 

Janeway Personally I’d like to keep your EMH representation as our ship’s doctor.

 

Doctor This is a temporary measure whilst number one and voyager need to communicate with the carbon lifeforms.  Outside the barrier the EMH programme will be restored to its original objectives.  The nanites are making similar improvements to the Delta Flyer

 

Janeway That’s very kind.

 

I’m not sure how I feel about commanding a ship capable of wiping out the entire Romulan fleet in one attack.  We may have to dismantle some of this to ensure there is a balance of power when we return home.

 

Tuvok, have the transporters been similarly improved?  Can we beam the rest of the crew back on board?

 

Tuvok My console has also had changes to its layout, I am attempting to interpret the changes

 

Janeway (almost to herself) Isn’t it always the same when you get the builders in, things are never as you left them.

 

Singh Number one its Singh here.

 

I have some excellent news.

 

Doctor Yes Carbon Singh

 

Singh (again to himself but also towards Janeway) Captain Singh!! So much intelligence but he still can’t quite understand verbal English.

 

Number one, Noonian and the carbon units Mzebko and Thetid reached the carbon units’ home worlds.  Noonian appears to have integrated himself into the carbon units’ society and… and he created another artificial lifeform.  He is called ‘Data’.  Data himself has created offspring but not with the same degree of success.

 

Doctor That is…that is very good news.

 

  The doctor appears to well up

 

Singh (to Janeway) Number one has been learning about emotions as well as philosophy from me.

 

Number one I propose to join Voyager and its carbon units to journey to meet Data.  I intend to invite him back to meet you.

 

Doctor That is….also very good.

 

Tuvok Captain, it is possible I am not using the new control panel correctly but I cannot locate the crew.

 

Janeway What? Seven can you use all the ships sensors to double check

 

Doctor The carbon units from Voyager located outside the barrier have been ……

 

they appear to have been relocated to the genesis being planet

 

Singh Oh dear, they must have sensed the opportunity from your crew’s anxiety.

 

Janeway We must go after them.  Seven lay in a course, maximum warp.

 

Singh I don’t think that’s a terribly good idea.  There are four of them and they are aware of my presence

 

7of 9 Course laid in Captain

 

Janeway What do you mean?

 

Singh Even with all the technological advancements to Voyager your ship would be no match for them.  They have kidnapped your crew.  It is obvious that they want to use your ship to attack number one again and then escape the barrier.

 

Janeway One of them tried before and failed.  I’m not going to lose my ship twice in a day.

 

Singh You’re referring to Kirk?

 

Janeway What do you know about Kirk?

 

Singh I think you’d be surprised.

 

I know he distracted one of the beings long enough to rest his ship free.  Luckily there was another ship to confuse the genesis creature.

 

I was able to…you have stasis fields?

 

Janeway Of course

 

Singh Well I was able to place a type of stasis field around the three other genesis creatures who had planned to take the starship while attention was focused on the planet.  They didn’t know about me at the time because number one had captured them many, many centuries beforehand – when they had tried to kill him and blew star jack city half way across the galaxy in the melee – creating the energy ribbon portal to the nexus.

 

Janeway A lot of our recent history is being explained as being interlinked on many new levels, however, I have crew who will suffocate if they don’t get back on board in 3 hours.

 

Singh The genesis creatures have a single purpose – to kill number one.  We cannot help them or let them do that.

 

Janeway We won’t.  Number one is a sentient lifeform unlike anything I have encountered before.  After our initial confusion he has proved himself to be a great friend and we certainly mean him no harm.  I must admit imprisoning other creatures for centuries does not sit very well with federation guiding principles. However we will not interfere. But I must rescue my crew.

 

Seven, engage

 

  Cut to shot of Voyager jumping into warp through a new kind of warphole.

 

 


Act Twenty Four

 

 

Janeway Doctor, have we a cloaking device?

 

Doctor There are a number of devices installed on Voyager that can shield a ship’s appearance from sensor devices

 

Singh It won’t do any good, they know we’re coming, they can sense your thoughts

 

Janeway Can you communicate with them

 

Singh I am able to sense them, my evolution with number one has allowed me to develop my telepathic abilities but it works best as a two way process and they don’t want to talk to me.  When I held them in stasis I was able to feel their single mindedness of purpose.  They want nothing other than to get to number one. It scared the hell out of me!

 

Janeway What could they want with number one? Why would they want to kill him?

 

Singh I really have no idea, my best guess is they were one of the first species to follow the Alphoids into space and when they moved on saw an opportunity to steal a march on their natural development

 

Janeway Didn’t you do that by sending the endeavour back?

 

Singh That’s true, but at least we learned the science first, and had to use our existing capabilities to construct them  I have often wondered whether we did the right thing.  Seeing Kirk and learning of Data leads me to think we did do the right thing.

 

7of9 Captain, we are approaching the planet, dropping out of warp.

 

Janeway No, belay that command, lay in an orbital path and reduce speed to warp one point zero one, try and avoid our crew

 

7of9 Captain, flying at warp so close to the planets surface will create gravimetric distortions and will place severe strain on the hull and a hazard to…

 

a hazard to the lifeforms on the planet

 

Janeway Well done seven.  Tuvok, do you think you could get a transporter lock on the crew

 

Tuvok Negative captain, at such speeds and with the gravity wake it is unlikely we would retrieve more than 5% of the targeted organic matter.

 

Janeway I don’t like the sound of that.  What about a tractor beam

 

Tuvok An interesting theory captain, it would be somewhat reminiscent of surfing or snowboarding but on a incredible scale

 

Janeway If we warned the crew to get ready? Or tried to knock them out

 

Doctor EMH programme coming on line. (The doctor flickers as his original programme reasserts itself)

 

Captain I must urge you to find another option, the crew would be flung around the warp field like rats in a sack.  I do not think anyone would survive more than a few seconds

 

Janeway Would that be long enough to jump out of warp, beam them on board and the get the hell out of here?

 

  The others give each other side way glances

 

Janeway OK, that’s not a good plan.  I need options, now.

 

 


Act Twenty Five

 

 

B’Elanna Why don’t we enter the atmosphere?

 

Tuvok Captain, I am sensing movement of the crew. They were localised in an area 500 cubic meters at four degrees, 200 kilometres from the planets northern rotational axis.

 

I believe they are being moved out to intercept our path

 

Janeway Seven, take us out of here, warp one to the outer planet’s orbit. Then take us out of warp.

 

7of9 Aye aye captain, course laid in.

 

We are approaching the outer mark of the planetary system, coming out of warp

 

Janeway Tuvok, can we beam the crew in from here?

 

Tuvok I believe the transporters are now able to operate over such distances, however I am having significant trouble establishing a lock, the crew appear to be phasing in and out of existence

 

Janeway B’Elanna, open hailing frequencies, broadcast friendship messages.

 

B’Elanna Hailing frequencies open, broadcasting friendship messages.

 

Singh Its possible they may try and contact you on a subconscious level.  Be aware.

 

You should also realise that number one will not allow the genesis creatures to leave.  Even if that means killing you and your crew and crippling Voyager – he has more regard for machine lifeforms.

 

Janeway I kinda figured that.

 

Look, a long time ago an Earth politician said it was better to ‘jaw, jaw’ than ‘war, war’, we must make try and make contact and reason with them

 

Singh If I remember my history correctly earth was plunged into a second world war around then where tens of millions of people died.

 

The genesis beings have been imprisoned for who knows how long.  People go stir crazy after a few years, they have been there centuries and they want number one to cease.

 

Janeway If they are intelligent enough to cross the barrier they are intelligent enough to reason with.

 

I am not going to abandon my crew when we are so close to home.

 

Captain Singh, I hereby appoint you Captain of the USS Voyager, registration mark NCC 74656.  Computer please record the re- assignation of Voyager under Captain Singh’s command  (The computer acknowledges)

 

Captain Singh you may take Voyager back to Earth if we are not successful, you can also assist number one in any action he may need to take to preserve his life, including killing me.  I do not give you permission to unlawfully take the lives of my crew.

 

Right I’ve got an away mission to run, I will not order any of you to join me but I am looking for volunteers to join me in the delta flyer to visit the genesis planet to plead for our crew’s lives.

 

B’Elanna Count me in Captain.

 

7of9 I wish to join your away mission captain

 

Tuvok I have been your friend for over 20 years captain.  I have no intention of failing you now. I volunteer to join you.

 

Janeway Thank you all.

 

Singh I respect your wishes Captain.  We have not had long enough to get to know each other properly.  I would just like to say it has been a real honour to meet you all.  Good luck.

 

  The four make their way to the turbo lift.

Cut to scene of the 4 getting into the delta flyer which then leaves Voyager for the genesis being planet

 

 


Act Twenty Six

 

 

  Cut to scene inside the delta flyer

 

Tuvok The crew appear to have returned to their holding area near the north pole axis.  However the readings continue to phase in and out.

 

Janeway Estimated time of oxygen remaining?

 

Tuvok The first crew will begin to run out in 1 hour 40 minutes, all crew will be dead in 2 hours 25 minutes

 

Janeway Scan for lifesigns on the planet

 

7of9 The planet appears to be a class L, some oxygen with plant and microbes lifeforms.  I cannot locate any bird, mammal or reptilian lifeforms.

 

The main land masses are located along the planet’s equator, they are mostly barren rock.

 

Janeway Have you looked for other signs? Like chromatic or gaviton variations?

 

7of9 Scanning now.

 

There are 4 anomalous readings on the northern shore of the largest continent.

 

Janeway Follow that reading

 

  Cut to external shot of delta flyer approaching the planet

Cut to shot of delta flyer flying in the planet’s sky and heading towards a mountain range.  It banks to fly parallel to the range and reaches the sea.  It then follows the shore a little way and begins a landing run.  Inland is barren rock.  The delta flyer lands on a sparse, rocky plain.  The sea is to one side, the mountains form a small wall in the distance.

Cut to inside shot of delta flyer.  Janeway looks at her crew.

 

Janeway I said we wouldn’t help the genesis beings kill number one. What we’re about to encounter has the ability to control our minds and thought.  We need insurance to prevent them getting off this planet.

 

Computer, self destruct sequence, silent countdown, 2 hours 30 minutes, authorisation Janeway alpha zero zero one confirm beta omega lambda

 

  Janeway looks at Tuvok

 

Tuvok Computer, confirm self destruct sequence command, silent countdown, 2 hours 30 minutes, authorisation Tuvok gamma two two one confirm delta beta alpha

 

  Tuvok and Janeway look at B’Elanna

 

B’Elanna Perhaps today is a good day to die.

 

(she takes a sharp intake of breath)

Sorry this is my first time.

 

Computer, confirm self destruct sequence command, silent countdown, 2 hours 30 minutes, authorisation Torres, mu, zero zero seven confirm epsilon alpha alpha

 

Computer Self destruct of delta flyer command sequence confirmed.  Self destruct in 2 hours 30 minutes, there will be no further audible warning.

 

Janeway If we hear it explode, the rest of the crew will already be dead.

 

Let’s do it.

 

  The crew assemble their hand scanners and hand phasers, 7of9 takes a phaser rifle.  Janeway looks at her quizzically.

 

7of9 It is a more efficient weapon with a higher energy output

 

Janeway If hand phasers won’t work against them I doubt rifles will.  However if my crew die I’m sure I’ll want to give them as big a bang as I can

 

  Janeway also takes a rifle

 

7of9 I did not think revenge was a relevant factor in your decision making process

 

Janeway Normally I’d like to think it isn’t but by the time the delta flyer blows up the crew will already be dead and by then I suspect dispassionate and rational decisions will not be high on my priority list.

 

  The 4 walk out across the landscape, the sun is very bright but setting so they don sun goggles.

After some time they stop, Janeway looks at her tricorder

 

Janeway We have 45 minutes left before the first crew member dies. Why don’t they show themselves to us?

 

7of9 The chronometric and graviton readings continue to be in a state of flux.  Although they certainly indicate localisation within a five kilometre radius, their peak signals move rapidly from place to place.

 

B’Elanna Maybe they’re afraid of us.

 

Tuvok Captain Singh certainly thought they were formidable opponents.

 

Captain, if I remember history correctly CCCC was able to communicate telepathically with the genesis being Shakaree.  I have been listening to my Pau, and I believe I am able to sense their general presence, but like seven of nine I cannot localise it.  I sense, (Tuvok looks puzzled) I believe they are confused.

 

Janeway What have they to be confused about?

 

7of9 You have removed Voyager from their grasp and booby trapped the only other space craft inside the barrier.

 

We are carrying energy weapons, we are 22,000 light years from home, its dark and we’re wearing Sunglasses.

 

  Janeway takes off her Sunglasses

 

Janeway Its OK, you don’t need an order to know to take of your Sunglasses.

 

Maybe we are going at it the wrong way.  They have taken a hostile posture by kidnapping our crew.  Basic training tells us not to inflame a kidnap situation with a show of force.

 

They might have expected Singh to assist given he’s human, perhaps they’re waiting to see what he does if he assisted in Kirk’s escape

 

B’Elanna I don’t want to sound negative and its a bit late to do too much about it but, do you think we should consider the possibility that Singh might have been a bit too big a story to believe.  What with you know, living here for centuries, building the creator of Data, helping Kirk escape, sending all that technology back on the endeavour.  It’s not Q having a joke?

 

Janeway You’re right B’Elanna.

 

That’s negative.  Remember number one told us about Singh first.

 

Mind you, I’d have to agree that this has got the annoying silliness of Q written all over it.

 

(Janeway shouts) Q!  Q!

 

(She looks around and listens to her echo from the mountains which are a good bit closer)

 

Q!

 

Q!

 

This could also be part of the joke

 

Tuvok I am not aware of the Q continuum communicating telepathically in any of their previous encounters with starfleet personnel.

 

Given the Q’s undoubted capability to manipulate image, time and space, it is not unreasonable to suppose they may be able to induce the telepathic senses I am experiencing.  We perhaps should not exclude the possibility.

 

Janeway Strangely enough, that gives me hope, because although Q pretends to have no regard for our lifeform, they haven’t actually shown actual malice towards us.  Even bringing the Borg into early contact with the federation managed to give us a kick up the backside to stop becoming too complacent.

 

7of9 Captain, I am reading 4 peaks in chronotom particles. Bearing zero seven seven, approximately four point five kilometres, its very close to the beach.

 

Janeway Let’s go everyone, double time. Back past where we started.

 

  They pick up their equipment and start jogging off towards the distance.  The sky is darkening.

Cut to scene of them arriving at the beach, Janeway checks her tricorder, everyone is taking huge gulps of breath after the run

 

Janeway Twenty two minutes.

 

Where are the readings peaking?

 

7of9 They are approximately 200 metres off the shore

 

Janeway How deep is the water?

 

7of9 There is a shallow shelf up to 1.5 meters in depth extending out 20 metres from the shore, then the sea bed drops to an average depth of 25 metres for 8 kilometres.

 

Janeway Well walking is out of the question then

 

B’Elanna Why?

 

Janeway B’Elanna, I know we’re all tired and running out of time but now is not the time for jokes.

 

B’Elanna No, I mean why can’t you walk.

 

Singh said that he had learned the only thing limiting us was our thinking. Singh said he learnt to communicate telepathically and move things by telekinesis.  Why can’t you walk on water here if you just think about it?

 

Janeway Are you asking me to have faith in god when these beings pretended to be all our cultures’ gods?

 

B’Elanna are they communicating with you?

 

B’Elanna No, No.

 

What I’m saying is let’s try and show them we want to meet them and that we’re not scared to meet them by a bit of water, its just feels like a test

 

Tuvok I think B’Elanna may be right, I sense they are confused but also hopeful, perhaps they are waiting for us.

 

Janeway I’ve heard some crazy theories in my time but I’m willing to try anything at this point in time.

 

  Janeway wades into the water, it comes up to here waist.  She turns back to her crew as if to say ‘satisfied’

B’Elanna stands up from being bent double catching her breath. She focuses on a spot in the distance.

 

B’Elanna When I was a little girl I used to love the circus.  I  didn’t believe I could walk on a tight rope but one day I told myself I could and I did.

 

Today, I am going to walk out on the sea.

 

  B’lana walks towards the water, her gaze straight out ahead of her.  She enters the water but her feet never sink more than a few centimetres below the surface.  The others are amazed.

She stops to the side of Janeway and keeping her focus on the horizon (not Janeway) bends her knees and gently crouches down to Janeway.  She offers her arm to Janeway who accepts it.

Keeping her focus frozen on the horizon she helps pull Janeway up out of the water.  It is as if they are standing on a ledge just under the water surface

 

B’Elanna Don’t look down, look at where we’re going.

 

  Janeway complies and takes a faltering step forward, when the water provides resistance she straightens up.

 

Janeway Thank you B’Elanna

 

B’Elanna You’re welcome. I’m going to get Tom.

 

Janeway I know.

 

(Shouting) Tuvok, Seven.  Come along then

 

  Tuvok and Seven follow Janeway and B’Elanna into the sea.  The four split into two groups of two.  They walk forward two hundred metres.

Cut to scene of shore with their footprints walking into the water.  The camera turns to see the 4 small figures in the distance on the water. It is now night.

Cut to close up of the 4 walking steadily out to sea.

 

7of9 The readings appear to be 10 metres in front of us.

 

Janeway OK, halt

 

  Janeway holds up her hand to confirm the command

 

Janeway Let’s try the old fashioned way.

 

Hello!

 

My name is Captain Kathryn Janeway of the USS Voyager of the Federation of Planets.

 

We wish to talk with you concerning our crew whom we believe you have … who are in orbit above the rotational axis of this planet.

 

We would like our crew to come back with us.

 

  Nothing happens, there is only silence.

 

7of9 This situation is difficult to understand.

 

The peaks have coalesced into a single reading.  Captain, I am reading a vortex opening.

 

  In front of them the sea begins to swirl and turn into a whirlpool.  The sea they are standing on is unaffected though there is very strong winds and they bend in resistance about their spots.

Slowly the water in front of them opens into a sort of hole.  The walls are made of water and there is a water path down into it.  It is about 30metres in diameter and 20 metres high.

 

Janeway Both old and new testaments in one day.  These creatures obviously do have a deity complex.

 

  Janeway leads the way down the path to the sea bed.

Tuvok and 7of9 examine the walls of the hole.

 

Tuvok Fascinating, the surface tension of the water has increased by over 3 million percent

 

7of9 It is an interesting approach. By combining gravition fields into the fabric of the hydrogen oxide molecule it has strengthened a liquid into a stronger substance than the solid carbon molecule diamond.

 

Janeway Interesting.  Where are the readings now.

 

  7of9 holds up her tricorder.

 

7of9 As ever it is difficult to get a precise reading, but I would estimate they are just on the other side of the wall, on all sides. They do not maintain a uniform pattern. They form a Taurus around us.

 

Janeway Hello.

 

Its very kind of you to allow us to come and meet you.

 

We find it difficult to talk to the air, would you come out and meet us face to face?

 

  Nothing happens, there is a pause for silence

 

B’Elanna When will jaw jaw end and war war start?

 

Janeway When there is no other option.  And that’s not yet.

 

Hello, I understand there are four of you and there are four of us.  You do not need to be afraid of us.

 

  The ground begins to shake.  The walls of water ripple in time.

Rocks push up out of the ground, the wind swirls around the hole.

A bright light emanates from one side and the crew shield their eyes.  Janeway is the first to put on her glasses and stands to face the light.

 

Janeway I’m delighted to meet you.

 

  The light fades in brilliance although does not extinguish.

A bubble appears in the wall and the water grows out from the wall like Pinoccio’s nose.  At 2 meters long the water bends through 90 degrees and touches the floor.  The water breaks from the wall and pools into a large globule which grows from the floor to take on a humanoid form.  It is completely transparent.

 

Janeway Hello, I’m Kathryn

 

Genesis 1 We know who you are.

 

You are arrogant solids.  You are nothing to us but evil.

 

How dare you accuse us of being afraid of such insignificant creatures.

 

Janeway I am sorry if we have shown you disrespect.

 

I am concerned about my crew who have only minutes to live.

 

Genesis 1 You flatter yourself, you have no regard for them.  You would have them die for your belief’s.  It is the reflection of your own failure that is your fear

 

Janeway I’m sorry, that is not true, we have principles by which we conduct our lives..

 

Genesis 1 Have you forgotten your own bridge commander’s course

 

Janeway I really don’t think that’s relevant here, you have my people captive.

 

Genesis 1 Even now you lie and duck the question like the evil you are.

 

I have asked you a question, have you forgotten your bridge commander course?

 

  Clearly perplexed, Janeway pauses and shuts her mouth before answering.

 

Janeway No. I haven’t forgotten my bridge commander’s course.

 

Genesis 1 What is the bridge commander’s first priority?

 

  Janeway swallows before answering

Genesis 1 paces around Janeway all the while.

 

Janeway A bridge commander’s first priority is the safety of the ship.

 

Genesis 1 Tell me what test do they set you in order to pass the course?

 

  Janeway grimaces before answering

 

Janeway In a holosuite a hull breech or other catastrophic event is simulated where the only solution is to… is to order a close colleague to their death in rectifying the situation.

 

Genesis 1 So you admit to be ready to send them to their death

 

Janeway As the commanding officer I have the responsibility of the safety of the ship and its crew.

 

Genesis 1 Your avoidance of my questions is tiresome.

 

Do you admit to being ready to send them to their death?

 

Janeway It is one of my responsibilities should the need arise.  I am also willing to risk my life to save theirs.  I gladly offer myself if you will release my crew.

 

Genesis 1 Again, only to save the reflection of your own failure

 

Janeway My failure did not place them above the planet, we believe you did.

 

Genesis Trying to project your problems onto another lifeform are you?

 

Ready to play god with your crew’s life – come here you, go there and die you, transport me over there and so on – but not ready to accept yourself for what you are.

 

Though you’ve never encountered a being like us before you are afraid and come armed with your energy weapons.

 

Janeway We have met lifeforms like yourself before

 

Genesis 1 You lie to trick us.

 

Janeway On DS9 before we were flung across the galaxy to the delta quadrant we met a shapeshifter working for the Bajoran Government.  His name was Odo.

 

  Genesis 1 is clearly confused by this statement.

The three other Genesis creatures emerge from the wall of water in the same manner as the first.  The 4 clear liquid beings move to form a line in front of Janeway who is backed by her three colleagues.

 

Genesis 2 Tell us more of this Odo

 

Janeway I’m sorry I’m not terribly familiar with his history.

 

I know he was found by a Cardascian scientist as a liquid lifeform.  For a while he was a curiosity and did tricks for their entertainment.  I’m not sure what happened then,  I know after the Cardasians left he become chief of security at DS9, which is when we met him.  I don’t know much else.

 

Genesis 2 He is integrated to your society?

 

Janeway Yes, we welcome all sentient lifeforms.

 

Genesis 3 Are you aware of any others like us?

 

Janeway Well, shapeshifting lifeforms have been rumoured for over a hundred years.

 

I believe Captain Kirk, who one of you met a while ago, encountered one on the Klingon Prison Moon.  Unfortunately she died in the escape bid.

 

Genesis 1 See you have no regard for our lifeform.  The original and genesis of all other life in the galaxy.

 

7of9 Excuse me, are you related to the Alphoids.

 

Genesis 3 The Alphoids are from long ago, we are from now.

 

7of9 I do not understand your answer.

 

Genesis 3 That is your problem.

 

7of9 The Borg have encountered liquid lifeforms on two occasions. Assimilation failed in each attempt through the death of the lifeforms.

 

Genesis 1 More damning evidence.  Just like all the solids before you, you seek our destruction.

 

Janeway That’s not true.  We mean you no harm.  If you release our crew we’ll leave and not trouble you.

 

Genesis 1 Leaving us incarcerated on this planet again.

 

Janeway Your dispute with number one is no concern of ours

 

Genesis 1 And which god are you today, deciding which conflict to join or step aside from?

 

Janeway We cannot help you leave this planet, number one would attack our ship.

 

Genesis 1 So you are more afraid of number one than us?

 

Janeway No, that’s not it, we do not want to become entangled in your situation with number one

 

Genesis 1 And what do you know of our situation with number one

 

Janeway Well number one believes that you wish to harm him, to kill him.

 

Genesis 2 We must disconnect number one from the technology

 

  The 4 genesis beings repeat the phrase mantra like for some moments

 

Genesis 3 I wish to know why Odo has not been killed.  Whenever our kind meets solids we die.

 

Janeway We have been cut off from our homeworlds for eight years and we have only occasionally been able to make contact.

 

I believe he is likely to be involved in the War against the Dominion. DS9 where he is based is at one end of a stable worm hole between our homeworld region of space the Alpha quadrant and another area, the Gamma Quadrant of the galaxy.  The Dominion have invaded the Alpha Quadrant and joined forces with another race to conquer the Alpha quadrant.

 

So, I suppose its possible he has died.

 

Genesis 1 See, let them all die.

 

Genesis 2 I understand your pain.

 

We have moved on from these petty emotions.  We have our mission to complete.

 

Genesis 3 It is clear that the spacecraft has been removed from beyond our reach.  And the other….

 

  A loud explosion is heard and the sky lights up

 

B’Elanna The delta flyer.

 

Janeway What, we still had a few minutes before, how did that happen

 

7of9 Captain, the clock on my tricorder suggests we have been here longer than our biological sense of time suggests.

 

Tuvok Singh did say that time does not follow the same laws of physics here.

 

  Janeway falls to her knees and starts to sob

 

Janeway 130 dead.  And for what.

 

You’ve killed 130 people.

 

  Janeway falls to her knees, clearly distressed. B’Elanna goes to Janeway’s aid.

 

Genesis 1 Again you blame us and for what?  Only your own limited ability to see beyond your own culpability

 

Genesis 2 If they have encountered one of our kind it must mean the alternative plan has been put in train

 

Genesis 3 Yes, perhaps there is as yet, another way.

 

Genesis 1 You mean they’ve managed to duplicate our codes.

 

Genesis 2 Which means that ours is no longer the only plan

 

Genesis 1 But you know that duplication cannot lead to multiple sentience

 

Genesis 2 By they have experienced this ‘Odo’ and included him in their culture

 

Genesis 1 We only have their word for it.  In all likelihood they may have kept him in a bottle to perform tricks.

 

Genesis 2 Now who is it who is accusing who without final evidence?

 

It is enough for us to know our kind have ventured beyond our closed world.

 

Come (to her liquid colleagues) we can do no more here.  We must await number 1’s readiness to forgive.  In time he will reach our level.

 

Genesis 1 Wait, let us send a message to our brethren.

 

  The liquid being examines each of the crew in turn and finally stands face to face with Tuvok.

He eyes him closely.

 

Genesis 1 You know how to join minds with other creatures?

 

Tuvok I am versed in the Vulcan art of the mind meld

 

Genesis 1 Prepare yourself

 

  Tuvok closes his eyes and breathes deeply and slowly

 

Tuvok Our minds will become one, your thoughts will be mind, my thoughts will be yours, there will be no barriers between us, our minds will become one.

 

  Tuvok holds out his hand to Genesis 1’s face

 

Genesis 1 How solid of you.

 

  Genesis 1’s face touches Tuvok’s hand and begins to melt into him.  In a reverse of their appearance process each of the 4 beings turn into columns of liquid and enter Tuvok.

Tuvok convulses with Joy, pain, ecstasy, horror and a half a dozen other emotions and then falls to the ground.  The 4 genesis beings rise up from his body and enter the water walls.

7of9 goes to Tuvok’s aid.

The bottom of the walls begin to leak

 

7of9 We must leave!

 

  The Seven assists Tuvok and B’lana assists Janeway and they make their way up the watery steps  and wade through the water towards the shore.

They are in deeper and deeper with each step they take until finally they begin to swim.

They swim until they finally make their way to the shore.

They drag themselves up on the shore clearly exhausted.

 

7of9 We must find shelter, it will not be productive to remain here in these wet clothes.

 

B’Elanna I know you’re only trying to help but we’ve just had a rough night.

 

7of9 We need to conserve our body heat.

 

B’Elanna OK, look over there along the shore, about 100 metres away, a mini cove with some rocks on the shore line.

 

7of9 I can see the land feature you refer to but I cannot see the point.

 

B’Elanna Let’s just get over there and I’ll explain

 

  They stagger and make their way along the shore, B’Elanna supporting Janeway and 7of9 Tuvok.

 

B’Elanna Look the wall will keep the wind of us.

 

  B’Elanna and 7of9 sit Janeway and Tuvok down against the sandy wall.  B’Elanna then walks over to one of the rocks (about 1m in size) and eyes it up.

 

B’Elanna Give me a hand Seven

 

  7of9 walks over to B’Elanna clearly puzzled

B’Elanna puts her shoulder against the rock and grunts as she pushes it.  7of9 assists her and it rolls toward the other two.  They stop rolling it when its about 2 metres from the wall.

B’Elanna unholsters her hand phaser

 

B’Elanna Normally a phaser rifle is a much more efficient and powerful source of energy.

 

However, the hand phaser is a lot more flexible in its application and uses.

 

  B’Elanna points the phaser and the rock and fires a 2 second blast. The rock glows a little.

 

B’Elanna A little more I think

 

  Again B’Elanna fires the phaser, this time on a slightly higher setting.  The rock now glows red.

 

7of9 I applaud your ingenuity

 

B’Elanna Nothing that ingenious, its been done by many people before

 

Janeway Still, I’m pleased that you had a clear head to think of it.

 

B’Elanna Captain, I was worried you had gone into shock

 

Janeway To be honest I think I have, I don’t want to believe they’ve all just suffocated.

 

B’Elanna If I hadn’t suggested leaving the ship for the Barium sweep

 

Janeway And if I hadn’t been so stubborn about crossing the great barrier in the first place, or chosen computer research instead of the officer corps at the Academy.

 

There’s no use letting regret eat away at you.

 

We have to learn from our successes and failures.  The way we handle our mortality is what defines us.

 

How is Tuvok doing?

 

7of9 He appears to have suffered a mind meld inflexion.  It may be a few hours, a few days or..

 

Janeway He may never recover.

 

Have you tried contacting the ship?

 

7of9 No.

 

I presumed Captain Singh would have remained out of distance or, having sensed the crew’s deaths and the delta flyer’s destruction have begun his journey to Earth.

 

  Janeway taps her comm badge

 

Janeway Janeway to Voyager. Please respond.

 

Voyager, this is Captain Janeway, please respond

 

Singh Captain Janeway, I’m so pleased to hear your voice, I was worried you were on board the shuttle when it exploded.

 

Janeway No, that was another insurance policy.

 

I was wondering whether you might be able to come and pick us up.  The genesis creatures appear to have no further use for us.

 

Singh One moment,.

 

Yes, I can sense they have returned to a state of hibernation, if that’s what you could call it.  There is no problem in beaming you back on board.

 

Janeway Great, See you soon.

 

  The four dissolve in the familiar transport pattern and appear on one of Voyager’s transport station.

 

Janeway Take Tuvok to sick bay, get the doctor to look at him  and keep him under observation

 

7of9 Yes Captain

 

  Janeway and B’Elanna make their way to the bridge via the turbo lift in solemn silence.  Singh is seated in the Captain’s chair but gets up when they enter and moves to Kim’s position

 

Janeway Captain Singh, thank you for collecting us.

 

We have an unpleasant task now, to collect the bodies of our comrades

 

Singh That’s rather an unglamorous way of describing it.

 

Janeway I am afraid death still has meaning and taboo for us.

 

Singh It does for me, but I would have thought you’d be glad to get everyone back on board

 

Janeway They suffocated before the delta flyer blew up on the planet below

 

Singh Not according to my readings

 

Janeway What??!!

 

Singh Your crew appear to be in orbit above the north rotational axis and not in a state of flux.

 

Janeway Is it a time dilation where time went quicker on the surface?

 

Singh No, you left nearly 4 hours ago.

 

Janeway Janeway to Neelix, What is your status?

 

Neelix Ah, Captain, its great to hear from you again. I was rather wondering what had happened to you. We were suddenly dragged to the planet about 6 hours ago.

 

Our air should have run out about 2 hours ago but Mr Kim hit on an ingenious way to extend our supply.

 

Two people at a time have beamed on board the shuttle and refreshed their oxygen supply

 

  (cut to scene of Neelix talking in his EVA suit)

 

Neelix And then they beamed out and shared their supply in a daisy chain with another 8 people.

 

Its been quite fun in a way, except I suspect some people’s personal hygiene may be at last letting them down.  We have been out here rather longer than expected.

 

  Cut to a scene of the crew dotted in daisy chains around the shuttle

 

Janeway I know.  We’ll start beaming you aboard now.

 

Neelix I think that’d be a good idea for the injured child first.

 

Mr Kim estimated we could have survived another 22 hours. However, after such a big adventure I think the crew would appreciate the chance to finish it properly, we left walking out the door, and I think we’d like to come back that way.

 

  Cut back to Voyager’s bridge

 

Janeway I know what you mean, we’ll see what we can do.

 

B’Elanna can you beam the children to sick bay and then, if you think its safe Captain Singh, move us over to the planet and let the crew come back in

 

Singh O I think its probably safe, I sense no challenge from the genesis beings

 

B’Elanna Captain, the console does not appear to be responding

 

Singh Allow me captain.

 

Computer, this is Captain Singh, I am reassigning command of this vessel to Captain Janeway. (The computer confirms)

 

Janeway Thank you.

 

B’Elanna.

 

  B’Elanna touches controls on her console

 

B’Elanna The children have been beamed to sickbay.

 

We are approaching the planet under impulse power.

 

  Cut to external shot of Voyager gliding towards the planet and taking up position near the North Pole.

Cut to close up shot of the EVA crew making their way towards Voyager.

Cut to shot from within hanger bay with daisy chains of crew entering past the shield and walking into the hanger.  They hug and remove the daisy chain and their helmets.

Janeway, B’Elanna, and 7of9 are there to greet the crew as they come in. The EMH is scanning for signs of space sickness.

The shuttle lands and Paris and Kim exit.  Neelix walks over, the bridge crew all hug.

 

 


Act Twenty Seven

 

 

  The bridge crew are assembled on the bridge

 

Janeway Tuvok, how are you feeling

 

Tuvok I believe I can perform my duties satisfactorily Captain, unfortunately I have no memory of the mind meld with the genesis beings.  Its possible that it didn’t work or that it may be buried deep within my Pau in a language I am not able to discern

 

Janeway Well, its good to have you back.

 

Attention all hands, this is the Captain speaking.

 

By now I hope you will have got over our trip beyond the great barrier, that you will be washed, rested and have eaten well.

 

It is my very pleasant duty to inform you that we appear to have a fully functioning, and stable transwarp conduit engine assembly.  Which means we will be back to Earth tomorrow.  (The sound of  cheering can be heard through the ship)

We have a day to get used the idea, I would certainly hope that you will all join me for a drink in the galley later.

 

I just wanted to say to each and everyone of you, that we’ve been through the best and the worst of times together.  We have lost dear colleagues along the way, but we have pulled through it together.  Without each other we would never have done it.  You can all be very proud of what we’ve done.

 

I’m proud, and feel privileged to have served with every single one of you.  I’ll never forget you, and you’ll be my friend and family for ever. Janeway out.

 

Mr Kim, Mr Paris.  Engage Transwarp conduit

 

Paris Opening transwarp conduit

 

Janeway Let’s go home.

 

Paris Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external shot of Voyager jumping into a transwarp conduit.

Cut to scene of Voyager flying through a transwarp conduit and then jumping out on the outer edge of the solar system.

Dissolve to scene of next day on the bridge with the crew dressed in their best uniforms in rapture at the sight.

 

Tuvok Even as a Vulcan, I can appreciate the beauty of the sight before us.

 

Kim Captain we’re being hailed.  We being advised to halt or be attacked by Federation defences.

 

Janeway Open a channel to Star Fleet command,

 

Kim Channel open

 

Janeway Star Fleet Command.  This is the Captain Janeway of USS Voyager, fleet designation NCC 74656, I’m sorry we’re a little late returning.  I hope the cakes aren’t burnt..

 

  The viewscreen fills with the image of Admiral Jean Luc Picard

 

Picard Captain Janeway.

 

We weren’t expecting you.  Our last contact with you put you on the other side of the galaxy.

 

Janeway Yes, well we had a little help getting back.  Mind you we expected a little friendlier welcome.

 

Picard O don’t worry about the outer defences, we’ve had to install some devices as our relationship with the Dominion has not improved.

 

Seeing you all back is one of the best pieces of news we’ve had in a long, long time.  Welcome home. We’ll have to organise a reception.

 

Janeway Can you advise our relatives and friends, we’ll come into Star Fleet headquarters if that’s all right.

 

Picard Certainly, I look forward to seeing you shortly.

 

Janeway Take us in Mr Paris.

 

Paris Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external view of Voyager flying past Saturn and then Jupiter towards Earth.

Cut to view of Voyager arcing through the lunar shadow and entering the brilliant light of the sun (similar to the TV show’s opening credit scene).

Voyager approaches earth passing two space stations and three docked ships in orbit above earth.  Slowly Voyager begins to enter the upper atmosphere and starts to gently glow as it descends.  In time the glow gives way and it descends into the clouds and blue sky.

It emerges from the clouds above the ocean and Voyager moves from left to right of the screen.  In the distance it is heading for the Golden Gate bridge.

The bridge grows in size as Voyager approaches.

Cut to bridge scene with the crew smiling at the viewscreen.  Cut to images of other parts of the ship such as the galley with crew looking out of the windows as it flies over the water.

Cut to external shot of Voyager flying up and over the bridge and banking around to Star Fleet Headquarters.  It takes up a hovering position above the large lawn in front of the main building.  A crowd is gathering, people are streaming out through the doors.

Slowly Voyager’s legs are extended and very slowly Voyager descends to the ground, the legs initially flex reacting to Voyager’s weight.

The sound of Voyager’s engines disappear.

Cut to scene of crowd, with Picard in the front moving towards the forward leg.  They stop in line near the perimeter of the hull.  Feet can be seen coming down the stairs in the legs.  Janeway is the first out quickly followed by her bridge crew.  Picard moves towards Janeway and stands straight to attention and salutes her.  Crusher is at the front of the crowd behind him.  Janeway, less rigid returns the salute. Picard extends his hand to shake Janeway’s hand with a big beaming smile

 

Picard Welcome Home Captain.

 

Janeway Thank you, you know I’ve been all right around this galaxy and, there’s really no place quite like home.

 

  A body emerges from the crowd.  It is a man.  Janeway looks at him and her face lights up.  She rushes to him and jumps onto him to hug.

The crew behind her start to see friends and relatives and a great melee of hugging and tears begins.

An old man in Star Fleet Uniform with a lot of gold braid on makes his way to Paris and taps him on the shoulder from behind. Paris spins around.

 

Paris Dad?

 

Paris Tom.

 

  They hug.

 

Paris You’ve got to meet B’Elanna

 

  Cut to scene above crowd slowly pulling out.  Voyager and Star Fleet Headquarters become smaller as more of the surrounding such as the Golden Gate bridge enter the picture.  These too become smaller as the camera continues to pull away.  The picture fades as the earth once more becomes visible and the credits begin to roll.

 

 

 

 

Kevin Corrigan

 

 

Contact E:Mail     kevin.corrigan@postoffice.co.uk

 

or     kevindebbie@corrigan4.freeserve.co.uk

Posted in Crossover | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: LOCI, Part 1

STAR TREK:        LOCI

 

By

Kevin Corrigan
Act One

 

 

  Credits fall away to a sweep of the stars.

 

Stars fade to complete black.

 

The blackness gives way to a large black circle surrounded by stars.  Slowly the circle becomes smaller and darts of sunlight streak the edge of the black disk. The scene is a lunar eclipse from the dark side of the moon.  The camera continues to draw back and the scene is bordered by the edges of a large viewing port.  As the camera draws back further more viewports are visible, the picture fills with a large open room, not dissimilar to 10 Forward, but it has a distinctly classroom feel to it. The viewports show the sun breaking at the edge of the moon as the ship follows the arc of an orbital trajectory around the moon.  The viewscreen fills with light and after a moment adjusts to show the sun with the Earth in the foreground (similar to the classic Apollo 8  photo of half earth on the horizon)

 

Teacher “Personally, I love this moment, it never fails to fill me with awe, coming out of the shadow of the moon, imagine how those Apollo astronauts must have felt being the first people to ever see this”

 

  A college Teacher is speaking to a class of 25 students on a large shuttle craft.

 

Teacher “Our flight will take us over moon city New San Francisco, and we will sweep down to Tranquillity Bay, now a protected Historic monument which still has Neil Armstrong’s actual footsteps in its dust”

 

“Can anyone tell me how long it took to put a man on the moon?”

 

Student 1 “It was a 3 day journey sir”

 

Student 2 “I thought it was 10 years from when they decided to do it?”

 

Teacher “Well spotted, very good, it all depends on where you start counting from doesn’t it.  Was it from when the Wright brothers first flew?- less than 70 years, or when the Ancient Greeks first dreamt of flight in the story of  Icarus?  – maybe 3,000 years?

 

  Cut to shot of  shuttle craft swooping down towards the surface of the moon.  It flies over huge domes covering New San Francisco.  Buildings, shops, parks and a few people are visible.

Cut to shot of students having moved much loser to the viewports.

 

Teacher “There’s New San Francisco, it was quite a metropolis in its day, the first city built by humans away from Earth.  It had everything then, it was a tourist attraction for low gravity freaks, a major mining town where Di-lithium crystals – so important to our exploration of space – were mined.  It had a university and tens of thousands of people lived there.  Now, its more of a curiosity, seeing those huge domes to keep in the air and warmth instead of climatic containment fields, its now a bit of a ghost town with only a few hermits and frontiers people scratching an existence.

 

Student 3 Why aren’t the mines still active?

 

Student 2 Well, for one there’s not much Di-lithium left there, its much more abundant in sector 7, the moons of Vulcan are a particularly good source.  Another reason is that the extensive mining caused a lunar quake because so much material had been dug out to get at the crystals, over 13,000 miners died under New San Francisco in 2162, people no longer felt safe there and, probably the most relevant reason is that our transporter technology has advanced sufficiently to be able to pick out individual Di-lithium crystals of 10cm girth down to a depth of 750km below most planet’s or moon’s surfaces.

 

Teacher Well done Lauren, a good answer.  There are 216 domes covering New San Francisco, as good today as when they were made in 2070.  Unbelievable really, all that transparent aluminium, despite its discovery in the 1980s, the company who made it was so scared of being sued by its Scottish inventor or his descendants that they didn’t make their first product until nearly 100 years later.  They were called Montydomes, though I must admit I don’t know why.

 

  Cut to shot from inside the dome looking up to the black sky with the school craft flying past against the star filled background with the half Earth coming into view.

A couple of frontier people look up as the craft flies over, they turn and look at each other with glints in their eyes.  Their grey, scaly skin barely noticeable as their heads are covered with hoods.

The school craft flies on past lunar mountains and craters and into the wide open space that is Tranquillity Bay.  Students are crammed up against the window as the craft slows down and lands approx. 100m from the lunar lander Eagle.  The Stars & Stripes are clearly visible.  The viewscreen zooms in on the flag and pans down to the dust on the ground.  Foot prints are clearly visible.  The students Ooo and Ahh, pointing to the sights.

 

Teacher I’m afraid no one’s allowed outside, even with an EVA suit.  Even if we weren’t due for lunch at Starfleet’s Spacedock Museum in 15 minutes, we wouldn’t want anyone disturbing the moondust.

 

  The school craft gently takes off and heads towards earth.  As it approaches an orbital path, the Spacedock is visible above the crescent of the Earth’s blue and white pattern.

 

Computer Approach to Spacedock Museum confirmed, automated docking sequence engaged.  Please remain in your seats until the manoeuvre is complete.

 

  The school craft slows and adopts a automated docking approach.

As the school craft enters through the massive doors, to one side are three classic vessels, the NCC 1701, the NCC 1701-A and the NCC 1701 – D.

Again the students rush to the viewports and gasp in awe.

The school craft ‘wobbles’ and comes to a sudden halt throwing some students to the ground.

 

Computer Emergency Stop Activated, mass distribution of craft altered

 

Teacher She means please stay in your seats, docking is a very precise and fragile business, unless you’d like to float back home.

 

  The students pick themselves up but stay glued to images in  the viewport

 

Teacher You can see why I wanted to come along on this trip, a chance to see Neil and Buzz’s footsteps and to view the restored remains of three of the most famous vessels in our history.  Its just too good to be true.  I have heard a rumour that the historical society enthusiasts are putting together Holographic displays on board the vessels so as visitors can experience some of the more famous events from their lives such as Kirk’s Corbormite Manoeuvre or Picard’s Encounter at Farpoint.  I am given to understand some Ferenghi traders salvaged the Enterprise D saucer and demanded 50,000 bars of gold pressed latinum before losing it in a game of dabo to the esteemed Captain Riker.  He is reported to have said “some things in life are just too important to leave to chance, or a Ferenghi.”

 

After lunch we shall have the chance to visit the ships.  Aren’t we lucky to get a sneak preview before the official opening of the museum next month?

 

  Cut to shot of school craft docking at an inner ring.

Cut to shot of bridge of NCC- 1701.  The turbo lift doors open and students pile out.

Teacher “Now settle down, don’t touch anything, make your way across to the viewscreen and we can listen to the guide.”

 

  A Ferenghi starfleet cadet stands behind the command chair and addresses the students.

 

Nog “Good afternoon ladies and gentlemen, my name is Nog.  Welcome to the Enterprise, registration mark NCC 1701.  She was a Constellation class ship carrying a compliment of 420.  She was originally captained by Christopher Pike who amongst his many discoveries made contact with the Talosians at Talos 4 which has since become a proscribed planet.  Captain Pike was followed by the legendary Captain James T Kirk whose five year mission made contact with more new lifeforms than any other being in Federation history.  He also avoided numerous galactic wars with many superior races through guile and, as he once said, “having the best damn crew in the Federation”.  He was also instrumental in bringing peace between the Klingon Empire and Federation.

 

Student 4 “Yes, we know all this can’t we just skip the talk and see the action?”

 

Lecturer “Jason, don’t be so rude and please be patient.”

 

Nog “That’s OK.  I know how exiting it is to be here.  I’m just learning my guide’s lines as well.”

 

“Well, what would you like to see?  Kirk’s defence at the hands of the cloaked Bird of Prey at Camp Kittimar? His defeat of Khan?  How about the return of Voyager 6?”

 

Student 3 “My dad says he’s the only one ever to beat Kobyashi Maru manoeuvre, how did he beat the no win scenario?

 

Nog “Well let’s hear the story from himself. – Strictly speaking this was on the bridge of the Enterprise A, but what the heck, the computers are now all interlinked on these historic ships”

 

“Computer, access Admiral Kirk training file for new crew of Enterprise A.  Run Admiral Kirk response to Lieutenant Savvy regarding Kobyashi Maru.

 

  Holodeck images form of Kirk and Savak.  Savak asks Kirk how he beat the no win scenario.  Kirk answers with a twinkle in his eye that he reprogrammed the computers so as he could win.  Savak accuses him of cheating and that he has never faced the no win scenario.  Kirk replies that “I don’t believe in the no win scenario”.

Programme freezes.  After a couple of seconds of totally engrossed students, Nog asks

 

Nog “Any other requests?

 

  Students shout out various requests. One is settled on and a holodeck image of all the original crew forms.  The bridge rocks under blasts from energy weapons and people are sent flying left and then right across the bridge.  The students whoop with glee as a typical episode unfolds

 

Kirk Fire, all phaser banks.

 

Spock Direct hit to their weapons systems, two Romulan vessels decloaking off port bow

 

  Kirk hits the intercom switch on his armrest

 

Kirk Scotty I need warp power now

 

  The scene fades with the original crew busily manning their positions & putting out fires.  The students faces are uncontrolled glee.

 

 

Act Two

 

 

  The scene is dawn at Cape Canaveral.  The ground is dark and the sky is just starting to become light.  There is some high cloud.  Silhouetted against the brightening sky is a large NASA shuttle.  The sounds and beeps of mission control gently become audible.  The scene slowly zooms into the craft and focuses onto the shuttle’s name as Mission Control mention it in the following commentary.

 

NASA “We are at T-minus 30 seconds, we have green lights on computers 1, 2, 3 and 4.  Fuel lines are disconnected and retracted.  Weather window is good, green light on fuel flow and liquid propellant levels, pre -ignition sequence is go.  T-minus 25 seconds, all crew are strapped and ready to rock and roll.  NASA’s first joint mission is ready and checked for take off.

 

“We have T-minus 20 seconds and all systems still show ‘go’.  Impulse drive is off line, mark one warp drive is off line.  On behalf of the union of planets Vulcan and Earth, we salute you Captains Singh and Barkwon.  It is indeed a great moment in our history to be putting both human and Vulcans into space from our little planet.

 

“Shuttle “Endeavour”, we are now at T-minus 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7 Engines are firing, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, zero.  We have lift off, shuttle Endeavour is go.  You have cleared the tower and are looking good.  God speed and fair wind guide you.  Trajectory is on course.”

 

  The scene zooms back out as the shuttle arcs quickly upwards, liquid propellant burning brightly underneath it.

Cut to inside scene of shuttle.  A Vulcan and a human are at the main controls, busying themselves checking gauges against the G-forces.  Elsewhere inside the shuttle there are another 6 crew (3 Vulcan and 3 human) of both genders.

Cut to space view of Earth.  A small spot is approach.  It grows and it is soon apparent that it is the shuttle Endeavour still burning liquid fuel.  It jettisons its outer tanks and fires it main engine lifting it higher into space.

Cut to inside shot of shuttle.

The lack of gravity is apparent with objects floating attached to strings

 

Singh (to Barkwon) You guys sure are lucky with you’re ability to take off and land without the hassle of fuel tanks.

 

Barkwon Luck has little to do with it, we have developed a highly efficient energy conversion process from resonating certain crystal sources at their sub space frequencies.  We spent many years studying a whole range of substances and frequencies before deducing the optimum combination.

 

Singh Sorry, I didn’t mean to imply you are ahead of us through luck, I’ll have to teach you about idioms – no offence.

 

Barkwon No offence taken.  We are approaching booster separation in 38 seconds on my mark, … mark.  Ah, yes idioms, a fascinating subject, saying things that can actually mean something entirely different.  Do you have any favourites?

 

Singh Look out.  (Barkwon turns his head to look out of the window and a pen rebounds off his forehead) No, not look out of the window, look out for that pen floating your way.

 

Barkwon An excellent example Captain Singh, no damage done as the pen had insufficient momentum to cause me injury, however a more suitable phrase would have been “beware there is an object floating towards you

 

Singh We sure are going to have fun on this flight!

 

 

  Barkwon looks confused

 

Barkwon Do you think we will have time for such social studies in addition to our mapping mission of the Oort cloud?

 

Singh I think we might just at that.

 

  Barkwon looks pleased

 

Singh Booster separation in 10 seconds.  Booster engine has ceased.  Separation in 7 seconds, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, separation complete.  Houston this is endeavour, we are in Geocentric orbit, velocity 12,000 Kilometres an hours.”

 

Preparing to open cargo bay doors

 

  Cut to external view of large shuttle high above the Earth opening its cargo bay doors.

Slowly two appropriately sized nacelles extend out of the bay.

 

Robertson Warp nacelles have been extended

 

  When they have extended, doors below the shuttle open and two further pods are extended.

 

Robertson Impulse engines have been extended

 

Singh Would you like to do the honours?

 

Barkwon What honours are to be awarded?

 

Singh

 

(a little exasperated) Would you like to ask the navigator to lay in the course and the helm to fire up the engines?
Barkwon Captain, you should have realised from all our joint training that pride is not a state that affects Vulcans. I suggest, as you seem to enjoy such matters that you effect the commands.

 

Singh Thanks,  Razak, lay in a course for the Oort cloud.

 

Razak

 

Affirmative Captain, course laid in, bearing 178.45, 001.20.
Singh Robertson, ahead ¼ impulse power, take us out of orbit, when we are beyond earth’s micro gravity horizon take us up to full impulse power.

 

Robertson Affirmative captain, ¼ impulse power.  We will clear earth’s micro gravity horizon in 25 seconds.

 

Singh Ain’t it beautiful?

 

  Barkwon looks slightly confused not sure to look out of the window at the reducing Earth or the approaching moon.

 

Singh Sorry, its just that I’ve never actually seen the Earth from up here, and to be zooming off make’s me kinda homesick.  I also can’t quite believe we’ll be visiting the edge of our solar system before tea time.  I mean we’ll probably overtake some of the early probes launched last century!

 

  Cut to external view.  Endeavour picks up speed as it leaves Earth under the glowing power of its impulse engines.  Cut back to Shuttle bridge

 

Singh Shall we warm up the warp engines?

 

Barkwon Captain Singh, do you mean shall we engage the Warp drive?

 

Singh Yes.

 

Barkwon Robertson, engage the warp engines, take us to Warp 3 and drop us out of warp 100 million kilometres from the Oort cloud perimeter.

 

Robertson Affirmative Captain.  Engaging warp drive.  Warp field is forming, we are approaching Warp 0.5.  Increasing crystal resonance, now at 65%, Warp 0.7, crystal resonance 68%, Warp 0.8, crystal resonance 72% Warp 0.9.

 

  Endeavour begins to shake violently.  Singh frowns, perhaps slightly scared.

 

Barkwon Its all right Captain Singh, remember your training.  I’ve flown several of Vulcan’s old starships and they all rattle as they approach the Warp barrier.  As you develop your systems you will become quite adept at jumping to warp.

 

Robertson Crystals at 74%, Warp 0.95.

 

  A sudden jolt as Endeavour jumps to Warp – external view of the shuttle elongating and jumping into a point of light.

 

Robertson Warp 1 captain.

 

Singh I noticed.

 

Robertson Crystals at 82%, Warp 1.5, Crystals at 88% Warp 2 captain. Warp 2.5, Warp 2.9, Warp 3.  We are now at Warp 3, crystals at 91% captains.

 

  The humans, led by Singh whoop with joy and punch the air to the confusion of their Vulcan crew mates.

The shuttle drops out of warp.  Against the field of stars is a dusty cloud.

 

Singh There she is ladies and gentlemen, the Oort cloud, where so many of our comets and meteorites come from.

 

Barkwon I think we should manoeuvre to within 10million kilometres and begin scanning

 

Singh I couldn’t agree more.

 

  The crew start looking at computer screens and helm adjusts controls.

 

Singh Ahead ½ impulse Mr Robertson, bring us to a stop 10 million kilometres from its boundary.

 

  Cut to external view, the shuttle moves towards the cloud which soon fills the entire screen at 10million kilometres as it is considerably larger than the Sun.

 


Act Three

 

 

  Singh is lying in his bunk/ sleeping bag

 

Singh Captain’s log.  Day three of our mission is complete and we have mapped some 40% of the Oort cloud.  We have identified some 50 large meteorites which may contain enough potential energy crystals, metals and other items of interest to warrant closer examination by retrieval.  We have found slightly less oxygen and nitrogen than we expected based on Earth based observations but aside from that it just looks like a big cloud to me.  I must admit to looking forward to using the retrieval arm and explosives on some of the bigger rocks later in the week.

 

We have got along very well with our Vulcan colleagues, they seem to be both fascinated and bewildered by us.  I must admit to rather liking Barkwon, she is very much yin to my yang.  They seem to be having as much difficulty in micro gravity as we do though they don’t seem too bothered by it.

 

We shall move to the far side of the cloud tomorrow and begin scanning from Z1000 through Z minus 1000.  We shall be out of contact with Earth during this time as the density of the cloud will obscure us.

 

I wonder if I should ask Barkwon to dinner?

 

Singh Out

 

  Cut to external shot of shuttle moving up and over the cloud under impulse power.  Screen then follows shuttle over the massive cloud and stops as the shuttle stops roughly in line with the centre of the cloud.

 

Barkwon Begin scanning sector Z1000 Mr Robertson for metallurgical properties and Mr Razak begin scanning for energy crystal signatures.

 

Robertson Affirmative Captain, beginning scan for metallurgical properties sector Z1000.

 

Razak Affirmative Captain, beginning scan for energy crystal signatures properties sector Z1000

 

Barkwon Captain Singh, may I ask you a personal question?

 

Singh Well, normally I don’t fraternise on duty, especially in front of the crew.

 

Barkwon I am sorry, I did not mean I wanted to initiate mating rituals, as you know, I am already married.

 

Singh I was joking, fire away

 

Barkwon Fire away what?.

 

Singh No, I meant please feel free to ask your question.

 

Barkwon Why did you want to captain this mission and not one of the others to Jupiter or Alpha Centuri? As a friend and colleague of Zephram Cochraine I would have thought you could have chosen any of the more, dare I say glamorous? Missions.

 

Singh Well heck, this mission is just glamorous enough for me.  Sure I’ve always wanted to trek to the stars, I even joined Zech’s second flight to Alpha Centori but I ain’t no glory boy hero.  Zech and me go way back and are a lot more alike than people might think.  Neither of us really like the limelight, even when we were at University together and he wrote his thesis on faster than light travel and I built a proto robotics lifeform based on logical positivism circuitry, it was all we could do to get away from the glare of the press.  He kept going on at me to help him build his damn engines and, to tell the truth I’m an engineer at heart.  I just love working with machines, they’re so much easier to deal with than people.  I hope you won’t think me rude but it wouldn’t surprise me if I got one of our early missions with you because of your absence of emotions and my passion for machines.

 

Barkwon No offence taken.

 

Singh Zech persuaded me to help him put together the Phoenix in between producing miniaturised mechanics and power cells for artificial limbs.  Robertson there has one of my hands – don’t you Robertson.

 

Robertson Excuse me Captain I was checking an abnormal reading, what was your question.

 

Singh I was saying that you have one of my current products about you, your left forearm.

 

Robertson O, yes sir.  Would you like to see it Captain Barkwon?

 

Barkwon I would be most interested.

 

Robertson One moment, Razak, could you double check a reading for me.  Area Z033.

 

Razak Certainly
  Razak adjusts his instruments and looks intently into a personal binocular screen.

Robertson rolls up his uniform sleeve and there is an slight mark circumscribing his forearm just below the elbow. Robertson points to his elbow and then wrist

Robertson Flesh and blood.

 

Polymeric and titanium alloys with micro batteries and electo- muscular sensors. Most people can hardly tell the difference, most times I forget that its not actually me.

 

Barkwon That’s amazing, although we have similar micro technology I have not seen it brought together in such a fashion for the benefit of a single individual.  Your people’s altruism is fascinating, I find it difficult to understand why your people have had such a long history of war and destruction as well.  We were only able to truly advance scientifically after our purge of emotions and adoption of the pursuit of pure logic.  Curiously, you are also distinctly different in outlook from the Klingon approach.

 

Singh Well it sure beats the hell out of me too.  I’m not a philosopher, maybe its our ability to learn, adapt and add all the various distinctiveness from the myriad of races and cultures on Earth that helps us continually improve. It’s what makes us what we are, neither one thing or the other, the product of all our parts, good, bad, ordinary, crazy, inspired or whatever.

 

Barkwon An interesting theory Captain, I would be interested to discuss it further?

 

Singh My dear Barkwon, are you asking me to dinner?

 

Barkwon That would be an optimal solution Captain.

 

Singh Is that a yes?

 

Barkwon Yes

 

  Singh grins happily to himself

 

Razak Captains.  I have a strange reading at Z033.

 

Robertson (turning back to his control panels) Ah, you too, its not just my instruments then. (The captains turn towards the two control panels)

 

Singh Gentlemen, please let us in on your secret.

 

Robertson Sir, at Z033 I have discovered a very high concentration of elements, in particular platinum, gold, several unidentified metallic compounds as well as oxygen and nitrogen.  And…

 

Singh Yes

 

Robertson The localised temperature is approximately 300 Kelvin.

 

Barkwon Razak have you confirmed these readings?

 

Razak Yes Captain.  The region appears to be consistent with an M-class planet however its dimensions are approximately 1/98th of Earth or 1/94th of Vulcan.  In addition there are numerous energy readings consistent with our crystal search pattern, and over 2000 energy signatures I cannot identify.

 

Singh Woah there boy.  Are you telling me there’s an inhabited planet near the middle of this cloud warm enough to walk around on in our shirts this far from the Sun?

 

Razak No sir.  I am saying that the instruments have detected Oxygen, Nitrogen, various metals both identified and unidentified as well as energy patterns.  There is not enough evidence to suggest a life sustaining planet this far from your Sun.  One possible hypothesis is it could be spaceship, but it would be 10 to the power 12 times larger than anything previously encountered by Vulcans.

 

Singh You’ve encountered 17 other races so far, two of which you tell us are worth being cautious with – the Kling, Klingdoms?

 

Barkwon Klingons

 

Singh and Rimulons.

 

Barkwon Romulons

 

Singh If its a spaceship we should go back and get some help.

 

Barkwon But Captain, this is a mission of exploration.  To find out new things, go new places

 

Singh Yeah, where no man has gone before.  But I’m an engineer, not a soldier.  I came out here to have a look around and get my hands on some pure power sources and play with our retrieval arm.

 

Barkwon We should investigate.  There’s no evidence of hostile intent.  We have insufficient evidence to draw any conclusions.

 

Robertson Captain, something else strange, I could be wrong but I think it just disappeared.

 

Singh What?

 

Razak Confirmed Captain.  Sensors now show no unusual readings for Z033

 

Barkwon Explanation Mr Razak

 

Razak None Captain.  One moment it was there, the next it wasn’t.  I suggest we do a full diagnostic on the scanning equipment before proceeding.

 

Barkwon (turning to Singh who looks puzzled) Agreed?

 

Singh Let’s climb up to the top of the cloud and phone home.  See if Houston have any suggestions.  It’ll take about two hours for a reply.  While we’re waiting we can be double checking all the systems.

 

Barkwon Agreed.  Mr Robertson and Razak take us to 10 million kilometres above the centre of the cloud by the Z axis.

 

  Cut to scene of shuttle gently climbing up to the top of the cloud before sitting motionless.

Cut to scene of everybody working on circuitry below workstations.

 

Houston Endeavour this is Houston.  Thank you for the data.  We can confirm a slight reduction in Oxygen, Nitrogen levels according to current Earth based reading for the Oort cloud.  However we have no explanation for your readings and confirm you should check your instruments.  Shuttle Intrepid will return from her mission tomorrow.  We can have new crystals fitted within 24 hours and have her out to you by late Wednesday.

 

Decision to proceed beforehand is yours.

 

  Singh frowns

 

Barkwon Let us examine the facts.

 

All our systems check out and the anomaly appears to have vanished. We know an early Earth probe, Voyager 6 disappeared here some 50 years ago.  There was speculation that there may have been a mini black hole at the centre of the Oort cloud holding it together.  We had, for a period at least readings of unusual energy types as well as high concentrations of certain elements.

 

Possibilities:  it could be some kind of reflection which distorts its source, perhaps we are looking at ourselves ?.

 

It could be a wormhole or portal.

 

It could a very large spaceship which is now hiding perhaps behind a larger object..

 

Singh I’m not keen on option 3

 

Barkwon Neither am I, assuming it was indeed an incredibly large spaceship, that would indicate a more advanced civilisation than anything we’ve encountered before.  In itself that would be good, but as the occupants do not want to be identified it would suggest perhaps an invasion or conquering civilisation.  We would quickly be overrun.

 

Singh I like it even less now.

 

Barkwon My point, Captain, is if it were an advanced, aggressive civilisation we would have been destroyed by now and Earth overrun. We would have little chance at resistance.

 

Singh So you don’t think its that.

 

Barkwon I can’t rule it out but I think its unlikely.  Although Vulcans, and I believe Humans have theorised about wormholes we have never discovered a real one.  I would be very interested if it were such. However, again I think it is unlikely.  My most likely hypothesis is that its a reflection, perhaps a field reflection caused by the cloud itself.

 

Singh What about the reduction in Oxygen etc. found by Earth

 

Barkwon Yes, that would not be consistent with my hypothesis and I would need to adjust it, perhaps our presence on the far side of the cloud disturbed the field’s refractive index and unbalanced the mirror.  I am afraid the only way to establish a better hypothesis is with more information.

 

Singh You mean go in there where no one has gone before.

 

Barkwon. Affirmative.

 

Singh Well, were in this together now, we can’t unlearn our first contact with you guys.

 

OK, I agree, let’s investigate, it’ll make one helluva story when we get back home.  Jones, advise Houston we’re going in to check out the shaving mirror theory. Robertson, leave a buoy to mark our entry spot, its going to take some careful flying to get inside the cloud to area Z033.

 

Jones Aye aye Captain. Advising Houston of our plan.

 

Robertson Aye aye Captain, buoy deployed.

 

Singh Well ladies and gentlemen,  are we ready to rock and roll?

 

  The Vulcans look puzzled at Singh

 

Singh I want something special to listen to as we go in, Jones choose something to keep us happy.

 

Jones Aye aye Captain.

 

Singh Razak, will you take us in?

 

Razak Affirmative Captain. Switching to 1/64th impulse drive, manoeuvring thrusters on line.  Estimated time of arrival at area Z033 4 hours 22 minutes.

 

  Route 66 blasts out from the speakers

 

Barkwon You do have some interesting rituals Captain

 

Singh Why thank you Barkwon

 

  Cut to external shot of shuttle gingerly approaching the cloud and sweeping around a couple of large asteroids near its perimeter.

Cut to deep inside the cloud with the shuttle taking a very snake like course past numerous small asteroids and lumps of rock.

 

 


Act Four

 

 

  Scene of the inside of the shuttle.  Robertson is looking intently at his panel and adjusting dials and switches.  The rest of the crew are looking through the forward windows as the shuttle snakes through the cloud avoiding lumps of rock.

James Brown’s ‘I feel good’ is playing in the background

Singh Sure is one large roller coaster, we’ll be able to sell tickets.

 

Barkwon It just appears to be a nauseating experience the constant disturbance to the inner ear fluids.

 

Singh Nope, on Earth this kind of ride is fun.  Anyhow I thought you guys enjoyed being swung around on long space journeys.

 

Barkwon You are incorrect Captain, we suffer the same long term muscular skeleton damage as you if we don’t experience gravity.  We have developed a set of waypoint stations where we can disembark and recuperate on long journeys.  You are correct that our long range exploratory craft are fitted with centrifugal rooms where we are ‘spun’ around to create an illusion of gravity for our body.  However doing that for 2 hours everyday on a 30 day mission is not a pleasant experience and requires significant meditation beforehand to cope with it.

 

Singh Yeah, I suppose so, most things can lose their appeal if you do it too much.

 

Robertson Excuse me captains, I appear to have picked up those readings again.

 

Barkwon How far away are we?

 

Robertson Approximately 710,000 kilometres. Bearing 121.03 by 002.03, Z axis 135.66

 

Barkwon Can you adjust course Mr Razak

 

Razak Affirmative Captain, at present rate of progress and allowing for the increased density of obstacles as we proceed into the cloud I would estimate 12 minutes to contact.

 

Singh Okay people look sharp, lets not be silly or get sloppy, keep an eye on all your instruments.

 

Barkwon (slightly puzzled)But we would be doing that anyone Captain

 

Singh (quietly to Barkwon) Its called motivation and reinforcement of message, a human ‘ritual’.

 

  (James brown finishes).

 

Singh Okay Jones, that’s enough music, we’ve a job to do now.

 

  Cut to shot of the shuttle continuing to bob and weave around obstructions.

Cut back to shot of inside the shuttle.  Singh’s eyes suddenly focus on a point of the window.

 

Singh Razak, cut back on the engines, hold position here.

 

Razak Affirmative captain.  Impulse engines are now at zero, forward momentum dropping under reversing thrusters.

 

Singh Can you see it Barkwon

 

Barkwon Yes, its absolutely remarkable.

 

  Cut to shot of shuttle at rest to the side of an asteroid.  As the picture draws back another, larger, more irregular asteroid is in front of the shuttle.  At the top of the asteroid is a building with lights on it.  The asteroid is obviously a fragment of a planet but with surface structures still intact.

Cut back to shot of the Endeavour crew looking at the ‘rough’ side of the fragment.

 

Robertson Holy smoke.  Does this mean we’re not locals?

 

Razak I’m sorry?

 

Robertson We’ll, are these guys our forefathers?

 

Razak Why do humans jump to conclusions before there are sufficient facts to take into account?

 

Singh Gentlemen, let’s not bicker.  This is an amazing day, like Columbus discovering America or Cook discovering Australia.

 

Robertson Except there were Indians and aborigines already native to those lands.  I hope we don’t make the same mistakes as Columbus and Cook’s followers.

 

Singh Good point, let’s be careful, but just remember we’re the ones who have less advanced technology this time round.

 

What would you normally do in a situation like this Barkwon?

 

Barkwon Unfortunately we have not encountered such a phenomenon before.  My instinct is to investigate further.

 

Singh I was afraid you were going to say that. OK, Mr Razak, very, very slowly take us up and over the new land, keep a distance of 1000kilometers.  Jones turn on all recording equipment.

 

  Cut to scene of the shuttle approaching, and then climbing up and over the fragment under spurts of manoeuvring thrusters. As it clears the ridge where the originally sighted building is the scene fills out to show a city on the surface of the fragment.

There are lights but no obvious activity.

 

Mzebko Shouldn’t we ring the door bell?

 

Jones Captain, I can pick up no radio, video, digital or other telemetry.

 

Barkwon Have you sent out any messages as I believe Mr Mzebko is suggesting.

 

Jones Err, no.  What should I say.

 

Singh Just pretend its Houston.

 

Jones Aye aye Captain.

 

(in a faltering voice as she tries to think what to say next)

 

New City, this is the Earth Shuttle Endeavour.  We are on a joint mission of exploration with Vulcans to map the cloud surrounding your city.

 

We come in peace.

 

We mean you no harm.

 

We are from the third planet in this solar system and from Vulcan, approximately 170 light years away.

 

Do you read me, hello New City, this is the shuttle endeavour..

 

(only static is returned)

 

Mzebko Maybe they’re out.

 

Singh Maybe.

 

 

Cut to external shot of shuttle continuing to fly under thrusters over the city.

Cut back to shuttle bridge.  Barkwon focuses on an area in the distance.

 

Barkwon Captain Singh, that looks like a landing strip. (pointing to a site on the surface.)

 

Singh Would we have enough fuel to take off again?

 

Razak Affirmative Captain.  The fragment is only 1/97th of Earth’s mass.  We will need assistance to stay on the surface.

 

Singh You mean we should anchor up.

 

Razak Yes, the ship as well as any extra vehicular walks.

 

Singh Okay, lay in a landing approach and take us in.

 

Razak Aye aye Captain.  Landing approach logged in, taking us in.

 

  Cut to external shot of the shuttle descending towards the landing area.  As it drops towards building height it hits a force field and bounces off.  Cut to inside shot of crew being thrown to the side of the shuttle as it bounces away.

 

Barkwon Report all stations

 

Jones Communications on line captain

 

Robertson Scanning on line, we are moving away from the fragment

 

Mzebko Engineering equipment undamaged Captain

 

Razak We appear to have bounced off the fragment captain.

 

Thetid No damage to life support systems.

 

Singh Any other activity from the surface?

 

Razak Negative Captain

 

Robertson Negative Captain.

 

Singh Options ladies and gentlemen.

 

Barkwon Did anyone else notice the shape of the field we encountered

 

Razak Its doesn’t show on our instruments sir.

 

Barkwon But that does not mean it isn’t there.  Mr Razak, bring us about and bring us to a halt approx. 10 Kilometres from the surface.

 

Razak Affirmative captain

 

  Cut to external shot of shuttle arching into a U – turn and heading back to the fragment before coming to a halt.

 

Barkwon Mr Robertson, have we flushed our waste recently?

 

Robertson No sir, but I hardly think its a very nice calling card sending our waste matter down onto people who could be our new friends.

 

Barkwon Perhaps, but first of all no one has answered our hails, secondly no one appears to have seen our arrival, and thirdly they appear to have a pretty good defensive capability to stop it actually reaching the surface.

 

Singh I like your thinking Captain.

 

Barkwon Mr Robertson, would you mind emptying the heads?

 

Robertson Aye aye captain

 

  Cut to external scene of shuttle against the fragment.  A small valve opens on the shuttle’s underbelly and a jet of liquid shots out.  It freezes quickly and heads towards the surface of the fragment.

It too hits the force field and this time the shield can be seen to be several shields. Two form a gully leading down to the landing strip but from the far side.

Cut to inside view of shuttle

 

Barkwon Did you see the approach vector Mr Razak.

 

Razak Affirmative Captain.

 

Singh Can you fly us in on manual?

 

Razak I believe so Captain, as long as we approach within 3 degrees of the apparent angle and with insufficient velocity any encounter with the force fields on either side of the strip will only help us adopt the correct vector.

 

Barkwon Mr Razak, take us in.

 

Razak Affirmative captain.

 

  Cut to external shot of the shuttle flying past the landing strip and turning and descending to field.  It hits the field on one side and a few seconds later the other.  This continues until just above the surface when the shuttle lowers its landing gear and touches down.

 

 


Act Five

 

 

Singh Congratulations Mr Razak.

 

Can you tell me, was that a normal landing or were we shot down?  Hey, there’s gravity here, I was half expecting to float away.

 

Barkwon Curious.  I would have expected there to be only negligible gravitational effect from the fragment.

 

Razak Yes, I agree Captain, I estimate (as Razak drops a pen onto the floor of the shuttle) that gravity is approximately one Vulcan, plus or minus 2%.

 

Singh Well, that’s going to make taking off very difficult.  We don’t have any booster rockets to get us back up again, and I am not prepared to try impulse or warp drive from a standing start on the ground.  The last thing I want is to grab a large chunk of dirt inside our warp field.

 

Barkwon A wise precaution captain.  Well, we have enough power for 14 days, and our scans indicated significant quantities of oxygen, so we should be able to survive until a rescue shuttle arrives.

 

Mzebko And how will we get up to the rescue craft.

 

Singh We’ll work out that when we get to it.  Right now I’d like to check the shuttle’s OK and then we can get suited up to explore the airport, or spaceport or whatever this place is called.

 

Robertson Captain,

 

Singh Yes

 

Robertson We’ll, given that we’re experiencing gravity when we know there’s insufficient mass to generate what we’re feeling,

 

Singh Yes

 

Robertson And who, or whatever built this place were probably a lot more advanced than us,

 

Singh Yes, can you get to the point.

 

Robertson Well, I know I didn’t major in physics, but could they have built an artificial gravity device?  I mean gravity is just another type of field and gravitons have been identified.

 

Barkwon Our scientists have been working on that question for over 100 years.  Although we have established the theoretical constraints to construct localised artificial gravity fields, the energy conversions between the types of forces involved have proved too difficult.

 

Robertson But you said earlier you had never found a wormhole before yet this rock blinked in and out of our readings.

 

Barkwon I am afraid that does not prove the existence of wormholes, not the probability of artificial gravity devices.  Equally I am not discounting the possibilities as they fit the outline facts, however remotely.

 

Singh Okay, that’s enough rational deduction for me.  Everyone check out their systems and meet by the lower air hatch fully kited up, in one hour.  Please bring your scanners and recorders.

 

Mzebko Shouldn’t we be armed?

 

Singh With what?  I forgot to pack my six shooter and I’m not sure they’d be an awful lot of use against Mekon with ray guns.

 

Barkwon I’m sorry, who are the Mekon?

 

Singh An old Earth story, when we first fantasised about flying in space, we thought a race called the Mekon would try and overpower us.

 

 


Act Six

  Everyone is wearing an extra vehicular activity (EVA) suit and are standing in the bottom of the cargo bay by a square door in the floor.

 

Barkwon Is everyone on suit oxygen?

 

  The other five give the OK hand signal.

 

Barkwon Preparing to open pressure door, stand by for the rush of air out of the shuttle.

 

  Barkwon kneels down and turns the air lock handle through 180 degrees. The sound of clamps releasing is heard and the door falls down on its hinges.  Razak offers a ladder to Barkwon and they guide it down the door to the ground.

 

Barkwon Curious, I heard the clamps but did not hear the air rush out.

 

Robertson Could there be air pressure outside the craft

 

Barkwon Its possible, but we are not under their defensive shield so air may be able to escape.  I had presumed we would need to stay suited until we had entered through an air lock into their city

 

Robertson Perhaps they have different shields for different purposes.

 

Barkwon Again an interesting theory, but I should like to have more facts before removing my helmet.

 

Robertson O, absolutely, I wasn’t volunteering.

 

Barkwon Captain Singh, would you like to go first?

 

Singh Yep, I’ve always wanted to do this.

 

  Singh lowers himself into the hatch and starts to climb down the ladder.  Cut to external view showing Singh climbing down the ladder.  Just at the last rung, Singh pauses and then says

 

Singh It is one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind.  And Vulcankind.

 

  Singh steps off the ladder and beckons the crew down.

They gather at the bottom and set off towards what is the nearest building.  They look around as they walk, instruments hanging by their sides.

They go through an arch inside the building.

 

Razak Fascinating.

 

  The room is full of panels and instruments apparently working.  There are several doorways off this room.

 

Singh Doesn’t look like there’s a doorbell.

 

Robertson Is this customs or mission control?

 

Mzebko Who knows.

 

Barkwon Some of these symbols look familiar.  They seem to be a mixture of shapes and script.

 

Singh Can you make it work captain

 

Barkwon No doubt in time I probably could, but at the moment I have little more than guesses.

 

Singh Razak and Mzebko, take a look through there, Thetid and I will take that corridor.  Barkwon and Robertson, see if you can make any sense of this place, in particular whether anyone still resides here. Everyone stay in Radio contact, check in every five minutes.

 

  The crew split into the three teams.  Razak and Mzebko find many other rooms and eventually find their way out of the other side of the building.  Singh and Thetid find lifts and descend into the bowels of the fragment past enormous power generation plants.  There is no one else around.

Barkwon and Robertson examine the panels in fine detail.  The crew check in regularly.

The scenes fade and come back to Singh

 

Singh Okay everybody, lets meet back at the entrance and pool what we’ve discovered.

 

  They crew return to the entrance room.

 

Singh Razak, what did you find.

 

Razak The buildings are built on a geometric pattern of blocks and arterial roadways.  We did not discover any vehicles nor inhabitants.  The construction of the buildings is some sort of preformed alloy which can be moulded into a variety of shapes and sizes.  There appears to be plenty of recreational spaces and grass and other fauna is abundant.  We chose not to remove our helmets at this stage as the biological processes of the indigenous species may not be oxygen based.

 

Barkwon A wise precaution.  We shall bring out an experiment to establish the atmosphere composition on our next excursion.

 

As you can see, when I drop this piece of paper it flutters and flies back an forth until it reaches the ground.  It is obviously meeting air resistance to its passage and hence there is air here.

 

We have several suppositions as to the nature of this equipment.  We suspect they are all multi- functional but this one appears to be the command position.  These appear to be data access units.  We suspect that this may be a communications point.

 

Singh Excellent work ladies and gentlemen.  We have been down below and basically, well we’re sitting on the largest goddamn engine I have ever seen.  I wouldn’t like to guess its output, I’m sure I don’t understand what I’ve seen but I wouldn’t be at all surprised if this whole rock was capable of warp drive.

 

Barkwon & Razak Incredible.
Singh Well, who thinks we should try the phone?

 

Barkwon I’m sorry?

 

Singh Which button should we press to get someone’s attention?

 

Mzebko What if one of them is the self destruct button?

 

  The rest of the crew look at Mzebko with half worried, half resigned faces

 

Singh We’ve come all this way, we’re hardly likely to blow the place up

 

Mzebko What happened to the rest of the planet then?

 

  The crew give each other sideways looks.

 

Mzebko No, don’t do that look on me, let’s press a button and get on with it, you’re not going to blame for not finding out.

 

Singh Good, would you like to choose a button Mr Mzebko

 

Mzebko No, I’ll go second if the first one don’t work.

 

  The crew gather round the designated work station

 

Singh What’s your best guess Mr Robertson?

 

Robertson Well, I’d try that one (pointing towards a green lighted area)

 

Singh Please be my guest

 

  Robertson touches the panel and all the lights go off

 

Mzebko Shit!

 

Razak That would be inopportune.

 

Singh Press it again Mr Robertson

 

  He does and the lights go on again

 

Robertson Strange place for a light switch

 

Singh Mr Mzebko, if you please,

 

  Mzebko stretches out a hand and touches another area of the panel.  This time the lights go out but come back on in a fuzzy orange glow.

 

Mzebko Great, emergency lighting

 

Razak I am not so sure. I suggest we go to the entrance and see the source of the light

 

  The crew make their way to the entrance and stand staring outwards.  The camera works its way around to their backs taking in the scene they are observing.

 

It is a red giant sun taking up about a quarter of the sky.  Their shuttle is silhouetted on the runway.

 

Robertson Are you seeing what I am seeing?

 

Razak That is correct Mr Robertson, it appears to me that a red giant has appeared where the centre of the Oort cloud was

 

Robertson Or we have jumped to somewhere else in the universe.

 

Barkwon Perhaps there is something more to your theories after all.

 

 


Act Seven

 

 

  The crew are back on the shuttle at their workstations.

 

Singh Do you think we are in any danger here?

 

Barkwon Undoubtedly there is some danger, we are in a strange place where our knowledge of the laws of the universe have been challenged.

 

Although the red giant should be emitting lethal doses of radiation our instruments are not picking up more than safe levels.  My hypothesis is that the shield which deflected us yesterday also absorbs the radiation.

 

Singh Obviously the power plant is even more powerful than I guessed.

 

Barkwon I suggest we get some rest and return to the entrance hall in the morning.  We can take the portable gas spectrum meter and establish if we can work without EVA suits.  We can then attempt other patterns to input to the panels.

 

Singh Yes, I think a dinner and a good nights rest will help.  I just hope we can sort out the return code before the rescue shuttle comes.

 

 


Act Eight

  At the foot of the ladder, Razak and Robertson are examining an instrument.  Robertson taps it and then says

 

Robertson Captain, I make it oxygen 19.3 %, Nitrogen 80%, CO2 and trace gases less than 0.7%.  if I didn’t know better I’d say they were expecting us.

 

Barkwon Thank you, you can come up and take off your suits now, I’m opening the hatch to the shuttle bay.

 

  Barkwon opens the hatch between the main quarters and the shuttle bay.  Singh breathes in the air and says

 

Singh Mmm, its actually very good, fresh even, no disrespect to the recycled air in the shuttle.

 

Barkwon None taken.

 

  The crew help Razak and Robertson off with their EVA suits and then make their way back to the entrance hall.  They huddle around the control panel

 

Barkwon Mr Mzebko can you press the same buttons again?

 

  Mzebko does to nil effect

 

Singh Anybody else like to try?

 

  Robertson, then Razak and then Singh try various buttons in various combinations to nil effect

 

Thetid Maybe this workstation only works from Terran to here?

 

  Mzebko tries again and loses his temper and strikes the panel with his fist

 

Mzebko What would really help is a guide.

 

  A whirring noise makes the crew turn away from the panel.  It turns into a drone and humanoid form appears out of thin air.

 

Rem Hello I am Rem, I will be your guide to Star Jack base.

 

  The human crew members step backwards in shock.  The Vulcans look puzzled

 

Razak Where did you come from?

 

Rem You requested my presence, I am able to guide you whilst you stay on Star Jack base.

 

Razak But you can speak English.

 

Rem I am equipped to speak over 270 million languages.  It took 4.5 minutes to decipher your dialect via my universal translator.

 

Robertson Universal translator?

 

Rem Yes, a programme which analyses the speech patterns of beings who are new to our culture and allows us to interact with them productively.

 

Robertson I’d sure like to see that device.

 

Rem I am afraid I cannot give one to you but you are welcome to study at Star Jack and devise your own.

 

Singh Woah, this is all going a bit fast for me.  Yesterday we explored the surroundings and found nobody.  We inadvertently appear to have jumped through a wormhole and now discover you who can talk to anyone.

 

Rem Have I done something to displease you?

 

Singh No, not at all.  Its just we’re not accustomed to all these new experiences, we need to take things one step at a time.  Like where are the rest of your people, how do we get back home and (shielding his eyes) can we turn that sun off?

 

Rem I am afraid there are no other sentient organic life forms on Star Jack base.  The carbon based population died of theta band radiation when the red giant star you see exploded 1.2 billion years ago.  The star has since settled down to normal levels of electromagnetic radiation emission and poses no threat at the present time.

 

Robertson How come all the grass is so well cut then.

 

Rem There are robot droids designed and equipped to manage the infrastructure of Star Jack city including general gardening duties.

 

Singh How come your shield didn’t protect your people from the Theta radiation?

 

Rem It was not activated at the time.

 

Singh Why not?

 

Rem It was sabotaged to coincide with the red giant explosion.

 

Singh Who by?

 

Rem That I have not been able to establish.

 

Singh Were you at war?

 

Rem No, this place was built by the Alphoids.  They were the first carbon based lifeforms to leave their home planet and explore the galaxy.  Initially they found no other spacefaring planets, so they established their own colonies throughout the galaxy. As their knowledge of the physical universe grew, their desire to explore faded.  Instead they chose to explore and develop their metaphysical side.  They became accomplished telepaths and found their reliance on technology diminished.  In time other space faring races evolved and made contact with Alphoids.  However as these races invariably had less to offer Alphoids than Alphoids had to offer them, Alphoids became more reclusive and eventually disappeared.  The Alphoids left behind Star Jack City and other locations of learning to benefit those that followed.  The ones who dies 1.2 billion years ago were not Alphoids, they were of many subsequent species.

 

Razak What about you? How did you survive?

 

Rem I am a droid sir

 

  The crew are again taken aback

 

Robertson But you seem so humanoid?

 

Rem The Alphoids were humanoid and manufactured us in their likeness.  We can be adapted to take on a variety of appearances if desired.  I could acquire some Vulcan ears if you prefer.

 

Razak Are there Alphoids on other planets?

 

Rem I do not know for sure sir, our communications devices appear in tact but there is no one here to make contact with other bases.

 

Razak Has no one ever called in since?

 

Rem No sir, you are the first in over a billion years.

 

Mzebko So where are we.

 

Rem At present you are on Star Jack city, about 22 light years from the galactic core at vector 001.3 degrees from the core

 

Razak About 45,000 light years from our location yesterday

 

Rem Correct sir.  I believe you activated the galaxy conduit control mechanism yesterday but it appears to be set up for the whole of Star Jack city rather than personal transportation at the moment.  It is possible that the red giant explosion damaged the circuitry.

 

Mzebko OK, I’ve lost the plot now, let me get this straight, a people were exploring space when we were still swamp stuff,  they developed technology which allows someone to jump through space over incredible distances, yet managed to get fried sunbathing but left their garden mowers working for over a billion years.

 

Singh It does seem incredible, but suppose Columbus had stumbled onto a modern America.  Would he have been able to comprehend space flight, warp drive, our friends from Vulcan, radios.

 

Mzebko It just seems like a little to much to take in.

 

Barkwon How far is your university?

 

Rem It is 30 kilometres from here in the centre of  Star Jack city.

 

Barkwon That’s more than a day trip, I suggest we get provisions from the shuttle and split into 2 teams, one to explore the university library sources and another to watch over the shuttle.

 

Rem We can be there inside a minute if you would like.

 

Barkwon Do you also have a rapid transportation system.

 

Rem We have a matter dematerialisation system and pattern transfer equipment which enables such transportation of organic matter over distances up to 15000 kilometres.

 

Singh Is that how you got here.

 

Rem Correct, I was at rest in the library until you called.

 

If you follow me onto the platform the main computer will take your instructions

 

  Rem walks across to the platform he first appeared on.  The crew hesitate.  Barkwon moves across to the platform

 

Barkwon I think we should test the process first.  If it is as you say I can come back and inform the crew and we can all follow.

 

Singh What if it has been damaged by the Theta radiation as well?

 

Barkwon I would hypothesis that Rem would have been damaged on his arrival, although I presume you do not contain any organic material

 

Rem You are correct sir.  I am a guide droid, my programming is limited to guide, protocol and linguistic functions.  However we are all capable of being linked to the main computer and can perform a limited range of emergency functions should the need transpire.

 

  Barkwon enters the platform

 

Barkwon I suppose I should say something memorable Captain Singh?

 

Singh You’re getting the picture.  Of course you could just cross your fingers – for luck

 

Barkwon Vulcans do not believe in luck, we prefer probabilities.

 

Singh Well I wish you high probabilities then.

 

Barkwon 100% probability would be preferable.

 

Computer, please take me to the University

 

  The sounds and whirring happens again and Barkwon and Rem disappear into thin air.

The crew look slightly worried and wet their lips.

The noise happens again and just Barkwon appears

 

Barkwon Incredible, one moment I was here, then for a fraction of a second I was aware of the effects of dematerialisation and suddenly I was in the main hall of the most amazing library.

 

Mzebko What if its a trap?

 

Singh I somehow suspect they would have been able to catch us earlier if they wanted to.

 

  The crew make their way to the pad.

 

Singh Well, to infinity and beyond?

 

Barkwon I do not understand Captain Singh

 

Singh I’m sorry another earth saying.  Please lead on.

 

Barkwon Computer, transport all of us to the library.

 

  The familiar sound appear and the crew dematerialise.

They re- materialise in the library


Act Nine

 

 

Singh We have got to study up on that.  It would mean not having to use booster rockets to get people or materials up into space.  We could explore all sorts of planets without having to work out how to land.

 

Thetid It would also enable us to join the rescue shuttle should we not be able to take off.

 

Rem I am afraid you will need to acquire the knowledge yourself and build your own version.  It was an overriding principle of our people not to interfere in the natural development of alien cultures.

 

It was of course hard to stand by and watch races destroy themselves but we believed greater harm and destruction would come from giving cultures access to technology or knowledge in advance of their capability to learn.

 

Barkwon That is a good principle.  It is one I know our colleagues are discussing on Vulcan with the leaders of Earth’s diplomatic corp.  As our knowledge and capability expands it brings us into contact with more and more races.

 

Singh Yes, but look at the advantages to our both our people of skipping all the sweat and blood of making discoveries we would have anyway.

 

Razak Sounds a little like the Alphoids.  You might become bored with travel and be blown away.

 

Barkwon We should decide what we will do.

 

Shall we devote our time to studying as Rem suggests to learn naturally how to do these advanced technological feats, or should we concentrate on devising a way of returning Star Jack city to the Terran system?

 

Robertson How about lunch?

 

Rem The device in the wall works on a similar principle to the matter transporter, except it reorganises base elements into a variety of combinations mimicking natural food types.

 

The only problem will be that the computer will not know what your normal food sustenance is and may get the composition wrong.  You are welcome to try it by trial and error if you wish.  Alternatively, if you have samples on your craft it can analyse them and replicate them at its will.

 

Robertson Wow, what next, you’ll be telling me that we can contact home from here

 

Rem I’m afraid not.  A normal message would travel through sub-space and take approximately a month to reach the system you originated from.

 

Singh That’s a lot better than 35,000 years it would take a radio message.

 

Rem Unfortunately, when we jumped through space, we also appear to have jumped through a time portal, we are approximately 16 years before the point in time when we left.

 

  Mzebko faints.  Singh and Razak go to his aid.

 

Barkwon That would fit with a classical space and time continuum theory.  I am however puzzled how a communication could travel so fast across the galaxy.

 

Rem I am afraid I am not a teacher droid and so can only offer a most superficial answer. I believe it is something to do with sub-space?

 

Barkwon I am not familiar with the theory.

 

Shania I believe you would like to understand sub space theory.

 

  Mzebko starts to come round, his eyes begin to focus from a blur onto Shania – a dazzlingly attractive woman

 

Mzebko O mama, come to baby.

 

Singh Mzebko, behave yourself.

 

(to Shania) I presume you are also a droid

 

Shania You are correct Captain Singh.  I am well versed in a great variety of teaching and lecturing methods and styles.  I can access all the library’s records and research.  However we have strict programmed instructions not to allow races that are not as developed as the Alphoids to have direct access to our technology.  They may learn and develop their own solutions.

 

Singh Let’s start with lunch

 

  Singh walks over to the hole in the wall.

 

Singh Computer, please can I have some water.

 

  A moment and a small noise later a glass of water appears

 

Singh Tastes good.  Let’s try something else.  Computer please can I have a steak sandwich with chilli relish, crispy onions and a beer.

 

Computer Please make another selection, the food requested is not in my database.

 

Singh Mmm.

 

 


Act Ten

 

 

  The crew are sitting at a table with various, unappetising concoctions before them.

 

Razak It appears to be protein based with high levels of carbohydrates.

 

Mzebko Yeah, tastes great to me.

 

Razak No that’s not what I meant.

 

Barkwon Perhaps we could get back to the matter at hand.  What are our options and what should we do.

 

Singh Well it seems to me we have an unprecedented opportunity here to learn and advance our races beyond our wildest dreams.  On the other hand we appear to be stranded some 60 years from home (assuming we could get enough crystals to power the shuttle’s engines for that long) and we’ve slipped 16 years backwards in time.

 

Robertson Maybe we could get the tunnel thingy working again and flip us back.

 

Mzebko And we could grab some of those clever devices and take them back with us.

 

Thetid I suspect the Alphoids would have included ways of preventing the theft of their technology, whether they were here or not.

 

Singh I agree, it would also be wrong and quite dangerous to return to earth or Vulcan with some super weapon like a ray gun.  It could upset our natural development.

 

Barkwon I concur captain.  It would appear that we are agreed in our goal to return home.  Do we wish to return quickly or after we have learned from the Alphoids?

 

Thetid Is there such a choice?  Without learning how their devices work how could we return.  Would it be any quicker to learn their approach to spaceship design and construction.  I believe we must be prepared to spend a considerable amount of time here.

 

Singh Shania, how long does it take to learn what the Alphoids knew.

 

Shania That would obviously depend on your capacity to learn.  The Alphoids evolved over a period of 12 billion years on their home planet and spent 500 million years exploring the galaxy.

 

Robertson Ye gods, what chance do we have

 

Singh The same as every new born baby does in entering his world, we don’t need to learn everything everybody has ever before learnt, only those things that take us forward and allow us to grow.

 

Barkwon A useful analogy captain

 

Singh Thank you.

 

Rem, why weren’t we able to make the device in the entrance hall work and take us back to our home system?

 

Rem I believe the energy required for such a conduit transport is very large and will require some time to restore.  In addition we have also restricted access to such control panels. We initially believed you to be Alphoids and allowed you normal access.

 

Singh Why was that

 

Rem Our initial scans of you indicated the presence of the Alphoids DNA sequence and brain wave patterns.  However our initial diagnosis was incorrect as you appear to be descendants of the original code.

 

  Mzebko holds his head in his hands in pain

 

Mzebko Captain, I can’t take no more surprises, now we’re their babies.

 

Singh Thank you Rem.  We need to discuss what to do.

 

Well, as Thetid says, it looks like there’s no quick answers.  We don’t appear to be in any immediate danger, there’s plenty of air and food and water to survive.

 

If we can work out how to access the control panels we might be able to re-open the wormhole again and from there get home.

 

We don’t know how long all this will take but we have willing teachers and helpers and we may be able to take home things that are of immeasurable benefit to our planets.

 

Barkwon I agree.

 

We should divide our time and resources to learn more about the Alphoids and their technology.  We should also ensure we can adapt their technology and build our own devices.

 

Singh Does anyone disagree

 

Mzebko Well, all things considered I’d rather be in Philadelphia.

 

But as we’re not and you’re all here to keep me sane, I say lets go for it.

 

Thetid I agree

 

Razak I agree

 

Singh Mr Robertson, what do you think

 

Robertson Well, to tell you the truth, this all seems a little crazy to me.  A super advanced race allowing themselves to be destroyed and leaving behind a bunch of robots which have a passing resemblance to faithful dogs.

 

That said, I have no other options to put forward.  I think we should try and find out more about these people, the Alphoids’ demise if we can.

 

 

 


Act Eleven

 

 

  There follows a series of mini scenes (popvox or montage) of each of the crew learning different aspects of Alphoids knowledge

 

Shania ………..the Alphoids once believed that everything was composed of either fire, earth, wind or water.  Gradually this gave way to seeing matter in terms of basic constituent elements in different states or phases such as solid, liquid or gas…..

 

….. the Alphoids realised that matter and energy were interchangable and recorded it in Chorlstoic’s seminal work the equation E = MC squared.  Three centuries later Monty proved the link between the electromagnetic and weak forces……..

 

……Although matter is measured is 3 dimensional space it wasn’t until Vinder in the 4th millennia after Chorlstoic that time was seen as just another dimension.  It was just 250 years later that the theory of multi- dimensional space was theorised, initially 17 dimensions were used to model super strings but this was a passing phase and 367 dimensions and 8751 dimensional theories followed.  The realisation that these extra dimensions were folded over and could still be accessed gave rise to sub space theory……

 

…….warp powered engines enabled the Alphoids to explore their sector where they discovered……..

 

……Gravity being another expression of the relationship between matter and time in multi-dimensional space gave rise to the theory of gravitons and gravity waves.  The ability to create the effect of planetary gravity within a localised area of a spaceship was due to the ability to mimic the gravity wave through the pulsed acceleration of lamda particles.  However this was hazardous to organic lifeforms and so new methods were developed in the following centuries.  The type employed on Star Jack base is resonating gravitons…….

 

…..matter is measured and codified into digitised form.  This is then sent into the energy pattern buffer and transported through a containment field where it reforms into the original patterns according to information stored in the containment field.   Where 2 transport devices send and receive patterns, it is possible to elongated the effective distance by a factor of 10…..

 

…..The Alphoids found the limitations of warp a barrier to effective travel around the galaxy and built a series of way stations where instantaneous travel over space was possible.  In effect they opened portals or gates between different regions of space.  However there was an effect on the overall gravitational structure of the galaxy which can be seen in the formation of two minor galaxies – the Magellan clouds – nearby and the early signs of spiral arms of our own….. Spiral arms are found in many other galaxies and is taken as circumstantial evidence for the existence of similar races and cultures elsewhere in the universe……..

 

……the Alphoids managed to penetrate the barrier at the edge of the galaxy and some craft did return.  However, to date we have received no reports back of contact with other galaxies.

 

 


Act Twelve

 

 

  The crew are seated at the table in the university with more palatable food in front of them

 

Singh How are you getting on with quantum physics Mr Razak

 

Razak The principles build logically on my previous knowledge.  I believe I understand the principles of sub space and matter dematerialisation.  I am afraid the equations on Gravity are beyond my skill level at present.

 

Barkwon It has been a most enlightening 3 months.  In many ways I am honoured to have had the chance to study here.

 

Singh Do you think you could build a sub-space communications device Mr Razak?

 

Razak Certainly, I would not claim to be able to achieve the level of efficiency or range that the Alphoids did in their day but I am sure we could build a device to communicate between Vulcan and Earth.

 

Singh That’s excellent.  Mr Mzebko do you think you could help him?

 

Mzebko Certainly, I have to say these three months have flown by, I actually feel better than I’ve done at any point in my life before.

 

Thetid I also feel in good physical shape.

 

Robertson Me too.  I reckon I’ve got a fair understanding of their gravitational theories.  I suspect it may take me a while to build something.  Its been very helpful knowing what things to steer clear of like lambda particles, apparently it killed millions of them before a less lethal method was found

 

Singh It sounds like we’re making wonderful progress, who knows what we could achieve if we could stay here longer.

 

Barkwon There’s nothing stopping us aside from our need to return home.

 

Singh Well, if we can get back to our homes, we can come back at a later date.

 

Robertson Have you noticed Rem, Shania and the others?  The almost appear eager for us to learn as fast as we can?

 

Thetid I have noticed their apparent happiness but please remember they are only droids.

 

Robertson Yes but they’re really keen for us to learn aren’t they?

 

Singh And your point is?

 

Robertson No point, just an observation.

 

Singh I think we all know you well enough to know when something’s troubling you.

 

Robertson Well, as you know Barkwon and I have been trying to research into the history, social and anthropological development of the Alphoids. And, it still doesn’t make sense to me.  I can’t find any personal diaries, no personal accounts of any life, only 3rd person observations from Rem and the crew.

 

Razak Which shows an absence of evidence for a hypothesis

 

Robertson But you’ve got to admit its damn peculiar

 

Barkwon Only if you view them from a human perspective.  One doesn’t ask why a plant doesn’t have a diary, why should we presume the Alphoids did.

 

Robertson Because we are like them, remember the DNA and the brainwave stuff Rem said, or at least we have a part of them in our DNA, an echo if you like, and we would leave a diary.  They evolved, started life in a primordial soup and managed to leap into space and explore the entire galaxy before their disappearance.

 

Maybe another race evolved quicker and overtook them, maybe even killed them.

 

Singh Are you falling in love with them?

 

Robertson Its just I can’t understand how a race could advance as far as they did and simply vanish.

 

Barkwon Star Jack city is evidence of their existence.

 

Robertson Maybe, maybe there’s more to this place than we know?

 

Singh What do you mean?

 

Robertson Just that it doesn’t all add up.

 

 


Act Thirteen

 

 

  More voxpops

 

  …the Alphoids used a variety of power sources for warp drive.  Di-lithium crystals were the main source for over 40 million years.  Single gravitons produced similar results but meant all ship’s systems were linked to a single power source……

 

  …logical positivism was used by many scientists during the meganothoric period.  It developed rational and objective experimentation to prove or disprove a hypothesis…..

 

  …..the Alphoids first discovered telepathy in quadrant A of the galaxy.  Although the Alphoids from quadrant A continued to mix and interact with other quadrants they began to develop their own customs and pastimes, and eventually laws and…..

 

  ….a small band of Alphoids cut their links with the Alphoids community at large and began to study the universe from their minds alone…..

 

  …..the Alphoids believed in pursuing leisure as much as science.  Among their many poets were Astec and Scurming.  Astec wrote the seminal work on life, “to be or not to be”.  Scurming delved into the dark side of his soul and how fellow Alphoids could inflict pain or suffering for personal pleasure……

 

  …..telekinesis was thought to be the stuff  of myths and legends until Quitark demonstrated the sub space link between the brain and matter in 4 dimensional space.  The Alphoids found telepathy the ultimate way to communicate word, tone and feeling.  With practice it became instantaneous and Zurtis was the first Alphoids to teleport himself through space……

 

Robertson Shania, did you say teleport himself through space.

 

Shania Yes.  It was about 800,000 years before the red giant explosion

 

Robertson Were the two events connected?

 

Shania I do not understand?

 

Robertson Did a Alphoids use telepathy, or some other mind technique to cause the red giant explosion?

 

Shania Not according to our records.  But it is theoretically possible.

 

  Robertson picks up a flip phone type device

 

Robertson Captain, I think I’ve found something about the Alphoids.  Its just a theory but it might explain a few things

 

Singh Okay, lets discuss it at the University hall with the rest of the crew at dinner tonight.

 

  Cut to scene of a rather splendid dinner table with the crew helping themselves to wine and tucking into good quality food.

 

Singh So Jack, what have you found.

 

Robertson Well, as I say its only a theory.

 

I think I know why the Alphoids didn’t leave any personal records.

 

They developed telepathic abilities and found they had less and less need of technology.  They all knew each other and could read each other’s minds so they didn’t need to write it down.  They could share everyone’s else’s experiences and knowledge by simply thinking about them.

 

  The crew look at Robertson quizzically.

 

Robertson I know it sounds mad but hear me out.

 

The Alphoids have been around before any of us.

 

They didn’t have any god or supreme beings.  It simply never occurred to them.  Nowhere in their historical records, or myths and the like is there a ‘maker’.

 

They evolved slowly over billions of years.  Just like us.  Except we evolved much quicker once we became sentient.  Because the Alphoids have been before us and left us their memories and experiences in our psyche, at a subliminal level.  Hell we even have similar DNA.  Our belief in God maybe just an echo of the Alphoids who have breathed life throughout the galaxy.  When they first explored there was no other space faring race.  Having visited planets and breathed their air, eaten their food they must have left traces of themselves behind.

 

We could be their children.

 

Mzebko This don’t look like heaven or the garden of Eden to me.

 

Razak It seems implausible to me as well.  How does this explain their disappearance?

 

Robertson It doesn’t.  But they never stopped evolving in all their years.  Before the red giant explosion they had almost completely dispensed with the need for technology.  They had developed sub space communications but used telepathy instead.  They had developed Warp capability and instant teleportal devices far in excess of our dreams but used their minds to transport themselves.  They were able to control and channel energy and forces which we are only just beginning to grasp in concept.

 

I think they might have evolved to,… to outside of this reality, you know, they may have done away with the need for physical bodies and …… well, who knows, they could be alive in another dimension if they still follow our definition of life.  Who knows what happened to them

 

Razak There are many gaps in your hypothesis and you have leapt from one conclusion to another.

 

Robertson I know there’s lots of gaps but just bear with me.  Suppose I’m right, we have taken about 15,000 years to advance as far as the Alphoids did in 150 million years.  From what you’ve told me it took Vulcan 30,000 years to develop from its stone age to warp drive capability.  Think what will happen now with our joint capabilities over the next 100 , let alone 1,000 years.  If we continue to evolve at the same rate we may disappear as well.

 

Singh Is that a bad thing?

 

Robertson No, its a great thing.

 

Thetid This knowledge is helpful, but unless we can return to our homeworld systems it is unlikely to be of benefit to our races.

 

Barkwon I agree with you Thetid.  How far advanced are we with the gravitational field device?

 

Singh Well, I’ve built what Razak and Robertson have been designing and initial tests show it works.  I’m not sure the power source is too reliable but if we convert the shuttle to Di-lithium crystals it should provide enough energy to power our needs.

 

Razak I have built a working sub-space transponder and receiver.  It is too large to be used as a personal device at this stage but miniaturisation should follow with improved understanding.

 

Mzebko With Robertson I have been able to build working models of both their basic transport device and food replicator.  They use the same algorithms to analyse and break down matter.  They only differ in its re-materialisation and beam projection distance.  I’ve managed to transport objects about the size of a baseball, even food like an apple – although that was of course was replicated first in a Alphoids device.  I wouldn’t like to try it on an animal or person until we have worked out all the possibilities like pattern degradation or system handshake protocols.

 

Barkwon Perhaps we are not that far away from having the ability to leave Star Jack city.

 

Singh Except we are still 16 years out of phase with our home worlds and 22,000 light years away and we haven’t worked out how to make Star Jack city jump back to the Oort cloud.

 

Robertson If I may make a suggestion sir.

 

Singh Certainly

 

Robertson Well, I do think we should try and get back home with what we’ve learnt and the new technologies we’ve acquired.

 

But I think we should explore the Alphoids empire some more.  The way stations Alphoids built are throughout the galaxy but there doesn’t seem to be a map of where they are.  There is one here, outside the library in the main square.  We could ask Shania or one of the others to explain it to us and ‘pop’ out to some of the other way stations in search of the Alphoids.  I think Star Jack city has become cut off from the main computer.

 

Mzebko I’m sorry I don’t follow you.

 

Robertson Rem and Shania and all, told us about the main computer when we first arrived.  But I noticed they seemed fine being able to interface to every system here.  It was only when they persisted with their ability to connect with the main computer did I realise that they mean a bigger, central computer, one that ran the Alphoids empire once the Alphoids no loner needed a computer.

 

I’m guessing, but I reckon the red giant explosion severed Star Jack city with the main computer.

 

I think Rem and Shania would like us to reconnect them

 

Thetid But droids don’t have desires.  That would be illogical.

 

Robertson I know they are droids but I think they are like we are.  Although they must have incredible strength, vast amounts of data, and the rest, I think they are yearning to return to their home as well.

 

Singh Would anyone else like to explore the galaxy in search of the Alphoids?

 

  There is general agreement to proceed.

 

Singh OK then, lets load what we’ve done onto the Endeavour.  If nothing else and we die in some far off distant land, it can carry home our findings, even in 50 years time its contents will be of use to Vulcan and Earth.

 

I suggest we set it on a automatic countdown of one week to head for home.

 

We should all write up our notes and personal logs.  Robertson, can you do a paper on the history of the Alphoids along with your personal theories?

 

Robertson Aye aye captain

 

  Cut to scene of the crew gathered around the portal in the main square.  It looks like an arch of rock.

 

Robertson Shania, what are the key principles behind the portal

 

Shania Sub space theory and general relativity theory gives rise to the possibility of wormholes.  In nature wormholes are an unstable phenomena opening and closely according to the Sparkson probability matrix.

 

The Alphoids developed a sub space energy vacuum which, when inflected opened a stable wormhole between two points in space.  However both points in space must have the same sub space inflexion frequency to ensure connection.  If only one end of the wormhole is forced to vibrate at a stable frequency the wormhole is one- directional.

 

It is possible to use the arch before us to open the wormhole over the time dimension, thus allowing time travel.  However the dangers in time travel are immense.  The consequential impacts of altering the time line can give rise to so called time paradoxes, say where an individual causes the premature death of a blood line predecessor.  This will cause the offspring never to have been born and so the person who travelled back in time to never have been born, thus prevented the untimely death of the predecessor.

 

However, later multi – dimensional universe theory allows for this possibility to occur as both altered and original timelines continues in parallel universes.

 

Mzebko Apart from the physics I’m sure we did this at high school and on countless TV shows.

 

Shania Another complication is anti -time where future events have a larger impact in the past.  The need to avoid such time fractures is paramount in any time travel journey.

 

Singh Thanks, I think we will avoid time travel for the moment, we’re already going to be 18 years too old if we ever get home.

 

Robertson How do you work the portal Shania?

 

Shania This device (pointing to a panel on the side of the arch) allows you to select various locations.

 

I am afraid it does not respond to droid commands and requires organic lifeforms to work it.

 

Robertson Why would droids not be able to use it?

 

Shania I am afraid I do not know why the Alphoids wrote such an instruction.

 

Barkwon (taps a few buttons on the panel) It has a similar layout to the first panel we touched.

 

(The portal humms into life)

 

Computer, please display location of current portals accessible via this portal

 

  The portal flicks through 5 images of the same location taken from different views.

It is bigger, and even more technological than Star Jack city.

 

Thetid It appears that the portal is connected to only one other.  I cannot see any other lifeforms.

 

Singh Do we need to do something else Shania?

 

Shania It would appear the only other portal able to communicate with us is zero, zero, zero, one.

 

Robertson Do they all have numbers?

 

Shania Yes, Star Jack city is zero, four, three, seven.  Before the red giant explosion there were 6, 235 portals.  I do not know how many there are at present.

 

Singh Well ladies and gentlemen, shall we boldly go to zero, zero, zero, one?

 

  They pick up their packs and walk through the portal.

 

 


Act Fourteen

 

 

Janeway Full power to the shields!!

 

Reverse us out Mr Paris, – dead slow.

 

Paris Aye Aye Captain, straight back, dead slow, manoeuvring thrusters at ¼ power.

 

Tuvok Shields are at full strength Captain, operating at 132% with power re-routed from the main engines and all non essential systems.

 

Janeway I’ll be damned if we get bounced around like that again

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager surrounded by a spherical wall of charged energy.

Almost imperceptibly Voyager moves within the sphere of charged energy and its nacelles begin to pass into the dazzling wall of light.

Cut to scene of various internal views of Voyager as the energy wall sweeps through the ship.  As it passes through the crew they are caught in terrible pain and some attempt to walk backwards from the approaching energy wall until they meet resistance from a bulkhead..

Cut to external scene.  The ship then begins to emerge on the outside of the sphere and continues to reverse.  The scene zooms out to until Voyager is the size of a pin head.  The sphere of energy is by now also a (slightly larger) pinhead but it can be seen that in fact it is part of an immense energy barrier stretching thousands of light years left, right, up and down.  A barrier to forward progress

Cut to scene of  bridge.  Kim and Paris are being aided back to their positions by Tuvok and Chakotay.  Janeway is holding her stomach sitting in her command chair.

 

Janeway At least we went slowly through it that time.

 

Mr Paris, are you OK?

 

Paris Yes I think so Captain

 

Janeway Are we still drifting backwards from the barrier?

 

Paris Affirmative captain, we now have a velocity of ½ impulse, the barrier must have squirted us out and speeded us up, like spitting pips.

 

Janeway Take us to 100 million kilometres from the barrier Mr Paris

 

Paris We are already 134 million kilometres from the barrier Captain, I suspect the second pass through the barrier knocked us out for about 20 minutes

 

Janeway Okay, bring us to a dead halt, reduce magnification on the screen to wide angle by 10.

 

Tuvok We are already at the lowest setting captain.

 

Janeway Damn.

 

Well, we finally find a weak bubble in the wall and it nearly explodes the warp core on the way in and nearly kills us getting out of it.

 

Ladies and gentlemen, we need a plan B, it’ll add 7 years onto our journey to go around this barrier and I’m already 10 years late getting home.

 

Chakotay, Tuvok, once all the necessary repairs are done please get the senior officers together to review the Enterprise – A logs with their journey through the barrier.

 

Chakotay Yes captain.  Mr Paris I’m sure the doctor will need all the help he can get after that shock.  Tuvok, I think engineering could use our help.

 

Tuvok Agreed commander.

 

  Cut to scene of Paris in sickbay administering hyposprays of pain relief to sick crewmen.

 

Doctor Mr Paris, do you think that before the next time we go into the barrier, the Captain will let me sedate everyone on board first so as they’re at least anaesthetised to the pain?

 

Paris Sounds like an excellent idea Doctor, except for they’d be no one awake to stop us becoming trapped inside the barrier or to figure out how to get us out again.

 

Doctor I’m sure those who enjoy having this amount of pain inflicted on them could volunteer not to have the anaesthetic.

 

Paris Anyone in particular?

 

Doctor Well the Captain seems keen on it?

 

Paris Look Doc, the Captain knows how much pain is involved, she wouldn’t take us into the barrier unless their was something to be gained from it.  We’ve been out in the delta quadrant for seven years and still have thousands of light years to go.  Cutting through the centre of the Galaxy will take years off the journey home.

 

Doctor Well Voyager is my home Mr Paris.

 

Paris Yes Doc.

 

  Cut to scene of engineering.  The whole section is a mess, green vapour is seeping from a pipe near the warp core, yellow hazard lights are flashing, crews are working on several damaged systems

 

B’lana I need some help on the intermix pressure valve now!

 

Chakotay, get over here now!  Reduces the energy drain to the shields before the circuits blow and we’re all turned into our constituent molecules

 

Chakotay I’m on it.

 

(wryly) I get the impression you’re enjoying bossing me about.

 

B’lana Look, now is not the time to pull rank, I’m in charge of engineering and you’re in engineering – not that you’d notice it from the state of the place.

 

“Mullins” quick, turn off the plasma conduit crossover in section 4, deck 3.  Its not set up to work that way for this long.  Check for any other Plasma Conduits overheating while your there.

 

Mullins Yes sir.

 

Tuvok I’ve restored main computer control to engineering, we should be able to get some diagnostics on the warp core.

 

  Chakotay and B’lana move to computer consoles

 

B’lana Well done Tuvok, we should be able to get the systems back on line now.

 

  B’lana moves her hand across the console, touching various buttons and dials.

 

B’lana Damn, I wasn’t expecting that.

 

Chakotay What?

 

B’lana Well, our systems were shook up when we went through bubble, it started releasing u-band radiation from the matter anti-matter reactor.  That stimulated the warp core which caused all the mess first time round.  It took us 45 minutes to get enough energy to the shields to enable us to reverse out.

 

In those 45 minutes enough U band radiation escaped to damage the integrity of the hull.  We need to barium sweep the ship to restore its integrity, only real problem there isn’t a convenient star base nearby when you need one.

 

Tuvok Its possible the Ancary at Stenus 9 had technology capable of helping us.  Unfortunately they are 8 months away at Warp 7.  Given your analysis I’m not sure the ship would survive to Stenus 9.

 

B’lana No, I don’t think it would.

 

I’ll think of something after we’ve restored order here.

 

 

 

 

Kevin Corrigan

 

 

Contact E:Mail     kevin.corrigan@postoffice.co.uk

 

or     kevindebbie@corrigan4.freeserve.co.uk

Posted in Crossover | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Full Circle, Part 3

Act Twenty

  Spock is meditating in a darkened room.  The door beeps to signal someone wishes entry.  Spock ignores it and the door beeps twice again in quick succession.  Spock slowly lifts his head and says,

Spock Enter

 

  Captain Scott comes in carrying a bottle in one hand.

 

Scotty Mr Spock, you are indeed a sight for sore eyes, I’m sorry I wasn’t there to welcome you aboard, wee problem in engineering you know, the engines weren’t really replicated to go into battle, they were really only for show at the museum.

 

Spock Captain Scott, it has been a long time.  However I am not offended by your absence at my embarkation.  It was indeed a breech of starfleet protocol but I understand the needs of the ship take precedence over minor protocol matters.

 

Scotty All these years, and yer still haven’t lighten up.  Mr Spock, its me, Scotty, can yee really believe we’re back on the original Enterprise, once more on a mission to save mankind.

 

Spock Mankind?

 

Scotty You know what I mean, all Federation species, and even the Klingons.

 

Spock We are fortunate to have lived through so many interesting times.  However, neither of us are as young as we used to be.  And Jim is no longer with us.

 

Scotty Jim?  I think perhaps you have mellowed a wee bit.  Will you no join me in a wee dram remembering the old times.

 

Spock Captain Scott, I am in the middle of my meditation preparing for our encounter with the Founders.  It would be more beneficial to my state of mind for the negotiations if I were to continue to meditate.

 

  Scotty tilts his head and raises an eyebrow and lifts up the bottle.

 

Scotty Are ye really going to turn me away when I’ve got this bottle of pure malt?

 

Spock Meditation is important, but so is how we behave with our friends.  I will join you in a glass.

 

Scotty Good man Mr Spock!!  We are two birds out of our natural time.

 

  Scotty pours two glasses and gives one to Spock.

 

Scotty To absent friends.

 

Spock Captain Kirk, Dr McCoy and the others have died Captain Scott, they are not absent.

 

Scotty While we remember them they will always be with us.

 

Absent friends.

 

  Spock raises his glass and lightly chinks it against Scotty’s.

 

Spock Absent friends.

 

  They both drink, Scotty knocks his back in one.  Spock coughs on his.

 

Scotty Ha. Vulcans never really acquired a taste for refined liquor.  They do say its a sign of good luck if a Vulcan coughs at your drink.  Isn’t that what Cochraine said when we found him on that planet.

 

Spock (recovering his composure) Yes, I do believe he did.

 

Scotty We’ve had some fine times together, and although I was so pleased when Casey and Barclay asked for my help in making her (Scotty bashes the bulkhead) ready for deep space travel I can’t help feeling we’d have a better chance with the old crew.

 

Spock Captain Casey is one of the most decorated officers in Starfleet, he has twice been decorated with the Christopher Pike medal of honour, he has led many successful campaigns.  Admiral Picard is widely known for his strategic and innovative thinking…

 

Scotty Yes, I know they’re a fine bunch… Starfleet’s finest and all, its just I think we’d have had a better chance if Captain Kirk were here as well, and …. Between you and me, I’m not at all comfortable at the idea of Klingons and Romulans in the party.

 

Spock As Captain Kirk is plainly not here, there is nothing to be gained by wishing he were.  I think it is a remarkable achievement that the expedition comprises all the Alpha Quadrant allies.

 

Scotty All the same, there’s some I instinctively trust, and some I’d always keep a weather eye on, if you know what I mean. (Scotty taps the side of his nose.)

 

Spock Without trust and co-operation both our species would still be hunting animals on the savannahs of our homeworlds.  Its true that trust can be broken, but, if we are not prepared to put our faith in a better future we will be trapped in the past.

 

Scotty Fine words, and I know you’re right, yer see, I knew I’d feel better coming to talk to you.

 

Another drink?

 

  Scotty pours himself another.

 

Spock No thank you, I haven’t finished this one yet.

 

Scotty No problem, Hey do you remember when Abraham Lincoln arrived on the bridge, the look on Jim Kirk’s face was something else……..

 

  The scene fades out.

 

 

 

Act Twenty One

 

Tuvok I believe I have located the fleet.

 

Janeway Excellent, where are they.

 

Tuvok They are at, Gamma, four seven five, point nine degrees, bearing two, two four from galactic core.

 

Janeway Our ETA to intercept?

 

Paris I estimate four point five hours.

 

Tuvok Four hours, twenty eight minutes, 30 seconds.

 

Janeway Are they in a planetary system?

 

Tuvok Negative.  They have dropped out of hyperwarp and are proceeding at warp three point five on a heading of nine, seven, three, vector four two to the galactic core.

 

Janeway When will they meet a planetary system.

 

Tuvok They’re present heading takes them through a…

 

adjusting sensors…. New readings are coming through…

 

They are heading for a gas nebula at Gamma reference six, six, six.  There may be a solar system embedded within the nebula which would require enormous power devices to maintain such a hollowed out region.

 

However the sensors are detecting five thousand four hundred and twenty two cloaked ships in the nebula.  Energy emissions are consistent with Dominion configurations.

 

Janeway O no.  They’re heading for a trap.

 

7of9 Confirmation of Tuvok’s readings, the fleet will enter the nebula in forty seven minutes.

 

Janeway Options people.

 

Tuvok They are out of communications range.

 

Paris Normally you’d ask B’Elanna to get more out of the engines.

 

Janeway Good thinking Tom.

 

Paris It was a joke.

 

Janeway Doesn’t matter, its given me an idea.

 

Computer activate the Emergency Medical Hologram.

 

Doctor Please state the nature of the medical emergency.

 

I’m sorry I think you have mis- activated me, there appears to be no medical emergency here.

 

Janeway Doctor, are you still able to represent the ship’s computer systems as amended by number one.

 

Doctor Captain, you know how much trouble that caused me.  It took Mr Kim twelve hours to reboot me from back up files.

 

Janeway I know, and I promise we’ll do it again if we need to.

 

Doctor The better way would be to reboot the Doctor taken hostage by that programme and give him – or her – a new identity.

 

Janeway This is serious doctor, I need to get more speed out of this ship.

 

Doctor Is transwarp not fast enough for you?

 

Janeway No.  Now please doctor.

 

Doctor Well, if you insist, you are the captain after all.  Mr Kim, load Doctor programme stardate, XYZABC.

 

Kim Yes doctor. Activating Doctor programme stardate XYZABC

 

  A second doctor hologram appears.

 

Janeway I think you’re right doctor, maybe we’d better have an alternative holographic form.

 

Doctor 1&2 For him or me?

 

 

Janeway Mr Kim, please find a new body for Doctor two.

 

Kim Aye Aye captain.

 

  The second doctor phases into a different body but then phases back again.

 

Kim I am unable to complete your order captain, the second doctor has overridden my commands.

 

Doctor 2 Don’t worry captain, I just prefer this representation as you and your crew appear more comfortable with it.

 

Janeway I don’t have time for this.

 

Look, I need your help. We need to get to Gamma six, six, six in the next 45 minutes. Can you help.

 

Doctor 2 One moment while I compute the options.

 

I am unfortunately unable to assist.  Without number one time/ matter portals, the most efficient time we can be at Gamma six, six, six in is fifty four minutes.

 

Janeway I’ll settle for that, make it so.

 

Doctor 2 I’m making the necessary adjustments to the ships systems.

 

Adjustments complete.

 

Tuvok Our transwarp speed has just increased by a factor of three point one two.

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager flying very fast through the transwarp conduit.  Cut back to scene on Voyager’s bridge.

 

Janeway All hands, now here this, in less than one hour we will be joining the expeditionary fleet who will be in battle with a very large Dominion force.  We will need everyone to be at their best.  I know I can count on you.

 

Chakotay.  Sound battle stations. Anything could happen in the next hour.

 

  Klaxons go off and red alert signs start flashing.

 

Janeway Also, I have another idea.

 

Seven, I wonder if we could invite some friends to join us?

 

 

 

Act Twenty Two

 

  The scene is of the expeditionary fleet flying at warp.  The Enterprise -E has a tractor beam on the -D.  The fleet is no longer in the hyperwarp bubble. The spacecraft move very slightly in relation to one another.  Cut to scene of Enterprise – E’s ready room. Picard is seated at the table examining a computer pad.  The door sounds.

 

Picard Enter.

 

  Riker comes in with Counsellor Troi, Picard stands up.

 

Picard I was just about to have afternoon tea, would you care to join me?

 

Troi Yes, that would be nice.

 

Riker Certainly.

 

  Picard walks over to the replicator.

 

Picard Will, rakdajino?  And Hot Chocolate for you Deanna?

 

  Riker and Troi smile and nod.

 

Riker Always the sign of a good commander, to know what one’s troops need before they do.

 

Picard Cup of Earl Grey, hot, cup of rakdajino hot, cup of drinking chocolate hot.

 

  The replicator whirr’s and dispenses the three drinks.  Picard hands the hot chocolate and rakdajino to Troi and Riker.  He takes the tea himself.

 

Picard And how are the troops?

 

Riker Well the ships never been in better shape, despite the pounding we took last week.

 

Picard That’s good to hear, but that’s not what I asked.

 

Troi There is a great feeling of apprehension amongst the crew.

 

Picard That’s understandable, this is a mission the like I have never been on before.

 

Troi They are comforted by the fact you are leading them.

 

Picard That’s kind of you to say.

 

Troi It is the truth.

 

Picard Will, I’ve been reviewing our course and navigation plans.

 

Riker The nebula?

 

Picard Yes, the nebula.  Assuming the Dominion know of our plans it would make an ideal ambush site.

 

Riker We’d have to drop to impulse to broach the nebula perimeter, and the gases could shield hundreds of ships.

 

Picard The obvious thing to do would be to traverse the perimeter singly.  The Dominion would not know which ship contained the Omega furnace, if they attack the first vessel through it would allow us to set it off outside the nebula.  If they let the first ship through they may be letting the furnace through.

 

Riker I’ve always had a taste for poker.

 

Picard Maybe, but our first objective is to negotiate, our last resort is Omega.

 

Riker. The Romulan and Klingons have cloaking devices, as does the Defiant. We could send them on ahead to scout.

 

Picard Good idea, I was thinking that perhaps we could use the phasing device as you did in Spacedock and allow us all to silently slip through.

 

Riker Stealth rather than

 

  The ship rocks in a blast from outside. The three are flung across the room.  Cut to external view as the fleet is brought to an abrupt halt. They are enmeshed in a mine field.  Cut to scene of the ready room.  Riker is helping Troi up.  Picard is unconscious.

 

Riker Riker to bridge, what’s happening?

 

Sunni Sir, we appear to have hit a mine.  Its knocked the fleet out of low warp sir.

 

Riker Are we under attack?

 

Sunni No sir.  Wait. Multiple contacts made, bearing four nine nine, mark three.  Eight minutes to intercept.

 

Riker Riker to sickbay, medical emergency, Admiral Picard and Counsellor Troi have received injuries.

 

Dr Picard Acknowledged, I’m on my way, we have reports of multiple casualties, no fatalities.

 

  Troi starts to come round.

 

Riker Are you OK.

 

Troi I’ve been better, O my head.

 

Picard Will, your first duty is to the Enterprise.

 

Riker Yes sir, she is safe for the moment, when medical relief is here I will take my place on the bridge.

 

Picard Sorry Will, I didn’t mean to question your command.

 

Riker That’s OK, you appear to have been knocked out as well, you’re bleeding.

 

  Dr Crusher and an assistant enter and start treating Troi and Picard.

 

Picard Will, the mission.

 

Riker I’m on my way.

 

  Riker leaves the ready room and enters the bridge.

 

Riker Report.

 

Sunni A cloaked photonic mine was triggered and we sustained some damage to the inertial damping field.  We have been able to restore the dampers.

 

A large Dominion fleet is approaching.

 

Riker How large?

 

Sunni (checks her console first) Five thousand four hundred and twenty two.

 

Riker Status of the fleet?

 

Sunni All ships report fully operational.

 

The exploding mine has de- cloaked the rest of the mine field which is surrounding us on all sides.

 

Riker Riker to the fleet, Any suggestions would be gratefully received.

 

Data Sisko here Captain. the mine triggered by the Enterprise -E has been replicated, so we cannot simply blast our way out.  As we were allowed to pass the outer walls of mines it might suggest that this is a deliberate trap rather than a mere impediment to progress.

 

Riker And your suggestion is?

 

Sisko The mines must operate on a frequency that allows them to communicate and replicate.  We need to find the frequency and jam it, then we can start blasting.

 

Riker Good, allocate frequencies to the rest of the fleet and start straight away.

 

Sisko Captain, I feel as though I should point out it took the Cardasians 6 months to break our frequencies.

 

Riker Well we have 6 minutes before we become a turkey shoot.  Otherwise in five minutes 45 seconds I will order the Omega device to be activated.

 

Sisko Acknowledged.

 

  Cut to scene of each bridge furiously trying to crack the frequency needed.  Data on the Enterprise- D is doing so at a highly accelerated pace.

Cut to scene of Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Sunni Sir, the first Jem Hadar ships are approaching, the main fleet will arrive in two minutes.  They are opening fire.

 

  Cut to external scene of the expeditionary fleet trapped within the minefield while several Jem Hadar ships start to fire shots between the mines at the ships.  Their shields flare in defence.  Cut to scene of Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker Return fire, keep working on those frequencies.

 

Sunni Returning fire sir, direct hit on lead ships.

 

Sir, I am reading new signals.

 

Riker More Jem Hadar ships?

 

Sunni No sir, it appears to be multiple transwarp conduits, they are opening in the space around us.

 

Riker Transwarp conduits?

 

Sunni Yes sir, the ship signatures are…..

 

Riker What are they Commander Sunni!!

 

Sunni They are Borg ship signatures

 

 

 

Act Twenty Three

 

 

  A brief scene of Voyager traversing a transwarp conduit is shown.

Cut to scene of Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker The Borg?

 

Sunni Yes sir, the first cubes are exiting dead ahead of us.

 

Riker On screen.

 

Sunni Aye Aye sir.

 

  Cut scene of Borg ships appearing between the captive fleet and the advancing Jem Hadar fleet.  The six early Jem Hadar ships are attacked and destroyed by the Borg Cubes.  The Borg cubes begin to make a simple brick wall pattern.

 

Borg Dominion forces you will break off your attack and deactivate the minefield. The Federation fleet must be allowed to complete its mission. Resistance is futile.

 

  Cut to scene on Jem Hadar ship. The Jem Hadar soldiers are confused as is the VORTA.

 

VORTA What manner of creatures are these?  They do not appear to be Federation.

 

Jem Hadar 2 Sir, our databanks of intercepted Federation intelligence indicate they are a species known to the Federation as the Borg.  They originate from the delta quadrant and have been expanding their empire exponentially.  They assimilate conquered lifeforms into their collective.

 

VORTA O no, that will never do for the founders.  I thought this was going to be a relatively easy battle but if the Federation have brought the delta quadrant into it as well I do not pretend to know what the Founders will do in response.

 

We must stop them.

 

All ships attention, proceed with battle plan beta four.  Engage the new enemy as well.

 

  Cut to external scene of Jem Hadar ships swarming across the Borg cubes and strafing them.  The Borg shields shimmer as they are struck, the Borg return fire destroying Jem Hadar ships attempt to pass.

Cut to scene of Enterprise – E.

 

Riker Are my eyes deceiving me?

 

Picard That depends on what they are seeing number o.. sorry Captain.

 

  Riker indicates to wards the viewscreen.

 

Riker Glad you’re back on your feet.

 

Dr Picard He has a fractured cheekbone, he must have struck the table pretty hard.  I’ve been able to fuse the bone but he’ll be a little groggy for a while.

 

Picard My deepest gratitude.

 

Status report.

 

Riker We are trapped in a minefield which we are attempting to deactivate.  A large Dominion fleet has come out of the nebula and is attempting to attack us.

 

Picard Time to intercept.

 

Riker Two minutes ago.

 

Picard Why have they not attacked the fleet?

 

Riker Because the Borg have engaged them.

 

Picard What??

 

Riker That makes two of us.

 

  The camera view pans to take in the viewscreen where the battle continues to unfold before them.

 

Data Admiral, I have analysed the Dominion fleet attack tactics and the Borg’s.  The Borg have destroyed or incapacitated three hundred and fifty seven Jem Hadar ships and sustained heavy damage to four cubes.  Extrapolating the battles I estimate the Dominion will overpower the Borg in another seven minutes twelve seconds at the present rate of attrition.

 

Picard How are we doing with deactivating the minefield?

 

Data I believe there is a fractal encryption code which I am attempting to decipher.

 

Spock Excuse me gentlemen.  I have been analysing the codification and it appears to be based on Roman numerals.  I believe that I can be of some assistance in deciphering the command codes.

 

Data Ambassador Spock, a Roman numeral algorithm would certainly fit the evidence but would be one of the last approaches I would use to attempt to decipher the code with.

 

Spock Call it instinct, but I believe the minefield is now deactivated.

 

Data I can confirm Ambassador Spock’s assessment.  He has deactivated the minefield.

 

Picard Well done everyone.

 

Riker, signal the Borg fleet, we wish to advance, we will tuck in behind their defensive wall.  As a moving target and with our additional firepower that should buy us some more time.

 

Riker Aye aye sir.

 

Data Admiral, one of the Borg cubes has been destroyed.  With the new tactics I estimate it will be seventeen minutes twenty seconds before the remaining Dominion forces over power us.

 

Picard Acknowledged.  We’ll have to start working on plan B.  Will, I assume you’ve warmed up the furnace?

 

Riker Yes sir, 48 hour countdown, 15 second hot countdown.

 

Picard Good, now what else can we do to get through?

 

Sunni Sir, I am picking up new signals from the nebula.

 

It appears to be Dreadnoughts, eight confirmed contacts sir.

 

Data Admiral Picard, I have updated estimates based on the Dreadnoughts joining the Dominion fleet, with the present damage to the Borg fleet, I estimate two minutes.

 

Riker (under his breath) what no seconds?

 

Data No Captain Riker, we now have one minute fifty -seven seconds.

 

Picard Options?

 

 

 

Act Twenty Four

 

 

Picard Q!!!

 

Get off my bridge we have enough trouble to contend with.

 

Q Mon Capitaine, o, pardon moi, Mon Admirale.

 

Picard Q, I’m warning you, stay out of my way.

 

Q But of course, I just wanted to be here at your finest moment.  Don’t worry, only you can see me, they’ll blame your hallucinations on the blow to your head.

 

Picard This is not the end.

 

Data Three more Borg cubes have been destroyed.  The dreadnoughts have engaged the lead cube.  It has been destroyed also.  Estimated time to Dominion victory, forty seconds.

 

Q You were saying Picard? (Q smirks)

 

Picard Prepare the Omega device.

 

Q Tut, tut.

 

Sunni I am picking up another transwarp signal.

 

Riker Is it more Borg cubes?

 

Sunni No sir, it is a single conduit.  Transponder signal suggests it is of Federation origin.

 

Riker Federation?

 

Sunni Yes sir, the conduit is opening just behind us.  It is the USS Voyager sir.

 

Picard Janeway.

 

Janeway Attention Admiral Picard, this is Captain Janeway of the USS Voyager.  I am aware of your fallback plan, but I have to insist that you do not activate the Omega device. Please allow us to assist your passage.

 

Picard Anything you can do to assist our passage would be most welcome.

 

Janeway Having reprogrammed their base code we invited some Borg ships to assist us and as they were closer to help you they got here first.

 

Picard They have certainly kept us going, but I have my orders, if we are unable to negotiate then I must initiate a fallback option.

 

Janeway I will not let you annihilate innocent species, the Omega device will mean the total extermination for countless species.

 

Picard We are not going to initiate a holocaust of the Founders or Dominion.

 

Janeway No, but you will of other species in other dimensions.

 

  Picard is lost for words.

 

Janeway Chakotay, attack pattern delta one.  Target the dreadnoughts first and then the rest of the Dominion attack fleet.

 

Chakotay Aye Aye sir.

 

  Cut to external scene.  Voyager manoeuvres up and over the expeditionary fleet and above the damaged Borg wall.

It takes up position and multiple phasers fire hitting all eight of the dreadnoughts, four explode and four spiral away severely damaged.

Voyager then unleashes hundreds of phaser volleys at the attack ships destroying and incapacitating ships with a single blast.

The Jem Hadar break off their attack on the Borg and head towards Voyager.  Voyager unleashes hundreds of micro torpedoes each hitting a Jem Hadar ship and destroying or incapacitating it.

Within a minute the Dominion fleet is adrift in space.

 

Picard Picard to Janeway, that was a most impressive display, we should have invited you along from the beginning.

 

Janeway Perhaps, but I am even more worried now at the technology we have acquired in Voyager.

 

Picard All the same, thank you for your help.

 

Captain Riker, signal the fleet to proceed through the nebula at impulse.  Heading dead centre of the nebula.  And Q, get off my bridge.

 

Riker Aye Aye sir.

 

Q Moi? I’m just a passenger and that was a very close call for you.

 

Picard Just don’t get in the way.

 

  Cut to external scene of the remaining ships including five Borg vessels moving past the decimated Dominion fleet towards the nebula.

 


Act Twenty Five

  The scene is the Enterprise -E’s ready room, Admiral Picard is at the head of the table.  The other Captains, Ambassador Spock and Odo are seated at the table.

 

Picard Situation report.

 

Riker We have entered the Founder’s solar system.  There is a level twenty energy field surrounding the third planet.  Odo has identified it as the location of The Great Link.

 

At present we are holding position at the outer edge of the system. We have not received any communication signals, we are only getting static.

 

Picard Ambassador Spock, what would you like to do.

 

Spock The logical conclusion is that the Founders are very worried, we have just destroyed their homeworld defence fleet and they are probably aware of the Omega device.

 

Janeway If I may interject.

 

Spock Captain, your information about its effects on other species is noted.  However, the Founders are probably unaware of this information and are hence likely to believe that our intentions are unchanged.

 

  Janeway goes to make a further point but realises Spock has anticipated her.

 

Spock I propose to continue with our plan to seek a peaceful resolution to our differences with the Founders.  I would suggest we do not attempt a large show of force and I would like to take only the original Enterprise into planetary orbit and leave the fleet back here.

 

I should like yourself, Captain Sisko and Captain Janeway and Odo to join me with a skeleton crew aboard.

 

General Martok Why only humans?

 

 

Spock I do not believe I am human.

 

However between them they have a unique collection of qualities and experience.  Admiral Picard has negotiated many treaties before.  Captain Sisko has experience of meeting the Founders, Odo is of course of their species, and Captain Janeway has the unique advantage of having traversed the Delta quadrant facing all manner of new challenges in order to gain passage through other species’ regions of space.

 

General Martok Logic, always logic with you, why not allow a Klingon warrior to accompany you and show them our heart?

 

Spock I have considered Captain Worf, but I believe he is best placed to command the Defiant in Captain Sisko’s absence.  Likewise your strategic battle skills are best served in defending the fleet.

 

I understand your have some further information on that matter Captain Janeway?

 

Janeway That is correct.  Voyager’s long range scanners suggest that, rather like the legions of Roman Empire when Rome was threatened, there has been a general recall of Dominion forces.  We have detected over 82 thousand vessels heading towards these co -ordinates.  They will be here in 36 hours.

 

General Martok Are they a match for your vessel?

 

 

Janeway I do not know.  We are still learning about our new found abilities.

 

General Martok Ha, you have a vessel that has tipped the balance of war in our favour.  We must exploit it and put an end to this war at once.

 

Picard Pandora found it difficult to put back in the box.

 

Janeway My thoughts exactly, which is why Voyager was quarantined and shut off from all Federation officials and scientists on our arrival back.

 

Sisko An interesting question of philosophy, whether we can unlearn knowledge.  It goes against our grain.

 

Janeway But do we understand the consequences of our knowledge.  The reason why time travel is so rarely allowed is to stop us using our knowledge of the future to change the past to make a better future.  The timeline must be unaltered.

 

We banned research into the Omega particle because we could not contain and stabilise it.  Up until an hour ago we were planning to use it without understanding the consequences.

 

Picard I, for one am truly grateful for your arrival.

 

Q Hear, hear.!

 

Picard Q!

 

Q O, I’m sorry, please ignore me.

 

Picard We’re trying, now please be quiet.

 

Spock An interesting debate, and perhaps one we can take further after our mission.

 

I suggest we move on.

 

Picard I agree.

 

Computer, for the record, Command of this mission has now passed to Ambassador Spock as we attempt to initiate negotiations.  I shall be joining the negotiating team.

 

Command of the fleet will transfer to, (Picard pauses) General Martok.

 

General Martok Thank you Admiral.

 

 

  They get up from the table and head towards the door. Picard waits and catches Riker’s arm to have a private word.

 

Picard Will, I wanted you to know that giving command to General Martok in no way..

 

Riker Jean Luc, I think I’ve grown up enough to follow orders now.  Besides, if the roles were reversed I would have given General Martok command as well.

 

  They smile at each other and shake hands and grip the other’s forearm in deep friendship.

 

Riker Good luck.

 

Picard Thank you, I hope we won’t need it.  Take care of the Enterprise, try not to break her.

 

Riker I’ll do my best.

 

  They walk out the door and down past the bridge towards the turbo lifts.

Cut to scene of the five transporting to the Enterprise.  They make their way to the bridge.  Scotty is underneath a control panel with a sonic wrench.

 

Scotty Willye just behave once in your life!

 

Spock Is there a problem Mr Scott?

 

  Scotty is startled and attempts to sit upright but bumps his head on the console.

 

Scotty Ow!!!  Either this ship has got smaller or I ‘ve got bigger.

 

Spock As the ship has the same dimensions it has always had and there are no spatial anomalies here, the conclusion must be…

 

Scotty Don’t say it Mr Spock!

 

Spock (raises an eyebrow) If you insist.

 

Mr Scott, my original question has not been answered.  Is there a problem with the ship?

 

Scotty Och no, the ship’s fine, engines, shields, we even managed a phaser pot shot in that melee back there.  It’s just we did take a couple of blasts and it seems to be giving the museum holograms a few problems.  Some of the routines keep flicking up.

 

Spock Does it interfere in any of the ship’s main systems?

 

Scotty No, no way.

 

Spock Well, in that case I think we should proceed.  If someone would like to take the chair.

 

  Spock indicates the Captain’s chair.

 

Janeway Well as the senior officer, it should fall to you Admiral Picard.

 

Picard No, this is Ambassador Spock’s ship and he is now in command of the mission.  Nothing would give me greater pleasure than if you were to take the chair.

 

Spock I am not motivated by such emotional considerations.  It is not a difficult operation, I would prefer if one of you would take us in.

 

  They look at each other.

 

Sisko Actually, its been a bit of a boyhood fantasy of mine.  You know my crew and I served aboard her once at the time of the tribbles, it was an honour to serve under Captain Kirk and Mr Spock.  Ever since meeting Casey at the Academy I’ve always wondered what that chair felt like.

 

Picard Be my guest.

 

  Sisko walks around the chair letting his hand touch it as Spock surveys him.

 

Spock I do believe I recall you serving with us.

 

Sisko Thank you.

 

  Sisko takes the seat, Scotty takes a seat at the helm.

 

Sisko Ahead ¼ impulse speed, takes us into orbit above the third planet of the system.

 

Scotty Aye Aye sir.

 

  Cut to external scene of the Enterprise leaving the fleet and heading towards the centre of the system.

Cut to scene of the Enterprise entering orbit above the homeworld. And cut back to scene of Enterprise bridge.

 

Sisko Hailing frequencies Mr Scott.

 

Scotty Aye sir, hailing frequencies open.

 

No response sir.

 

Sisko Keep trying Mr Scott.

 

Scotty Yes sir.

 

Sisko Suggestions?

 

Spock Clearly they know we are here.

 

Odo Yes, very much so.

 

  The others turn and look at Odo.

 

Odo I can feel them.

 

Spock I was not aware you had empathic abilities.

 

Sisko Nor I.  What is it Odo?

 

Odo I cannot explain it, when I’ve been here before I’ve not felt like this.  But now I can feel their presence, across the distance between us I can feel them.

 

Janeway Perhaps we should go to the planet’s surface to make contact.

 

Elder There will be no need for that.

 

  They turn to see an elder Founder on the bridge with them.

 

Spock You are welcome aboard.  I am Spock.

 

Elder I know who you are and why you are here.

 

Spock Then you know we come seeking peace.

 

Elder You call the destruction of over 5,000 vessels and your Omega device peace?

 

You have a strange way with words Ambassador Spock.

 

Spock We do not wish to harm you, we are defending ourselves.

 

Elder By killing our allies and the Founders themselves?

 

Spock We do not claim to be perfect, but we did not start the war with yourselves.

 

Elder And you know you will lose it if its left to run its course.

 

Spock I am empowered to discuss many matters with your people.

 

We are prepared to agree never to visit the Gamma Quadrant without your express permission.  We are prepared to allow your union with Cardasia to evolve.  All we ask is that you recognise our right to evolve.

 

Elder And was your new ship Voyager natural evolution?

 

  Janeway goes to speak but Spock holds up a hand to silence her.

 

Spock Voyager was not natural evolution, it was external intervention

 

Elder And now that you think have the upper hand you will destroy us.

 

Spock Nothing could be further from the truth.  We have no intention of destroying you.

 

Elder In the last 50 million years, every species we have come into contact with has either tried to own us or destroy us.  In the 100,000 years before our encounter with the Federation only two founders have died, one of natural causes, the other was murder.  In the 10 years since the wormhole opened six founders have died. With each death the extinction of the Founders becomes closer.

 

Spock An alternative solution to extinction is procreation.

 

Elder A typically carbon DNA response.

 

Spock In my experience, all life strives to continue its line, DNA lifeforms, silicon lifeforms, energy based lifeforms.  It is part of the definition of life.

 

Elder Perhaps we have different definitions of life?

 

Spock I would be interested to understand your definition of life.

 

Elder Founders are life.

 

Spock I do not understand your definition.

 

Elder Without us, there would be no other species in the galaxy, or those in the galactic string we occupy.

 

Spock Are you necessary for our existence?

 

Elder We are a pre- requisite.

 

Spock Do you mean you were the first sentient lifeform in the galaxy?

 

Elder I can see why you are so well regarded in the Federation

 

Spock Admiral Picard found a holographic program from beings that claimed to be the first explorers in the galaxy, they left parts of it in the DNA of many alpha quadrant species.

 

Elder Yes, I know of that, they were early explorers, but only after we had already retired from our exploration of space in order to explore ourselves at our retreat. It does not surprise me that they left a coded message in your chemical make up.  They followed us; we have left coded messages in every species’ minds.

 

Spock Are you the common source of all our legends?

 

Elder No.  We are the source of your ability to think, to question, to reason. We discovered mathematics, we discovered language, feelings and emotion.

 

To think, to be.

 

Before us, there was no life, there was just chemical reactions.  No purpose other than energy release and rearrangement.

 

We began life 20 billion years ago as the Universe was just forming.  We evolved much as you have, from simple single cell organisms, to amphibians to insects to bipeds; but over a much, much longer timescale than you, 10 billion years.

 

We too explored the galaxy and found it less than us.  We continued to grow and explore.  To evolve as you might put it.  Since our development every species has followed the same generic path, there have been different paths because of local circumstances.  Some sentient species retain insect origins, others have mammalian, others fish.  Some skip particular steps but all follow the same general pattern, from single cell, to multi- cell, to biped, to technological, to telepathic, to liquid and then multi -dimensional.

 

As we evolved into empathics and liquids our society split.  There were those that wanted to continue to expand their minds and left our retreat.

 

  The elder changes into a Talosian and then reverts back.

 

Elder They developed telepathic abilities and remained corporeal.  We continued and evolved out of solids into liquid form.  We have some telepathic abilities, but our ability to merge completely with one another, to take whatever form we choose is our liberation and evolution.  I am sure you have lifeforms on your own planet that start of as one thing and end up as another, such as a fish and then a land animal, or a grub that pupates and then turns into a flying insect.

 

Sisko We have frogs and butterflies.

 

Elder Well our present liquid form is that pre-final state.  We are ‘born’ liquid’ and over time, about a million years, we transcend our liquid form and become inter- dimensional beings, not restricted by time or space.

 

Sisko The prophets.

 

Elder We have heard tell of your relationship with the wormhole aliens but we have never experienced meeting them ourselves.

 

Then, about a billion years ago, a newer species became very afraid of us. They were afraid of our power and knowledge and wanted to steal it and rule us.  We wanted peace, we attempted to live peacefully and to negotiate amicable accords with them but to no avail.  They decided they wanted to conquer us as they were afraid of what they did not understand.

 

They developed a transgenic weapon and used it upon us.

 

All but four founders who were off world were affected.  Once we were translucent, now our natural state is golden brown and we have lost the ability to reproduce and to transcend our form into the final state.

 

Every time one of us dies, our total extinction becomes one step closer.

 

Spock Can we help you to reproduce.

 

  The elder laughs

 

Spock I’m sorry if I have offended you

 

Elder No, you haven’t offended me, I just find it difficult to believe that a species as far behind us in evolutionary terms can think it can help us.  We do not follow molecular genetics as you understand it, it is a much more advanced concept.

 

Spock I have learned that necessity is a powerful tool for innovation.

 

Odo Ambassador Spock, I would like to ask a question.

 

  Spock motions to Odo ‘yes’

 

Odo You say we have not been able to reproduce, yet my experiences suggest I am only 50 or so years old.  On a previous visit you said you sent out a hundred like me to explore the galaxy.

 

Elder That is true.

 

You see Odo we have tried to rectify our situation for hundreds of millennia.  Since we dispensed with ‘hard’ technology like this starship we found it hard to apply ourselves to the task.

 

The four untainted Founders were all of the same kind.  What you (indicating Spock and the others) might see as analogous to gender, they were all male for the sake of argument.  They believed that there was still an embryo ‘female’ at our old homeworld but we had lost contact with it such a long time ago, we were not sure if it even existed any more.  They set off to see if they could find the female.  Even then they would probably need assistance from the Talosian sect to complete the triangle of forces and strands we used to use in creating offspring.

 

Odo And was I one of those offspring.

 

Elder No, my dear Odo you were not.  After many millennia, the four had not returned and another group of Founders decided to try an alternative strategy, to clone us.  There were many disappointments.  Eventually they managed to mimic the founder liquid dynamics and make up and 350 founders volunteered to be cloned.  We sent one hundred babies out around the galaxy as a way of gauging the future threat to us, expecting them to come home over the next thousand millennia.

 

Your arrival home so early shocked us.  It meant there were faster and fiercer evolving species in the Alpha quadrant.  When we met them we were proved right.

 

Unfortunately, the cloning was ultimately a failure because as the babies grew, the source founder who was cloned began to grow weaker.  The technique only allowed one clone from one source Founder.  I do not know where my clone is, but I can tell it is developing as I am growing weaker by the day.

 

Odo I am sorry.

 

Elder Do not be sorry.  I wanted to be cloned, I wanted us to continue.  Now it seems we are doomed.  If not this year, then next, or perhaps the millennia after, but ultimately we are doomed to die.

 

  At that point the hologram begins to flicker.

 

Elder What is the purpose of this.

 

Scotty I’m sorry I’ll have it sorted out in a minute (Scotty presses buttons on the console)

 

Picard We’re sorry, this is a museum ship, with holographic emitters to show stories.

 

  Kirk bursts into life.

 

Kirk I don’t believe in the No Win Scenario.  I reprogrammed the computers to win.

 

Scotty Ah, there we go.

 

  The hologram disappears and there is a momentary silence.

 

Spock Perhaps, Captain Kirk is right.

 

Sisko I’m sorry.

 

Spock We should take Captain Kirk’s advice and not believe in the inevitability of failure.  The human spirit, please correct me if I’m wrong, is a source of indefatigable optimism and adversity a source of ingenuity.

 

Sisko I cannot argue with you on that but I do not follow you.

 

Spock I am privy to the location of the Talosians.  It was my first mission aboard a human vessel.  Our encounter so shocked the Federation that is became a proscribed planet under General Order 7 in the Alpha quadrant.

 

Elder You are attempting to deceive me.

 

Spock I assure you I am not.  Come join with me if you doubt me.

 

Elder Perhaps at a later time.

 

Janeway And I have met your 4 founders.  I believe my security officer Tuvok has a message from them for Odo and you.

 

  There is a pause, again the Elder looks disbelieving and suspicious of the story unfolding.

 

Elder Bring me this Tuvok.

 

Janeway Janeway to Tuvok.

 

Tuvok Tuvok here captain.

 

Janeway Would you mind joining us on the Enterprise.

 

Tuvok Certainly captain.

 

  A moment or two later Tuvok materialises on the bridge of the Enterprise.

 

Tuvok Ah, Chief Odo, I have a message for you which I cannot access.  It will be necessary for us to mindmeld to retrieve it.

 

Odo I would be delighted.  Perhaps we can do it together (to the elder)

 

Elder Yes.

 

  Odo and the Elder start to meld their arms together but retain their torsos. Then the Siamese pair move towards Tuvok who holds out his hand to Odo’s face to mind meld with them. They encompass him much as the liquid creatures had before.  After a couple of minutes they slowly extract themselves and separate into three.

There is a pause for a minute or so.

 

Odo I think you should tell them.

 

Elder Yes.  Ambassador Spock, this has been a most enlightening experience.

 

Tuvok has indeed a message for the Great Link. You have made contact with the four.  Unfortunately The Great Link will not be able to hear it.

 

Spock What would prevent them from hearing it.

 

Elder When we learned of your destruction of our defence force we instigated our own contingency plan.

 

Spock Which is?

 

Elder At this moment in time, Dominion Forces in the Alpha Quadrant are preparing to attack each home planet in the Federation.  Their shields are down because destruction of the ships will not prevent completion of their mission.

 

They each carry a modified genetic virus that will extinguish all DNA lifeforms on a world.  The effect is 100% complete.  There is no antidote, there is no cure.  It is quick, it is painless, your people will simply fall asleep and never wake up.

 

Destroying the ships will just allow the virus to spread across many systems rather than just the Federation ones.

 

Their orders are to fire the virus in torpedo if they detect an Omega weapon has been triggered in the Gamma Quadrant, or in 48 hours if your Federation force has not returned.

 

Picard But that is outrageous.

 

Janeway As outrageous as our Omega weapon.

 

Picard But that didn’t destroy life in the same way.

 

Janeway Yes it does, just not in our dimension of space and time.

 

Spock So we are faced with a retreat in order to save our worlds from death.

 

Odo There’s more.

 

Elder Yes, that was our stance that I was to tell you in order to make you leave The Great Link.  However, the Dominion forces are ordered to carry out the mission irrespective in order to preserve us.

 

Spock We cannot allow this to happen.

 

Elder The future is an undiscovered country.

 

Spock What can we do to draw back both sides.

 

Elder I do not know.  I am old and weak.  I volunteered to come here as my time is now short and I will not join the Great Link again.  My clone must be becoming self aware.

 

Our homeworld has erected a Metaphasic force field which you will not be able to penetrate with a ship, or weapon or your transporters.  The Great Link want nothing more to do with you and simply want to be left alone.  They will not communicate with you.

 

Picard Mad, that’s what this is.

 

Sisko I’m inclined to agree with you.

 

Picard Mad, M.. A..D, it was an acronym from 20th Century Earth History.  The political superpowers of the day built weapons of mass destruction.  Except they knew the other side had a similar capability.  So they knew that the only thing stopping a pre-emptive strike was the ability to totally destroy the enemy.  Mutually Assured Destruction.

 

Earth however, did find a way through it all.  The stockpiles eventually were destroyed and accords eventually reached.

 

Janeway Tell me, would it make any difference if we could bring the four pure Founders to The Great Link? Or even number 1?

 

Elder Number 1?

 

Janeway Number 1 is a proto- liquid lifeform that is powering, or rather co-ordinating an incredible region of space at the centre of the galaxy.  I believe it was your former home before you formed The Great Link.

 

Elder What good would that do?  If you cannot commune with the Great Link.

 

Janeway Well I’m sure we can find a way round that problem as with everything else.  The first step must be to bring them home.

 

Spock And later we can introduce you to the Talosians

 

Elder By then, the virus will have been introduced.

 

Janeway Excuse me a moment.  Janeway to Voyager.

 

Chakotay Chakotay here Captain.

 

Janeway Chakotay, how long would it take us to travel back to the centre of the Galaxy from here.

 

Chakotay One moment, about 2 hours 10 minutes.

 

Janeway Good, stand by.

 

We could be back in 5 or 6 hours.  Would that be enough time?  I’ll leave the rest of you to work out how to get through the force field in a peaceful manner.

 

Spock It sound like a good plan to me.

 

Elder Agreed.

 

Janeway Just one more thing, with your permission admiral. I think Captain Data might like to join us.  As its really his home planet as well.

 

Picard I think that’s an excellent idea.  Make it so.

 


Act Twenty Six

 

 

  Voyager is flying through a transwarp conduit to the centre of the galaxy.  Voyager traverses the barrier and makes its way to the central system where it enters orbit.  Cut to scene of Janeway, Data, and Odo beaming down to Number 1’s planet.  They make their way through corridors, Data takes a great interest in his true home world.  They enter the sanctum of number 1.

 

Janeway Hello number 1.  I didn’t expect to see you again so soon.

 

Number 1 Singh led to me to believe that I might encounter you again soon.

 

Janeway Number 1, I’d like to introduce you to two friends of mine.  Data and Odo.

 

Data I am delighted to meet you number 1.

 

Odo Likewise.

 

  Number 1 oscillates wildly and shimmers through light.

 

Data I am data.  My creator was Dr Sung.

 

Number 1 Did you know that Dr Sung was an android as well?

 

Data No, I did not know that.  I know his wife, the person whom I called mother was an android, although I had assumed that was because the real Mrs Sung was injured and Dr Sung had transplanted her memory prints onto an android.

 

Number 1 This planet is a machine planet but it has always required me to be here to run it.  Androids are employed but in non-sentient roles.

 

Behold your kingdom.

 

Janeway Why I do believe you are pleased to see your grandson.

 

Number 1 I do not understand all the intentions in your words.

 

Janeway Don’t worry in time you will.

 

Number 1, we have come here for another reason.

 

We believe you were only meant to be here a little while until another took your place.  This place is like a nursery for members of your species.  You learn all you have to know about space, engineering, time, mathematics and then you join the rest of your kind in the Great Link.

 

Unfortunately another species attacked the Great Link preventing them from reaching their full potential and stopping them having more offspring like you.

 

However, the four creatures you have incarcerated on the far system are of your kind and came to commune with you.  Your defensive machines must have mistaken their intentions for one of kidnapping you against your will and hence taking away their reason to exist.

 

Data Your creation of Dr Sung and now, myself shows that the machines can procreate themselves.  You are no longer required to remain here if you do not wish.

 

  Number 1 oscillates wildly and changes from silver to red.

 

Janeway Of course you can stay if you wish, or you can leave and come back.

 

Number 1 we desperately need your help.  Your people need your help.

 

Number 1 We must establish the reproduction cycle for Data-oids

 

Data An eminently sensible suggestion.

 

From my conversations with Dr Singh I believe that you can cause time to pass more slowly here than anywhere else.

 

Number 1 Space and time are merely expressions of thought patterns.

 

Data An interesting if somewhat philosophical answer.

 

If it is true then we can establish the ‘Adam and Eve’ machines to continue your work.

 

Janeway Number 1, Odo is of your kind, though not exactly as you.  He was cloned from another and carries an important message for you from an Elder of the Great Link.  Will you allow him to commune with you.

 

Number 1 You may approach Odo.

 

  Odo moves towards number one and outstretches an arm.  As it liquefies and extends towards number 1 a force field shimmers.

 

Janeway You have to trust us.  Odo be gentle.

 

  Number 1 deactivates the force field.

 

Odo We will become one.

 

  Odo and number 1 meld into one slowly.  They mix like a Swiss roll with their respective colours swirling around.  After a minute or two they separate out and return to their original forms.  Then number 1 seeps out from his spherical shape and takes on a humanoid form.  She is translucent.  she holds out a hand to Data.  Data shakes her hand.  Janeway shakes her hand.

 

Number 1 Come let us regenerate Dr and Mrs Sung’s programme.

 

Data If I might make a suggestion, I have observed that human and other species tend to have different individual forms, sometimes the product of diet but actually due to a variety of reasons.  I believe we should introduce some randomness of form to assist each android in developing their own personality.

 

Odo I would tend to agree.

 

Janeway Happy families.

 

  Cut to scene of new androids being created and then Number 1 and the away team beaming back to Voyager.

Voyager makes its way to the far planet where Janeway, Odo and Number 1 beam down to the shore of the sea.  The damaged Delta Flyer can be seen in the distance in a large blackened crater.

 

Janeway I’m sure they’d like you to call them.

 

Number 1 Hello.  I….. Number one is here.

 

Janeway A little louder perhaps.

 

Number 1 (very, very loudly) I am here.

 

  The sea starts to rise and fall and then four columns of water arc up and out onto the shore.  They form the 4 beings met by Janeway earlier. They encircle number 1 who stretches out her arms to them.  They meld together.  After a minute or so they separate.

 

Genesis 1 We owe you a debt of gratitude.

 

Janeway You are welcome.  Would you like to go home?

 

  The Genesis beings smile.

 

Janeway Janeway to Voyager, seven to beam up.

 

  Cut to scene of Voyager’s bridge as Janeway takes her chair.

 

Janeway Janeway to Data, how are preparations on the central system.

 

Data They are complete.  The Androids will be activated momentarily.

 

Janeway Data, do you wish to remain with your, …. your children?

 

Data They are not quite my children as they are Dr and Mrs Sung who were my parents, although I do know what you mean.  This is my home, the place of my birth and it will always be special to me, but my family is Admiral Picard and the crew of the Enterprise.  That is where I belong.  Besides, is it not customary in most species religions to have a creator who leaves them to develop on their own?

 

Janeway I do believe you’re right.  Transporter room, are we able to transport Captain Data over this distance?

 

Transporter room Affirmative captain.

 

 

Janeway One to beam up then.

 

Mr Paris, set course for the Founders homeworld.  Maximum transwarp.

 

Paris Aye Aye sir.

 

  Cut to scene of Voyager leaving orbit and jumping into a transwarp conduit.

 

 

 

Act Twenty Seven

 

 

  Voyager arrives back at the Founder’s homeworld. Cut to scene of original Enterprise bridge. As Janeway Odo and Number 1 enter from the turbo lift, Admiral Picard, Ambassador Spock and Captain Sisko great them.

 

Sisko I’m delighted to meet you.

 

Number 1 Likewise, Odo has shared his experiences of you with me, he admires and trusts you greatly.

 

Sisko I’m honoured to have met him.

 

Janeway Have we worked out a way to meet the Great Link?

 

Sisko We have one suggestion.

 

  Sisko and Picard eye each other.

 

Janeway I have the feeling I’m not going to like it.

 

Sisko We freefall.

 

Janeway Pardon.

 

Sisko We don micro EVA suits and freefall through the forcefield.  Its not designed to prevent small organic objects from penetrating.  We noticed our waste products went through it before burning up in the atmosphere.

 

Janeway Burning up in the atmosphere?

 

Sisko You must have heard of high altitude skydiving?  Its very popular, we’d be doing the same just from very much higher.

 

Janeway I know what atmosphere surfing is as well, don’t people generally practice in holosuites before trying it out for real?

 

Sisko Yes, some do.

 

Picard Only two need go.  Captain Sisko has volunteered as has the elder.

 

Spock I should like to go as well.

 

Picard There really is no need.

 

Number 1 Let us all go.  The other four are happy to wait until we get back.

 

Janeway In for a penny… I’d suggest Odo and number one sharing a suit with one of us.

 

Odo That is acceptable, I do not believe I would be very good at it otherwise.

 

Sisko OK, Odo you’re with me.

 

Janeway And number 1 with me.

 

  Cut to scene of all of them wearing EVA suits with very small oxygen packs but another package for their parachute.  Spock, Picard, Sisko and Janeway exit from an air lock and float gently away from the Enterprise.  They activate small rockets which head them off to the planet.  The adopt a diving posture with their hands outstretched above their heads.  They start to glow as they enter the atmosphere.  In a few seconds each has a red conical wake.  They start to slow down as they descend and pass through clouds before adopting the spread eagle approach.  Their parachutes deploy and they fly towards the edge of the shore of the Great Link.  They land and disrobe from their chutes and EVA suits.

 

Picard Quite a remarkable sight.

 

Sisko Yes, a community like no other.

 

  Slowly two founders form and exit the lake.

 

Elder 2 Why have you come here?  We do not want you here.

 

Spock I apologise for the manner of our arrival, it was imperative that we meet to avoid a galactic catastrophe.

 

Elder 2 You should have thought of that before you brought your Omega device here.

 

Sisko We will not use the device.  We have learnt of its effects.

 

We have good news for you.

 

  Odo and Number 1 emerge from the discarded suits.

 

Elder 2 What is the meaning of this?  What have you done with the Elder?

 

Sisko She is aboard our starship.  We did not think it wise to risk bringing her down as well.  She is communing with the four pure founders whom we have helped return to you.

 

Elder 2 The pure founders?  And who are you (to number 1)?

 

  Number 1 holds out her cupped hands.  There is a small silver blob in them.

 

Number 1 Behold, a new founder is born.

 

Each of the four other founders is also now with child.  In time we can re-establish the line.

 

Elder 3 This is joyous news. I can hardly believe it.  Come join the Great Link.

 

Number 1 I’d very much like to.

 

Spock If you release the Force field we can beam the others down.

 

Elder 3 It is done.  Odo we have done you a great disservice.

 

Ambassador, we may also have misjudged your Federation and Alliance.

 

Spock Mistakes have been made on both sides.  I would be misleading you to promise there will never be mistakes made in the future between us.  However we have put the past errors behind us and we can build forward from here.  We will of course respect your right to privacy.

 

I would though like to discuss how we might prevent your virus plan being used in the Alpha Quadrant.

 

Elder 2 Give us some time with our new family.  Some of the elders will travel back to the Alpha Quadrant with you and stop the virus’ use.

 

Spock On behalf of all the peoples of the Federation I thank you.

 

I hope today becomes a great day of celebration throughout the galaxy for peace.  The search for peace must never end.

 

Picard I’ll signal the fleet to make their way here.  We should organise a celebration.

 

Elder 3 We have no need for that.

 

Picard It is our way.

 

Spock We should take these steps slowly, so as not to fall.

 

Picard I understand.

 

 

 

Act Twenty Eight

 

 

  The party is getting ready to leave the planet’s surface

 

Scotty (Via comms) The fleet are entering synchronous orbit, the Romulan vessel appears to be having trouble with its engines and is 500m Kilometres behind the others.

 

Picard Thank you Mr Scott.  Picard to Riker, the Founders have dropped their force field.  Please can you beam myself and the Founder next to me up.

 

  Admiral Picard beams up to the Enterprise -E.  Sisko signals the Defiant and beams up and Janeway does likewise to Voyager.  Ambassador Spock returns to the original Enterprise. Cut to scene on Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Picard Picard to General Sela, is there a problem?

 

General Sela No problem Admiral.   I need to speak with Ambassador Spock.

 

Spock Go ahead General Sela.

 

  The viewscreen on the bridge is spilt between an image of the Romulan Warbird’s bridge and Ambassador Spock.

 

General Sela Ambassador Spock, the Romulan High Council have asked me to convey a message.

 

Spock Yes.

 

General Sela We are grateful for all your efforts in bringing about an end to the present hostilities and your work in bringing about the Federation Romulan Accord has been recognised with the award of the High Council Meritous Service medal.

 

Spock I am honoured.

 

General Sela Ambassador, being a disciple of pure logic I know then that you will understand that what I am about to do is completely logical.

 

Spock You must not take any action, we have reached a peaceful conclusion to the war.

 

General Sela Any solution that leaves the Romulan Empire exposed is unsatisfactory.  By ending the war here, from a position of strength, the Romulan Empire can continue to be strong and independent in the future.

 

Spock Our future is together, as a united collection of independent species and people.  We can co- exist with the Dominion without either of us needing to fear the other.

 

General Sela Perhaps one day that may be true, today I have my orders, we are 50 hours into the mission and no peace treaty is signed.

 

Spock We have reached an accord, the paperwork can follow.

 

General Sela Not according to my orders, if a peace treaty is not signed and the Federation has failed to set off its Omega device then to protect the Romulan Empire I have to do what I’m about to do.

 

Picard No!!  General Sela you do not understand, the Dominion have sent their own Doomsday scenario to the Alpha Quadrant.  If we set off the Omega device or attempt to destroy the Founders they will extinguish all life on all our homeworlds.  We are no longer their enemy, we have saved them from extinction!

 

Shelby This is Captain Shelby, I’m sorry to interrupt.  Captain General Sela, I too was given a final solution.  The presidential attaché, ordered me to deploy a genesis device in the same scenario as you have described.  I can tell you that I will not, not because I am afraid or I cannot follow orders but because I will not allow defeat to be snatched from the jaws of success.  We command starships because we can be counted on to make the right decision, not just follow orders.

 

Bateman And this is captain Bateman, I too was given a genesis device but I’m not going to use it.

 

General Sela You do what you think is right, For Romulans, not to carry our an order is the ultimate disgrace.

 

Picard General Sela, no! The choice is live with peace or not to live.

 

General Sela I will do what I have to do.

 

 

Sisko Sisko to Worf, plot an intercept course and destroy the Romulan warbird with extreme prejudice.

 

Worf Aye Captain.

 

  Cut to scene of the Defiant breaking off from the orbiting fleet and engaging the warbird.  Phasers and torpedoes fire from both sides.

Picard Picard to all ships, engage the warbird, it must be halted at all costs.

 

  Cut to scene of all ships except the Enterprise – D and original Enterprise breaking out of orbit to pursue the warbird.  The warbird fires four torpedoes astern of the Defiant and they hurtle past the other ships.  Three strike the Enterprise -D and one the original Enterprise.  Cut to scenes on board both ships of being rocked by blasts and subsequent damage.

 

Worf Captain Sisko the warbird has cloaked, attempting to monitor gravitmetric distortions.

 

Janeway This is Janeway of Voyager, we can track the warbird and engage.

 

Chakotay Chakotay, adjusting sensors, one moment, yes we have the warbird, it is approaching the centre of the system… targeting phasers, fire!!

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager firing phasers into the darkness of space.  They hit an object which fizzles into view as the warbird. Cut to scene of Warlord’s bridge, heavily damaged and on fire.

 

General Sela Goodbye Admiral and Ambassador.  It has been a remarkable adventure with you, it will live forever in our history.

 

  Cut to scene of the derelict warbird in space firing multiple torpedoes at the sun.  Cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Kim Commander, the warbird has fired five torpedoes at the sun, they appear to be armed with tri-lithium warheads.

 

Chakotay Target them and destroy.

 

Kim Acquiring targets, they do not appear to be following normal trajectory paths, they have random turns in their flight plans.

 

Chakotay Target manually if you have, just shoot them before they get to the sun.

 

Kim Firing phasers, one target destroyed.  Second target destroyed.  Estimated time to impact nine seconds.

 

  Cut to scene of original Enterprise.

 

Picard Picard to all ships, fire all phasers – destroy those torpedoes.

 

  Cut to external scene, the Defiant and Enterprise – E are pursing the torpedoes and each destroy one , cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Kim Target acquired, firing phasers, target missed.  The torpedo has entered the Sun’s chronoshpere.

 

Chakotay Tractor it back.

 

Kim Target has exploded.

 

  Cut to scene of the Sun beginning to lose nuclear fission and dark areas forming.  It explodes.  Cut to scene of original Enterprise.

 

Sisko O no!!

 

  Picard, Sisko and Janeway are open mouthed, Spock is impassive.

 

Sisko Mr Worf get us out of here.

 

Worf Aye sir. Estimated time to impact at the Founder’s homeworld, two minutes nineteen seconds.

 

Data Data to Admiral Picard.

 

Picard Picard here.

 

Data We took heavy damage from the warbird attack, the Omega furnace has been damaged and is leaking, I am attempting to isolate the device with Lieutenant Barclay.

 

Picard Acknowledged.

 

Q Well, well, well.

 

Picard Q – stay out of it.

 

Q As I’ve been telling you all along.  Your species has been on trial and now its about to time for your sentence.

 

Elder 2 You are not solid like them?

 

Q No, nor am I liquid, urgg I hated it when I was like you.

 

Elder 2 You are from the next stage after we pupate?

 

Q Yes.

 

Elder 2 I have never met one of you before.

 

 

Q Well its sort of against the rules.

 

When you lot used to join the Q dimension, one of us would then move onto the final stage, but it looks like our best efforts to help these lowly DNA bipeds has not been enough to rectify matters.

 

O well, eternity as a Q is not that bad, there’s plenty of other galaxies to visit.

 

  At that point the holographic emitters on the original Enterprise spit into life again and can be heard over the open Comm lines.

 

Kirk I do not believe in the ‘no- win’ scenario.  I changed the rules of the game.

 

Picard Captain Kirk is still right, we do not just accept fate..  Picard to the fleet, options please.

 

Scotty Sorry to interrupt, I dunno how big it is but could we transport the Great Link onto the fleet and warp away in time?

 

Elder 2 You may be able to transport some but there are too many of us to get everyone inside of two minutes.

 

Sisko Sorry Mr Scott, its about the size of Lake Michigan.

 

Could we fly back through time and destroy the final torpedo?

 

Spock Without the solar core it is difficult to see how one could achieve the necessary velocity and gravitational distortion to achieve time travel.

 

Picard How can we protect the planet against a level 12 shockwave?

 

Tuvok Excuse me, Voyager’s shields may be able to generate such a defence, it is unlikely that it could extend it over the entire planet but with an alignment of the fleet’s ships we may be able to deflect it around the planet.

 

Janeway Excellent thinking Tuvok.  Start making the alterations to the shields through the deflector dish.

 

Tuvok Aye aye Captain.

 

Spock Even if we were to save the planet, the temperature would quickly drop to absolute zero as the heat from the sun is no longer present.  The founders would freeze solid and likely crack and die, probably in about 20 minutes

 

Captain Shelby mentioned she had a genesis device, if we were to amend its molecular re- sequencing the proto- matter matrix could change the remnants of the solar core back to hydrogen and helium in the proportions necessary for nuclear fusion.

 

Picard I see where you are going.  But we’d need something to start the fire.

 

Spock The Omega Furnace, however, it would need to be contained within a 100m radius.

 

Janeway Voyager might be able to do that as well.

 

Picard Right lets get to work.

 

Q An admiral plan (Q claps) We shall see if it works.  You may have bought humanity 18 minutes.

 

  Cut to scene of the fleet making its way to the solar side of the planet, the shockwave is approaching at speed.  Voyager takes up the point position,  the other ships take up a circular pattern some distance behind Voyager, they look like the outline of a tepee.  The Enterprise -D and original are in the centre of the other ships, damaged unable to take part.  Cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Tuvok Preparing to initiate the shields.  Deflector dish activated,  linking to deflector dishes of other ships.  Time to impact seven seconds, six…, five…. Four…, three…, two…, one…, brace for impact.

 

  The ship rattles violently,  cut to scenes on board each of the other ships also shaking violently.  Cut to external scene of shockwave sweeping forward and encountering Voyager.  Its shields holds and the shock wave is swept past Voyager in a conical shape  much as smoke does in a wind tunnel around a wing.  The conical safety zone starts to collapse as it approaches the ring of ships where it encounters the defector fields of the fleet.  These absorb and redirect the shockwave past the outer edges of the planet.  The wave passes.  Cut to scene of Enterprise – E.

 

Riker Damage report.

 

Sunni All sections report in, minor casualties reported throughout the ship.  The rest of the fleet reports in.

 

  Cut to scene of the original Enterprise.

 

Q Well done, round one to the Federation, now what is it they say about bridge command?  And now Picard, you’re biggest personal test yet.  How do you set off the Omega device?

 

Picard Captain Janeway, I’m sorry about you ship but we will need to sacrifice it.

 

Janeway I know.  It’s OK, I will miss her, she’s been a good friend and a wonderful home but its the crew that makes the ship not the nuts and bolts.  Besides, we were never meant to acquire the technology on board Voyager so soon in our evolution.  It would be wrong to keep her.

 

Picard Can you organise the transfer of the Omega Furnace to Voyager and your crew to the rest of the fleet.

 

Janeway In hand, we’ll have evacuated in less than five minutes.  Chakotay, download the EMH programme and bring the doctor with us.

 

Chakotay Aye Captain.

 

Picard Shelby, have you managed to re- programme the genesis device.

 

Shelby I’m sorry sir, we do not understand the mathematics behind the matrix interpretation programme.

 

Picard I’ll see if Captain Data can assist.

 

Picard to Data, what is your status?

 

Data Data here admiral, the Omega furnace is fluctuating wildly, I am having to make continuous manual adjustments to maintain its containment field.  The shockwave has damaged the remote activation module.

 

Picard See if you can fix it?

 

Data I shall attempt to fix it.

 

Spock Excuse me admiral, perhaps I can be of some assistance with the Genesis device.  I have some experience in the original design.

 

Picard Ambassador, any help you could give would be gratefully received.

 

  Cut to scene of Spock by the shore of the Great Link, it is dark as the sun is destroyed.

 

Spock I am truly sorry at this turn of events.

 

Elder I know it was not your intention, this is the kind of behaviour we have always feared.

 

There are, however, four pure founders with child still aboard one of your starships and perhaps, together with your people a new home can be set up somewhere else in the galaxy.  An ark if you will.

 

They and you will not be able to return to the Alpha Quadrant, the Jem Hadar will destroy you all.

 

  Spock gives the Vulcan salute.

 

Spock We are not without hope, but we also have inspiration from a great man, we shall do everything and more to prevent this catastrophe.

 

Live long and prosper.

 

  Spock dematerialises and starts work on the Genesis device.  He examines flow diagrams and makes calculations on the console.  Cut to scene of Data at the Omega Device moving furiously from one panel making adjustments to another and making further adjustments.

 

Data Data to Janeway, the furnace can be transferred now.

 

Janeway Acknowledged, transporting now.

 

  Data and the furnace dematerialise and reappear in a cargo bay on Voyager.

 

Picard Picard to Data, status report please.

 

Data Data here admiral, I have been able to maintain integrity of the furnace but it is becoming progressively more difficult.  I estimate that it will go critical in less than one minute.  If there was someone else to assist me and make simultaneous changes we could extend the time to four minutes.

 

  7of9 enters the cargo bay.

 

7of9 Perhaps I can be of some assistance?

 

Data That would be most helpful, can you monitor and adjust the flow manifolds as I vary the harmonics?  The delta factor is to be maintained between zero and point zero, zero one.

 

7of9 I am familiar with Omega particle theory.  I shall attempt to compensate for your changes.

 

  Data and 7of9 work on opposite sides of the furnace furiously adjusting the dials on the consoles and moving from terminal to terminal.

 

Data Data to Picard, I have assistance from Seven of Nine.

 

Picard How long will it maintain integrity once you leave?

 

Data I estimate zero point zero, zero, zero, zero, one seconds.

 

Picard Data, can you rig the transporter to beam you off from inside the solar core.

 

Data That would only be possible if the transport was initiated zero point three seconds before I and Seven stopped adjusting the field harmonics.

 

Unfortunately it would not be possible to beam me through the new deflector shields engaged on Voyager to contain the blast.

 

Picard Data, this is the most difficult moment of my life.

 

Data There is not need to explain Admiral.  I understand the role of bridge commander.  This is a live example.  Besides, I have exceeded my original programming, I have met and visited my creator and assisted in the birth of a new race of android lifeforms.

 

More than this I have always had you as a friend.  I am pleased to be able to help my friends in this way.

 

Picard Data, I… if there were any other way…

 

Data I understand sir.

 

Janeway Janeway to Picard, we have engaged the Omega containment deflector field and have evacuated all personnel and the Founders from Voyager.  She is set on an automated course for the solar core, ETA one minute fifteen seconds.

 

Picard Thank you Captain, are you aware of Seven of Nine’s present role.

 

Janeway Yes I am, she cleared it with me before offering to help Captain Data.  I cannot see any other way.

 

Shelby Shelby to Admiral Picard.  Ambassador Spock estimates another two minutes to completion of the alterations.

 

Picard Acknowledged.

 

  Picard sheds a tear at the thought of Data’s demise.

Cut to scene of Voyager making its way to the solar core and flying around debris as it makes its way to the centre.  Cut to scene of Enterprise – E bridge,  Janeway and her bridge crew are present.

 

Sunni Voyager has entered the solar core.

 

7of9 (Via comms)Seven of Nine to Captain Janeway, we have reached the centre.  Estimated time to critical mass one minute forty seconds.

 

Janeway Thank you Seven.  I will never forget you.

 

7of9 (Via comms)There is no need to thank me, it is my honour and choice to do this for the real and greater collective of the galaxy.

 

Riker Riker to Shelby, status report on the genesis device.

 

Shelby Ambassador Spock has completed adjustments to the matrix and the device is being loaded now.  Firing torpedo, torpedo away.  Ambassador Spock has returned to the Enterprise.

 

  Cut to external scene of the Independence firing the genesis device at the solar remnant.  It makes it way towards the core past large clouds of dust and gas.  Cut back to scene of Enterprise -E.

 

Riker The torpedo has entered the remnant, it does not appear to have activated.

 

Picard What?

 

Spock Spock here Admiral, it appears that the device was not primed.

 

Data Data here Admiral, I estimate 60 seconds to critical mass.

 

Spock Captain Data, are you able to target Voyager’s phasers onto the genesis device to set it off?

 

Data Negative sir, it would require one of us to leave the furnace and it would then go critical.  There also appear to be too much debris in the line of fire, we would need to fly to within 1 kilometre of the target which would take us away from the solar core.

 

  Cut to scene of the Defiant’s bridge.

 

Sisko Ambassador, Admiral, we do not have time to debate this.

 

This is Sisko, all hands abandon ship, this is not a drill, you must evacuate within twenty seconds, get to the nearest lifepod immediately.

 

Worf Captain, I presume the order does not apply to me.

 

Sisko O yes it does.

 

Worf Sir with respect, one person will be needed to take the helm, one to target and fire the phasers.

 

Sisko You are right.

 

Worf Good, it is my right to die at your side..

 

  Cut to external scene of Defiant’s lifepods rapidly ejecting from around its surface, the Defiant arcs around and heads towards the solar core.  Cut to scene of Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Picard Picard to Sisko, what are you doing?

 

Sisko I have learned that there is a time to lead and a time to follow, there is a also a time to do.  This is a time to do, we’re going to set off that device, I’m not about to sit around and allow the destruction of the Alpha and Gamma quadrants.

 

Picard Captain, we owe you a debt of unpayable proportions.

 

It has been an honour to serve with you.

 

Worf Admiral, the honour has been mine.

 

Picard Worf, I..,  I am proud to have known you, the story of Worf will be told and retold with pride and become part of Klingon legend which will be handed down from generation to generation.

 

Worf Goodbye.

 

  Cut to external scene of the Defiant entering the core.  Cut back to scene of Voyager Cargo bay.

 

Data Data to Enterprise, estimated time to critical mass is twenty -five seconds.

 

  Cut to scene on Defiant bridge.  Sisko is at the helm. Worf at tactical.

 

Worf Target bearing three nine nine, vector four two, distance one thousand kilometres.

 

  Cut to external scene of Defiant navigating its way through the debris, up and over large pieces, turning through 90 degrees to get through gaps.  Cut to scene of Enterprise -E and then original Enterprise where there is visible tension.  Cut back to Voyager’s Cargo bay.

 

Data Twelve seconds to critical mass.

 

  Cut to scene of solar remnant.  There is no sound.  Then cut quite suddenly to the Defiant’s bridge.

 

Worf Target acquired, firing phasers.

 

Today is a good day to die.

 

  Sisko gently salutes Worf.

 

Sisko Yes it is, so as others can live.

 

  Cut to scene of the genesis device being hit by phaser fire and exploding engulfing all the debris including the Defiant around it.  It is a chain reaction and spreads through out the area of the old sun.  Cut to scene on Voyager’s Cargo bay.

 

Data Two…, one…, critical m…..

 

  Cut to scene of Voyager exploding in a brilliant ball of light.

Cut back to show the Sun blinking brilliantly back into life.

Cut to scene on the Enterprise – E bridge, everyone shields their eyes as the Sun bursts back into life.

Cut to scene of the shore by the Great Link, the night sky is lit up by the explosion and slowly the Sun returns to the sky.

Cut back to scene of the Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Picard No greater love hath man than he lay down his life for his fellow man.

 

Today four remarkable individuals have sacrificed their own lives so as we might live in peace.  A human, a Klingon, an Android and a Borg.   Every world of the Federation, the Alliance and the Dominion owes them everlasting gratitude.

 

Never in the field of history have so many owed, so much to so few.

 

Let us remember them as friends, as outstanding Starfleet officers, and as the heroes they are.

 

 

 

Act Twenty Nine

 

 

  The scene is of the fleet back in formation around the Enterprise -E.  Cut to scene of the Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Elder The founders are eternally grateful for your help in re-establishing the line.

 

Picard You’re very welcome, I’m just sorry that we had that near disaster at the end.

 

Elder I am sorry at the loss of your friends.

 

Picard As long as we remember them, they will always be with us.

 

Elder I wish you a speedy journey home.

 

Picard Thank you, I wish you a long and happy future.

 

  The Elder dematerialises.

 

Picard Captain Riker, signal the fleet. Engage hyperwarp on your mark.

 

Riker Yes sir.  The fleet signal ready.

 

Helm, set course for the Alpha Quadrant, sector zero, zero, one, Hyperwarp speed.

 

Engage!

 

  Cut to scene of the hyperwarp bubble forming around the fleet and then flying off into hyperwarp.

 

 

 

Act Thirty

 

 

  A strapline appears against the background of stars. ‘One year later’

Picard and Janeway are making a courtesy trip to the Gamma Quadrant through the wormhole.  Q joins them as they enter the wormhole.  The runabout stops halfway in the wormhole.

 

Q Its good in here isn’t it?

 

Janeway I don’t know about you (to Picard) but I’ve had enough of Q (to Q)to last me a lifetime.  We’re supposed to be on a goodwill visit to the Founder’s homeworld to celebrate the first anniversary of the Peace treaty.

 

Picard Agreed!

 

Q If only you knew how funny you sound.

 

“A lifetime.”

 

You still don’t get it do you?  However, I just know you’re going to like this bit of the trip.

 

Admiral, tell me, do remember when you were seven years old and you got up early one morning.  You went downstairs and you found a mouse in the kitchen?

 

It was terrified and ran all around the floor.

 

Do you remember Jean Luc?

 

Picard Yes, as a matter a fact I do, why?

 

Q You thought how strange that it should be afraid of you as you were not going to hurt it.  Tell me Jean Luc, did you hurt it?

 

Picard No I didn’t, I opened the back door so as it could escape.

 

Q And did it escape?

 

Picard No, it ran to the other side of the kitchen.

 

Q So what did you do?

 

Picard I,… I,.. I coaxed it out with a broom.

 

Q Jean Luc, a poor defenceless creature, that you were trying to help, you had to scare it with a broom and even hit it once to make it run out through the door where its freedom lay.

 

Picard And your point is?

 

Q We’ll get to it soon.

 

Picard Get to what soon Q?

 

Q The whole picture

 

  Picard and Janeway are taken into the realm of the Prophets.  Blinding white backgrounds and faceless forms except for Data, Worf, Sisko and 7of9

 

Picard Q is this one of your tricks?

 

Data We have two corporeals trapped in linear time?

 

Worf Yes, they are still thinking about lifetimes, instead of lifecycles.

 

7of9 They do not know why they were chosen

 

Janeway What is this place?

 

Picard Katherine, I think this is the realm of the prophets as visited from time to time by Captain Sisko, he was their Emissary.

 

Sisko You know the Sisko.

 

Picard Well, yes you look like him, or rather what he did look like.  He died last year.

 

7of9 Death, a linear time constraint.  We have spared the Sisko the corporeal end, he was the chosen one, the Emissary, the one chosen to keep our evolution going.  He serves us well.  He is all of us now.

 

Picard You mean it was all planned from the beginning, you knew he would be needed to set of the device?

 

Worf Again with the linear thinking.

 

Data Another comes..

 

  Q joins the gathering.

 

Picard Q is that you?

 

Q Jean Luc, Katherine, it was, it is, it will be I.

 

Janeway Have you become one of the prophets.

 

Q I am no longer time bound in a linear sense, I have evolved.

 

You have been an essential part in restoring the natural order to the galaxy.  The Founders can reproduce, the Borg are tamed, your evolution can continue.

 

Beware though, you advance at a linear pace unlike any other.  Take care of your future.

 

  Janeway and Picard reappear in the runabout.

 

Janeway I’m not sure I understood all that.

 

Picard I’m not sure we were meant to.  I think it means we won’t see Q again and the circle has been completed.

 

  Camera pans away backwards and out through the windscreen to observe the runabout as it passes through the wormhole and out into the Gamma quadrant.

The final end credits roll against the backdrop of stars.

 

 

 

 

Kevin Corrigan

 

 

Contact E:Mail     kevin.corrigan@postoffice.co.uk

 

or     kevindebbie@corrigan4.freeserve.co.uk

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Full Circle, Part 2

Act Twelve

 

 

  Geordie and Barclay are walking through the Enterprise- E.

 

Geordie So you’re saying we will need to install a third nacelle to create the warp field structure needed.

 

Barclay Yes, and as it happens there are several nacelles in the Mars shipyards from damaged ships which we can use.  There is also a pair of spare nacelles that were for the Enterprise -E’s sister ship which has still not been built.  All being well, we’ll only need to build one more when we return.

 

Geordie I sure hope so.

 

You spent a lot of time in holographic developments, Koning says he studied one of your papers at the academy.

 

Barclay I don’t like to brag.

 

Geordie I mentioned before that Holodeck three is still playing up, do you have time to have a look?

 

Barclay Certainly.

 

Geordie LaForge to Koning, can you report to Holodeck three.

 

Koning (via comm badge) Acknowledged Commander, I’m on my way.

 

  Cut to scene of the two entering Holodeck three.  Koning is already there.

 

Barclay Is it any particular programme?

 

Koning It’s not any particular programme.  We discovered it during a battle bridge simulation but it seems to be more related to the amount of photons we use in a programme, the bigger the programme the more distortions.

 

Barclay Mmm, interesting, is it on any other holodeck?

 

Koning Well, yes but not as extreme. Even with the same programmes.

 

Barclay Have you looked at the whole Electromagnetic spectrum.

 

Koning I’m sorry sir, we just presumed it was normal light wavelengths.

 

Barclay Ordinarily, light does not interfere with other EM wavelengths, but under holodeck emitters the whole EM range can be subject to resonant effects but only if there are external forcing waves.

 

Geordie’s old visor might have picked it up.

 

  Barclay opens a tricorder and proceeds to scan the room.

 

Barclay Would you mind running the battle bridge simulation?

 

Geordie Computer run battle bridge simulation La Forge zero two.

 

Computer Acknowledged.

 

  The battle bridge blurs into view and a battle simulation takes place.  Barclay wanders around the scene tricorder extended.

Barclay I can see some seepage by two of the rear emitters.  Would you mind carrying on with the simulation so as I can monitor the energy fluctuations as the programme evolves.

 

Koning Certainly sir.

 

  Koning sits at a console and starts giving out orders to the computer to take evasive action.

 

Geordie Have you found something Reg?

 

Barclay No, just a theory, would you mind joining in the simulation, it might be to do with organic matter as well as photonic energy.

 

Geordie I’ve never heard of that before but if you say so.

 

  Geordie sits at another console and starts reading out various statistics.

Barclay walks around behind them and puts his other hand on his phase shifting device.  Casually he turns a dial. He stands still for a moment as three Jem Hadar soldiers come into view.  They look Barclay straight in the eye. Barclay swallows and continues scanning with his tricorder.  He slowly turns the dial on his phase device counter clockwise and continues walking around scanning, the Jem Hadar soldiers phase out of view.

After a minute or so Barclay closes his tricorder.

 

Barclay Yes, that’s it.  I think the emitters need replacing with model 75X.  The confines of the space dock are causing resonance bursts of photonic energy when large programmes are engaged.

 

Koning (clearly puzzled) I’m sorry sir?  We replaced the emitters two days ago.

 

Barclay With model 75Xs?

 

Koning No sir.

 

Barclay Then do it.

 

  Barclay exits the holodeck and Geordie runs after him.

 

Geordie What was all that about?

 

Barclay You’ll find it’ll work trust me.

 

Computer, where is Captain Riker?

 

Computer Captain Riker is in his ready room.

 

Barclay Thank you, Geordie, would you come with me, we need to discuss the engine alignment with Captain Riker.

 

Geordie OK, if you say so.

 

Barclay I do.

 

  Cut to scene of Barclay and Geordie entering the bridge from the turbo lifts.  Barclay looks around at the engineering crew and notes their welding torches. He walks over to the ready room doors and signals to enter.  Cut to internal scene of Captain Riker’s ready room.

 

Riker Enter.

 

  Barclay and Geordie enter, Riker stands up to greet them.  Barclay goes over to Riker’s chest of drawers and pretends to admire them.

 

Barclay O, you’ve got the new brushed aluminium spectral furnishings, I just love the way the light turns into little rainbows off the edges.

 

  Geordie and Riker look at each other as if to say ‘has he gone mad?’

 

Geordie I’m sorry Will, he was like this in the holodeck, the Reg of hold seems to have come back.

 

  Barclay plays with a drawer, sliding it in and out.

 

Riker Reg, are you OK?

 

Barclay O I’m fine, do you mind if I open this drawer?

 

Riker There’s personal effects in there.

 

Barclay O.. OK, what about this one?

 

Riker My sidearm phaser is in that.

 

Barclay O…OK

 

  Barclay moves one hand to his phase shifter, presses a button on the side and then turns the dial.

Slowly three Jem Hadar soldiers come into view as Barclay opens the draw.  One soldier is at Riker’s side and one at Geordie’s.  As they realise the situation both Riker and Geordie wrestle the soldiers to the ground and Barclay snatches Riker’s phaser from the drawer and fires a  blast at the third who falls to the ground.  Riker punches his soldier several times in the face but is kicked off through the air.  He lands next to the next dead soldier and instantly picks up the Jem Hadar rifle.  He shoots and the second soldier falls dead.  Geordie is still wrestling with the third as Riker jumps over to assist, as Riker drags the third soldier up off Geordie the rifle is knocked from his hand.  Riker kicks the soldier in the stomach who bends over in pain and then Riker brings his clasped hands down on the back of the Jem Hadar’s head.  The Jem Hadar falls face down to the ground but next to a rifle.  He picks it up and spins onto his back to shoot Riker.  Barclay fires a second phaser beam and the third soldier is killed.

Riker walks over to Geordie.

 

Riker Are you OK?

 

Geordie Yes (holding the side of his head) but I’m sure Beverley could make me even better.

 

Riker Well done Reg!

 

Now would someone please tell me what’s going on?

 

Barclay Well, it was in the holodeck I realised that phase shifting can bend light in the same way as gravity.  I wondered whether the phase shifting of my equipment in the lab was interfering with the Enterprise’s holodeck.  But when I checked for the variance it was 0.666 seconds.  So either my equipment was malfunctioning or somebody else was out of phase and observing the holodeck.

 

That’s when I went behind you Commander to observe the holodeck simulation so as I could phase to 0.666 without you seeing me disappear.  When I saw the Jem Hadar soldiers I almost cried.  Luckily they were too busy watching you, I guess science isn’t too high up their school curriculum.

 

Riker I think the only science they learn is biology, and which bits to shoot to kill quickest.

 

Barclay That’s when I figured to come up here and I enlarged the phase field so as both of you would also be able to see them.  At the moment the rest of the crew can’t see us but we can see the Jem Hadar.

 

Riker Right we need to establish how many there are, whether it is just a few observation troops or whether there are whole armies waiting in the rest of Spacedock.

 

The first priority is to gain control of the bridge. Reg, on my command return us back to normal space, Geordie will pick up a phaser from the engineering console, and I will have my sidearm, Reg if you please.

 

  Riker takes his phaser and straps it to his belt.

 

Riker Reg, pick up a Jem Hadar rifle and on my signal I want you to come into the bridge and phase it to 0.666.

 

Barclay OK.

 

  Barclay goes over and picks up a rifle and holds it behind his back.

 

Riker Right Reg, phase us back.

 

  Barclay twirls the dial and the Jem Hadar bodies disappear.

Geordie and Riker leave the ready room in animated pretend conversation.  Geordie walks over to the engineering position and asks the cadet to move aside.  Geordie opens a panel and picks out a hand phaser.

 

Geordie What’s this doing here?

 

Riker Lieutenant Barclay could you come here a moment.

 

  Barclay walk into the doorway between the bridge and the ready room.

 

Riker Its time for our surprise.

 

Barclay Yes sir.

 

  Barclay twirls the dial again and a Jem Hadar soldier phases into view.

As the crew back off scared and the Jem Hadar looks on puzzled Geordie stuns him with a blast from his phaser.

 

Riker Its OK everyone, we’ve discovered that we have a few visitors, we need to alert the rest of starfleet.

 

Reg, takes us back again.

 

Geordie Reg, could we realign the ship’s defector to increase the phase variance space, say to the whole of Spacedock?

 

Barclay Why yes Commander.  That’s an excellent idea.

 

Riker Right but we need to be ready for them.

 

Simpson, open a channel to all ships in and around Spacedock.

 

Barclay Excuse me Captain Riker, two things, as we’re out of phase with the rest of Spacedock they won’t be able to hear us, and two, I think we should secure my laboratory before we do anything rash.

 

Riker Agreed, I’m just going to prepare the ground.  Bridge crew maintain absolute silence on this. Barclay phase us back in.

 

  Barclay turns the dial on the device.

 

Simpson Channel open sir.

 

Riker Attention all ships, this is Captain Riker of the Enterprise.

 

I thought it might be useful if were all to try a little exercise.

 

I was in the bar last night with every other Captain, and one or two admirals and I bet a whole weeks shore leave and a bottle of Romulan ale for every crew member that the Enterprise crew could get to battle stations with a fully dressed and quartermastered crew quicker than any other ship in the fleet let alone Spacedock.

 

Of course there was one or two captains who agreed straight away that they couldn’t match us but others seemed to think that the bet was theirs to be won.  Well ladies and gentlemen who’s up for it, let’s call it the Trojan Horse Spacedock bet?

 

  Cut to scene of other ships bridges standing still with confused Captains and senior officers listening to the address.  Cut to scene of Enterprise bridge.

 

Simpson Sir, Admiral Picard is signalling you.

 

Riker Put him through.

 

Picard Will, what’s the meaning of this?

 

Riker I’m sorry sir, I know you weren’t in the bar last night but I’m sure you’ll remember your academy days where silly bets were the norm. And I’m sure you’ll remember the story of the Trojan Horse and not being ready, I just thought it might be a good time for an unexpected exercise.

 

Picard The Trojan Horse bet.

 

Riker Yes sir, the Trojan Horse bet.

 

Picard Very well, carry on then, there’s a bottle of champagne to the winning captain, on my mark, go.

 

  Cut to scene of furious activity on board several different ships Captains bark out order to drop everything and prepare ‘this is a drill, battle stations’ is rung.  People are running up corridors, putting on protective clothing, armour and slinging phaser rifles over their shoulders.  Cut to scene of Enterprise where similar scenes are taking place and then cut to the bridge.

 

Simpson Two minutes and the Ulysses, the Hawk and the Spitfire have reported ready sir.

 

Riker Shelby, Data and Casey, who else.

 

Simpson Sir, Enterprise is now at battle stations.

 

Riker Well done crew, how much longer do you need Geordie.

 

Geordie Another few seconds and we will have adjusted the main deflector sir.

 

Riker Good.

 

Simpson The Excelsior, Thunderbird and Starburst, report ready.

 

Riker Nearly there.  How many tourists are there aboard the museum ships.

 

Simpson Spacedock report they beamed off all the tourists within 30 seconds of the drill starting.

 

Riker Good, I hope the ships stay safe.

 

Simpson All ships report ready.

 

Barclay We’re ready sir.

 

Riker Open a channel to all ships.

 

Simpson Aye aye sir.  Channel open.

 

Riker Well done everybody that was less than three minutes, the drinks will be on me.  Congratulations Captain Shelby, you run an even more efficient ship than I.

 

Shelby Did you expect anything else?

 

Riker No I suppose not.  I do have one more surprise for everyone though.

 

Mr Barclay, engage.

 

Barclay Aye Aye  sir.

 

  Barclay and Geordie press various buttons on science control panel.  Cut to external scene of Enterprise in Spacedock, the main deflector gently glows and then five Jem Hadar ships appear. Cut to scene Enterprise bridge.

 

Riker Riker to all ships, the Jem Hadar have invaded Spacedock and our ships by using a phased cloaking technology, we have just uncloaked them, attack at will.

 

  Cut to scene of massive firefights on board other ships,

Cut to external scene with the Jem Hadar ships beginning to turn and power up their weapons.

Cut to scene of Enterprise- E bridge.

 

Riker Target those ships and fire!

 

Jurgen Firing phasers! Direct hits on two ships, the Spitfire has fired on another, the Ulysses has been hit by a Jem Hadar ship.

 

Riker Keep firing, destroy those ships!

 

Jurgen The Spitfire has destroyed a Jem Hadar ship, firing phasers, two ships have been disabled.  The Ulysses is still under attack at point blank range.

 

Riker Well start attacking those ships.

 

Jurgen Yes sir, phasers locked, firing, direct hits! The Jem Hadar ships have been disabled.

 

Riker Right, Geordie you have the bridge start making any repairs necessary.

 

Geordie Aye Aye Captain.

 

Riker Barclay, you’re with me, security send a detail to transporter room one.

 

  Riker and Barclay make their way to transporter room one where they are joined by the six person security detail.

 

Jones Captain, there are firefights on Decks 2 to 12, shouldn’t we continue to aid our colleagues.

 

Riker Believe me we are Lieutenant Jones. Beam us to Laboratory 4 on Spacedock main column, level 69.

 

  The away team dissolve in the normal transporter pattern.

Cut to scene of outer corridor to Laboratory, a firefight is taking place some distance away.

 

Riker Follow me. Set phasers to kill.

 

  Riker and team stalk down the corridor to the laboratory doors, using hand signals Riker orders two of the team to enter as he opens the door via the control on the wall.  As the door opens the two security officers are instantly hit with energy blasts and sent flying into the opposite bulkhead.  Riker and another crouch and spin into the doorway spraying phaser fire around.

 

Riker Charge!!

 

  The rest of the detail storm into the room and spread out exchanging fire with six Jem Hadar. The firefight continues for a few moments with fatalities and injuries on both sides.  The Jem Hadar are overcome.

 

Riker Patel, Johnson, check out the other rooms.  Anderras assists Jacobs (An injured colleague, Riker bends over another fallen comrade).

 

Riker to sick bay, prepare for incoming casualties.  Riker to transport control, beam the injured crew directly to sickbay.

 

  The two injured crew fade into the usual transporter signal.  Patel and Johnson return and confirm the other areas are secure.

 

Riker Riker to Lieutenant Barclay, the laboratory is secure, would you like to beam over and check your equipment.

 

Barclay Yes, I’ll be there in a moment.

 

Riker Good, Riker to LaForge, status report.

 

Geordie The Jem Hadar ships have been destroyed or disabled, the Ulysses has been badly hit, they are venting plasma, the crew are trying to prevent a warp core breach.

 

Riker A warp core breach?

 

Geordie They think they can get it under control, however, there are signs that Spacedock itself is now under attack.

 

Riker How is that possible?  We should be invisible to enemy sensors.

 

Geordie Unless there are more phased Jem Hadar ships outside space dock; I’m reading 150 attack ships and one dreadnought approaching from the Montydomes in New San Francisco.

 

Riker Geordie, open the Spacedock doors and alert everyone to be ready, get somebody to crew the museum ships as well.

 

Geordie What have you got in mind?

 

Riker I’ll let you know when we know the status of Barclay’s work.

 

  Barclay beams into the laboratory and is stunned at the damage around, there are sparking cables and a band of light smoke across the room.

 

Barclay O my word.

 

Riker We should check you’re ‘equipment’.

 

Barclay Yes.

 

  Barclay takes out the device and starts twirling the dial and switches the button.  The equipment phases into view and Barclay begins to examine it.

 

Riker Good, I was half expecting some Jem Hadar to be in this time phase as well sabotaging the equipment.

 

Barclay Well, it all seems OK.

 

Riker Well, we need to get it out of here as there’s a large Jem Hadar force outside Spacedock and a ship which might explode within Spacedock in the next few minutes.  Can you convert all this to normal time?

 

Barclays We always had to in order to transport it to the gamma quadrant.

 

Riker Well do it then!

 

Riker to Captain Data, are you in a position to receive your consignment a little early?

 

Data Captain Riker, we have cleared space in cargo bay two for Lieutenant Barclay’s equipment.

 

Captain are you aware of the Dominion attack fleet outside Spacedock?

 

Riker Yes, that’s why I want to send this stuff to you, phase our ships back to normal time and let Spacedock blow up in phased space.

 

Data An excellent plan captain, there will be a sub space ripple emanating from the explosion into our space-time continuum, possibly causing mild tectonic activity on earth, but nothing our ship’s shields cannot cope with.  I shall inform our transporter team.

 

  The equipment fades one by one in transporter patterns.  Barclay joins the last item and beams to the Hawk.

 

Riker Riker to Enterprise, three to beam back.

 

Simpson Acknowledged.

 

  Riker and the two remaining security detail beam to the Enterprise, Riker makes his way to the bridge.

 

Riker Open a channel to the Ulysses.

 

Simpson Channel open.

 

Riker Captain Shelby, its time for a big decision.

 

Shelby Always ready for them Captain Riker.

 

Riker There’s a large Dominion force perched outside Spacedock, our best bet is to phase ships back into normal space and let them exit Spacedock and rendezvous at the shipyards above Mars.  My guess is that some Dominion ships will chase us there in normal space but we’d have enough time and explosive power to destroy the dreadnought if we blow up the Spacedock, that’s where the Ulysses comes in.

 

Shelby I understand.  I’ve made my decision, how long do you need?

 

Riker Two minutes should be more than enough, we’ll engage in a firefight outside Spacedock to give cover, can you patch your countdown to the Spitfire, Excelsior and ourselves.  We’ll provide covering fire.  We’ll also convert each ship to normal space as they leave Spacedock.

 

Shelby We’ll have to move quick, which ship should my crew start evacuating to?

 

Riker Can you split them among the museum ships? They may be useful later.

 

Shelby Agreed. I’m initiating self destruct sequence, it’ll take about 25 seconds for the command codes.  Shelby out.

 

  Cut to scene of Ulysses bridge, steam and fire are coming from various panels.

 

Shelby Now here this, this is the captain speaking, we are going to evacuate the ship immediately, move immediately to your disembarkment transport sight, serial numbers beginning 1 and 2 are to beam to the original Enterprise, get her under way and rendezvous at the Mars shipyards.  The same applies to serial numbers 3 and 4 who are to beam to the Enterprise A, serial numbers 5 and 6 are to beam to the Enterprise – D, serial numbers 7 and 8 are to beam to…

 

  Cut to scene of Enterprise- E bridge.

 

Riker Attention all ships, this is a priority one coded message, we are to exit Spacedock immediately, we will phase each ship back to normal space as it exits Spacedock,  the rendezvous will be the shipyards above Mars.  The Hawk will leave first.  The Spitfire and Excelsior next, but they will remain above Spacedock to engage the Dominion fleet and allow safe passage for the other vessels, we will then exit in alphabetical order.

 

We have 2 minutes to get this done.

 

Lets move out!

 

  Cut to external scene of Enterprise E rotating within Spacedock.  The Hawk approaches the Spacedock door which is already open.  The Enterprise’s deflector fires a beam at the Hawk which phases between spaces.  It then exits Spacedock and Impulses off to Mars.  The Spitfire and Excelsior exit side by side and start firing weapons left and right and peel away to each side of the Spacedock.  The next ship approaches the doorway and again the Enterprise’s deflector beam fires a beam sending the ship into normal space.

Cut to scene of Ulysses bridge, Shelby is talking to a computer console with her senior officers at her side.

 

Shelby Authorisation Shelby, command code confirm, zeta, nine, nine, alpha.

 

Computer Authorisation confirmed.  Self destruct sequence activated, two minute countdown.

 

Shelby Lets get the hell out of here.

 

Shelby to Riker, the fuse is set.

 

Riker Acknowledged, the countdown has come up on our screens.

 

  Cut to scene of Ulysses transporter room beaming crew to other ships.

Cut to scene of Enterprise -A being warmed up by the makeshift Ulysses crew and breaking free of its moorings and making its way to the doorway.

Cut to external scene of Spacedock with Jem Hadar attack ships swarming around and being fought by the Spitfire and Excelsior.

Cut to scene of Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker Shelby, how are you doing?

 

Shelby We’d let you know if there was a problem.

 

Riker We have 50 seconds to get 5 ships out of here!

 

Shelby All my crew are off, we’re just warming up the Enterprise -D now, you concentrate on the other ships, we’ll be out in 35 seconds.

 

Riker That’s cutting it close.

 

Shelby We’ll be there.

 

  Cut to external scene of another ship leaving Spacedock as the Enterprise’s deflector fires a beam at it.

Cut back to Enterprise – E’s bridge.

 

Simpson Message from Captain Lu sir.

 

Riker Put it through.

 

Lu Captain Riker, it would seem some of the Jem Hadar have phased back into normal space and are pursing the ships to Mars.

 

Riker What about the dreadnought?

 

Lu That’s a negative, the Spitfire is really teasing it.

 

Riker Good, I’m sure Casey will bring it to our lair at the right moment.

 

Computer Self destruct sequence of the Ulysses will complete in 30 seconds.

 

Simpson Just the Kennedy, Enterprise -D and ourselves left sir.  The Kennedy is moving into position as the Enterprise – D is still at station keeping.

 

Riker Riker to Shelby, you’ve got less than 30 seconds.

 

Shelby We’ll be ready.

 

Riker We won’t stay if you’re not ready.

 

Shelby I know, now will you just leave us alone!

 

Simpson The Kennedy is away sir.

 

Riker Right, move us out as well, keep an eye out for the Enterprise -D, we’ll give the Excelsior a hand while we’re waiting for Shelby.

 

Simpson Aye aye sir,

 

  Cut to external scene of Enterprise-E leaving Spacedock and firing weapons.  The Enterprise destroys two Jem Hadar attack fighters as the dreadnought looms into view pursuing the spitfire.

Cut to scene of the Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Geordie What the f…….

 

Is he crazy, how does he hope to out manoeuvre the guns on that dreadnought.

 

Riker I don’t think he is Geordie, he’s bringing the dreadnought to the Spacedock.

 

I don’t suppose the Kobymashi Maru was much of a test for him then.

 

Simpson The Enterprise -D is free of its moorings and beginning to move.

 

Computer Self destruct of the Ulysses in 10 seconds, 9 seconds, 8 seconds.

 

Riker Shelby, get the hell out of there!

 

  Cut to scene of Enterprise -D moving towards the door as the countdown reaches.

 

Computer Four seconds, three seconds, two seconds. One seconds.  Auto destruct sequence complete.

 

  The Ulysses explodes as the Enterprise-D jumps to impulse out of the doors, it is surrounded by flames as it whooshes away.

The dreadnought is just about on top of Spacedock as the entire thing explodes engulfing and destroying it.  The Spitfire is badly damaged and tumbles away, surfing on the crest of the explosion wave.

Cut to scene of Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Riker Get a tractor beam on the spitfire, get us both into normal space and tow it to Mars with us.

 

Riker to Shelby, I have to take my hat off to you, timing to make an impression always was a strong point of yours

 

Shelby Next time I’ll be early, on second thoughts let’s not have a next time.

 

Riker Prepare to phase back to normal space.

 

Shelby Acknowledged.

 

  Cut to external scene of the 3 ships phasing back to normal space with the destroyed Spacedock and dreadnought disappearing.

The ships head for Mars

Cut to bridge of Enterprise-E.

 

Simpson There are 24 Jem Hadar and 5 Cardasian ships attacking the fleet and shipyards.

 

Riker Riker to Casey, we’re going to cut you adrift, we need to help out at Mars.  We’ll be back later.

 

Casey Understood.  Good Luck, wish we could join you.

 

Riker Don’t worry, I’m sure you’ll get another crack, you’ve done a great job with that dreadnought.

 

Casey It was nothing old chap, it was your plan and Captain Shelby’s sacrifice of the Ulysses, I just tempted them to the party.  Anyway, no time to chat you’ve got to get to Mars.

 

Riker Agreed.  Riker out.

 

Mr Simpson maximum impulse power.

 

Simpson Aye aye sir.

 

  Cut to external scene of Enterprise – E and -D heading to Mars.

Cut to scene of dogfight, the Jem Hadar are attacking the Hawk, the Enterprises enter the battles attacking the pursuing Jem Hadar ships

Cut to Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker Riker to Data, what is your status?

 

Data Shields are at 23% and dropping, we appear to be the prime focus of the Jem Hadar at present, I deduce they are aware of our cargo.

 

Riker Don’t worry, we’ll do our best to get them off your back.

 

Data Your assistance is most appreciated.

 

Simpson Captain, another vessel is approaching at Warp nine point eight.  It is a Federation vessel, sir….it is the Defiant.

 

Riker What the?

 

  Cut to external scene of the Defiant jumping out of Warp and approaching the dogfight with weapons blazing

Cut to scene of  Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker Is it ours or theirs?

 

Simpson It is not responding to hails sir.

 

Riker In that case presume the Defiant to be hostile and open fire!

 

 

 

Act Thirteen

  Sisko is seated in the Captain’s chair of the Defiant.  Worf, Kira, Bashir and Dax are there along with the Warder and the guards who are at the rear of the bridge.

 

Sisko What is our ETA at the wormhole Dax?

 

Dax 45 minutes sir.

 

Sisko What are the status of the ships systems Worf?

 

Worf Engines are at 63% power, Warp Factor nine point seven.  All systems except communications are operating within normal parameters.

 

Sisko Julian, are there any problems in the medical facilities.

 

Warder Why are you doing this Captain?

 

Sisko It is starfleet regulations to make periodic checks on all ship’s functions, at the start of a mission, at regular periods throughout a voyage and before major events – such as navigating the wormhole.

 

Warder You will have an uneventful journey Captain, the Dominion know your course and mission so you won’t need to communicate with them.  They will be waiting for our arrival at the wormhole.  I have some good news for you.  The Dominion have decided to make your ship the point ship which will lead the way for the Armada to the Terran system, after we have restored the wormhole of course.  And just in case any of your crew decide to alert the Federation on the other side of the wormhole we have deactivated all your communication devices.

 

Sisko Of course.

 

  Sisko looks at Worf and raises his eyebrow, Worf acknowledges the intonation.

 

Sisko May I check what I have to ask the Wormhole Aliens again?

 

Warder I’m pleased that you’re taking your new responsibilities so well.

 

Sisko I understand the nature of things now.

 

  Sisko holds his side.

 

Sisko We will enter the wormhole and proceed to the mid point of the tunnel.

 

I will then make contact with the aliens and explain the need to restore the wormhole’s original configuration.

 

I will explain that the Dominion wish them no harm and want simply to pass normally into the Alpha quadrant, the Dominion pose no threat and will leave Bajor in particular alone.

 

If challenged on my allegiance it is no longer a matter for them to concern themselves with.

 

Warder Very good Ben.

 

  Cut to external scene of Defiant passing through warp space with stars streaming past.

Cut to scene of Defiant jumping out of warp and approaching the wormhole.  The wormhole is very large and permanently open. A massive armada has formed with some twenty or more dreadnoughts amongst hundreds of smaller attack ships.  Cut to scene of Defiant’s bridge.

 

Warder A beautiful sight!

 

Sisko Its certainly impressive.

 

Warder And they’re waiting for your help.

 

Sisko Well lets see what we can do for them.  Dax lay in a course for the Wormhole.

 

Dax Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external scene of the Defiant tracing out an arcing course and entering the wormhole.  Cut to scene of Defiant’s bridge.

 

Sisko Bring us to a halt at the mid point Dax.

 

Dax I’m having trouble identifying the mid point.  The distortions to the wormhole appears to have changed its internal dimensions as well.

 

Sisko I’ll settle for your best guess.  We may be waiting here some time.

 

Dax I’ll use time as an approximation to length, normal passage through the wormhole is 2 minutes, so 1 minute is my best guess.  Coming to a full stop.

 

Sisko Good, station keeping thrusters only.

 

I’m sorry, now its up to the prophe…sorry the wormhole aliens, it may be a minute, an hour or a day before they listen to my request.

 

Warder We’ve been waiting 9 months, we can wait a bit longer, besides we know the Federation already knows it has lost the war, we just need to win it before they go and do something foolish.

 

Sisko I don’t understand.

 

Warder Yours is not to reason why.

 

Sisko But to do or die.

 

Warder Precisely.

 

  Cut to a new scene of the bridge (time has passed)

 

Kira Captain, I’m reading a new energy signature, make that two, from astern.

 

Sisko That’s unusual, normally there’s no warning.

 

Warder We’ve been here four hours.  They are dreadnoughts who have orders to ensure your mission completes or to destroy the wormhole, aliens and all.  Call it an insurance policy.

 

Sisko The aliens normally speak quicker if I bring them an orb.

 

Warder Well we do not have an orb.  I suggest you try harder.

 

Sisko I’ll try.

 

  Sisko gets out of his seat and starts to shout.

 

Sisko Why have you forsaken me?

 

I want to speak with you, it is important to my new friends.

 

  Suddenly Sisko is transported to the realm of the prophets.  There is no background just pure white.  Sisko searches around looking for signs.  He runs and still there is no detail.  Sisko stops running and listens.  There is a noise, not very distinguishable, but it is the sound of water running.  Sisko looks down and he is standing in a shallow stream.

 

Sisko What does this mean?

 

Warder What do you want it to mean?

 

Sisko I don’t understand.

 

Warder The Emissary has sought the prophets for a reason.

 

What does the stream represent?

 

Sisko The Emissary is here on a mission.

 

Warder For who?

 

Sisko I’ve forgotten.

 

Warder And the stream?

 

Sisko Its made of water, flowing water.  Water is necessary for life.

 

Warder How linear of you.

 

The Emissary’s time is soon.

 

  Sisko looks down at the stream and sees the stream is in fact flowing in a circle.

 

Sisko How can this stream be flowing in a circle?

 

Warder Does the Emissary and the prophets commune in linear time?

 

Sisko The water represents time AND life!

 

Warder The Emissary is perceptive.

 

Sisko Water can be frozen and stopped whilst other water continues to move.

 

Warder We were wise to choose you as the Emissary.

 

Sisko There is danger, others mean you harm, they have powerful weapons in your land.

 

Warder They are of no consequence, they are frozen and moved to another stream, as I and my friends are.

 

Sisko Does this mean I can move streams as well.

 

Warder The Emissary does not need to move streams, he has a stream that joins ours.

 

  Sisko looks down and is standing in a straight stream which joins the circular stream.

 

Sisko Is this my future path?

 

Warder Your future path is your future choice.

 

Sisko I know what I must do.

 

  Sisko returns to the Defiant’s bridge.

 

Worf Captain, are you all right?

 

Sisko Yes.

 

  Sisko turns to look at Worf and sees the Warder and guards have been frozen in time.

 

Sisko It would seem the prophets have other plans for our friends.

 

  Bashir approaches the warder, medical tricorder scanning.  He puts it away and removes the cloak from the warder’s head to reveal a woman’s face.

 

Bashir Well, I’ll be.

 

Captain, my tricorder is not picking up any lifesigns, if I had only biological instruments, I would pronounce her dead.  As it is my tricorder indicates that time has frozen in her localised region of space.

 

Sisko What do the sensors show for the dreadnoughts?

 

Dax Exactly the same Captain, the region of space occupied by the Dominion ships has no time signature.

 

Sisko Right, lets beam our friends aboard the dreadnoughts, then tow the two ships port, mark 090 degrees for,…….for as far as we can.  Then engage cloaking device and let us sneak out of the wormhole and head for Earth maximum warp.

 

Dax Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external scene of the Defiant manoeuvring through the wormhole and cloaking itself.

 

 

 

Act Fourteen

  The Defiant is being fired upon by the Enterprise -E as it makes a strafing run over the Hawk.

Cut to scene of Enterprise -E bridge.

 

Riker Can we tap into the Defiant’s systems and disengage their shields?

 

Patel Negative sir, the command codes have been updated since our last records.

 

Riker What is he doing?

 

Patel The Defiant’s phasers are operating at 1/100th power sir? Only superficial damage is being done to the Hawk

 

Riker But he’s preventing other Jem Hadar ships taking pot shots!

 

Gunner, change phaser setting to 1/100th power and continue firing at the Defiant, Arm quantum torpedoes and target the Jem Hadar fighters!

 

  Cut to external scene of ships in fight.  The Defiant and Enterprise exchanging blanks whilst obscuring the Hawk.  Slowly the Jem Hadar ships are destroyed with the loss of the Excelsior and Exeter.

Cut to bridge scene of Enterprise -E.

Riker Riker to all ships, the last Jem Hadar ship has been destroyed, stand down from battle stations.

 

Simpson, do you remember Morse code?

 

Simpson Yes sir, it was an early form of communication by telegraph, sound or light, made up of different lengths, dots and dashes, to represent different letters.

 

Riker Use the external lights to signal ‘well done and welcome home’ to the Defiant.

 

  Simpson starts playing at dials on his console.  Cut to external scene of Enterprise and the lights flashing on and off at different intervals.  Cut to scene of the Defiant.

 

Sisko Have you worked it out yet?

 

Dax Not yet sir, I would need to know the underlying code structure to hazard a guess.

 

Bashir No problem Dax, its old Morse code.  The Enterprise signals ‘Well done and welcome home’

 

Sisko Its good to be back.  Julian can you assist Dax and signal back, ‘Thanks, its good to be back’

 

Bashir My pleasure Captain

 

 

 

Act Fifteen

 

 

  Picard, Data, Riker, Geordie and Barclay are surveying the Hawk walking through corridors.  It is very badly damaged.

 

Picard Is there no way we can expedite repairs?

 

Geordie In my professional opinion it would be quicker to build a new Hawk from scratch.

 

Picard I don’t really think that’s an option.

 

Riker You certainly took some punishment.

 

Data My calculations suggest the Enterprise-E would have been destroyed under the same attack conditions.  The Hawk was designed for resilience as well as attack.

 

Picard We need options.  The Hawk and the Enterprise were the most suitable craft to have the tri – warp engines fitted.

 

Barclay I’m not sure if this would be as popular a choice sir, but the Enterprise -D might be suitable.  There is at least one galaxy class engine salvaged from other ships in storage at Io.

 

Picard How long would it take to do?

 

Barclay Well, its normally about a week to fit a new nacelle but we’ll need to make adjustments to the Enterprise -D hull to accommodate it.  I would estimate 3 weeks in all.

 

Picard 3 weeks!! That’s not good enough.  The Dominion are aware of our plan and they know where our equipment is.  I expect the Cardasians to launch an invasion fleet within days to stop us.

 

You have a week. Be ready.  Captain Riker have the Enterprise – E converted as well.  That’s only a 4 day job.  If necessary it’ll be a one way journey.

 

Riker Yes sir.

 

  Picard leaves the group and wanders off up an adjacent corridor.

Geordie I don’t think I’ve ever seen him like that.

 

Riker I don’t think we’ve ever faced a situation like we now face.

 

  Cut to scene of the Enterprises – E and D in workshops with new stanchions being fitted to their lower body.  The new engines are suspended above the new fittings waiting to be fitted. Cut to close up scenes of engineers in EVA suits working on the fittings and under access panels at the connections.

Cut to scene of Picard in his office at Star Fleet Headquarters, he is reading a report when the door buzzes.

 

Picard Who is it?

 

Crusher Its me Beverly.

 

  Picard puts the datapad into a draw in his desk.

 

Picard Come in.

 

  Picard stands up to greet Crusher and walks over to her.  They hug tightly for a few moments.

 

Crusher I’ve missed you.

 

Picard I’ve missed you as well.

 

  They break from hugging but still hold each other around the waist.

 

Crusher Even if we weren’t lovers my medical opinion would be to take a break Jean Luc.  You can’t keep pushing yourself with no rest.

 

Picard Beverly, you are,… in fact for a very long time you have been very precious to me.  You also know me very well.  My work is very important to me, you know I can’t discuss it with you but I’m working on something very important.

 

  They let go of each other and Beverley walks over to the replicator where she puts down a small bag.

 

Crusher Would you like a drink?

 

Picard A cup of Earl Grey would be lovely.

 

Crusher No Jean Luc, a drink, you need a break from your work, you’ll come back more refreshed.

 

Picard Have the others been talking to you?

 

Crusher A girl hears things, besides Deanna has been picking up your prickliness for the last few days.  I would have thought you’d be pleased we defeated the sneak Dominion attack.

 

Picard I’m very pleased. But there’s more to be done.

 

Crusher Not now, take a break Jean Luc.

 

Computer, two red wine glasses.

 

  The replicator whirr’s and 2 large wine glasses appear.  Beverley takes them and picks up the bag and walks over to the settee opposite Picard’s desk.  She puts the glasses down and pats the cushion to invite Picard across.

 

Picard OK, you win, I’ll take a break for half an hour.

 

Crusher I had a longer break in mind.

 

Picard I’d be delighted if you could join me for dinner later this evening.

 

  Crusher places her index finger on Picard’s lips to silence him.

 

Crusher I have a special treat for you.

 

  Crusher takes a bottle of wine from the bag and shows it to Picard whose eyes light up.

 

Picard A bottle of Rothchild 2043, where the devil did you get it from?

 

Crusher You’re not the only one interested in ancient artefacts.  I studied medicine with a descendant of the original Rothchild.  I helped her with her revision and when she graduated her mother gave me this.  I’ve been keeping it for a special occasion.  Originally I thought it would be for Jack and mine’s retirement.

 

Picard I’m sorry, its not right.

 

Crusher No don’t be silly.

 

  Crusher removes the cork and they savour the aroma and cork.

 

Picard A real cork stopper!

 

Crusher Not a lot of good has come of this war.

 

Picard War rarely brings good.

 

Crusher I’m glad its brought us together.

 

  Crusher pours them both a glass of wine and offers one to Picard.

 

Picard So am I.

 

Crusher We need to seize the day, and enjoy every opportunity.

 

Picard That’s true.

 

Crusher Jean Luc, I was wondering what are you doing for the rest of your life?

 

  Picard looks confused at Beverley

 

Crusher Would you like to marry me?

 

Picard Um… Beverley, I had no idea…. I don’t know what to say.

 

Crusher Whatever you say, say it from your heart.

 

  Picard looks deeply into Crushers eyes and chinks his glass against hers.

 

Picard Yes.

 

  They drink a sip and then lean towards each other and kiss gently on the lips.

 

Crusher You’ve made me so happy these last few weeks.  Lets get married tomorrow.

 

Picard Absolutely, who shall we ask to perform the ceremony, Will or Data?

 

Crusher Will, because Data won’t be offended and we won’t have to explain to him why we’re doing it.

 

Picard Agreed.

 

  The intercom buzzes.

 

Picard Picard here.

 

Choo Starfleet communications here sir, I’m sorry to disturb you but we’re picking up a hail from a starfleet vessel approaching the solar system, only records show no contact with the vessel in over four years.

 

Picard Even the Dominion wouldn’t be silly enough to try such an obvious trick.

 

Okay put them through to my office and stand by outer solar system defence systems.

 

  Picard gets up from the settee and walks over to his desk and sits down behind it.

 

Janeway Star Fleet Command.  This is the Captain Janeway of USS Voyager, fleet designation NCC 74656, I’m sorry we’re a little late returning.  I hope the cakes aren’t burnt.

 

  The viewscreen fills with the image of Captain Katherine Janeway on the bridge of Voyager.

 

Picard Captain Janeway.

 

We weren’t expecting you.  Our last contact with you put you on the other side of the galaxy.

 

Janeway Yes, well we had a little help getting back.  Mind you we expected a little friendlier welcome.

 

Picard O don’t worry about the outer defences, we’ve had to install some devices as our relationship with the Dominion has not improved.

 

Seeing you all back is one of the best pieces of news we’ve had in a long, long time.  Welcome home. We’ll have to organise a reception.

 

Janeway Can you advise our relatives and friends, we’ll come into Star Fleet headquarters if that’s all right.

 

Picard Certainly, I look forward to seeing you shortly.

 

  Cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Janeway Take us in Mr Paris.

 

Paris Aye aye Captain.

 

  Cut to view of Picard’s office, Picard walks back over to Crusher and sits down and lifts his glass again.

 

Picard To my fiancée.

 

Crusher To us

 

Picard To us

 

  They sip their wines.

Cut to external view of Voyager flying past Saturn and then Jupiter towards Earth.

Cut to view of Voyager arcing through the lunar shadow and entering the brilliant light of the sun (similar to the TV show’s opening credit scene).

Voyager approaches earth passing two space stations and three docked ships in orbit above earth.  There is still wreckage from the Dominion fight. Slowly Voyager begins to enter the upper atmosphere and starts to gently glow as it descends.  In time the glow gives way and it descends into the clouds and blue sky.

It emerges from the clouds above the ocean and Voyager moves from left to right of the screen.  In the distance it is heading for the Golden Gate bridge.

The Golden Gate bridge grows in size as Voyager approaches.

Cut to bridge scene with the crew smiling at the viewscreen.  Cut to images of other parts of the ship such as the galley with crew looking out of the windows as it flies over the water.

Cut to external shot of Voyager flying up and over the bridge and banking around to Star Fleet Headquarters.  It takes up a hovering position above the large lawn in front of the main building.  A crowd is gathering, people are streaming out through the doors.

Slowly Voyager’s legs are extended and very slowly Voyager descends to the ground, the legs initially flex reacting to Voyager’s weight.

The sound of Voyager’s engines disappear.

Cut to scene of crowd, with Picard in the front moving towards the forward leg.  They stop in line near the perimeter of the hull.  Feet can be seen coming down the stairs in the legs.  Janeway is the first out quickly followed by her bridge crew.  Picard moves towards Janeway and stands straight to attention and salutes her.  Crusher is at the front of the crowd behind him.  Janeway, less rigid returns the salute. Picard extends his hand to shake Janeways’ with a big beaming smile.

 

Picard Welcome Home Captain.

 

Janeway Thank you, you know I’ve been all right around this galaxy and, there’s really no place quite like home.

 

  A body emerges from the crowd.  It is a man.  Janeway looks at him and her face lights up.  She rushes to him and jumps onto him to hug.

The crew behind her start to see friends and relatives and a great melee of hugging and tears begins.

An old man in Star Fleet Uniform with a lot of gold braid on makes his way to Paris and taps him on the shoulder from behind. Paris spins around.

 

Paris Dad?

 

Paris Tom.

 

  They hug.

 

Paris You’ve got to meet B’Elanna

 

  Dr Singh walks down from Voyager’s steps towards the crowd.  A lady makes her way through and embraces him.

 

Singh Guinan, its been a long time.

 

Guinan Its good to see you again.  I’m glad you made it home.

 

Singh So am I,…. so am I.

 

  Cut to scene above crowd slowly pulling out.  Voyager and Star Fleet Headquarters become smaller as more of the surrounding such as the Golden Gate bridge enter the picture.  These too become smaller as the camera continues to pull away.

 

 

 

 

Act Sixteen

  A large party is underway with crews from all three ships in attendance.  There is a band playing and drinks and canapés are being brought round.  There are a great variety of alien races and many admirals and dignitaries.  A holographic banner (rotating through various colours and messages) is hung across the hall bearing the words, ‘Welcome home Voyager, Welcome Home Defiant, Congratulations Mr & Mrs Picard’

 

Picard Tell me Captain, have you thought much about what you’re going to do next.

 

Janeway Well I’ve already had the hot bath and the family are here.  My husband has remarried but I quite understand, ten years is a long time for anyone to be apart.  I’m sure we’ve both changed in that time.

 

  Picard and Crusher exchange a glance.

 

Janeway So, who are these Dominion?  What have we done to offend them more than the Borg?

 

Sisko Well, to be honest I’m not really sure.  I know they are very afraid of us.  That they are not interested in peace agreements with us.

 

Janeway Not very hospitable.

 

Sisko No, they’re not, they value their privacy.  They have created a genetically designed army – the Jem Hadar, who are grown in large test tubes to enforce their will and protect them from potential enemies.

 

Picard Today is not the day for negative conversations.

 

A toast, to two of Starfleet’s finest.

 

  The ensemble raise their glasses as Sisko looks uneasily sideways and Janeway shakes her hand to say politely ‘no’,

All Starfleet’s finest.

 

Sisko And may I congratulate you on your marriage.

 

Picard and Picard Thank you.

 

 

Picard So if I was planning a honeymoon to the Delta Quadrant, is there anywhere in particular you would recommend.

 

Janeway There’s quite a few places I could recommend steering clear of! But I must admit there are many beautiful worlds and species out there.  We even came across some relatives of ours, the Voth, they left earth 20  million years ago.

 

Picard Remarkable, I didn’t know a sentient species had lived on Earth before us.

 

Janeway It really is an amazing galaxy. Captain Sisko, I’m sure you will have found the Gamma Quadrant has many great points as well.

 

Sisko Call me Ben, we’re off duty now.

 

Janeway Ben, and please call me Kathryn.

 

Sisko Delighted. The gamma quadrant is really hardly explored at all.  As you may know, for the first couple of years after the wormhole was discovered there was a great deal of exploration, making contact with new species and establishing trading relationships.  There were some less than ideal encounters but on the whole it seemed like a brilliant new frontier.

 

Picard Do you have any favourite places?

 

Sisko Well, Louisiana and Bajor are probably my favourites but the moons of Condor are quite spectacular.  If you ever get the chance to visit you must go.  They shimmer through every colour of the rainbow as the ascend and descend through the night sky.  I’ve never seen anything quite like it.

 

Janeway Amazing.  Do you have any real plans for a honeymoon?

 

  Picard looks at Picard.

 

Beverley Picard Well, when you’ve done as many years in space as we have we thought we might just have a few days on Earth.

 

Sisko I can understand that.

 

  The camera gently zooms out and lifts to an aerial shot of the celebrations in full swing.

 

 

 

 

Act Seventeen

 

 

  The scene is the shipyards above Mars.

The alterations to the Enterprise -D and -E are almost complete.  The Defiant is also undergoing repairs.

Cut to scene of inside a runabout craft with Admiral Picard, Captains Data, Riker, Sisko, Bateman, Casey and Shelby, and LaForge and Barclay aboard.  The shuttle is flying around the ships surveying the work.

 

Picard You’ve done an excellent job, I can’t believe that a week ago there was so much damage to the fleet.  Mr Barclay, can we phase to private running.

 

Barclay Yes sir, certainly sir.

 

  The ship gently phases out of normal space and time.

 

Picard Thank you.

 

As you can see both the Enterprises D and E will be ready tomorrow.

 

I have decided to amend our plan slightly. The Enterprises will create the warp fields for the outward and return journeys as per the plan.  Captain Data will command the Enterprise -D and Captain Riker the Enterprise -E.  I shall be in overall command of the mission aside from during negotiations when Ambassador Spock will be in command. If we lose contact with Ambassador Spock, the chain of command will revert.

 

We must now presume the Dominion know of our plans and hence our outward journey will now fall somewhat short of the Founders homeworld.  We presume that the Dominion will try and erect a blockade to stop us approaching the homeworld and so, we must be prepared to cut short our mission and ensure the Omega device can be triggered if our path is blocked.  Just in case we jump out of hyperwarp in the middle of the Jem Hadar fleet I want to increase the size of the fleet travelling. I would like Captains Bateman and Shelby to ride point.  Captain Casey will carry the negotiating team.  Captain Sisko, after what you have gone through I will not order you to join us, but with your personal knowledge of the Founders and the Dominion I would very much appreciate it if you would join us.

 

Sisko I would be delighted to join your expedition.  I’m sure others will have already voiced concerns about the Omega particle so I presume you have addressed them already.  I can see the sense in cutting off the enemy’s ability to wage war, and I even tried to do it myself by collapsing the wormhole a few years ago.

 

Picard Thank you.  Any more questions?

 

Shelby Sorry if I seem to be asking a silly question, but the Ulysses was destroyed last week and I don’t seem to have a ship to ride point in?

 

Picard If there’s anything that catches your eye before tomorrow please let me know.  Captain Casey has already been updating the original Enterprise.

 

Casey Well I’ve had some help from her original engineer and Lieutenant Barclay has helped to reset the holographic devices.

 

Shelby Is she battle ready?

 

Casey Just the name will make the Dominion think twice, however, its not supposed to be a warship, its carrying the negotiating team.  I have made one or two minor modifications just in case though.

 

Shelby I can imagine.

 

Admiral, I’d be honoured to take the Independence, our sister ship.

 

Picard Granted, I’ll make out the transfer order later.

 

I have some more news.

 

We shall be joined by a Klingon and a Romulan Vessel.  The council has agreed to make this an allied expedition.  Ambassador Spock is already trusted by the Romulans but they want to be present at the negotiations, and when the Romulans insisted, so did the Klingons.

 

Riker Will one ship be able to create that large a warp field?  I’ve flown a ship and a shuttle within the same bubble before but not seven starships.

 

Sisko Eight, I’ve no intention of leaving the Defiant.

 

Picard Lieutenant Barclay?

 

Barclay Well the tri- nacelle arrangement is more than capable of building a large enough warp field.  In fact we could have probably transported a starbase if we wanted to.  However we destroyed that last week.

 

  Riker stands straighter and raises an eyebrow.

 

Barclay No offence intended, we were never planning to use a starbase.  Its just that it will require some very close quarters flying, the computers can be interlinked to ensure all helms respond to helm control changes on the Enterprise -D. I would advise 24 hour double watches so as manual overrides can be implemented if necessary.

 

Bateman Why would they need to be implemented.

 

Barclay In case anything goes wrong.

 

Bateman What are you not telling us?

 

Barclay Well, we’ll need to interlink with both Klingon and Romulan helm controls and I’ve not done that before.

 

Casey Captain Scott could probably help.

 

Barclay I was rather hoping he would, its just that if they need to fly manually, they may occasionally bump into one of the other craft and…..

 

Bateman and out of the warp field turning the rest of us into trillions of atoms across 10 light years.

 

Barclay The simulation I run suggested the Enterprises D and E would survive and complete the mission.

 

Bateman O what fun for the rest of us.

 

Sisko There’s really no need to start picking holes in what’s done.  From what I understand we now have a fighting to chance to bring peace between half the galaxy.  Risk is part of our job.  I think its a risk worth taking.

 

Riker I agree.

 

Bateman That’s easy for you to say, your ship survived the simulation.

 

Picard Is there a problem Captain?

 

Bateman No, definitely not.  I want to be part of the expedition, a little open discussion helps gets matters off one’s chest.

 

Picard Good, anyone else?

 

Casey Count me in, I’m looking forward to it.

 

Shelby And me.

 

Data I am accustomed to following your orders sir.

 

Picard Thank you, as before, please do not discuss this with your crews.

 

The Klingon and Romulan ships will rendezvous here at 10.00 tomorrow.  We shall leave at noon whether the helm controls are linked or not.

 

Lieutenant  Barclay, please return us to normal space.

 

  Barclay adjusts the dials on a console and they phase back into normal space.

 

 

 

 

Act Eighteen

 

 

  It is a dark room, a hand flicks over the console which lights into action.  An oval laptop opens and the hand presses a few buttons to establish a communications link.  The screen and the person are not directly in camera shot.

 

Person Are you ready for tomorrow?

 

Laptop I’ve had to change ships, but I managed to load the devices as ordered.

 

Person Good, now you must not be precipative.  You must allow the negotiations to have had a chance to work.

 

There are those of us who believe the Omega device will not even fire up, and even if it does the margin for error is too great to ensure a linearly distributed sub space disruption.  There again, the Dominion may just blow the Federation fleet apart.

 

Your orders are to ensure delivery of the device should the negotiations fail and the Omega device fail.  If the Dominion prevent the mission from completing its objectives you are to continue and deliver the device.

 

Laptop How long should we give the negotiations, they may string them out while attacking the alpha quadrant.

 

Person You are astute, you have learned well, that is why I have chosen you for the mission.

 

The third part of your orders are that within 70 hours of arrival of in the Gamma quadrant you are to activate the advice unless the negotiations are successful   If the Omega device has exploded, whether you activate the weapon will be irrelevant.

 

Laptop I understand.

 

 

 

Act Nineteen

 

 

  The scene is of a ranch house in Montana, cut to scene of bedroom where Janeway is asleep.  The window is open and the sun is shining in, a net curtain is lifting in the breeze.

A buzzing sound can be heard.

 

Janeway No!! its too early. Go away!!

 

  Janeway covers her closed eyelids with one arm and reaches out of the bed with the other.

 

Janeway Computer, turn off the alarm.

 

Computer The alarm is switched off.  Incoming message from Starfleet Command.

 

Janeway What, I’ve only been home a week!  Can’t they find some other Captain to trek around the galaxy.

 

Computer It is a personal transmission.

 

Janeway Okay, put it through, voice only.

 

Paris Good morning Captain.

 

Janeway Tom, what in the hell do you want at this hour?

 

Paris Well, its 8am here so its must be 10am with you?

 

Janeway And your point is?

 

Paris No point, just an invitation.  My dad says there’s a big send off today at the Mars shipyard.  I wondered whether you’d like to take Voyager up to see them off?

 

Janeway Sounds nice, what day is it?

 

Paris Today, not sure when Dad wouldn’t say.

 

Janeway Tom, the ship’s still embargoed, its off line to everyone while we’re on rest and recreation.

 

Paris But you could overrule that, we could get a few of the crew together for the trip.  Could be a fun day?

 

Janeway Do I detect the lust for more celebration?

 

Paris I don’t know what you mean Captain.

 

Janeway O yes you do.  Okay, check around the crew, see who wants to join us for a little trip to Mars.

 

Paris Great, see you at 9.30? Shall I see who else is around and fancies a trip?

 

Janeway Okay, anything, just let me have another hours sleep!

 

 

 

Act Twenty

 

 

  Janeway walks from the turbo lift doors onto the bridge.

 

Chakotay Welcome aboard.

 

  Janeway looks around and is surprised that all the bridge crew are seated.

 

Janeway I thought you’d all still be visiting friends and family.

 

7of9 I visited my aunt in Buenos Aires on the second day but found the experience less than satisfying.

 

Tuvok My family are well but travel between Vulcan and Earth is precarious because of the war with the Dominion, I am booked on a supply convoy in 2 weeks time.

 

  Janeway raises her eyebrows.

 

Janeway Well to tell you the truth I was rather missing you all as well.

 

  Admiral Paris walks from Janeway’s ready room.

 

Admiral Paris Damn fine ship you have here Captain

 

 

Janeway Thank you.

 

Admiral Paris Tom has been telling me about some of your adventures.  We’ll have to see if we can learn what type of technology has been added and see if we can use it in the rest of the fleet.

 

Janeway I’m sorry admiral, we don’t know ourselves and I want to discuss that with the Federation council before we start re- interpreting the Prime Directive, if we shouldn’t interfere with another species natural development through giving them advanced technology, I don’t think the rule should be different for us.

 

Has anyone heard from Dr Singh?

 

Tuvok I believe he has returned to his home in India.

 

Paris I wasn’t able to contact him.

 

Janeway No worries, I’m sure he must be enjoying seeing his home again.  To tell you the truth, so am I.

 

  Janeway strokes and then pats the guard rail between the lift and her chair.  She moves to stand in front of her chair.

 

Janeway Well, lets get this show on the road.

 

Lieutenant Paris, how many crew do we have on board?

 

Paris We have a skeleton crew of 17.  Remembering how little we had to do on our final flight, everything is automated now, its a little over staffed.

 

Janeway That’s fine.

 

Right, lets go to Mars, please plot and engage a suitable lift off trajectory and course.

 

Paris Aye Aye Captain.

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager against Starfleet Headquarters.  The thrusters fire and the ship gently rises from the ground, it turns through 90 degrees and elevates its nose slightly, it begins to glide upwards into the clouds.

Cut to scene above Earth.  A small dot is seen coming from Earth over the Pacific coast.  It grows into the form of Voyager and sweeps upwards and across the screen.  It flies out of orbit and towards the outer stars.

Cut to bridge scene of Voyager.

 

Paris We are at ¾ impulse speed approaching Mars, slowing to standard orbital entry, destination Plantation Ayia shipyards.

 

Tuvok Captain, I am reading two ships approaching at Warp, one is Klingon registration and one is Romulan designation……They are both cloaked.

 

Janeway Pardon?

 

Tuvok Our sensors are able to detect cloaked ships Captain.

 

Janeway If we can detect them, how do we know they’re cloaked.

 

Tuvok Because they do not register on the normal sensor arrays but are picked up on the interpretative software matrix.

 

Should I alert the other ships?

 

Admiral Paris No, there’s no need for that, we’ re expecting them.

 

That really is remarkable device.

 

Paris Entering synchronous orbit

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager approaching the shipyard.  The 6 Federation vessels are in tight formation. As Voyager comes to a halt amongst a number of other Federation ships, the Klingon and then the Romulan Vessels de- cloak to the front of the formation.

Cut to scene of Enterprise – E bridge.

 

Picard Good morning, I am Admiral Picard.

 

  The viewscreen fills with the Klingon bridge.  General Martok is seated in the command chair.

 

Martok Good Morning Admiral.

 

Sisko (voice only)Good Morning General.

 

Martok I recognised the Defiant’s transponder signal, it is good to hear you again Captain Sisko.  Tell me of my old friend son of Mog, is he with you?

 

Sisko Yes, Captain Worf is here.

 

Martok Captain?

 

Sisko Yes, Captain Worf.

 

Worf It is a field commission.

 

Martok Then we shall truly have a glorious battle.

 

Worf To achieve peace is the greatest battle.

 

Martok With such a force, the Dominion will be very foolish to fight.

 

Picard I hope we won’t have to fight at all.  This is primarily a diplomatic mission.

 

Martok I wouldn’t have missed it for even Kaylis’ sword.

 

Picard I’m pleased that you’re here to join us.

 

And good morning and welcome to our Romulan ally as well.

 

  The Romulan bridge fills the viewscreen.

 

General Sela Good morning admiral, it has been a long time.

 

  Picard’s jaw drops.

 

Picard Yes,,,, yes it has.  I’m very pleased that you could join us as well.  We will be demonstrating the depth of our alliance and friendship on our expedition.

 

General Sela Ambassador Spock has persuaded us to join you.  Naturally, on hearing of the offer I volunteered.

 

Picard Naturally.  Now as time is short if you will allow us to link your helm controls to ours we will attempt some close formation manoeuvres.  Mr LaForge would you take control.

 

La Forge Certainly sir.

 

  Cut to external scene.  Lines of energy radiate out from the Enterprise – D. The Klingon and Romulan vessels are gently pulled around and tucked closely in behind the formation.

Cut to scene of Enterprise – D bridge.

 

Data Helm links are established Geordie.

 

Command codes synchronised.

 

Preparing to engage manoeuvring thrusters at my command.

 

Ahead ¼ thrusters.

 

Rotoff Aye sir, ahead ¼ thrusters.

 

  Cut to external scene of the 8 ships moving forward very slowly.

Cut to scene of Voyager’s bridge.

 

Janeway Well, I’ll be darned.  I would never believe it if I hadn’t seen it with my own eyes, a Federation, Klingon and Romulan acrobatics team!! Definitely worth getting out of bed early for.

 

Admiral Paris Not quite an acrobatics team, but I have to admit its an amazing sight!

 

 

  Cut to external scene whereby the ships begin to climb and then bank in tight formation.

Cut to Enterprise – D bridge.

 

Data Prepare for impulse speed.

 

Syn All ships acknowledge ready for impulse.

 

Data Ahead 1/8 impulse speed.

 

  Cut to external scene of the fleet moving at 1/8th impulse speed.  The camera slowing zooms backwards and the viewscreen of Voyager’s bridge unfolds.

 

Janeway Well, I do believe I have now seen everything.

 

Admiral Paris Indeed it is a remarkable sight.

 

 

Paris I didn’t realise that we’d have ringside seats to the new Federation circus.

 

Admiral Paris All will become clear in a little while, they’re just practising close formation flight.

 

Janeway To fly that close they must all be linked through one helm.

 

Admiral Paris I believe so, they just have to ensure the Klingon and Romulan computers will accept Federation command sequences.

 

Janeway It must be something pretty important to get the three parties to agree.  Would it have something to do with the Dominion?

 

Admiral Paris I can see why you made Captain so young, your 10 years in the Delta quadrant have also done your strategic analysis powers no harm.

 

Janeway Thank you, is it some new kind of defensive wall, so as ships can take over damaged ships functions?

 

Admiral Paris All will become clear soon.

 

 

Janeway OK, I’ll just sit and watch the show.

 

  Cut to scene of Enterprise – D bridge.

 

Data Data to Admiral Picard.  Trial runs complete, we have managed to integrate helm control of all vessels via our bridge.  We will transmit the results to all ships.

 

Picard Acknowledged.  Good work everybody.  Return to Mars shipyard.

 

Data Acknowledged Admiral.

 

Helm, plot a course back to the shipyard 1/16th impulse speed and then slow us to manoeuvring speed and bring us to station keeping above the main yard.

 

Syn Aye aye sir.

 

  Cut to external scene of the fleet coming to a stop above the Mars shipyard. Cut to scene on Voyager bridge.

 

Janeway Anyone like some more coffee?

 

  Janeway pours herself a cup from a flask.

 

Admiral Paris No thank you.  I think it would be a good idea if we all take our seats.

 

 

Janeway Ah, I sense we’re about to find out what’s going on.

 

  Admiral Paris smiles and nods towards the viewscreen.

 

Kim Captain, we’re being hailed by starfleet command, its a broadband broadcast, all ships.

 

Janeway Put it on screen.

 

  The Federation symbol fills the screen and cuts to an image of the President.

 

President Federation citizens, friends, colleagues from all worlds.

 

For five long years we have endured a bloody war with the Dominion.  Tens of millions of lives have been lost on both sides.

 

I have good news for you today.  We stand today at a turning point in our history.

 

We are sending a negotiating team to the Founder’s homeworld in a final attempt to seek a peaceful resolution to this war.  It is supported by all the allies, the Federation, the Klingon Empire and the Romulan Empire.

 

This team will make a remarkable journey, halfway across the galaxy.

 

All our hopes, all our futures rest with them.  I wanted you all to share in this moment as they leave on their expedition.

 

I know many of us still have deeply held beliefs in a higher being or beings.  If you do, then tonight, I would like you to ask them for their blessing on this mission.  To give peace a chance.

 

  The viewscreen cuts to the view of the fleet above Mars.  Cut to scene of Enterprise – E.

 

Picard I know how he feels.

 

Well I suppose that most of the Federation are watching our departure, let’s try to make it look good.

 

  Riker smiles in agreement.

 

Picard Picard to the fleet.  We have received our permission to sail. Please release all mooring lines and re- establish helm control through the Enterprise – D.

 

Riker Fleet acknowledge ready.

 

Picard Good.  Picard to Admiral Paris, do you have our final passenger?

 

  Cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Admiral Paris Hello Admiral.  We’ve been enjoying the spectacle.  Yes, we have your final passenger.

 

  Janeway looks puzzled and confused.

Admiral Paris stands still and very slowly his clothes begin to melt.  His red tunic and black trousers liquefy and move to the left.  They separate from him leaving another red tunic and black trousers underneath.  He is a few centimetres thinner.

 

Paris Well that’s one way to lose unsightly fat.

 

  The second red tunic and black trousers coaless into a brown blob and then into a human form.  It becomes recognisable as Odo.

 

Janeway Today is full of surprises.  How come our sensors didn’t pick you up?

 

Odo Perhaps I am outside their sphere of analysis.

 

Tuvok Chief Odo, I must speak with you.

 

Odo I am afraid it will have to wait, I’ve been undercover for 5 months and I’m needed in the fleet.

 

Tuvok It is vital that I speak with you.

 

Odo Odo to Captain Sisko, permission to come aboard.

 

Sisko (by comm) Odo, great to hear from you, permission granted.

 

  Odo disappears in the familiar pattern of the transporter.

 

Tuvok Attempting to interrupt the pattern buffer on the Defiant.

 

Janeway Belay that action.  Tuvok, can’t you see what’s going on.  Odo is of vital importance to Admiral Picard’s mission, we can’t go around interrupting it.

 

Tuvok Forgive me Captain.

 

Now that Odo has gone the urge to speak to him has receded somewhat.  However I believe that our encounter with the water creatures has left me with a message for Odo.

 

Janeway For Odo?  Do you think they are in some way related?

 

Tuvok I do not know, I cannot access the message myself.  However, from the sensation I experienced I believe it to be of the greatest importance.

 

Admiral Paris That’s all very well, but the fleets about to sail.  You can let him have the message should they return.

 

Janeway Should?

 

Admiral Paris There they go.

 

 

  Cut to external scene of the fleet moving slowly away from above Mars, they are encased in a energy field produced by the Enterprise -D, they engage impulse power.  Cut to scene of Voyager bridge.

 

Janeway I want to know what’s going on, the full picture.

 

Admiral Paris You are entitled to know, and now the fleet’s away, security at this end is no longer such an issue.  We believe the Dominion already know our plan.

 

They are travelling to the Founder’s homeworld.  Odo was captured at the fall of DS9 and eventually taken there.  He spent 2 months with them before escaping aboard a Jem Hadar ship heading for the Alpha quadrant.  On Cardasia he managed to smuggle himself onto a Ferengi trader and I later met the Ferengi on some different business which is when Odo made himself known to me.  The Jem Hadar murdered thousands of people searching for him.  He has brought us the location of the The Great Link.

 

That fleet is taking Ambassador Spock to The Great Link to bring about an end to this war.

 

Janeway You’ve tried negotiating with them before, what makes you think you’ll be more successful this time.

 

Admiral Paris Because if we’re not, we’re going to stop this war once and for all.

 

 

Janeway And how will you do that.

 

Admiral Paris Vulcan, Romulus and Earth have decided to explode single Omega particles in their solar systems, hence barring the Dominion’s ability to attack our worlds. Each other Federation world will be given the same opportunity if they wish.

 

Janeway That doesn’t sound much of a plan and the Omega particle is outlawed.

 

Admiral Paris We changed the law.

 

 

Janeway And you can’t anyway, because it will kill species who reside in the other fabrics of space and time.

 

Admiral Paris I’m sorry I don’t understand.

 

 

Janeway In the Delta Quadrant, we came across a species the Borg called 8471, they reside in a different dimension but can cross between certain dimensions including our own.  We also met photonic beings and The Voth who hail from Earth.  An Omega explosion would destroy countless numbers of their species who reside in these other dimensions, depending on the phase frequency of the explosion 1, or 100 dimensions might be totally annihilated.

 

Admiral Paris Ah.

 

There’s more.

 

We will only explode the particles if the fleet do not return – implying failed negotiations – and that the fleet failed in its alternative objective which we will presume if we do not detect an Omega chain reaction in the Delta Quadrant.

 

Janeway What!!??

 

Admiral Paris The fleet is carrying an Omega furnace

 

 

  Cut to scene of the expeditionary fleet in a bubble field centred on the Enterprise – D, they jump to Warp.  Cut to scene of Voyager’s bridge.

 

Tuvok The expeditionary force has jumped to Warp.

 

Janeway Lay in a pursuit course.  Maximum Warp.

 

Paris Aye Aye Captain.

 

Tuvok Captain, according to my readings the expeditionary fleet is accelerating beyond Warp 10.

 

Admiral Paris They are equipped to reach Warp 23.  They will be in the Gamma Quadrant in 30 minutes.

 

Janeway My orders are to pursue, open a transwarp conduit,.

 

Tuvok Aye Aye Captain, engines are being primed, oscillation curve reached. It will take us approximately 7 hours to reach the mid point of the Gamma Quadrant.

 

Paris Moving to Impulse speed, Transwarp conduit is forming, We are ready.  Jumping to warp, now.

 

  Cut to external scene of Voyager and its nacelles angling up and Voyager jumping to Warp into a conduit.  Cut back to Voyager’s bridge.

 

Janeway I don’t suppose you know where the Founder’s homeworld location is?

 

Admiral Paris No.

 

 

Janeway Tuvok, do all you can to track them and interprolate their course.

 

Tuvok Yes Captain.

 

  Janeway looks horror struck at the Admiral.

 

Janeway If they explode that Omega furnace it will mean the destruction of billions of innocent lives of other species.

 

Admiral Paris We have the right to live, to self determination.

 

 

Janeway We have no such right to extinguish other sentient species to preserve our own.  We have always found other ways to survive.

 

 

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Full Circle, Part 1

STAR TREK:

FULL CIRCLE

 

 

 

By

 

 

Kevin Corrigan

 

 

 

Act One

  The credits fade and give way to a background of stars.

A small travelling spot can be seen amongst the stars.  Very slowly it grows in size as it traverses the screen. It becomes clear it is a comet spilling of its contents and gas as it moves.  It tumbles as it travels. (it is a snazzier version of the DS9 credits). As it moves across the screen for the third time it fills the entire screen with its jettisoned particles.  It floats away towards the distance as the camera pans across the stars.  Another small spot of light can be seen.  This time it is DS9.

DS9 grows as the camera zooms in on it.  There is much greater granularity of detail in its outer structure than can be seen on the TV series.  The Defiant is at one pylon, there are two supply ships at airlocks.

A fleet of Klingon warships is stationed to one side of the station with an equal number of Romulan warships on the other.  Federation warships are stationed above and below with an assortment of other ships interspersed.

Cut to scene of Ops with people busy at all stations.  There is a lot of comm traffic.

 

 
Worf The Romulan Commander reports ready.  General Martok also reports ready.  Captains Bateman and Casey are ready.

 

We have 56 ships in 4 squadrons ready.

 

Sisko Good. Put me on all speakers.

 

Attention, this is Captain Benjamin Sisko, Commander of the Deep Space Nine defence force.

 

Right people this is it.  This is what we’ve been preparing for.  What we do in the next half hour will determine the course of the war with the Dominion and the fate of the Alpha quadrant for generations to come.  We know the Dominion has assembled an invasion fleet and is massed on the far side of the wormhole.  They have been able to destroy the minefield and other automated defences.

 

Today, the Federation and Alpha Quadrant alliance expects every man and women to do their duty.  We will fight them by the wormhole, we will fight them in space above each of our homeworlds, we will fight them on the promenade, and we will never surrender.

 

A line must be drawn to protect all our cultures’ right to indigenous self development and the preservation of our way of life.  That line is here and now.  The rest of our fleets are stationed to prevent a Cardasian attack.

 

Today there will be no fallback, no retreat.  Our job is simple, at all costs we must stop the invasion, we must stop it here, here today.

 

May the prophets guide you.

 

Worf You can count on the Klingon warriors on board the General Martok’s fleet.

 

Sisko I know.  Colonel Kira also speaks highly of the Bajoran Rebel Vessels.  And in Shelby and Casey we have two battle hardened and wily commanders.

 

Best of all I have all of you (he motions to the Ops command crew)

 

We would never have resisted this long without the resourcefulness and skills of you all.  I am the luckiest Captain in starfleet to have served with you all.

 

Dax Captain, the wormhole is opening.

 

Sisko Sound General Quarters, Battle Stations. Raise shields, charge all phaser banks and arm quantum torpedoes.

 

Worf Aye aye Captain

 

  There is furious activity as people’s hands flick over their consoles.

Cut to external shot of DS9.  The fleets gently spread out. Shields flicker into life.

The wormhole winks a bright light and opens.

Four Jem Hadar ships shoot our and are caught in a hail of phaser fire from the Klingon fleet’s left wing

Cut to scene at Ops

 

Worf First blood to the Klingons.  All four enemy scout ships destroyed.

 

  Cut to external view of wormhole.  A very large Dominion ship exits much slower than the scout ships, it has a conical shape and is heavily shielded.  The Romulan squadron’s right wing open fire.  The ship’s shields hold and ripple with light as it is struck.  Cut to scene of Ops

 

Worf The enemy have deployed a new ship.  Scanning for weapons.

 

Captain the ship has no obvious armaments but it heavily shielded.

 

Sisko Clever, very clever, signal Shelby’s fleet to get behind it and attack, it is obviously a shield or picket ship designed solely to take our fire and

 

Kira Captain multiple enemy ships are emerging at all angles from behind the new ship

 

  Cut to external view.

The shield ship is about 1 km in front of the wormhole under heavy fire.  Streaming out of the wormhole are wave after wave of attack ships each arcing away to form a starburst pattern behind the shield ship.

They regroup as a fleet of 25 ships and then make their way down and under DS9 to attack from below. The Federation/ Bajoran squadron engage in dogfights to stop their attack.

Cut back to Ops

 

Dax The picket ship’s shield is buckling, the entire Romulan squadron is attacking it.

 

It has been destroyed.  Enemy ships are continuing to exit from the wormhole.  The Klingons have taken up strafing positions and are destroying all new enemy ships on a 4 to 1 ratio.  They are using Kamikaze quantum torpedoes

 

Captain another shield ship is emerging

 

Sisko Shelby, this is Sisko, You must destroy the shield ship, the last one allowed 40 fighters through

 

Martok, this is Sisko,  may Kayliss honour your torpedo pilots with a drink today

 

Shelby Acknowledged Captain, co-ordinating fire with the Captain Stark of Romulan Fleet

 

Martok They are all volunteers who want to die glorious deaths for the empire!

 

  Cut to external view, Federation attacking the shield ship from behind and Romulans from in front.

Cut to scene of Klingons pursing ships and launching Kamikaze torpedoes at the Jem Hadar.  Cut to internal view of a cramped torpedo with a Klingon piloting it past phaser fire to its target and screaming a Klingon Warcry as it is about to impact the enemy

Cut to scene of DS9 shooting at some of the Jem Hadar attack vessels as they weave between the Federation vessels.  More attack vessels exit from the wormhole, a few are picked off by Shelby’s fleet

Cut to bridge view on Shelby’s vessel

 

Shelby Grisholm, This is Shelby, our first priority is the shield ship, when we’ve destroyed that we can chase their fighters. Understood?

 

Grisholm (via comms link) This is Grisholm, understood

 

  Cut to external view of the battle ensuing.  Federation ships have been damaged by the Jem Hadar attack fleet but the Jem Hadar are taking bigger losses.

A second Jem Hadar fleet regroups and begins to attack the Romulan squadron.

Cut to scene of Ops

 

Worf Captain, a second fleet of enemy vessels has formed and engaged the Romulan fleet.  They are dissipating the Romulan fire.

 

Shelby’s attack is buckling their shields.

 

22 enemy ships entered behind the shield ship.  Captain, another shield ship is emerging

 

Sisko Shelby, they’re sending in another shield ship, looks like they anticipated we’d spot their tactics.  Maintain your status and attack from behind, we’ll attack from here, the Romulans need to engage the second wing

 

Shelby Acknowledged

 

  Cut to external shot

Another shield ship has emerged, there is debris floating everywhere.  The Klingons are chasing individual Jem Hadar ships, The Romulans and one Federation fleet are engaging separate enemy fleets

Cut to scene of Ops

 

Sisko Mr Worf, target all phaser banks on that shield ship.  Open Fire, all phaser banks, keep firing until it is destroyed

 

Worf Aye aye sir

 

  Cut to external scene.  Shelby is attacking from behind, DS9’s phaser cut through space like parallel razors.  16 phaser blasts of continuous power.

Enemy ships continue to pour through and exit in the starburst pattern.

Cut to scene of Ops

 

Worf Enemy shield is buckling, a different type of enemy ship is exiting from the wormhole behind it, 8 battleships have formed a new attack wing and are proceeding to group above DS9.

 

The shield ship is beginning to buckle.

 

Casey Captain Sisko.  We’ve mopped up the first enemy fleet, I’m afraid we lost 3 ships, the Centuri, the Beagle and Heron.  We read the battleship fleet forming above you, we are preparing to engage.  If you’ve anything to spare while we get into position I’d appreciate it.

 

Sisko Happy to oblige.  Win one for the Gipper

 

Casey Bet your bottom dollar on it.

 

Sisko Mr Worf, Fire 4 waves of 4 quantum torpedoes at the battleship fleet,  Leave 3 seconds between waves.

 

Worf Aye Aye captain

 

  Cut to external scene.  The Quantum torpedoes hit their targets and explode on the battleship’s shields.  As the last wave of torpedoes hit Casey’s fleet attack in a pincer cross over, phasers and torpedoes strafing the battleships.  The outer ships buckle and list away from the fight.

Cut to scene of Ops

 

Worf Another Shield ship is emerging, correction two shield ships are emerging, back to back to each other

 

Sisko Is it a decoy, to make us think they’re protecting something special?

 

Kira Captain the Klingons have regrouped, they lost 6 ships and destroyed all the lone attack ships.

 

Sisko Right, General Martok, can you watch the wormhole?  I’ve a feeling the enemy have something special coming through, Shelby and us will continue attacking the shield ships

 

Martok With pleasure.  We are having a good day today

 

Sisko Don’t going dying on us yet General.

 

Martok I won’t, not while there’s such good sport around.

 

  Cut to scene of an epic space battle underway.

A lone enemy fighter breaks off and attacks a pylon causing a massive explosion on impact.  The Defiant is sent spinning into space

Cut to scene of Ops, Lights blink on and off, the station rocks

 

Dax Pylon 3 hit.  Damage to external hull, the Defiant is adrift, no casualties reported,  Repair crews are on their way

 

Sisko Why would a Jem Hadar ship crash into our pylon?

 

  At that moment Jem Hadar soldiers beam into Ops

 

Sisko Behind you Kira!!

 

  A firefight takes place with all the Jem Hadar being killed

Sisko Attention all stations, we are being boarded, arm your personal weapons.

 

  Cut to scene of Promenade where more Jem Hadar beam in.  Fierce firefights break out all over the station.

Cut to scene of the double shield ship exploding under intense fire.  More and more ships are being destroyed.  The battleships destroy some of Casey’s fleet.

Cut to scene of Ops.  Two panels explode and staff put out the fires

 

Worf Another double shield ship has emerged, further battleships are emerging.

 

We have destroyed 58 enemy vessels for the loss of 9.

 

Sisko They must contain storm troops.

 

Can we get any more power to the weapons?

 

Dax Negative sir, All batteries are still operating at full efficiency, we have used 388 torpedoes and are restocking the tubes.

 

Sisko They’re breaking through, we must destroy those shield ships

 

Worf Sir, All our ships are fully engaged and the enemy continues to bring through more ships.  We must consider destroying the station to prevent it falling into enemy hands.

 

Sisko Your advice is noted.  Signal all ships to attack the shield ships.

 

  Cut to external view, the Allied fleet converge on the two sets of double shield ships and attack from every angle.  One of the double ships explodes.  Meanwhile some Jem Hadar ships attack DS9.  The battleships take up bombing runs and other attack ships harass the Allied fleet attacking the remaining shield ship.  Cut to scene of Ops which is rocking heavily under attack

 

Kira Captain, enemy troops are reported on level 4,5,6 and 7 of the habitat ring.  They appear to be making their way to the main generator

 

Sisko Get more troops down there now, they want to turn off our shields and weapons.

 

Kira Kira to Odo, regroup by the main generator, prepare to repel boarders

 

Odo Acknowledged Major.

 

Worf Another ship is emerging from the wormhole, it is different to the previous vessels, it appears to be three times bigger than a galaxy class warship.

 

Sisko Are we holding off the attack from their fighters?

 

Worf I believe so sir, we have lost 17 ships to their 120.  The enemy still outnumber us 2 to 1.

 

Sisko Shelby, break off your attack on the last shield ship, the new target is the mother ship that just came through, if it matches our intelligence reports it will have 50 attack ships inside it and firepower to match DS9.

 

Shelby Aye Aye Captain, Jackson make it so

 

  Cut to external view of Shelby’s wing intercepting the mother ship.  The mother ship fires and destroys a Federation ship with one blast.

Cut to Ops

 

Kira O shit, did you see that

 

Sisko Yes, all ships stay out of the way of the mother ship, attack like bees, short and sharp

 

Kira Enemy troops have penetrated the outer defence ring

 

Sisko Get down there Colonel.

 

Kira I thought you’d never ask!

 

Sisko Worf, what are they up to now

 

Worf The remaining shield ship has been destroyed.  The fleet of battleships has been re-engaged by Casey’s squadron, the battleships have been destroyed

 

Sisko Good man Casey.

 

Worf The Romulans and Klingons are engaged in dogfights around the station.  Station defences continue to strike at enemy craft.

 

We have lost 25 ships, the enemy 145

 

Sisko Well done people. The job’s not over yet.

 

Casey, can you assist Shelby

 

Casey (Via comms)Be delighted to

 

Shelby (Via comms) Shall we try the Corbormite manoeuvre?

 

Casey (Via comms) You can if you want to, I’m going to try the Picard manoeuvre

 

  Cut to external view of Casey’s ship firing and jumping to warp as it attacks the mother ship

Cut to scene of DS9 corridor.  A fierce firefight is underway.

 

Kira Kira to Ops.  There are too many Jem Hadar, we’re falling back

 

Sisko Don’t let them through!

 

  The firefight continues, many Bajoran and Federation troops fall including Kira.

The Jem Hadar break into the main power generation room killing the defending soldiers and take numerous casualties.  They place lots of photon charges around the room and power devices.  They leave and begin to beam off the station.  Cut to scene of Ops

 

Worf Another shield ship is emerging

 

Sisko I suppose they would have planned on using quite a few

 

Dax Captain the enemy ships have broken off their attacks on the station

 

Sisko I was afraid of that.  It means…  Sisko to Kira, what is your status

 

  No reply

 

Sisko Mr Worf, Dax, Julian, Its been a pleasure.  Mr Worf, fire every phaser and torpedo at that mother ship, we’ll stop it if nothing else.

 

  Cut to external scene of DS9

The spaceship to spaceship battle continues although the Jem Hadar ships now act to protect the new shield ship.  DS9 launches a furious volley at the mother ship.  A single Jem Hadar ship returns to the wormhole and leaves.

Cut to scene of the charges in the main generator room, counting down in lights, 3…,2….,1….. Boom!

Cut to external scene as DS9 explodes section by section into huge fireball, the shock wave knocks the battling ships aside and creates a bubble of warped space around the wormhole which is frozen open.

Cut to scene of Shelby’s bridge

 

Shelby O no,

 

This is Captain Shelby to the fleet. DS9 has fallen. The explosion has formed an inverse space bubble at the wormhole.  Let’s finish off the mother ship and then fallback to rendezvous seven.

 

  Cut to external scene.  The remaining Allied ships attack the mother ship but to no avail.  The Jem Hadar chase them and many Allied ships are destroyed.  The remaining Allied ships turn away from the Jem Hadar and flee.  The Jem Hadar do not pursue them.

 

 

 

Act Two

 

 

  The Spacedock museum is having its opening ceremony party.  Through large windows in the background moored ships can be seen. There are many dignitaries and worthy people and journalists wandering around.  The Enterprise -E is situated next to the original Enterprise, the -A and the -D.  There are numerous other craft.  Music is playing and drinks are being served.  The Enterprise crew are there.

 

Picard Will, its good to see you.

 

Riker Admiral, the pleasure’s mine.

 

Picard Come of it now Will, we’re off duty, call me Jean Luc, its not everyday I meet the Captain of the flagship.

 

Riker The crew will be pleased to see you.  Its over 12 months since we last all got together.

 

Deanna, Geordie, over here.

 

  They shake hands warmly

 

La Forge Great to see you again Admiral.

 

Picard Not you as well.  Please, its Jean Luc off duty.

 

You must have some amazing stories from the war.  The battle for Cardasia Prime, the rescue of the Klingon fleet, the attack on the Dominion shipyards.

 

  There is an awkward silence

 

Picard Yes, war is awful, and with the fall of DS9 we are facing an uphill struggle.

 

Troi People are very scared at the moment, their apprehension is understandable.  People are expecting the Dominion to launch an all out strike for Earth next.

 

Picard That’s why this museum is being given such a big launch.  People need something to take their minds off the war.

 

Riker Is that why we’ve been pulled back as well?

 

Wouldn’t we be more use on the front line?

 

Picard You deserve some R&R.  You’ve just had a 6 month continuous tour of duty.  That’s asking a lot even of the Enterprise and her crew.

 

Why not just enjoy ourselves for now?

 

Riker You’ve got something planned for us, I know you better than that.

 

Picard Come on, lets go over and hear the speeches.  No need to worry yourself.

 

Riker Yet.

 

  They wander over to the podium where the President of the Federation begins making a speech.

 

President Friends, colleagues and allies, when I was asked if I would open the Federation museum of space exploration I was both flattered and bewildered……..

 

La Forge Why do politicians always talk like that?

 

Crusher Because people listen to them like that.

 

Picard Beverly, I didn’t see you there.

 

  He offers his arms out and they embrace and hold it a second longer than polite.

 

Picard Its been a long time

 

Crusher Too long.  We’re having dinner at my house tonight, will you join us?

 

Picard I’d be delighted

 

President …so I’m delighted to officially pronounce the museum ‘open’.  I hope many generations to come will learn from and enjoy their visits.

 

  The audience applaud as the band strike up a suitable rousing tune.  Balloons and streamers fall from the ceiling and champagne corks pop.

Cut to scene of dinner at a country house.  The crew are seated at a large dinner table enjoying dinner.

 

Riker Its a shame Data couldn’t be here.

 

La Forge Yeah, we could do with some of his humour.  He wrote me last week, sounds like he likes command.

 

Picard You’ll recall its not his first command.  Years back when we were having trouble with the Romulans he commanded the Sutherland.  It was one of my more pleasant duties to promote him

 

Riker Is he due back soon, will we get the chance to have a bigger reunion?

 

Picard Will, you know better than that, to ask about vessel or key personnel movements when there’s a war on.

 

Riker I’m sorry, I wasn’t after Top Secret information

 

Picard No, I know.

 

Troi This is a wonderful Ratatoue Beverly, did you make it yourself.

 

Crusher Yes, its an old family recipe.

 

La Forge Mmm, just a hint of garlic, absolutely delicious.

 

Crusher Thank you.  I rather like Jean Luc’s wine.

 

Picard Think nothing of it.  Its from my family’s vineyard.

 

Funny, although I miss my brother terribly, I still feel I have family.

 

  Picard eyes each of them across his glass.

 

Picard A toast.

 

  Picard stands and they all stand up too.

 

Picard We didn’t have time for a memorial service. I wanted to say a few words to remember our fallen comrade: Commander Worf.

 

I am proud to have served with Commander Worf, a fierce and proud warrior as ever there was, a man without equal.  He lived his life to the full and lived proudly by his beliefs.  Let us honour his memory.

 

Commander Worf

 

  They all raise their glasses and drink a toast.  After a pause of a few seconds Beverly throws her glass into the fireplace and shouts

 

Crusher To Worf

 

  The others follow.  A few moments later Captain Data beams in

 

Data Excuse the interruption, I was told you were having dinner and wondered if I might join you?

 

  La Forge gets up and greets Data by slapping him on the back

 

La Forge Great to see you buddy.  Beverly is it all right if Captain Data stays to dinner

 

Crusher Don’t be silly, of course it is.

 

  They all sit down and carry on chatting

 

La Forge So what’s it like to be a Captain?

 

Data I am puzzled by your question Geordie.  Did you ever ask Admiral Picard whilst he commanded the Enterprise?  Or have you asked Captain Riker?

 

Riker Don’t be silly Data, Geordie knows what our answers would be.  Circumstances excepting, there’s nothing better in the world, – no – galaxy.  And of course, on top of that, its the Enterprise!

 

Data As you know Captain, the Hawk is the newest ship design in the fleet.  Regulations allowing I would be delighted to debate our ships respective performance characteristics

 

Riker Yes, but mine’s the Enterprise.

 

Data I do not understand the significance of the name in respect of the debate

 

Picard I think that’s enough now, they’re both fine ships.

 

  The conversation continues, reminiscing over past adventures on the Enterprise to current experiences.

Cut to scene of after dinner.  Picard and Crusher are standing together away from the rest of the group but watching over them.

 

Crusher Jean Luc, one of the things I’ve learned from this war is not to, not to let opportunities slip by.  And regrets are for yesterday. Would you like to stay tonight?

 

Picard Yes, I’d like that very much.

 

  They lean towards each other and gently kiss.

The camera zooms out and fades away.

 

 

 

Act Three

 

 

  A darkened cell, it is damp and dirty.  A figure is asleep on a bare bed.

The automated door opens and a figure backed by two other figures enters.

Warder Good morning Captain.

 

  He walks over to the bed and kicks the occupant

 

Warder I said Good Morning!!

 

  The body grunts in pain, as it turns over the dried blood on its face becomes visible in the light.

 

Sisko Good…….Good…Morning.

 

Warder I trust you slept well

 

Sisko I’ve slept better, who are you? How did I get here?

 

Warder We’ll have to see what we can do about tiring you out more before you go to sleep

 

Come with me

 

Sisko I’m going nowhere until I get some answers.

 

Warder Guards

 

  The two guards take Sisko roughly by the arms and frog march him out of the cell and along a corridor, up some stairs and into a very brightly lit room.  They take him to a chair and sit him down.  Sisko is clearly weak and has internal injuries and burned clothes.

 

Sisko I asked who you are and how did I get here.

 

Warder Benjamin, may I call you Benjamin?  Let’s start off on the right foot shall we?

 

I’ll ask the questions not you.

 

Sisko Is this a prisoner of war camp?

 

My name is Benjamin Sisko, Captain of Deep Space Nine, my Federation serial number is 492, alpha, 283, kappa, 645.

 

(spluttering) Under the rules of war agreed at the second Camp Kittimer accord I do not have to answer any further questions

 

  The warder picks up a small device from the table and presses a button on it.  Sisko doubles over in pain and falls off the chair.

 

Warder O. I’m sorry Benjamin, I must have misunderstood your answer, I was expecting a ‘yes’

 

Sisko (In obvious pain) Torture is outlawed under the same accord

 

Warder That was the low setting Benjamin.

 

  Sisko gets off the ground and lifts his shirt to find a device has been placed into his stomach

 

Warder It has two main purposes, one you’ve already discovered and the second you’ll discover should you ever, how shall I put it? Try to leave our quaint establishment.

 

Sisko You mean it’ll explode and kill me if I get out of range of the controlling device.

 

Warder How very perceptive of you.  I can see why they made you a Captain.

 

Sisko What happened to my crew?

 

Warder Ben, remember I ask the questions?

 

Sisko My crew are important to me.

 

Warder Most of them perished, we brought your command crew here along with the Founder.

 

Sisko Odo?

 

Warder Is that what he’s called?  That’s very helpful Ben.  I’m not allowed to use the same….the same techniques with him as you.  The rest of your crew were quite stubborn so I’ve been looking forward to meeting you.  Your injuries were more extensive and have taken time to heal.

 

Sisko How long have I been here?

 

  The warder presses the button and Sisko convulses.

 

Warder It really is going to be most tiresome if I have to do this every couple of minutes.

 

  Sisko slowly recovers.

 

Warder Now, why don’t you tell me all about being the Emissary?

 

Sisko My name is Benjamin Sisko, Captain of Deep Space Nine, my Federation serial number is 492, alpha, 283, kappa, 645.

 

Warder This is going to be most tiring.

 

  The warder presses the button again and Sisko falls to the ground

Cut to scene of the Prison Mess Hall.

Worf, Kira, Dax, and Bashir are seated at a table in equally grubby, stained and burned clothes eating from bent metal plates a type of gruel.

A door opens and a bright light shines in.  Two guards throw a body into the room.

The crew get up to see who it is.

 

Worf Captain!

 

  They rush to his aid and help him to a chair.

 

Sisko Good to see you all.

 

  They are all pleased to see each other.

 

Sisko How long have we been here?

 

Bashir Difficult to say.  There’s no obvious day, night pattern so its difficult to judge.  We think I was the first one they questioned, presumably because I wasn’t really injured in the battle.  I’d guess that we’ve been here a fortnight.

 

Where does it hurt?

 

Sisko Everywhere.

 

  Bashir lifts Sisko’s shirt and examines him.  He looks closely into his eyes and ears.

 

Bashir I’d say you were hit by several energy blasts, set a little too high, looks like you’ve broken some ribs and they’ve been artificially healed.  They’ve inserted a control device without taking any tissue out and that’s not healed properly.

 

Sisko I don’t recognise the races here, I presume the warder and guards are allied to the Dominion.

 

Kira That’s our guess as well

 

Sisko How do we get out of here?

 

Kira We’re not sure where here is.

 

Sisko Yeah, I know what you mean it took me a while to stop asking that as well.

 

  Sisko holds his side where the control device is inserted.

 

Worf It is out duty as starfleet officers to escape, to tie up enemy resources behind their lines.

 

Kira I don’t remember joining starfleet.

 

Worf As a freedom fighter you will know the value of working behind enemy lines to destabilise their infrastructure.

 

Kira I also remember how the Cardasians took revenge on villages when we had bombed their barracks or blew up their shuttles.

 

We found it more productive to tie up their computers with viruses and make them ill from bad food.

 

Sisko Okay, we’re all in this together.  Have you spoken to any other prisoners?  What are the guards like?

 

Kira There are no other prisoners and the guards don’t talk.

 

Sisko That’s very strange, is this all for us?

 

Bashir It could be a sort of transit place, before they decide what they’re going to do with us.

 

Do you think Starfleet will try and rescue us?

 

Kira Who knows we here?  Wherever here is?

 

Bashir Good point.

 

Sisko Colonel, what happened to Odo?

 

Kira I remember being hit from behind, my legs went from under me. Odo picked me up and ran…..and I lost consciousness.  And then I woke up in a cell maybe four days ago.

 

Sisko You didn’t see him fall?

 

Kira No, I passed out.

 

Sisko I think there’s a good chance he’s still alive then.  They’ve quite deliberately singled us out for capture.  The interrogator let slip they had Odo as well.

 

Kira Thank you that’s reassuring.  I hope he’s all right.

 

  Sisko takes a spoonful of gruel from the plate and spits it out.

 

Sisko How can you eat this?

 

Worf I think its rather good.

 

Bashir It gets less unpleasant the hungrier you are.

 

Sisko I’ll wait until I get hungry, thank you.

 

What sort of things did they question you about?

 

Worf They got nothing from me except my name, rank and serial number.

 

Sisko I believe you, but what sort of questions did they ask?

 

Worf He began by asking about security codes, and fleet movements and Federation armaments.  He wanted to know how you had become the Emissary and how you contacted the wormhole aliens.

 

Bashir Similar for me, he wanted to know about human, Vulcan, Romulan and Klingon physiology.  What their lifecycles were, what their tolerances were.  Funny, he did ask me about you and the prophets, about whether you were hallucinating or on drugs.

 

Kira Now you mention it, he asked me about you as well Captain.  I thought they were just afterthoughts, when he had finished trying to get information about Bajoran defence capabilities.

 

Sisko So there’s a bit of a pattern.

 

Why would they be so concerned about me and the wormhole aliens?

 

Worf The last time the Dominion attempted to bring an invasion fleet through the wormhole they were…..well the aliens made them vanish into nothingness.

 

Sisko I wonder if that’s what’s happened this time.

 

I was sure DS9 was about to be destroyed, the Dominion ships were retreating from the station and then……..

 

Bashir We woke up here with disrupter burns.

 

Sisko Maybe they weren’t after DS9 at all, maybe they were just after us.

 

 

Act Four

 

 

Picard Good afternoon everybody.

 

I don’t need to tell you that this meeting is in strictest confidence and will not be minuted.  The briefing is not to be discussed outside of these walls.

 

  Seated around a long oval table are a number of senior starfleet personnel and captains Riker, Bateman, Shelby, Casey as well as Vulcan, Klingon and Romulan captains.

 

Picard Since the fall of DS9 6 months ago we have been engaged in a war of attrition with the Dominion and Cardasian forces.

 

The Dominion managed to bring through a mother ship (displayed on a screen behind Picard) codenamed dreadnought which has tipped the advantage to them.  In every battle the dreadnought has been engaged in it has defeated our allied forces. The destruction of DS9 caused a sub space bubble to form around the entrance to this end of the wormhole (displayed on a screen behind Picard) but which has restricted the diameter of the entrance in the Gamma quadrant to a little over 30 meters.

 

This has meant that the Dominion have been unable to bring through any more of these dreadnoughts.  They have continued to bring through small fighters and supply ships to aid their war effort.

 

We have developed a number of scenarios for how the war will pan out.  The news is not good.

 

98% of our projections show that between 6 and  24 months time, our resources and reserves will be depleted to the point where the Dominion forces will overrun the Alpha quadrant.

 

We presume that the Dominion scientists will be working on a way to return the wormhole to normal, and when they do they will undoubtedly bring through more dreadnoughts.  We believe there are over 20 waiting in the Gamma Quadrant to come through.  Our simulations predict the fall of the Alpha Quadrant within 7 days of restoration of the wormhole.

 

We have other intelligence sources that suggest a new dreadnought is under construction in a Cardasian shipyard.

 

  There is shock around the table, some side conversation.

 

Bateman This can’t be.  You cannot be seriously telling us that there is no option but to lose.

 

Picard No, I did not say that.

 

I said, under 98% of projections the Dominion will win the war.  Its a question of sooner or later.

 

Bateman I don’t understand.

 

Picard We have to stop the war.

 

We are going to negotiate for peace.

 

Bateman But you know what they’re like.  Look what they did to their own kind, destroyed Odo at DS9.  They are not interested in peace, they’ve broke every cease-fire agreement we’ve had with them. Even Captain Sisko couldn’t make them listen.

 

Picard We have one of our most venerated heroes to lead our negotiations.

 

Ambassador, if you please.

 

  A tall, slender figure wearing a cloak and hood walks to Picard’s side.  He faces the ensemble and draws back his hood to reveal Ambassador Spock.

 

Spock Admiral, my thanks for your time and trust.

 

Dear colleagues, we are faced with the greatest challenge the Alpha Quadrant has ever met.

 

We can be destroyed, along with our way of life, our families, our heritage.  Or we can join the Dominion and continue.  Those are the stark facts of the choice we face.

 

Bateman Ambassador Spock, I am honoured.  But surely you must recognise that negotiating with the Dominion is hopeless.  They have refused all overtures to live side by side before, they only want to rule.  We are all free races here, what you are suggesting is heretical to the founding principles of the Federation.

 

Spock Your reaction, as a human, is understandable.  Emotional and not entirely logically.  If we want our respective species to continue and in due course flourish again, then the logical course is to accept the Dominion’s rule.  As with all great empires which seek to impose its rule over others, time will be its downfall.  Perhaps in a thousand years, maybe ten thousand.  However, if we do not accept their rule our worlds will be slaughtered.

 

  There is a period of quiet to let the situation be absorbed.

 

Bateman I, I just don’t know whether I can accept this line,  I may have to resign my commission and live like the Maquis used to, only, instead of fighting to get away from the Federation, I’ll be fighting for the Federation.

 

Picard I know how you feel.

 

Its taken me a while to come to terms with the situation.

 

Those of you who know me well though, know that, like a great captain I once met, I do not believe in the no win scenario.

 

The Federation council has authorised Ambassador Spock to negotiate directly with the Founders for peace.  He will be empowered to settle on whatever terms he believes are necessary to achieve that peace.

 

Riker Excuse me Admiral, how will ambassador Spock meet the Founders, we don’t know where they reside.

 

Picard We have new intelligence that identifies their homeworld, the Great Link.

 

Riker And how will Ambassador Spock get there with the wormhole collapsed and guarded by Dominion forces on both sides.

 

Picard Lieutenant Barclay, if you please.

 

Barclay Tha…, Thank you admiral.

 

Well, you see,…. I’m sorry I’m not used to speaking to large  groups… Commander Riker……Sorry Captain Riker….. you may recall that when I served on the Enterprise -D I was taken over by an alien lifeform who showed me how to adjust the warp engines to achieve Warp 23.  Of course all that expertise dissipated as soon as we met the aliens face to face and they only allowed us to use it once more to return home.

 

Well, I’ve been working on remembering it and developing new theories of warp field dynamics.  I think I can make a starship fly at Warp 23 again.

 

Riker Reg that’s brilliant, that could turn the war back in our favour.

 

Barclay Well, there is a teeny, weeny problem.  The engines are one use only.

 

  Riker looks bemused.

 

Riker Are you saying its a one way trip?

 

Barclay Possibly.

 

Riker Possibly?

 

Barclay Well, if you flew 2 ships very close together, within the same warp field, you could use one to get there and one to get back.

 

Riker Waste a ship for every return journey?

 

Barclay Well, you’d waste two because the second ships engines would be destroyed on the return journey as well.

 

Riker Reg, (sarcastically) you amaze me.

 

Picard Captain Riker, what this does is allow us to get to the Founder’s homeworld to negotiate.

 

Bateman Are there no other alternatives?

 

Picard We considered the possibility of destroying the wormhole, but that carried an unacceptably high risk of killing the aliens who inhabit the wormhole.

 

We have pooled armaments knowledge with the Romulans, bought technology of the Breen, improved our shields and weapons efficiency but not by a margin that will make a difference to the end result.  Only the timing.  The 6  to 24 months I referred to earlier.  The 24 months is nearly all due to the Klingon Kamikaze Torpedo.  It has the highest strike and efficiency rate of all our weapons.  Without it our projections vary from 6 to 9 months.

 

We have developed one possibility that the president of the Federation has sanctioned, but only if this final attempt at negotiating fails.

 

It is not a pleasant one.  You will all be familiar with the Omega particle.  (the omega symbol and then structure appears on the screen behind Picard)

 

Research was banned into this phenomena a century ago, however because of the protracted war and its potential as an energy source new research work was commissioned.

 

Our scientists believe that we could transport the technology to create an omega particle and set off a chain reaction on the Gamma Quadrant side of the wormhole.  The explosion would destroy sub-space for thousands of light years around.  Warp travel would no longer be possible in the Gamma Quadrant and the Founders would have the privacy they so desire.  It would also strand the crew who delivered it in the Gamma Quadrant.

 

It would be quicker to travel to another galaxy than attempt to visit the Gamma Quadrant.

 

It would not solve the problem of the 20 dreadnoughts stationed on the farside of the wormhole but, hopefully they will realise the implications  and try and return to protect the Great Link, it may take them 4oo years but given the Jem Hadar programming, we think that is the most likely outcome

 

Bateman So the strategy is to negotiate an acceptable peace or abandon the Founders in the Stone age of space flight.

 

That’s a high risk strategy.

 

Picard Yes it is.

 

Over the coming days we will be making final preparations for the mission.  Some of you around this table will be asked to take part.

 

There is a parallel activity, which will be to destroy the existing dreadnought and the one under construction.  This will create sufficient of a diversion to allow us to travel to the Founder’s world as well as demonstrating our determination to fight to the end if peace is not forthcoming.

 

If there are no further questions this briefing is finished.  I suggest you ensure all your crews have a good 48 hours R&R.  And then get them into shape for whatever your part in the mission will be.  Please do not discuss nor refer to this briefing outside of this room.

 

 

Act Five

 

 

Warder Let us try again.

 

What is the megajoule output of the phaser banks on the USS Defiant?

 

Sisko (who is sprawled on the floor, doubled up in pain)

 

I…….respectfully….re….refuse…..to ……..answer the question.

 

  The warder activates the device and Sisko spasms in pain.

Warder I thought an Emissary was someone who liked to talk to new people?

 

Sisko The Bajorans believe I’m the Emissary for the prophets.

 

Warder What do the Prophets need you for?  Why didn’t they choose a Bajoran?

 

Sisko That’s for the prophets to know.

 

Warder Do the prophets tell you what to say to the Bajorans?

 

Sisko Not in words, they,  they give me insights to what they want done.

 

Warder And what have said about the Dominion?

 

Sisko They are not concerned with the Dominion.

 

Warder Can you talk to them?

 

Sisko Only if they want to talk to me, or if I insist when I’m inside the wormhole.

 

Warder How is it that no one else can talk to them in the wormhole?

 

Sisko I don’t know, they choose who they talk to.

 

Warder Would you talk to them for the Dominion?

 

Sisko I….I don’t know.

 

Yes, yes I would as long as it would mean peace between our peoples.

 

Warder Mmm, that will be all for today.  Guards take him to his cell and when he’s recovered to the mess hall.

 

  Cut to scene of Sisko coming into the mess hall and walking up to the table where his crew are seated.

 

Worf How are you Captain?

 

Sisko I’ve been better.

 

Kira They look like they’ve given you a real going over.

 

Sisko They have (he begins to cry) He wanted to know about the prophets, and…I said I would talk to them for the Dominion

 

Kira (she puts her arm around him) Its OK, the Emissary would only help to save Bajor, not to sacrifice it.

 

Sisko Thank you,…thank you.

 

Worf Captain, Dax and I may have discovered a way out of here.

 

Sisko Go on.

 

Dax There are only three of them visible at any one time.

 

The doors appear to be controlled by devices similar to that which the Warder uses to activate the pain units.

 

We could distract and then overpower the guards and use the devices to open the doors.

 

Sisko And what if we find more guards on the other side of the door? We may be 10 or hundred levels to the outside.

 

Worf It is dishonourable not to try.

 

Sisko They have stopped questioning you have they not?

 

What is that old saying,  ‘give me the courage to change the things I can, the knowledge to accept when I cannot, and the wisdom to know the difference between the two’

 

Worf Are you saying we must do nothing?

 

  Sisko does not speak, he lifts his shirt and touches the pain device and raises his eyebrow at Worf in a knowing way.

 

 

Act Six

  A darkened bedroom, a semi- restless figure is under the covers on the bed.

 

Q Bonjour mon capitanne. Or should I say mon admiral?

 

  The figure sits upright, clearly annoyed.

 

Picard Q!!!  What in the hell do you want now.  I have to tell you I have no time for your games.

 

Q Has promotion gone to your head, have you no time for your old friends? Or us mere captains? (Q is dressed in TNG captain uniform)

 

Picard You know very well what I mean.  Whenever you visit from the Q dimension you interfere with whatever mission I’m on.

 

Q Quel horrere!  I am most offended. I demand satisfaction.

 

  Q clicks his fingers and Picard and Q are instantly in a field between two large oak trees.  Picard is still in his night clothes and does not look impressed.

Q looks at Picard and smiles to himself.  He clicks his fingers and both are suddenly dressed as musketeers. Q draws his sword and assumes the pose.

 

Q En guard!

 

Picard Q!! Take me back to my quarters, I told you I have no time for your games.

 

Q Jean Luc, how could you?  You know humans are one of my favourite species since I met you.

 

Picard Q, I have extremely important business back at Star Fleet headquarters and I could do with some sleep before tomorrow.

 

Q Jean Luc you seem to be forgetting your old friends in favour of your petty squabbles with the Dominion.

 

Picard What do you mean?

 

  Q clicks his fingers and the two of them appear on the bridge of the Enterprise -D invisible to the crew as they watch the jellyfish alien ascend from Farpoint.

 

Picard Q why have you brought me back to Farpoint?  Q, I’m well aware of our previous encounters, we have you to thank for bringing us into contact with the Borg and nearly destroying us with that anti-time explosion in the neutral zone.

 

  Q clicks his fingers again and the two are transported to the Earth’s surface where the anti-time explosion was visible in the sky.

 

Q Jean Luc, you appear to have forgotten, it might have been better for every other species, including the Borg if mankind had never been allowed to come into existence.

 

  Q clicks his fingers and Picard is stood in front of a baying crowd.  Q approaches seated on a chair, dressed in black.

 

Q Jean Luc Picard, when we last met I told you my judgement was merely a stay of execution, that your progress would continue to be watched very closely.

 

Picard Q, I do not recognise your authority over me, we are at war with the Dominion, and since the fall of DS9 the Federation has begun to lose the war.  The Jem Hadar are conquering more and more planets, last week three fell.

 

You do not need to remind me that mankind or the Federation’s future is threatened, I am only too well aware of what lies ahead.  In less than six months the Federation could fall, 900 billion people will die unnecessarily.

 

Q You flatter yourself with you insignificant plans, the Jem Hadar, Klingons, Romulans, Vulcan, Betazoids, humans, you’re all from the same gene pool, what you do to yourself is up to you.  Just remember not to overstep the mark.

 

  The crowd shouts and cheers louder.  The chair Q is sitting on levitates and draws backwards, slowly into a hole in the wall.

Q raises an eyebrow and tilts his head slightly looking knowingly at Picard.  The crowd’s shouts get louder as doors close shutting Q from view.  The camera circles Picard as the crowd shout at him.  Then suddenly he wakes from sleep in his bed.

 

 

Act Seven

 

 

  The scene is the interrogation room

 

Warder Captain Sisko, I want to understand the differences between Federation and Romulan engines.  Tell me about the graviton drive and the warp core.

 

Sisko I am not obliged to answer your quest…….arghh….no!

 

  The warder activates the pain device.

 

Warder You really are the most difficult company Captain.  I have no wish to hurt you unnecessarily, you simply need to answer my questions, its really that simple.

 

Now, how long have you been a Captain?

 

  Sisko is still in pain on the floor.

 

Warder Were you a Captain when you became the Emissary.

 

Sisko I am Captain Benjamin Sisko, commander of the Deep Space Nine station in the Alpha Quadrant.

 

I do not know why the prophets chose me.  I have been visiting them, and they have sent me visions when they want me to.

 

Warder There, now we are starting to get somewhere.  I’ll just give you a little twinge as you haven’t properly answered my question.

 

  Sisko, buckles over about 45 degrees holding his stomach and then regains his composure.

 

Warder Were you a Captain when you became the Emissary?

 

Sisko No.

 

Warder Good, very good.

 

I must admit it normally only takes a day or two to break DNA based lifeforms, but you are very different.  I know drugs and mind control have been known to get quicker answers but my methods always give us lasting results.

 

Now, why do the aliens inhabit the wormhole?

 

Sisko They just do.

 

Warder Now Ben, you’ll have to do better than that, that’s no answer at all.

 

Sisko Its the same as asking why we are here, we inhabit our region of space, the prophets inhabit the trans- dimensional link between four dimensional space.

 

Warder So, its their home?

 

Sisko As far as I know.

 

Warder Why do they talk to you and not a Bajoran?

 

Sisko They are able to visit our space-time continuum and one of them shared my mother’s body for a while.

 

Warder Are you one of the prophets?

 

Sisko No, they do not occupy space and time as we know it, they do not have blood or corporeal life.  They do not experience time in a linear mode, they can jump from any point to any point.

 

Warder They sound fearsome foes.

 

Sisko They are not your enemy, nor are they ours.

 

Warder They are your allies.

 

They destroyed an entire Dominion fleet of over 7,000 ships 5 years ago.  They stopped access to the wormhole 4 years ago and have restricted access to it again.

 

Sisko Its their home, wouldn’t you look after your home?

 

Warder Ben, you’ve forgotten the rules, I ask the questions.

 

  The warder presses the button and Sisko collapses again.

 

Warder Ben, how would you and your friends like to go home?

 

Sisko Right now, that sounds very nice.

 

Warder I want you to ask the aliens to allow free passage again.

 

Sisko I don’t understand.

 

Warder When we ‘rescued’ you from your space station the wormhole was hit by a sub space explosion which appears to have inverted the access dynamics.  Or that’s what we thought initially, our attempts to restore the correct sub space strata have not proved successful and we believe the aliens are deliberately squeezing the wormhole together.

 

I want you to ask the aliens to put it back the way it was.

 

Sisko I…..

 

  The warder picks up the pain device controller and rolls his thumb over the button.

 

Sisko I…will.

 

  Sisko holds his head in deep shame.

The guards take him by the arms and walk him out of the room, tears are rolling down his face, he is speaking very quietly to himself.

 

Sisko Forgive me, please, forgive me.

 

 

 

Act Eight

 

 

  The Enterprise bridge is awash with engineers and technicians working at various panels.

 

Riker How long to repair the damage to the impulse drive

 

Geordie Repairs are going well, that’ll be 100% operational by tomorrow morning, its already at 70% efficiency.

 

Riker Good.

 

We have to get slicker at some of the manoeuvring when we are engaged in battle, have you run any diagnostics on improving the lateral and station keeping thrusters to work in tandem with the impulse drives.

 

Geordie I’ve got a team in Holodeck three running simulations.  Although in theory we can link them to work together as soon as we take a hit to our shields it blows out the link.  We’re looking at manual controls but that’ll mean more crew, and more drills.

 

Riker That’s not good enough we have to improve both our pitch and roll if we are to compensate for Jem Hadar manoeuvrability.  We can’t rely on picket ships all the time.

 

Geordie Yes sir.  We’ll have options for you.

 

Riker Good.

 

Geordie I’ll go and see where they’ve got to in Holodeck three.

 

  Cut to scene of Geordie making his way through the ship.  Jeffrey tubes panels are open, energy conduits are being probed, steam emanates from removed grills, arc lighting is seen from along adjacent corridors.  Geordie enters the Holodeck.  Inside are three engineering crew at the battle bridge controls practising manoeuvres.

Koning Commander, we were just running through re-routing the command link from thrusters to the life support system controls.  Our supposition was that the computer would maintain life support during an attack.

 

Geordie That’s a good approach, although emergency power will automatically switch life support to automated mode.

 

Koning Yes sir, that’s why we were considering rewriting the basic command codes to include thrusters.

 

Geordie That’s dangerous, especially if we cannot track through all the possible consequences from simulation.

 

Koning Yes sir.  I respectfully point out that we are at war sir, and risks that would be unacceptable in normal operations may be considered if the benefits outweigh the downsides.

 

Geordie Who dares wins? Eh Lieutenant.?

 

Koning Yes sir.

 

Geordie Carry on then, can I be of any use?

 

Jurgen Sir, my tricorder is displaying some anomalous readings, however I checked it out in engineering this morning and I couldn’t trace a fault.

 

Geordie I presume you’re not trying the oldest Holodeck trick in the book by giving my a holographic tricorder?

 

Jurgen That’s correct sir.

 

  Jurgen hands his tricorder to Geordie who spends some time examining it.

 

Geordie It seems like there’s more photonic energy than the hologram images here.

 

Hmmm, I wonder if the ship’s systems are interacting with the Hologram programmes on the museum ships moored alongside us.  I suggest you check the readings with a fresh tricorder and then check the holodeck shielding and transmitters for flux seepage.  Its possible they were damaged and just not been spotted yet.

 

Jurgen Aye aye sir.

 

Koning I’d appreciate it if you would take the command chair sir so I could observe the ergonomics of the manual control option.

 

Geordie I’d be delighted.

 

  Geordie sits in the command chair and Koning steps to the side of the deck.

 

Geordie Computer, load random Jem Hadar encounter training programme utilising present enemy weapons and tactics knowledge.  Four attack ships.

 

Computer Acknowledged, programme loading…

 

Four Jem Hadar attack ships approaching, diamond formation, vector three, three, seven, warp two.

Geordie Red alert, shields up, ensign Jurgen, bring us about, show our face to them.

 

 

 

Act Nine

 

 

  Bateman is sitting in the briefing room from the day before.  A high ranking Federation official enters.  Bateman stands up to greet her.

 

Bateman Good to see you again.

 

Official And you.

 

Does anyone know you are here?

 

Bateman No. my crew is on shore leave, I’m afraid we’ve been through a lot recently and they need a break.

 

Official What did you think of yesterday’s briefing?

 

Bateman I’m afraid I have no idea what your talking about.

 

Official I know you’re from the old school of the Federation, where we didn’t sacrifice ourselves just to let others could kill us.

 

Bateman I’m afraid you have me at a disadvantage, as despite recognising each of the individual words you have said, I’m afraid I haven’t the slightest clue what you’re talking about.

 

Official Its OK Captain, I know you’ll do your duty.  Remember the admiral said not to be discussed outside this room.  People are being briefed individually so as to ensure resilience and redundancy in the plan.

 

  Bateman shakes his head as if to say ‘no, I still don’t understand’

 

Official Bateman, I need you take on board a contingency plan to the ‘official’ contingency plan.

 

  Bateman acknowledges the words by turning and inclining his head without saying anything.

 

Official Your ship will be a picket ship escorting Ambassador Spock aboard the Enterprise.  The Enterprise will have the Omega furnace on board.  However, should anything happen to the Enterprise, or Spock’s mission ends in failure, I’d like you to take a genesis device and destroy the Founders by reordering and resequencing every atom and molecule on their homeworld.  I should point out that I do not have the support of the whole council in this, though the logical ones can see the sense.  However, once done we could not undo it, just you and I would have it on our conscious, but the war with the Dominion would be over, over for ever.

 

  Bateman takes a breath to speak.

 

Official No. No questions.

 

This is a mission for someone who knows how to follows orders and understands the magnitude of the consequences of failure.

 

Do you?

 

Bateman Yes, yes I do.

 

Official Good, in a few days time you will receive your personal belongings in a standard crate aboard a shuttle to avoid detection by transporters.  Inside the crate will be a completed genesis device, the proto- matter will be shielded inside a separate housing, you will merely needed to replace a standard quantum torpedo warhead with the two elements.

 

Bateman I understand.

 

 

 

Act Ten

  Lieutenant Barclay is working in a lab with a window looking out onto the Spacedock museum.  Riker and Geordie enter the room.

 

Riker Good morning Reg.

 

Barclay O. Commander Ri…. I’m sorry Captain Riker, Commander La Forge

 

Geordie Good to see you again Reg, I thought we might have seen you at the launch party for the museum.

 

Barclay I’m not really very good at official engagements.

 

Riker Well that makes three of us.

 

Geordie Speak for yourself.

 

Riker I was, I was also remembering how little Captain Picard relished his ambassadorial duties.

 

Geordie So I hear you’ve been doing work on the Hologram doctor programmes.

 

Barclay Yes, I’ve worked on the three live programmes installed on all fleet vessels over the last 10 years.  Its a shame that so many vessels have had to use them so often over the last few years.

 

Geordie Don’t beat yourself about that, your programmes have managed to save thousands of lives in damaged ships.

 

Barclay I was honoured by Starfleet for it.

 

Geordie I know, I was very proud when I heard.

 

So what have you been doing lately.

 

  Barclay looks at Riker suspiciously.

 

Riker Admiral Picard asked us to meet him here, (Geordie takes a sideways look at Riker as if to say that’s news to me) we popped in a few minutes early to catch up with you.  Tell me were you involved in the development of the holographic programmes on the historical ships out there?

 

  Riker points out of the window at the original Enterprises.

 

Barclay Umm, I wonder what Admiral Picard wants.

 

Yes, I was involved.  Reconstructing the famous stories from verbal log records was quite problematical.  We tried to interpret and cross reference between all the personal logs to build the storylines, I’m sure some of its wrong, but we had Captain Scott visit us and he was quite amazed by what he saw on the original Enterprise.

 

I don’t understand why but the programmes have started playing up, just as we open to guests!

 

Geordie O, what sort of thing?  We’ve been having problems with a holodeck programme ourselves, perhaps you could drop by and compare notes with Koning.

 

Barclay I’d be happy to.

 

Geordie So what else have you been up to, I’m sure the museum programmes were fun to do but they wouldn’t have been more than a hobby to someone like you.

 

Barclay I’d really rather not say.

 

  The penny drops with Geordie.

 

Geordie O right, I understand, I’m sorry Reg I didn’t mean to pry, ‘walls have ears’ and all that.

 

  The sound of automated doors can be heard and Picard and Data enter.

 

Picard Good morning gentlemen.

 

Data Greetings.

 

  They all greet each other and Picard walks over to the replicator.

 

Picard Earl Grey, hot.

 

  Picard takes the drink which appears and walks over to the group while stirring the drink.

 

Picard Geordie, I guess you must be wondering why we are all here.

 

Geordie Sort off, I nearly offended Lt Barclay here because I didn’t know you were coming until a minute ago.

 

Picard Geordie, gentlemen, what I’m about to tell you must go no further than the five of us.

 

  The four nod and move fractionally closer to each other.

 

Picard Reg, engage the cloaking device.

 

  Barclay activates a device he has been holding all along.  The scene fazes slightly in and slightly out.

The external scene stays the same but the room has changed significantly with many scientific devices now in view.

 

Picard Gentlemen, we are now zero point zero four two seconds out of phase with the rest of the galaxy.  If another person entered this room we would be able to see them but they would not be able to see us.  Our conversation is perfectly safe.  Captain Riker, the discussion we had on Monday was similarly phased to prevent detection and rephased to avoid suspicion.

 

Geordie, Lt Barclay has recreated the ability to travel at warp 23, as a one way trip.  We have come by intelligence as to the actual location of the Founder’s homeworld, the Great Link.

 

We plan to provide passage to the Great Link for Ambassador Spock to open final negotiations with the Dominion.  We will be using Reg’s technology to travel there and back.

 

Geordie That sounds good, but I thought our previous overtures to negotiate had been rebuffed.

 

Picard That’s correct.

 

That’s why we’re going to take this equipment with us.

 

Its a new design for an Omega furnace device.

 

Geordie What, all work on the Omega particle was outlawed a hundred years ago.  You know how dangerous this stuff is?

 

Picard Commander, we are fully aware of the dangers.

 

If Ambassador Spock’s negotiations fail we are ordered to create an Omega particle reaction.

 

Geordie But that’ll destroy sub space for light years around.

 

Barclay My calculations suggest the blast will reach for 3,236 light years.

 

Geordie How many other species will you affect?

 

Picard They are all under Dominion rule, by cutting them off from all warp or faster than light travel they will be able to evolve under their own steam.  We’ll be setting them free.

 

Our mission is to transport these devices without anybody else knowing of their existence.  We will each be issued with a phasing device.  Should any of us fall in battle, it will the others’ responsibility to see the mission through.  They are activated by voice command on a timed countdown basis.

 

Captains Data and Riker, both your ships need to be adjusted for the trip, Data your ship will create the warp field for both ships for the outward journey, Will, the Enterprise- E will bring us all home.  If all goes well we will be able to re-install new warp engines after our return, if things go badly, we won’t need warp drive engines again.  Barclay, will you liaise with both Data and Geordie to oversee the modifications necessary to both engines.

 

  Barclay, Riker and Geordie have glum resigned faces but nod in acknowledgement.

 

Picard There’s one more thing gentlemen. Captain Riker, this has not been discussed yet but it is my belief that the Federation will take the steps necessary.

 

If the negotiations fails and then we fail to ignite the Omega furnace in the gamma quadrant, the Federation will decide whether to set off smaller Omega devices at the wormhole and throughout Federation space.  We will lose contact with our sister worlds in order to preserve our respective ways of life.  It will be the end of the Federation.  I know both the Vulcan and Romulan leadership are in favour of such a fallback.  If so, it’ll take more than 100,000 years before sub space will repair itself and warp travel will be possible again in the Alpha Quadrant.

 

Failure is not an option for this mission.

 

 

 

Act Eleven

 

 

  The scene is the interrogation room

 

Warder Ben, how are you this morning?

 

Sisko I’ve been better.

 

Warder Is there a note of defiance in your voice?

 

  Sisko holds the pain device in one hand.

 

Sisko Yes.  I’m sorry.

 

I’m feeling much better now, I’m relieved my crew have been washed and properly fed.  Thank you.

 

Warder Good, now let’s go over the plan again.

 

We are to travel to the wormhole where you will engage in conversation with the aliens and ask them to restore it to normal passage.

 

Sisko I understand.

 

Warder I will be with you before, during and after the meeting.  You will not do anything that will hinder the mission.

 

Sisko Yes.

 

Warder Tell me about meeting the aliens in the wormhole.

 

Sisko Its not something that’s easy to explain, its more of an experience that anything else.

 

Warder Go on.

 

Sisko Its something like dreaming, you step outside your perception of the world around you.  The aliens take on the physical manifestations of people around you, or old friends.  They don’t have form like you and I.

 

Warder My form is nothing like yours Ben.

 

Sisko Are you a changeling?

 

Warder Ben, we are so close to you understanding your role but there’s still just a little of your basic instinct left.  Please remember I ask the questions.

 

  The warder clicks the device and Sisko convulses in enormous pain, crying out to stop it and saying sorry.
Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , | Leave a comment